SECTION 8A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION NUMBER TITLE

DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 Standard Drawings, Standard Specifications and Approved Materials List 01002 Contractor’s Insurance Certification and Pollution Liability Insurance 01005 Coordination with Design Engineer and Agency 01010 Summary of Work 01025 Measurement and Payment 01039 Coordination and Meetings 01043 Coordination with Agency’s Operations 01047 Connections to Existing Facilities 01060 Permits and Other Regulatory Requirements 01090 Reference Standards 01170 Special Technical Provisions 01300 Record Drawings and Submittals 01310 Construction Progress Schedules 01370 Schedule of Values 01380 Pre-Construction Video Recording and Photographs 01400 Quality Control 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01545 Protection of Work and Property 01570 Traffic Regulations 01600 Materials and Equipment 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Clean-up 01734 Operating and Maintenance Information 01760 Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials

DIVISION 2 SITEWORK 02010 Subsurface Investigation 02050 Demolition and Removal 02055 Removal and Disposal of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) 02130 Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement 02160 Excavation Support Systems 02200 Earthwork

CITY OF OCEANSIDE TOC - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 908754600712 October 2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

SECTION NUMBER TITLE

02205 Existing Utilities 02222 Protecting Existing Underground Utilities 02223 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting 02270 Temporary Soil Erosion and Sediment Control 02433 Watertight Reinforced Concrete Pipe 02743 Asphalt Concrete Pavement

DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03200 Reinforcement Steel 03230 Earthquake Cables 03251 Expansion and Construction Joints 03255 Tank Wall, Base and Top Joint 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03314 Retrofit of Strand-Wound, Prestressed Concrete Reservoir 03315 Grout 03480 Precast Concrete Specialties 03740 Epoxy Adhesive Injection of Cracks in Concrete Members 03800 Leakage Testing of Reservoir 03930 Concrete Rehabilitation

DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04232 Reinforced Concrete Block Masonry

DIVISION 5 METALS 05220 Concrete Bolts 05500 Miscellaneous Metals

DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS (NOT USED)

DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07110 Sheet Membrane Waterproofing

DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS (NOT USED)

DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09800 Painting and Coating 09811 Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating 09905 Petroleum Wax Tape Coating

CITY OF OCEANSIDE TOC - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 908754600712 October 2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

SECTION NUMBER TITLE

09954 Polyethylene Sheet or Tube Encasement

DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES (NOT USED)

DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS (NOT USED)

DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13110 Cathodic Protection

DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT USED)

DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15000 General Piping Systems and Appurtenances 15041 Disinfection of Reservoirs 15057 Copper Tubing, Brass and Bronze Pipe Fittings 15061 Steel Piping 15062 Wall Pipes, Seep Rings, and Penetrations 15090 Pipe Supports 15100 Valves – General 15102 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves 15103 Resilient-Seated Butterfly Valves 15104 Miscellaneous Valves 2 Inches and Smaller 15120 Control Valves 15121 Fiberglass Reinforced Cured-in-Place Pipe (CIPP) 15292 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 15300 Tracer Wire

DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL – 16050 Electrical General Requirements 16055 Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination 16060 Grounding and Bonding 16075 Electrical Identification 16080 Electrical Testing 16120 Conductors and Cables 16130 Raceways and Boxes 16140 Wiring Devices

CITY OF OCEANSIDE TOC - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 908754600712 October 2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

SECTION NUMBER TITLE

16442 Panelboards 16511 Interior Lighting

DIVISION 17 INSTRUMENTATION 17010 Instrumentation and Controls – General Requirements 17020 Magnetic Flowmeter 17050 Pressure Measuring Devices

APPENDICES:

Appendix A Referenced Standard Drawings Appendix B Lead-Based Paint Testing Report (Prepared by Aurora Industrial Hygiene, October 12, 2018) Appendix C Henie Hills Temporary Service Plan Figures 1 and 2

CITY OF OCEANSIDE TOC - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 01001 – STANDARD DRAWINGS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED MATERIALS LIST

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARD DRAWINGS

A. Standard Specifications, Standard Drawings, Procedures, and Approved Materials Lists shall be as described in these specifications and the City of Oceanside Engineers Design and Processing Manual (Engineers Manual) and the City of Oceanside Water Utilities Department Water, Sewer, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Water Utilities Manual). Where the Engineers Manual and the Water Utilities Manual reference the same item, material, procedure, or specification, the Water Utilities Manual shall take precedence.

B. The Water Utilities Manual can be found at

http://www.ci.oceanside.ca.us/gov/water/admin/manual.asp.

C. The Engineers Manual can be found at:

http://www.ci.oceanside.ca.us/gov/dev/eng/edpmanual.asp.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. Standards listed as “Reference Standards” in the various sections of these contract documents are hereby incorporated into this specification by reference.

B. Reference documents shall include all revisions, amendments, supplements or addenda issued on or before the date of advertising for bids.

C. The City of Oceanside Standard Specifications and Standard Drawings are incorporated into these contract documents by their reference herein and will be enforced unless superseded by the project specifications or specific details of the contract documents.

1.3 APPROVED MATERIALS LIST

A. All the material used on this project, shall be in accordance with items listed in these specifications or as indicated in the Engineers Manual and Water Utilities Manual. The use of the following materials shall refer to the Water Utilities Manual: Fire Hydrants; Blow-off Valves; Air Release Valves; Pipe, Fitting, Valve, and Nut and Bolt Material and Protection; Hydraulic Valves; Water Services to House and Commercial Connections; Service Saddles; Ductile Iron Pipe Water Mains; Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Water Mains; Bedding and Backfill; Valves under 14”; Butterfly Valves; Standard Vault; Vault Lids; Valve Box, Cover, and Can; Valve Stem Extension; Ductile Iron Fittings; Flanges; and Flange Gaskets. All other materials are to be indicated in the Engineers Manual. Where materials

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01001 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STANDARD DRAWINGS, STANDARD 908754600712 SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED MATERIALS LIST October 2020 SECTION 01001 – STANDARD DRAWINGS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED MATERIALS LIST

specified in the Engineers Manual conflict with materials specified in the Water Utilities Manual, the Water Utilities Manual shall take precedence.

B. Materials not listed in these specifications must be submitted for the AGENCY’S approval and must be accepted for use on this project prior to contract award.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01001 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STANDARD DRAWINGS, STANDARD 908754600712 SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED MATERIALS LIST October 2020 SECTION 01002 – CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE CERTIFICATION & POLLUTION LIABILITY INSURANCE

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

The CONTRACTOR, by entering into a contract with the City of Oceanside for the HENIE HILLS AND JOHN PAUL STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS Project, certifies and guarantees to the AGENCY that the insurance which the CONTRACTOR furnishes for the contract will provide the following:

The CONTRACTOR shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend City of Oceanside, its consultants, and each of their officers, agents and employees from any and all liability, claims, losses or damage arising out of or alleged to rise from the CONTRACTOR’s negligence in the performance of the Work described in the construction contract documents, but not including liability that may be due to the sole negligence of the City of Oceanside, its consultants, or their officers, agents and employees. Furthermore, the CONTRACTOR shall provide comprehensive/commercial general liability insurance, including completed operations and contractual liability, with the latter coverage sufficient to insure the CONTRACTOR’s indemnity, as above required; and, such insurance will include City of Oceanside, its consultants, and each of their officers, agents and employees as additional insureds.

1.2 POLLUTION LIABILITY INSURANCE

The CONTRACTOR shall acquire this coverage for work at issue under this Contract, which involves potential pollution risk to the environment or losses caused by pollution conditions (including asbestos) that may arise from the operations of the CONTRACTOR described in the CONTRACTOR’s scope of services. Policy shall cover the CONTRACTOR’s completed operations.

Coverage shall apply to sudden and gradual pollution conditions resulting from the escape or release of odors, fumes, acids, alkalis, wastewater, or gases, natural gas, waste materials, or other irritants, contaminants, or pollutants (including lead).

The coverage shall be obtained through a CONTRACTOR’s Commercial General Liability policy by including the Limited Pollution Liability Extension ISO endorsement CG 2415 or its equivalent. If the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the transport of any hazardous waste, the CONTRACTOR can extend the Pollution Liability Policy to cover this exposure or the CONTRACTOR can add to the Business Automobile Policy by adding ISO endorsement CA 9948 and MCS-90.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01002-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE 908754600712 CERTIFICATION & POLLUTION LIABILITY INSURANCE October 2020 SECTION 01005 – COORDINATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER AND AGENCY

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 AGENCY / OWNER / CITY

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 300 North Coast Highway Oceanside, CA 92054 (760) 435-5902 Project Manager: Howard Arnold, P.E.

1.2 DESIGN ENGINEER (ENGINEER)

Dudek 31878 Camino Capistrano, Suite 200 San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 (949) 373-8316 Contact: Neil Harper, P.E.

1.3 LINES OF COMMUNICATION

A. The lines of communication between the CONTRACTOR, the Engineer, and the AGENCY shall be defined as part of the Pre-Construction Conference. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the direction regarding this matter that is given to it at that time.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01005 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COORDINATION WITH 908754600712 DESIGN ENGINEER AND OWNER October 2020 SECTION 01010 – SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The work to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing all tools, equipment, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles and furnishing all labor, transportation and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications, and performing all work, or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The work shall be complete, and all work, materials, and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the work in good faith shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR as though originally so indicated, at no increase in cost to the AGENCY.

1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The work generally includes, but is not limited to, furnishing all products, labor, equipment, material, transportation, and incidental services to construct the following:

1. Henie Hills Reservoir Repairs : Henie Hills Reservoir is a nominal 3.0 MG prestressed concrete reservoir constructed in 1960. Approximate reservoir dimensions are 135 feet inside diameter with a wall height of 30 feet. Approximately 5 feet of the wall heights is below grade. The reservoir has a concrete dome roof (self-supported without interior columns). The walls are believed to consist of a 7-inch thick gunite core wall with a 1-inch gunite cover coat with both vertical reinforcement and horizontal prestressing. The floor is believed to be a 3-inch thick gunite slab with welded wire fabric reinforcement. The Work to the reservoir includes: modifications to the footing, wall, and ring girder, additional reinforcement and prestressing, concrete and floor joint repairs; a new concrete floor topping, a new foundation leak detection/ring drain system; buried and exposed piping and valve improvements; improvements to miscellaneous reservoir appurtenances, including hatches, ladders and guardrails, and roof vent; new flowmeters, new level and pressure instruments; recoating the exterior walls and dome roof tank and associated piping and appurtenances; and minor site improvements. Coordination and scheduling of the Work shall require strict adherence to the outage plan.

2. John Paul Steiger Reservoir Repairs : John Paul Steiger Reservoir is a nominal 3.0 MG prestressed concrete reservoir constructed in 1975. Approximate reservoir dimensions are 130 feet inside diameter with a wall height of 31 feet, 4 inches. The reservoir has a flat column-supported roof. The walls are believed to consist of an 8-inch thick concrete core wall with a 2-inch gunite cover coat and with both vertical reinforcement and horizontal prestressing. The Work to the reservoir includes: site grading improvements and off-site storm drain; modifications to the aesthetic roof parapet; concrete and floor joint repairs; buried and exposed piping and valve improvements; a new drainage vault; improvements to reservoir appurtenances, including

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01010 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SUMMARY OF WORK 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 01010 – SUMMARY OF WORK

hatches, ladders, guardrails, and roof vent; new flowmeters, level detection equipment; and recoating the exterior walls and roof and associated piping and appurtenances. Coordination and scheduling of the Work shall require strict adherence to the outage plan.

1.3 PROJECT LOCATION

A. The Henie Hills reservoir is located at 2 Barnard Drive, Oceanside, CA 92056. The site is within the Mira Costa College campus and is accessed by a 20-foot wide concrete driveway that also serves as a campus walkway. Access to the driveway is by the City’s 20-foot wide access easement off of Barnard Drive, as shown in the project Drawings.

B. The John Paul Steiger reservoir is located at 398 Rancho Del Oro Drive, Oceanside, CA 92057. There is a 15-foot wide paved driveway between Rancho Del Oro Drive and the reservoir site.

1.4 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF THE PROJECT SITE

A. The CONTRACTOR’s use of the project site shall be limited to its construction operations. On-site storage of materials, on-site fabrication facilities, and field offices located within public right-of-way require approval from the AGENCY.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall install signs, barricades and lights necessary to ensure public safety and safety of AGENCY’s operators and personnel. Provide plates across ditches to enable safe access of AGENCY’s personnel to facilities or the public across excavations within public right-of-way that cannot be backfilled at the end of the day. Traffic control during hours of construction work shall be in accordance with the AGENCY approved traffic control plans included in this bid package.

1.5 AGENCY’S USE OF THE PROJECT SITE

A. CONTRACTOR shall comply with Section 7.14 of the General Provisions.

B. The AGENCY may utilize all or part of the existing site during the entire period of construction. The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with the AGENCY and the AGENCY REPRESENTATIVE to facilitate the AGENCY’S operations and to minimize interference with the CONTRACTOR’S operations at the same time. In any event, the AGENCY shall be allowed access to the project site during the period of construction.

1.6 WORK BY OTHERS

A. Interference with work on utilities: The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the AGENCY or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of utilities which interfere with the progress of work by others, and shall schedule the work so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01010 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SUMMARY OF WORK 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 01010 – SUMMARY OF WORK

1.7 WORK SEQUENCE

A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a Sequence of Work and Outage Plan for the AGENCY’S review and approval, within 21 days of issuance of Notice to Proceed. The plan shall comply with the requirements in Section 01043 and be subject to the following constraints:

1. Project constraints include:

a. Only one reservoir may be taken out of service at any given time.

b. Repairs to the Henie Hills Reservoir shall proceed prior to repairs to the John Paul Steiger Reservoir.

c. The City reserves the right to change the order of the reservoir work and/or the dates as a result of the impacts due to COVID-19.

d. The contractor shall provide a written shutdown request at least 30 calendar days prior to the planned outage of a reservoir. The written request shall be in compliance with the succeeding date ranges and order of outages in the subsequent sections of this specification.

e. Work at John Paul Steiger Reservoir shall not commence until substantial completion has been achieved for the Henie Hills Reservoir site.

f. The shutdown window for the Henie Hills Reservoir is between March 1, 2021 and November 1, 2021. A maximum continuous outage duration of 200 calendar days is permitted for the Henie Hills Reservoir.

g. The shutdown window for the John Paul Steiger Reservoir is between January 3, 2022 and May 2, 2022. A maximum continuous outage duration of 120 calendar days is permitted for the John Paul Steiger Reservoir.

h. The following construction activities to be performed at the Henie Hills site shall take place between March 1, 2021 and August 15, 2021:

(1) Structural retrofit work, including modifications to the footing, wall, and ring girder, additional vertical reinforcement and prestressing, concrete and floor joint repairs; a new concrete floor topping, and a new foundation leak detection/ring drain system, including excavating, stockpiling, and backfilling around the reservoir footing.

2. A suggested work sequence is as follows:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01010 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SUMMARY OF WORK 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 01010 – SUMMARY OF WORK

a. Remove the Henie Hills Reservoir from service (by City).

b. Replace buried 14-inch inlet and 24-inch outlet butterfly valves immediately adjacent to the Henie Hills Reservoir.

c. Fill and isolate the Henie Hills Reservoir for the baseline leak test.

d. After the baseline leak test is complete, drain the Henie Hills Reservoir (by City).

e. Perform the following work prior to placing the Henie Hills Reservoir back into service:

(a) Construct all interior and exterior reservoir repairs and improvements

(b) Construct new foundation ring drain system

(c) Construct temporary highline connecting 14-inch 511 Zone inlet pipe and 18” 511 Zone outlet pipe, including isolation valves and air valve. A maximum shutdown of 8 hours of these pipelines will be permitted for installation of the temporary highline. See Temporary Water Service Plan at Henie Hills figure in Appendix “C”. In lieu of a temporary highline, permanent pipeline improvements connecting the 511 Zone pipes can be constructed provided that the 8 hour shutdown requirement is met.

(d) Remove existing buried yard piping to be demolished. Install temporary plugs/bulkheads at all existing inlet and outlet pipe ends, as shown on Drawing M-1.

(e) Construct new buried and exposed piping and valves, disinfect and pressure test new piping and construct all connections to existing pipes.

(f) Clean and disinfect the Henie Hills Reservoir and fill reservoir for post-construction leak test.

f. Following accepted leak and Bac-T tests, put the Henie Hills Reservoir back into service.

g. Construct the remaining site grading, drainage, and fencing improvements at the Henie Hills Reservoir.

h. Construct pavement improvements/repairs and other miscellaneous site work.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01010 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SUMMARY OF WORK 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 01010 – SUMMARY OF WORK

i. After substantial completion is achieved at the Henie Hills Reservoir, and there are no operational issues with the Henie Hills Reservoir facility for (30) consecutive days, the John Paul Steiger Reservoir may be removed from service by City to construct the proposed improvements.

j. Replace 16-inch inlet and 24-inch outlet butterfly valves in the John Paul Steiger Reservoir valve vault.

k. Fill and isolate the John Paul Steiger Reservoir for the baseline leak test.

l. After the baseline leak test is complete, drain the John Paul Steiger Reservoir (by City).

m. Perform the following work prior to placing the John Paul Steiger Reservoir back into service:

(a) Construct all reservoir repairs and improvements that have the potential to impact water quality when the reservoir is in service

(b) Construct all new pipeline and appurtenance improvements, including new drain vault

(c) Construct roof repairs and other exterior architectural improvements

(d) Construct new buried and exposed piping and valves, disinfect and pressure test new piping and construct all connections to affected pipes to the system

(e) Clean and disinfect the John Paul Steiger Reservoir

n. Following an accepted leak and Bac-T test, put the John Paul Steiger Reservoir back into service.

o. Construct the remaining site grading, drainage, and fencing improvements at the John Paul Reservoir and the offsite storm drain improvements.

p. Construct pavement improvements/repairs and other miscellaneous site work.

1.8 HANDLING AND DISPOSAL OF PCBS, ASBESTOS, AND LEAD-CONTAINING MATERIALS

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01010 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SUMMARY OF WORK 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 01010 – SUMMARY OF WORK

A. Lead paint testing was performed on the Henie Hills and John Paul Steiger Reservoirs. Results of the testing are included as Appendix B Lead-Based Paint Testing Report. Note that testing was not performed on the painted piping, appurtenances and other surfaces within the valve vaults at each site. The CONTRACTOR shall assume that lead-based paint is present on all painted surfaces within the vaults. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with Cal/OSHA and all other applicable State and Federal requirements when disturbing, handling, and disposing of lead-containing materials.

B. The wall-to-floor joint sealant within the reservoirs to be removed and disposed may contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and asbestos. This sealant at this location, and other potential locations within the reservoir, shall be tested for PCB and asbestos. CONTRACTOR shall comply with Cal/OSHA and all other applicable State and Federal requirements when disturbing, handling, and disposing of PCB- or asbestos-containing materials.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01010 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SUMMARY OF WORK 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

Measurement and payment for bid items listed in the proposal shall be based upon use of a lump sum or unit price method. Extra work or changes in the work shall be accomplished as provided in the General Provisions.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. The Work of the following Sections applies to the Work of this Section. Work of other Sections of the Specification, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work.

1. General Conditions

2. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.

3. Section 01300 - Record Drawings and Submittals.

1.3 PAYMENT

A. Payment for Unit Price Bid Items

Payment for a unit price bid item shall be based upon the amount shown in the Bid Schedule multiplied by the total quantity measurement of the item and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, tools and appurtenances required for construction of the item complete in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.

B. Payment for Lump Sum Bid Items

Payment for lump sum bid items shall be based upon the amount shown in the Bid Schedule and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, tools and appurtenances required for construction of the unit complete in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Progress Payment will be based upon measurement of work completed as described in Section 2.6 of this specification. Contractor to provide Schedule of Values sufficient to determine progress of lump sum bid items.

C. Work Not Listed in the Bid Schedule

Costs for related work and appurtenances which are required and/or implied by the General Provisions, Technical Specifications, Special Technical Provisions and Plans and are not listed as a separate bid item but are necessary to complete the project shall be included in the appropriate bid item or items within the proposal.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

1.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF BID ITEMS

A. Bid Item 1: Mobilization, Demobilization, Bonds, and Insurance

1. Description of Work: Mobilization includes (1) Processing and obtaining all permits. All permit fees will be borne by the CONTACTOR; (2) Obtaining insurance and bonds necessary for performing the work; (3) Furnishing all labor, equipment, material and supplies for the execution of the work but which are not to be incorporated in the various items of work; (4) Construction of temporary yards, pre-construction videos and photographs of work areas; development of disposal areas, recycling implementation and other construction facilities. Demobilization includes: (1) Removal of all temporary facilities, equipment, material and supplies from the site. (2) Clean up and removal of all construction debris. (3) Contract closeout.

2. Payment: The lump sum payment for Mobilization, Bonding, and Insurance shall not exceed 6% of the total bid amount and shall be made in two (2) separate payment requests. The first shall be made with the first payment request, and the second shall be made with the last and final request after 100% of the work is completed. Mobilization shall constitute up to 4% of the total bid amount and demobilization shall constitute up to the remaining 2% of the total bid amount. An initial partial payment request for mobilization shall be no more than 33% of 4% of the total bid amount. Payments for mobilization and demobilization shall be made as shown in the Bid Schedule and no additional payment shall be made thereafter.

B. Bid Item 2: Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule Preparation

1. Description of Work: The work shall include procuring and providing an approved scheduling software package for the project and the AGENCY. The CONTRACTOR shall develop two short-term schedule documents and a CPM schedule including cost loading and distribute the CPM schedule to the AGENCY or its representatives, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

C. Bid Item 3: Monthly Updates to CPM Construction Schedule

1. Description of Work: The work shall include monthly updates to the CPM construction schedule submitted to the AGENCY or its representatives along with payment requisitions and project status reports, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a unit price per monthly update and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

D. Bid Item 4: Trench Excavation Plan and Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing

1. Description of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all excavation safety measures including sheeting, shoring and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life and limb in trenches and open excavation and shall be in conformance with 306-1.1.6 of the SSPWC, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

E. Bid Item 5: SWPPP Preparation

1. Description of Work: The work under this section consists of preparing a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) document and water pollution control drawings, completing the Notice of Intent (NOI) and uploading the PRDs into the State Water Board Stormwater Muli- Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS) website, obtaining SWPPP acceptance, and receiving a Waste Discharger Identification (WDID) number from the State Water Board, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents and regulatory requirements.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

F. Bid Item 6: SWPPP Compliance, Monitoring, Maintenance and Reporting

1. Description of Work: The work under this section consists of preparing a Construction Site Monitoring Program (CSMP) and a Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP), amending the SWPPP as needed, and installing, monitoring, inspecting, and maintaining water pollution control Best Management Practices (BMPs). The work also includes preparing and obtaining acceptance of required reports, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents and regulatory requirements.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

G. Bid Item 7: Exploratory Subsurface Utility Location and Excavation (Potholing)

1. Description of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for potholing to verify the location of existing utility crossings, proposed connection points, and utilities in the vicinity of excavations. The work shall include field and subsurface utility engineering, utility location and markout, coordination with utility owners, coordination with AGENCY, traffic control, permitting, potholing, excavation, surveying, backfill, compaction, disposal of excess material, AC or concrete pavement removal, re-paving, and all incidental work and materials, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

H. Bid Item 8: Henie Hills and John Paul Steiger Reservoir Disinfection and Water Quality Testing

1. Description of Work: The work includes disinfection of the reservoirs following repair work, and required testing including bacteria, or “Bac-T”, VOC testing, and General Physical, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

I. Bid Item 9: Henie Hills Reservoir Baseline and Post-Construction Leak Testing

1. Description of Work: This work consists of preparing for and performing (1) baseline leak testing prior to the scheduled reservoir outage and (2) post- construction leak testing after completion of repair work. The work includes leak testing of the Henie Hills reservoir and inlet and outlet piping to the nearest isolation valves, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

lump sum price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

J. Bid Item 10: Henie Hills Reservoir Structural Modifications (footing, wall and ring girder, and floor topping, and floor joint repairs)

1. Description of Work: This work consists of constructing structural modifications to the existing Henie Hills Reservoir concrete footings, wall and ring girders, seismic cables, reinforcement and prestressing, floor topping and floor joint repairs including demolition, excavation, aggregate base material, base preparation, removal and disposal of existing ring/foundation drain piping, backfill, and compaction, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

K. Bid Item 11: Henie Hills Type C1 (Wide) Crack Repairs of Floor, Dome Ceiling, Dome Roof, and Interior Walls

1. Description of Work: This work consists of Type C1 (Wide) structural crack repairs of the floor slab, dome ceiling, dome roof and interior walls within the Henie Hills reservoir, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

L. Bid Item 12: Henie Hills Type C2 (Medium to Wide) Crack Repairs of Floor, Dome Ceiling, Dome Roof, and Interior Walls

1. Description of Work: This work consists of Type C2 (Medium to Wide) structural crack repairs of the floor slab, dome ceiling, dome roof and interior walls within the Henie Hills reservoir, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

M. Bid Item 13: Henie Hills Type C3 (Fine to Medium) Crack Repairs of Floor, Dome Ceiling, Dome Roof, and Interior Walls

1. Description of Work: This work consists of Type C3 (Fine to Medium) structural crack repairs of the floor slab, dome ceiling, dome roof and interior walls within the Henie Hills reservoir, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

N. Bid Item 14: Henie Hills Concrete Delamination Repairs of Floor, Dome Ceiling, Dome Roof, and Interior Walls

1. Description of Work: This work consists of structural delamination repairs of the floor, dome ceiling, dome roof and interior walls within the Henie Hills reservoir, including sandblasting and finishing, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

O. Bid Item 15: Henie Hills Interior and Exterior Ladder, Roof Vent, and Guardrail Replacement

1. Description of Work: This work consists of removing and disposing of the existing interior and exterior ladder, roof vent, guardrail, supports, hardware, patching/repair of Henie Hills Reservoir surfaces due to removal of ladder/supports, vent and guardrail and furnishing and installing a new interior ladder, exterior ladder, roof vent and guardrail including all anchorage, hardware, appurtenances reinforcing plates, and roof curb, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

P. Bid Item 16: Henie Hills Access and Overflow Hatches

1. Description of Work: This work consists of constructing a new access hatch and overflow hatch for roof access to the Henie Hills reservoir, including fall protection, structural work required to remove the existing manhole and guardrail, patch the existing opening, and prepare the new opening, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

Q. Bid Item 17: Henie Hills Piping Demolition

1. Description of Work: This work consists of demolition of existing buried and exposed inlet, outlet, drain, and ring drain piping, fittings, valves, and appurtenances inside and outside of the reservoir and within the valve vault and drain vault, including supports, vault ladders, and patching interior valve vault and drain vault concrete, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

R. Bid Item 18: Henie Hills Temporary Bulkheads on Inlet and Outlet Piping

1. Description of Work: This work consists of furnishing and installing temporary dished head bulkheads on existing 30-inch, 14-inch, and 20-inch pipes during the same 8-hour work period that the same pipes are cut for yard piping demolition, including blow-off connections and thrust restraint, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

S. Bid Item 19: Henie Hills CCTV Inspection of Inlet, Outlet, Overflow, and Drain Piping

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

1. Description of Work: This work consists of performing closed circuit televising (CCTV) inspection of the Henie Hills 14-inch inlet, 24-inch outlet, and 6-inch drain piping between the termination inside the reservoir and the point of connection to new buried piping between the valve/drain vault and reservoir using inspection equipment that has been dedicated for use in potable water pipelines and disinfected immediately prior to use for this inspection, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

T. Bid Item 20: Henie Hills CIPP Lining of 14” Inlet, 24” Outlet, and 18” Overflow Piping

1. Description of Work: This work consists of rehabilitation of the Henie Hills 14-inch inlet pipe, 24-inch outlet pipe, and 18-inch overflow pipe between the termination inside the reservoir and the connection to new buried piping by installing an NSF-61 compliant reinforced cured-in-place pipe (CIPP) liner, including pre-cleaning and end seals, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

U. Bid Item 21: Henie Hills CIPP Lining of 6” Drain Piping

1. Description of Work: This work consists of rehabilitation of the Henie Hills 6-inch drain pipe between the termination inside the reservoir and the point of connection to new buried piping by installing an NSF-61 compliant reinforced cured-in-place pipe (CIPP) liner, including pre-cleaning and end seals, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

V. Bid Item 22: Henie Hills Ring Drain System

1. Description of Work: This work consists of furnishing and installing new ring/foundation drain system for the Henie Hills reservoir, including removing existing ring drain piping, installing solid wall and perforated PVC pipe and fittings, drainage rock, engineered fabric, impermeable membrane, concrete divider walls, and connections to existing drain vault, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

W. Bid Item 23 Henie Hills New Inlet and Outlet Piping/Valving and Drain Vault Valves

1. Description of Work: This work consists of furnishing and installing new buried and exposed inlet and outlet, including valves, flow meters, air valve assemblies, blow-off assemblies, water sample assemblies, and connections to existing pipes, new valve vault ladder and grating modifications, new drain vault flap valves, and modifying inlet and outlet pipes within the reservoir, including all anchorage, hardware, supports, and cathodic protection, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

X. Bid Item 24: Henie Hills Exterior Painting Including Dome Roof

1. Description of Work: This work consists of surface preparation, priming, and painting the Henie Hills reservoir exterior, including exposed non- stainless and non-galvanized ferrous piping, valves, supports, and appurtenances outside the reservoir and within the valve vault complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

Y. Bid Item 25: Henie Hills Rolling Gate with Electric Operator and Card Reader

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

1. Description of Work: This work consists of furnishing and installing a new 20-ft wide automatic chain link fence rolling gate, including modifications to existing fence, motorized operator, detection loops, and card reader complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

Z. Bid Item 26: Henie Hills Electrical and Instrumentation

1. Description of Work: This work shall consist of all electrical and instrumentation work shown on the drawings at the Henie Hills site including all electrical demolition, new electrical and instrumentation equipment, associated site conduit, conductors, and pullboxes, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

AA. Bid Item 27: Henie Hills Asphalt Concrete Pavement Replacement

1. Description of Work: This work consists of removing and replacing existing asphalt concrete driveway and parking lot area due to damage from construction operations, including sawcutting, grinding, tack coat, and prime coat, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

BB. Bid Item 28: Henie Hills Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Replacement

1. Description of Work: This work consists of removing existing Portland cement concrete pavement along site access driveway to the nearest joint due to damage from construction operations, including driveway approach, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

CC. Bid Item 29: Henie Hills Type II Slurry Seal

1. Description of Work: This work consists of applying slurry seal to parking lot area along site access route after pavement repairs, including restriping, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

DD. Bid Item 30: John Paul Steiger Type C1 (Wide) Crack Repairs of Floor, Ceiling, Roof, and Interior Walls

1. Description of Work: This work consists of Type C1 (Wide) structural crack repairs of the floor slab, dome ceiling, dome roof and interior walls within the John Paul Steiger reservoir, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

EE. Bid Item 31: John Paul Steiger Type C2 (Medium to Wide) Crack Repairs of Floor, Ceiling, Roof, and Interior Walls

1. Description of Work: This work consists of Type C2 (Medium to Wide) structural crack repairs of the floor slab, dome ceiling, dome roof and interior walls within the John Paul Steiger reservoir, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-11 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

FF. Bid Item 32: John Paul Steiger Type C3 (Fine to Medium) Crack Repairs of Floor, Ceiling, Roof, and Interior Walls

1. Description of Work: This work consists of Type C3 (Fine to Medium) structural crack repairs of the floor slab, dome ceiling, dome roof and interior walls within the John Paul Steiger reservoir, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

GG. Bid Item 33: John Paul Steiger Concrete Delamination Repairs of Floor, Ceiling, Roof, and Interior Walls

1. Description of Work: This work consists of structural delamination repairs of the floor, dome ceiling, dome roof and interior walls within the John Paul Steiger reservoir, including sandblasting and finishing, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

HH. Bid Item 34: John Paul Steiger Interior and Exterior Ladder, and Roof Vent, Replacement

1. Description of Work: This work consists of removing and disposing of the existing interior and exterior ladder, and roof vent, supports, hardware, patching/repair of John Paul Steiger Reservoir surfaces due to removal of ladder/supports, and vent and furnishing and installing a new interior ladder, exterior ladder, and roof vent, including all anchorage, hardware, appurtenances, reinforcing plates, and roof curb, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-12 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

II. Bid Item 35: John Paul Steiger Access and Overflow Hatches

1. Description of Work: This work consists of constructing a new access hatch and overflow hatch for roof access to the John Paul Steiger reservoir, including fall protection, structural work required to remove the existing manhole and guardrail, patch the existing opening, and prepare the new opening, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

JJ. Bid Item 36: John Paul Steiger Mansard Roof Replacement

1. Description of Work: This work consists of demolition of existing mansard roof and downspouts, including, supports, anchors, and finishes and furnishing and installing new mansard roof and downspouts, including, framing, curb, splash blocks, hardware, supports, and finishes for the John Paul Steiger reservoir, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

KK. Bid Item 37: John Paul Steiger Exterior Architectural Wall Repairs

1. Description of Work: This work consists of repair of the existing exterior architectural wall for the John Paul Steiger reservoir, including removal of existing plinth and patching stucco, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

LL. Bid Item 38: John Paul Steiger Site Pavement, Drain Vault, and Piping Demolition

1. Description of Work: This work consists of demolition of existing asphalt concrete pavement and curb surrounding reservoir, abandoned concrete pad and chain link fence enclosure, drain vault and flap valves, storm drain pipe, and buried and exposed inlet, outlet, drain, ring drain and overflow

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-13 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

piping, fittings, valves, and appurtenances inside and outside of the reservoir and within the valve vault, including supports, vault ladders and grating, removing paint on interior valve vault walls, and patching interior valve vault concrete, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

MM. Bid Item 39: John Paul Steiger CCTV Inspection of Inlet, Outlet, Overflow, and Drain Piping

1. Description of Work: This work consists of performing closed circuit televising (CCTV) inspection of the John Paul Steiger 16-inch inlet, 24-inch outlet, 24-inch overflow, and 6-inch drain piping between the termination inside the reservoir and the point of connection to new buried piping between the valve/drain vault and reservoir using inspection equipment that has been dedicated for use in potable water pipelines and disinfected immediately prior to use for this inspection, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

NN. Bid Item 40: John Paul Steiger CIPP Lining of 16” Inlet, 24” Overflow, and 24” Outlet Piping

1. Description of Work: This work consists of rehabilitation of the existing John Paul Steiger 16-inch inlet pipe, 24-inch outlet pipe, and 24-inch overflow pipe between the termination inside the reservoir and the connection to new buried piping installing an NSF-61 compliant reinforced cured-in-place pipe (CIPP) liner, including pre-cleaning and end seals, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

OO. Bid Item 41: John Paul Steiger CIPP Lining of 6” Drain Piping

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-14 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

1. Description of Work: This work consists of rehabilitation of the John Paul Steiger 6-inch drain pipe between the termination inside the reservoir and the connection to new buried pipe by installing an NSF-61 compliant reinforced cured-in-place pipe (CIPP) liner, including pre-cleaning and end seals, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

PP. Bid Item 42: John Paul Steiger New Inlet, Outlet, Overflow and Drain Piping/Valving and New Drain Vault

1. Description of Work: This work consists of furnishing and installing new drain manhole, buried and exposed inlet, outlet, overflow, drain and ring piping, including valves, flow meters, air valve assemblies, blow-off assemblies, water sample assemblies, and connections to existing pipes, valve vault improvements, including new access ladder and grating, and modifying inlet, outlet, and overflow pipes within the reservoir, including all anchorage, hardware, supports, and cathodic protection, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

QQ. Bid Item 43: John Paul Steiger Exterior Painting Including Roof

1. Description of Work: This work consists of surface preparation, priming, and painting the John Paul Steiger reservoir exterior, including exposed non-stainless and non-galvanized ferrous piping, valves, supports, and appurtenances outside the reservoir and within the valve vault complete, including facilities for containment of abrasives and overspray during exterior surface preparation and painting, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

RR. Bid Item 44: John Paul Steiger Electric Gate Operator and Card Reader

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-15 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

1. Description of Work: This work consists of furnishing and installing a new chain link swing gate, motorized operator, detection loops, and card reader, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

SS. Bid Item 45: John Paul Steiger Electrical and Instrumentation

1. Description of Work: This work shall consist of all electrical and instrumentation work shown on the drawings at the John Paul Steiger site including all electrical demolition, and new electrical and instrumentation equipment, associated site conduit, conductors, and pullboxes, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

TT. Bid Item 46: John Paul Steiger Site Grading and Crushed Rock Paving

1. Description of Work: This work consists of site grading and placement of new crushed aggregate surface in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

UU. Bid Item 47: John Paul Steiger Site Retaining Wall

1. Description of Work: This work consists of constructing new masonry retaining wall including excavation, backfill, and compaction, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-16 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

VV. Bid Item 48: John Paul Steiger Miscellaneous On-site Concrete and Storm Drain Improvements

1. Description of Work: This work consists of constructing new ribbon gutter, curb and gutter, 0” curb, and bollards, and new manholes, curb inlets, junction structures, and RCP storm drain on-site, including excavation, backfill, compaction, AC pavement and other surface restoration, and connections to existing and new concrete and drainage improvements, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

WW. Bid Item 49: John Paul Steiger Off-site Storm Drain Improvements

1. Description of Work: This work consists of constructing new manholes, junction structures and RCP storm drain off-site including traffic control, excavation, backfill, compaction, trench repaving, concrete curb and gutter, cross gutter, and driveway replacement, and connections to existing and new drainage improvements, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a lump sum price and shall include all labor materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown on the approved plans or called for in the specifications. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

XX. Bid Item 50: Grind and Overlay Via Rancho Road

1. Description of Work: This work consists of 1-1/2” grind and overlay of westbound half of Via Ranch Road following new storm drain pipe construction and trench repair, including traffic control restriping, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Payment: The payment for work under this section shall be based on a contract unit price and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals required, as shown, complete, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. All work shall be considered as compensated for in the contract unit price and no additional compensation shall be made thereafter.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-17 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL (MEASUREMENT)

Measurement for unit price quantities shall be based upon the appropriate bid item in the proposal. The actual quantity of measurement shall be as constructed by the CONTRACTOR in place in conformance with the Plans and Specifications.

2.2 LINEAR MEASUREMENTS

Pipeline and related facility measurements shall be made horizontally along the centerline of the pipeline and related facilities through tees, bends, valves, fittings, and as shown on the Plans for its limits or as otherwise specified in the Special Technical Provisions. Manholes and vaults shall be measured vertically from the lowest to the highest elevations and as shown on the Plans or as otherwise specified in the Special Technical Provisions.

2.3 AREA MEASUREMENTS

Measurement for bid items involving area units shall be based upon the surface area measured in acres, square yards, square feet, or as indicated in the bid item.

2.4 VOLUME MEASUREMENTS

Measurement for bid items involving volume units shall be based upon the volume measured in cubic yards, tons, or as indicated in the bid item.

2.5 UNIT MEASUREMENTS

Measurement for bid items involving units of the item shall be based upon the number of units counted as indicated in the bid item.

2.6 LUMP SUM MEASUREMENT

All lump sum items section will be broken out as described in the CONTRACTOR'S Schedule of Values.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of work under this Contract. The total Bid Price shall cover all work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction plant, equipment, and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit and lump sum prices bid. All work not specifically set forth as

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-18 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01025 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of CONTRACTOR and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid.

3.2 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES

A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimation the probable cost of the work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the work. The actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. CONTRACTOR agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts therefor.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01025-19 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01039 – COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section specifies the methods and requirements of coordination and meetings required for project coordination. This includes coordination with AGENCY, Federal, State and Local authorities, utilities, neighboring property owners, special events, and other contractors.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01043 – Coordination with AGENCY’S Operations

B. Section 01047 – Connections to Existing Facilities

C. Section 01060 – Permits & Other Regulatory Requirements

D. Section 01170 – Special Technical Provisions

E. Section 01310 – Construction Progress Schedules

F. Section 01370 – Schedule of Values

1.3 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. AGENCY will schedule a Preconstruction meeting after Notice of Award and before the Notice to Proceed, per Section 4, Notice of Award.

B. Attendance Required:

AGENCY: Project Manager, Design Engineer, Construction Manager, Inspector, Water Division Manager, and Water Distribution Supervisor

CONTRACTOR: Superintendent, Foreman, and Representatives from Subcontractors

C. The AGENCY will distribute an agenda including, but not limited to the following items:

1. Distribution of Contract Documents.

2. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01039 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01039 – COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

3. Submission of list of Subcontractors.

4. Review of proposed Construction Schedule, Schedule of Values, and delivery dates.

5. Procedures for inspection of work.

6. Procedures and processing for:

a. Substitutions

b. Submittals

c. RFI’s

d. PCO’s

e. Field decisions

7. Payment requests.

8. Change Orders.

9. Procedures for testing.

10. Procedures for maintaining record documents.

11. SWPPP/NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity

12. Traffic Control Permit

13. Property Owner Notification / Community Outreach

14. Contract closeout procedures.

D. AGENCY shall record minutes and distribute copies within five working days after meeting to participants and those affected by decisions made.

1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. AGENCY shall schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at a maximum interval of every two weeks.

B. AGENCY will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside at meetings.

C. Attendance Required:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01039 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01039 – COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

AGENCY: Engineer, Project Manager, Construction Manager, Inspector, and Water Distribution Supervisor and/or Water Division Manager.

CONTRACTOR: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, and as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.

D. The scheduled progress meetings will include, but is not limited to the following agenda items:

1. Review minutes of previous meetings.

2. Review of work progress.

3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.

4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress.

5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals.

6. Review of RFI’s.

7. Review of PCO’s

8. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.

9. Maintenance of progress schedule.

10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.

11. Planned progress during succeeding work period.

12. Coordination of projected progress.

13. Maintenance of quality and work standards.

14. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.

15. Other business relating to work.

E. AGENCY will record minutes and distribute copies within two working days after meeting to participants and those affected by decisions made.

F. Formal monthly progress meeting shall include all items of typical progress meetings, and the following in addition:

1. Submission of progress payment (2 wet signature copies). 2. Progress report (Narrative) (2 copies)

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01039 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01039 – COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

3. Review of Record Drawings (Red Lines)

4. Schedule (CPM) (2 copies)

1.6 COORDINATION WITH CITY OF OCEANSIDE

A. Contact City of Oceanside Water Utilities Department 72 hours before start of construction at the following location:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE Water Utilities Department 300 North Coast Highway Oceanside, CA 92054

Mr. Howard Arnold, P.E. (Project Manager) (760) 435-5902

B. Do not begin work until CONTRACTOR’s CPM schedule, schedule of values, permits, bonds, certificates of insurance and business license have been reviewed and approved by the AGENCY.

C. Coordinate with City of Oceanside Water Utilities Department regarding shutdowns or connections to existing facilities per Section 01043 and Section 01047.

1.7 COORDINATION WITH UTILITIES

A. Protect existing underground utilities. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with all utilities affected by the project to mark-out their locations for potholing and notify utilities of progress during construction so utility field personnel are available when required.

B. Support or relocation of existing Utility Company facilities to accommodate CONTRACTOR’s means and methods of conducting the work shall be coordinated directly with the Utility Company. All costs associated with support or relocation shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

C. Utility companies including but not limited to SDG&E, SBC, AT&T and Cox Communications may maintain energized aerial electrical power lines in the immediate vicinity of work. Do not consider these lines to be insulated. Construction personnel working near these lines are exposed to an extreme hazard from electric shock. CONTRACTORs, their employees and construction personnel working on this project must be warned of the danger and instructed to take adequate protective measures, including maintaining a minimum 10 feet clearance between lines and construction equipment and personnel. (See OSHA Std. 1926.550(A)15). As an additional safety precaution, call electric utility company to arrange, if possible, to have these lines de-energized or relocated when work reaches their

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01039 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01039 – COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

immediate vicinity. Cost of such temporary arrangements shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.

D. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the Southern California Gas Company (213- 703-4837) to arrange for standby when working within five (5) feet horizontally of any high pressure gas line aligned within the project limits.

E. All demolition, removal or abandonment of existing facilities or portions there of shall be coordinated and performed by the CONTRACTOR. All costs associated with abandonment, removal or demolition shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

1.8 COORDINATION WITH REGULATORY AGENCIES

A. Permits, licenses and other coordination with regulatory agencies shall be in accordance with Section 01060.

1.9 COORDINATION WITH PROPERTY OWNERS

A. Coordinate construction with property owners adjacent to the project limits per Section 01170, especially with regard to any limitations with access to their property.

1.10 PAYMENT

A. Payment for coordination with agencies, utilities, property owners, events and persons described shall be included in prices bid for various items work to which coordination is appurtenant.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01039 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01043 – COORDINATION WITH AGENCY’S OPERATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING FACILITIES/CONDITIONS

A. During the CONTRACTOR’S performance of the work contained in these Contract Documents, precautions shall be taken to assure that no damage or unscheduled shutdowns occur to any facilities, including piping, utilities, traffic signals, roads, and structures, that are to remain in operation and are not to be modified or replaced. It is the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to contact Underground Service Alert of Southern California (a.k.a. DigAlert) online at DigAlert Express or call 8-1-1 prior to any excavation for verification and location of utilities and notification of commencement of work. Any temporary facilities, materials, equipment and labor required to achieve this objective shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense. At the completion of work, all such temporary facilities, materials and equipment remaining shall be removed from the site.

B. Connections to existing facilities shall be in accordance with Section 01047.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01039 – Coordination and Meetings

B. Section 01047 – Connections to Existing Facilities

C. Section 01170 – Special Technical Provisions

D. Section 01310 – Construction Progress Schedules

1.3 ORDER OF THE WORK

A. The work shall be carried on at such places on the project and also in such order or precedence as may be found necessary by the CONTRACTOR to expedite the completion of the project with due consideration for AGENCY’s operations. After work has begun on any portion or designated part of the project, it shall be carried forward to its final completion. The Engineer has the right to change the precedence of work as needed to maintain the AGENCY’S operation.

1.4 SHUTDOWNS

A. All shutdowns shall comply with the provisions of the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual and requirements of the Water Utilities Division Manager.

B. Any proposed shutdowns (water and electrical service) must be indicated on the CONTRACTOR’s preliminary schedule to be submitted for review by the AGENCY at the Preconstruction Meeting. The actual allowable durations of the shutdowns will be determined during the preparation of the detailed construction schedule.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01043 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COORDINATION WITH AGENCY’S OPERATIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01043 – COORDINATION WITH AGENCY’S OPERATIONS

C. The CONTRACTOR shall compile a detailed list of all items of work which must be accomplished during any shutdown. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate his work to minimize the required number of shutdowns by accomplishing as many tasks as possible during each shutdown period. The CONTRACTOR shall submit this list of items to the AGENCY as a part of the construction schedule defined within Section 01310.

D. The schedule shall indicate all periods and duration of each proposed shutdown and the items of work which will be accomplished, unless otherwise specified herein or noted on the drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall make specific written requests for all shutdowns ten (10) working days in advance of the proposed shutdown for review and approval by the AGENCY. This is in addition to a three week look-ahead. The written request shall include a complete detailed plan of the CONTRACTOR’S proposed activities including schedule, manpower, equipment, materials and methods which will be utilized to perform the required work during the proposed shutdown. Should the AGENCY feel that the CONTRACTOR’S proposed plan is insufficient to successfully complete the required work during the period of the shutdown, the CONTRACTOR shall make the appropriate revisions in his proposed plan to the satisfaction of the AGENCY.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01043 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COORDINATION WITH AGENCY’S OPERATIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01047 – CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. Perform all construction necessary to complete connections and tie-ins to existing facilities under AGENCY observation.

B. Keep existing facilities in operation, unless otherwise specifically permitted in these Specifications or approved by the AGENCY.

C. CONTRACTOR shall perform all construction activities so as to avoid interference with operations of the facility and the work of others.

D. CONTRACTOR shall provide potholing for locating and field verifying all existing piping, structures and equipment affected by the work. All potholing shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the AGENCY. Delays in the work, as a result of insufficient potholing, will be solely the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility. No time extensions will be allowed for work that is delayed as a result of insufficient potholing and field verification.

1.2 SEQUENCING AND OPERATIONS

A. Insofar as possible, all equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before the final tie-ins are made to connect equipment to the existing facility.

B. CONTRACTOR shall carefully coordinate all work and schedules and shall provide AGENCY 10 day written notice before shutdowns or by-passes are required.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. The City of Oceanside Water, Sewer, Recycled Water Design & Construction Manual (Water Utilities Manual).

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit detailed schedule of proposed connections, disconnections, and reconnections, including laterals, listing sequence and durations of all activities including shutdowns and tie-ins. The detailed schedule must be submitted by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the AGENCY prior to the “Request for Shutdown” being submitted.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01047-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01060 – PERMITS AND OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible to obtain all local, state and federal permits and licenses required to perform the work. Payment for obtaining and complying with permits and licenses including, but not limited to, general construction permits, building permits, encroachment permits, haul route permits, excavation permits, drilling permits, water discharge permits, temporary easements, licenses, inspection fees, and Federal, State and local taxes shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR and shall be included in prices bid for work for which such costs are appurtenant.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a copy of the permit or license to the AGENCY prior to performing the work requiring the permit or license.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 01570 – Traffic Regulations.

C. Section 02270 – Temporary Soil Erosion and Sediment Control.

1.3 GENERAL

A. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain, pay for, and comply with required permits, licenses, work permits, and authorizations from appropriate agencies, including the following:

1. Licenses

a. Before submitting bids, CONTRACTORS shall be licensed in accordance with provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California.

b. City of Oceanside Business License.

2. State and Federal permits

a. Excavation and Dirt Moving Permit from Cal OSHA

b. Safety permit from California Division of Industrial Safety

c. NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (LUP Type 2)

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01060 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PERMITS AND OTHER 908754600712 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 01060 – PERMITS AND OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

d. NPDES Permit for discharge of hydrostatic test water and potable water

3. Other permits

a. City Haul Route Permit

b. Traffic Control Plan Permit

c. City Encroachment Permit

d. Written authorization from private property owners for property utilized for staging

B. The AGENCY will obtain for the CONTRACTOR, the following:

1. CEQA Notice of Exemption

C. CONTRACTOR shall pay for all fees applicable to CONTRACTOR’S operations.

1.4 HAUL ROUTE PERMIT

A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a project specific haul route plan detailing the streets intended for use in delivery of materials and import and export of soil. CONTRACTOR will be limited to the routes approved by the City of Oceanside according to the approved haul route plan contained in the permit.

1.5 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare project specific traffic control plans in accordance with Section 01570, and haul route plan per 01500 and use such plans to obtain a traffic control permit from the City of Oceanside Development Services Department.

1.6 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) / GENERAL PERMIT

A. The CONTRACTOR shall develop a site-specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) per Section 02270, which must be approved by the AGENCY prior to the commencement of construction. The SWPPP shall be written, amended, and certified by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) in accordance with the General Permit.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) copies of the SWPPP for approval by the AGENCY within fifteen (15) working days after Notice of Award.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the “General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, Linear

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01060 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PERMITS AND OTHER 908754600712 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 01060 – PERMITS AND OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Underground Project, Type 2” by submitting all Permit Registration Documents (PRD) to the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) two weeks prior to the first day of construction. The PRDs shall include the Notice of Intent (NOI), SWPPP, a vicinity map showing area topography, a site map, and all other compliance related documents required by the General Permit. The submittal to the SWRCB shall include a check for the appropriate fee based on acreage, made payable to “State Water Resources Control Board”. The CONTRACTOR shall also submit the NOI to the AGENCY at the same time it is submitted to the SWRCB. The CONTRACTOR shall register with and submit PRDs and other documents related to the General Permit to the SWRCB via the Storm Water Multi–Application & Report Tracking System (SMARTS) (smarts.waterboards.ca.gov).

D. Within seven (7) calendar days of project completion, the project specific SWPPP shall be relinquished to the AGENCY. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the Notice of Termination (NOT) to the SWRCB. The NOT shall be submitted to the AGENCY at the same time it is submitted to the SWRCB. The CONTRACTOR shall only submit the NOT once the project has been accepted by the AGENCY. If the CONTRACTOR fails to submit the NOT to the SWRCB, the CONTRACTOR shall continue to be responsible for paying the annual fee associated with the “General Permit” until the NOT is submitted and accepted by the SWRCB.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) / GENERAL PERMIT

A. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure all storm water and erosion control measures required by the General Permit and the SWPPP, in accordance with Section 02270, are implemented by a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) in accordance with the General Permit.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01060 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PERMITS AND OTHER 908754600712 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 01090 – REFERENCE STANDARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Applicable Publications: Whenever in these specifications references are made to published specifications, codes, standards, or other requirements, it shall be understood that wherever no date is specified, only the latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing agencies which have been published as of the date that the Project is advertised for bids shall apply; except to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in conflict with applicable laws, ordinances, or governing codes. No requirements set forth herein or shown on the drawings shall be waived because of any provision of, or omission from, said standards or requirements.

When a reference standard is specified, comply with requirements and recommendations stated in that standard, except when they are modified by the Contract Documents, or when applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or codes establish stricter standards. The latest provisions of applicable standards shall apply to the work.

B. Reference standards include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)

2. American Concrete Institute (ACI)

3. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)

4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)

5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

6. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

7. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

8. American Water Works Association (AWWA)

9. American Welding Society (AWS)

10. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)

11. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)

12. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)

13. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01090 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REFERENCE STANDARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01090 – REFERENCE STANDARDS

14. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

15. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)

16. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC or Greenbook)

17. State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications (Caltrans)

18. All other applicable standards listed in the Specifications, and the standards of utility service companies, where applicable.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 01630 – Product Options and Substitutions.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of the specifications, all work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the requirements of all applicable codes and the applicable requirements of the following documents to the extent that the provisions of such documents are not in conflict with the requirements of these Specifications nor the applicable codes.

B. References herein to "Engineer’s Manual" shall mean the City of Oceanside Engineer’s Design and Processing Manual, latest edition, which are hereby incorporated in and made a part of these Contract Documents, to the extent of the applicable references thereto. Any reference to procedures or materials in the Engineering Manual is superceded by the Water Utilities Manual.

C. References herein to "Water Utilities Manual" shall mean the City of Oceanside Water Utilities Department Water, Sewer and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual, latest edition, which are hereby incorporated in and made a part of these Contract Documents, to the extent of the applicable references thereto. All references in the Water Utilities Manual take precedence over the Engineers Manual.

D. References herein to "Building Code" or UBC shall mean the Uniform Building Code of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO). The latest edition of the code as approved and used by the local agency as of the date of award, as adopted by the agency having jurisdiction, shall apply to the work herein, including all addenda, modifications, amendments, or other lawful changes thereto.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01090 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REFERENCE STANDARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01090 – REFERENCE STANDARDS

E. References herein to “SSPWC” or “Greenbook” shall mean the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction”, Parts 2 and 3 only, unless other Parts are specifically listed in the Contract Documents, latest edition, including the County of San Diego Regional Amendments.

F. References to "Standard Drawings" shall mean the "Engineer’s Manual" including all current supplements, addenda, and revisions thereof. All water, sewer, and recycled water related “Standard Drawings” shall mean the “Water Utilities Manual” including all current supplements, addenda, and revisions thereof.

G. References herein to “SDRSD” shall mean San Diego Regional Standard Drawings, latest edition.

H. References herein to "Cal-OSHA" shall mean State of California, Department of Industrial Relations, Construction Safety Orders, as amended to date, and all changes and amendments thereto which are effective as of the date of construction.

I. References herein to "OSHA Regulations for Construction" shall mean Title 29, Part 1926, Construction Safety and Health Regulations, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto.

J. References herein to "OSHA Standards" shall mean Title 29, Part 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto.

K. No provisions of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents, shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the AGENCY, Engineer, or CONTRACTOR from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Nor shall they be effective to assign to the Engineer any duty of authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents.

L. In case of conflict between codes, reference standards, drawings and the other Contract Documents, the most stringent requirements shall govern. All conflict shall be brought to the attention of the AGENCY for clarification and directions prior to ordering or providing any materials or labor. The CONTRACTOR shall bid the most stringent requirements.

M. Applicable Standard Specifications: The CONTRACTOR shall construct the work specified herein in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and the referenced portions of those referenced codes, standards, and specifications listed herein.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01090 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REFERENCE STANDARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01090 – REFERENCE STANDARDS

1.4 TRADE NAMES AND ALTERNATIVES

A. For convenience in designation in the Contract Documents, materials to be incorporated in the work may be designated under a trade name or the name of a manufacturer and its catalog information. The use of alternative material which is equivalent in quality and of the required characteristics for the purpose intended will be permitted, subject to the following requirements:

1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for substitution in accordance with Section 01630.

2. The burden of proof as to the quality and suitability of such alternative equipment, products, or other materials shall be upon the CONTRACTOR.

3. The AGENCY will be the sole judge as to the comparative quality and suitability of such alternative equipment, products, or other materials and its decision shall be final.

B. Wherever in the Contract Documents the name or the name and address of a manufacturer or distributor is given for a product or other material, or if any other source of a product or material is indicated therefor, such information is given for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR only, and no limit, restriction, or direction is indicated or intended thereby, nor is the accuracy or reliability of such information guaranteed. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to determine the accurate identity and location of any such manufacturer, distributor, or other source of any product or material called for in the Contract Documents.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01090 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REFERENCE STANDARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01170 – SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01039 – Coordination and Meetings

B. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals

C. Section 01310 – Construction Progress Schedules

D. Section 01380 – Preconstruction Videotapes and Photographs

1.2 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS

A. The AGENCY shall perform all required construction staking survey work per The Project General Provisions Section 7.7 Surveying.

B. Land Monuments: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the Engineer of any existing Federal, State, City, County, and private land monuments encountered. All monuments shall be preserved, or if necessary to be destroyed during performance of the work, shall be replaced by a licensed surveyor at the CONTRACTOR’S expense. Appropriate record of survey drawings shall be filed with the County of San Diego for all replaced monuments. When government monuments are encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the Engineer at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed construction in order that the Engineer will have ample opportunity to reference these monuments for later replacement.

1.3 CONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. The AGENCY shall furnish compaction testing for all bedding, backfill, and soil compaction testing.

B. The AGENCY shall furnish all materials testing and special inspections called for in the Contract Documents.

C. When any work is determined to be unsatisfactory, faulty or defective, or does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the costs incurred by the AGENCY for additional tests or inspections shall be reimbursed by the CONTRACTOR. Said costs shall be paid by the AGENCY and deducted from progress payments to the CONTRACTOR.

D. Trench backfill testing requirements shall be per City of Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Construction Guidelines and Requirements.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01170-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01170 – SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

1.4 WATER/SANITATION AVAILABILITY

A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing sanitation facilities for his employees and shall fully comply with the rules and regulations of the State Board of Health and/or other bodies having jurisdiction.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall, at all times, provide for his employees an abundant supply of safe drinking water and shall give orders against the use of, for drinking purposes, any water in the vicinity of the Work known to be unsafe.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable and conveniently located temporary toilets for use by his forces. They shall be left at the site until final inspection has been made.

1.5 HOURS OF WORK

A. CONTRACTOR shall conduct all Work within the project specific AGENCY-approved schedule:

1. Regular Working Hours: Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.

B. Exceptions to this Work schedule shall be only as approved in writing by the AGENCY.

C. CONTRACTOR shall obtain special permission from City of Oceanside to work on AGENCY holidays.

D. If the hours of work specified on the CONTRACTOR’S approved Traffic Control Plan are in conflict with the regular working hours, then the more restrictive hours shall apply.

E. Idling of vehicles and warming up of equipment is considered Work.

1.6 SCHEDULE AND PROGRESS OF WORK

A. Prior to the preconstruction meeting identified in Section 01039, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the AGENCY a construction progress schedule in accordance with Section 01310. The CONTRACTOR shall inform the AGENCY of changes in the Work schedule at least 24 hours in advance so that appropriate observations and tests can be planned and accomplished.

B. Where work is to be performed on private property or in easements through private property, a work moratorium will be enforced on Saturday, Sunday, all City observed holidays and as described below:

1. New Year’s Day – January 1st

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01170-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01170 – SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

2. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day – 3rd Monday in January

3. Memorial Day – Last Monday in May

4. Independence Day – July 4th

5. Labor Day – 1st Monday in September

6. Veterans Day – November 11th

7. Thanksgiving Day – 4th Thursday in November

8. Day after Thanksgiving – Friday after Thanksgiving

9. Christmas Day – December 25th

C. Special circumstances for New Year’s Day, Independence Day, Veterans Day, and Christmas Day:

1. If the above holidays fall on a Saturday, the preceding Friday is observed as the holiday.

2. If the above holidays fall on a Sunday, the following Monday is observed as the holiday.

D. No night work shall be allowed, unless approved by the AGENCY.

1.7 RESPONSIBILITY FOR JOB SITE CONDITIONS

A. The CONTRACTOR agrees to assume sole and complete responsibility for job site conditions during the course of construction of this project, including safety of all persons and property; that this requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours; and that the CONTRACTOR shall defend, indemnify and hold the AGENCY and the design consultant harmless from any and all liability except for that arising from the sole negligence of the AGENCY. It is the CONTRACTOR’S sole responsibility to protect the safety of employees, residents, and the public from construction-related conditions or activities.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for monitoring the work site on a 24-hour basis to prevent vandalism and graffiti. The CONTRACTOR, at no additional expense to the AGENCY, will replace all damaged new work.

1.8 DRIVEWAYS AND MAILBOXES

A. Driveways and mailboxes along the route shall not be blocked from normal ingress and egress. Garbage pickup or mail delivery shall also not be blocked.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01170-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01170 – SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

The CONTRACTOR shall temporarily relocate mailboxes, or close his operations, so as not to interrupt any mail delivery. 1.9 PROPERTY OWNER NOTIFICATIONS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall work with the AGENCY and shall provide written notification of construction activity to all property owners and occupants in the general vicinity of the project within ten (10) days of receiving the Notice to Proceed. The written notification shall include a description of the project, the time and duration of street closures, suggested alternate routes, and a contact number of the CONTRACTOR for property owners to call if they have questions. The AGENCY shall approve the format of the notice before it is issued.

B. Service Interruptions

1. The CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to maintain water services throughout the duration of the project. In the event a service interruption is required for construction activity, the CONTRACTOR shall provide written notification to all property owners and occupants affected at least seventy-two (72) hours prior to the interruption. The written notification shall include the time and duration of the interruption and a local telephone number of the CONTRACTOR that the owner/occupant can call to discuss the project or any potential problems. The AGENCY shall approve the format of the notice before it is issued. The longest period of any scheduled service interruption shall be 8 hours. If any service is not reestablished within the stated duration, the CONTRACTOR shall personally contact the property owner and occupant to discuss what is being done to correct the problem and when the service will be active again.

2. In the event a water service is damaged during construction, the CONTRACTOR shall personally contact the property owner and occupant to inform them of the service interruption, discuss what is being done to correct the problem, and when the service will be active again. The CONTRACTOR shall restore damaged services to their original working condition within four (4) hours of the interruption at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The services shall be tested in accordance with the Water Utilities Manual.

3. In no case shall water services be inactive overnight.

C. See Section 01570 for notifications related to blocking driveways.

1.10 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTIONS OF EXISTING PIPES

A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform CCTV inspection of the existing reservoir inlet, outlet, and drain pipes indicated on the Drawings for the purpose of evaluating the condition of the pipes and need for rehabilitation using cured-in- place pipe lining.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01170-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01170 – SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, tools, and incidentals required to complete the CCTV inspection. Equipment shall be in accordance with the SSPWC Section 500, SSPWC Regional Supplement Amendments Section 306, and as noted below.

1. Video equipment utilized shall be specifically designed and constructed to be operative in 100-percent humidity conditions. Lighting for the camera shall minimize reflective glare. Lighting and camera quality shall be suitable to provide a clear, continuously in-focus picture of the entire inside periphery of the pipe for all conditions encountered during inspection. A reflector in front of the camera may be required to enhance lighting in large diameter pipe.

2. The equipment shall be designed to operate in the pipelines sizes designated on the contract documents

3. All equipment to be in direct contact with the pipe shall be designated for use in potable water pipelines. CONTRACTOR shall provide a letter stating that CCTV equipment is designated for potable water use and has been disinfected prior to contact with the pipe.

4. Video equipment shall be high-quality color DVD format. The capacity of the DVD shall be adequate to record inspection of at least one complete pipe segment between two manholes. Recording of a single segment shall not extend to more than one (1) DVD.

C. Procedures for CCTV inspections shall be in accordance with SSPWC Section 500, SSPWC Regional Supplement Amendments Section 306.

D. Documentation of CCTV inspections shall be in accordance with SSPWC Section 500, SSPWC Regional Supplement Amendments Section 306 and as noted below:

1. Audio and written documentation shall accompany the DVDs submitted to the AGENCY at the completion of the inspection. Audio shall include brief informative comments on unusual conditions and other significant data. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a complete inspection report to include a written log of pipe conditions indexed to the footage counter.

1.11 CONTRACTOR WORK AREA

A. The use of the project area will not be available beyond the limits of the project site as identified on the drawings. The CONTRACTOR must operate entirely within the limits of the project site. No equipment or materials may be parked or stock piled outside the project site or CONTRACTOR staging areas. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for locating and securing legal storage and

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01170-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01170 – SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

staging areas. The CONTRACTOR must provide a storage and staging plan to the AGENCY, including written permission from legal owner of property stating they are allowing the CONTRACTOR to use their property.

B. It shall be understood that responsibility for protection and safekeeping of equipment and materials on or near the site will be entirely that of the CONTRACTOR and that no claim shall be made against the AGENCY or his authorized representatives by reason of any act. It shall be further understood that should any occasion arise necessitating access to the sites occupied by these stored material or equipment, the Engineer shall direct the CONTRACTOR owning or responsible for the stored materials and equipment to immediately move the same. No materials or equipment may be placed upon the property of the AGENCY other than the designated areas on the Drawings unless the Engineer has agreed to the location contemplated by the CONTRACTOR to be used for storage.

1.12 DOCUMENTATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform a preconstruction survey of existing improvements along the pipeline alignment and appurtenance locations to provide a record of preconstruction conditions in accordance with Section 01380. This survey shall be performed in the presence of an AGENCY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or INSPECTOR. This survey shall include the following as a minimum:

1. Video taping of existing alignment including audio.

2. Photographs of potential “problem areas”.

3. Mapping of problematic areas of damaged paving (redline areas on plans).

4. Identification of existing signing and striping.

B. At the completion of the survey the CONTRACTOR shall present the AGENCY with a report detailing the existing condition of improvements affected by the construction. The report shall include the following as a minimum:

1. One copy of the CD recording.

2. One copy of each “potential problem area” photograph.

3. Redlined plans showing areas of damaged paving or other damaged surface improvements.

4. Written summary of “potential problem areas” and the CONTRACTOR’S recommendations to address these problem areas.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01170-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01170 – SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

C. Documentation (including report) of existing conditions shall be completed within 15 days of the Notice to Proceed. The CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to begin construction activities until the final report has been submitted and accepted by the AGENCY.

1.13 INDEMNIFICATION

A. CONTRACTOR hereby releases and agrees to indemnify, defend, hold harmless the AGENCY, DESIGN ENGINEER and their parent and subsidiary companies, agents, employees, consultants and representatives for any and all damage to persons or property or wrongful death regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in whole or in part by the negligence, active or passive, of AGENCY, DESIGN ENGINEER, their parent and subsidiary companies, as well as their agents and employees, excepting only the sole negligence of AGENCY, DESIGN ENGINEER, their parent or subsidiary companies and their agents and employees to the fullest extent permitted by law. Such indemnification shall extend to all claims, demands, actions, or liability for injuries, death or damages occurring after completion of the project, as well as during the work’s progress. CONTRACTOR further agrees that it shall accomplish the above at its own cost, expense and risk exclusive of and regardless of any applicable insurance policy or position taken by any insurance company regarding coverage.

B. CONTRACTOR shall defend, indemnify and hold the AGENCY and the DESIGN ENGINEER, its employees, officers, or agents, harmless against any and all claims by any parties arising from, or related to, any and all damages, including legal costs and attorney’s fees, resulting from interference with, interruption of, damage to, or any and all injuries which result from damage caused to subsurface installation, which is unforeseen and despite ENGINEER’S effort during the design process was not located, excepting only the gross negligence or willful misconduct of ENGINEER in providing its services.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01170-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01170 – SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

1.14 JOB SAFETY

A. CONTRACTOR acknowledges responsibility for job-site safety and acknowledges that the Engineer will not have any such responsibility. To the fullest extent permitted by law the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless AGENCY, DESIGN ENGINEER, their present companies, subsidiaries, agents, and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney fees and claim costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of work by the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors, or their agents and employees, which results in damage to persons or property including wrongful death regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in whole or in part by the negligence, active or passive, of AGENCY, DESIGN ENGINEER, their parent and subsidiary companies, as well as their agents and employees, excepting only the sole negligence of AGENCY, DESIGN ENGINEER, their parent or subsidiary companies and their agents and employees.

B. All necessary machinery guards, railings, and other protective devices shall be provided as specified and/or required by the State of California Division of Industrial Safety and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. It is assumed that all fabricators, electrical and machinery manufacturers and other equipment suppliers are conversant with such regulations and they shall be responsible for the industrial safety aspects of such equipment. All equipment shall comply with all rules and regulations of the Safety Orders of the State of California Division of Industrial Safety and all local building, plumbing, and electrical codes and ordinances. Safety guards shall be easily removed to permit inspection, removal and repair of the moving parts.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01170-8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01300 – RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. Wherever submittals are required hereunder, all such submittals by the CONTRACTOR shall be submitted to the AGENCY per this Section and the General Provisions.

B. Within 10 working days after the date of commencement as stated in the Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the following items to the AGENCY for review:

1. A Submittal Schedule of Shop Drawings, Samples, and proposed Substitutes (“Or Equal”) submittals. Additional submittals will not be accepted for review prior to acceptance of the Submittal Schedule by the AGENCY.

2. A list of all permits and licenses the CONTRACTOR shall obtain indicating the agency required to grant the permit and the expected date of submittal for the permit and required date for receipt of the permit.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. The work of the following Sections apply to Work of this Section. Other Sections of the Specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of the Work.

1. General Conditions.

2. Section 01170 - Special Technical Provisions.

3. Section 01630 – Product Options and Substitutions.

4. Section 15000 - General Piping System and Appurtenances.

1.3 CONTRACTOR’S OPTIONS

A. For products specified only by reference standard, select products by any manufacturer meeting that standard. To the maximum extent possible, provide products of the same generic kind from a single source.

B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named that complies with the Contract Documents.

C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating “or equal,” submit a Request for Substitution, as defined in Section 01630, Product Options and Substitutions, to the AGENCY for any product or

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01300 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01300 – RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

manufacturer that is not specifically named.

1. Note that a limited time period is specified in Section 01630 for the CONTRACTOR to submit Requests for Substitution. After that period has elapsed, the AGENCY will no longer accept Requests for Substitution for review.

D. For products specified by naming only one product or manufacturer and followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed.

E. Where more than one choice is available as a CONTRACTOR’s option, select a product that is compatible with other products already selected or specified.

1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit Shop Drawings to AGENCY for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals.

B. Determine and verify before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample:

1. Field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto.

2. Materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the work.

3. Information relative to CONTRACTOR’s sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.

C. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples, and with the requirements of work and Contract Documents.

D. All CONTRACTOR shop drawing submittals shall be carefully reviewed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR, prior to submission to the AGENCY. Each submittal shall be dated, signed, and certified by the CONTRACTOR, as being correct and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents. In the case of shop drawings, each sheet shall be so dated, signed, and certified. No consideration for review by the AGENCY of any CONTRACTOR submittals will be made for any items which have not been so certified by the CONTRACTOR. All non-certified submittals will be returned to the CONTRACTOR without action taken by the AGENCY, and any delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01300 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01300 – RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

E. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give AGENCY specific written notice of variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract documents. The notice shall be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to AGENCY for review and approval of each such variation.

F. Review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if items covered by submittals will, after installation or incorporation in work, conform to information given in the Contract Documents, and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. The review of CONTRACTOR shop drawing submittals shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the entire responsibility for the correctness of details and dimensions. The CONTRACTOR shall assume all responsibility and risk for any misfits due to any errors in CONTRACTOR submittals. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the dimensions and the design of adequate connections and details. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required to submittals and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than corrections called for on previous submittals.

G. Review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for variation from requirements of the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called attention to each such variation at the time of submission, and written approval has been given of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in, or accompanying, the Shop Drawing or Sample approval.

H. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by Contract Documents or schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submissions accepted by AGENCY, related work performed prior to review and approval of pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR.

1.5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Wherever called for in the Contract documents, or where required by the AGENCY, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the AGENCY for review each shop drawing submittal in electronic PDF format. Submittals larger than 50 pages shall include PDF bookmarks for each subsection of the submittal to facilitate AGENCY review. The term “Shop Drawings” as used herein shall be understood to include detail design calculations, shop drawings, fabrication, and installation drawings, erection drawings, lists, graphs, catalog sheets, data

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01300 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01300 – RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

sheets, and similar items.

B. Submittals and responses shall be posted on an Agency operated VPM (Virtual Project Manager) website. The Agency sets up access and manages the VPM site. C. Normally, a separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of a submittal of various items using a single transmittal form will be permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturers "package" or are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group or package as a whole.

D. Transmit submittals with a transmittal form approved by the AGENCY and standard for the project. Transmittal form shall identify CONTRACTOR, indicate date of submittal, and include information prescribed by the transmitted form and assign a sequential number to each submittal in a format approved by the AGENCY. Process transmittal forms to record actions regarding sample panels and sample installations.

E. In order to indicate that the submittals have been Reviewed and Approved by CONTRACTOR as to conformance to Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall have made and shall use labels and/or a rubber stamp which shall materially conform to the following sample:

Submittal No.:

Contract No.: Project No.:

Contractor:

REVIEWED AND APPROVED for Conformance (Signature) with the Contract Documents By:

References:

Drawing Sheet No's.:

Specification Section No's.:

F. Except as may otherwise be indicated herein, the AGENCY will return electronic files of each submittal to the CONTRACTOR with its comments noted thereon, within 10 working days following their receipt by the AGENCY. It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the AGENCY by the second submission of a submittal item. The maximum review period for each submittal and each resubmittal will be 21 calendar days. per each. For example, a submittal that requires two

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01300 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01300 – RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

resubmittals before it is complete, the maximum review period for that submittal could be 30 working days. The AGENCY reserves the right to withhold monies due the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the review beyond the second submittal.

G. If a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN,” formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required.

H. If a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED,” formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will be required when requested for confirmation.

I. If a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked “REVISE-RESUBMIT” or “AMEND-RESUBMIT,” the CONTRACTOR shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the AGENCY.

J. If a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked “REJECTED- RESUBMIT,” the CONTRACTOR shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the AGENCY.

K. Fabrication of an item shall be commenced only after the AGENCY has reviewed the pertinent submittals and returned copies to the CONTRACTOR marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED.” Corrections indicated on submittals shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall not be taken as the basis for changes to the contract requirements.

L. Submittal log:

1. CONTRACTOR shall maintain an accurate submittal log which lists all the submittals required by this Contract, showing current status of submittals.

2. Make the submittal log available for review upon request and at the progress meetings.

1.6 SUBMITTAL FORMAT AND COPIES

A. Format for Shop Drawings:

1. For shop drawings presented larger than 8 ½-inches by 17 inches, include on each drawing the drawing title, number, date, and revision numbers and dates.

2. For shop drawings presented on sheets 8 ½-inches by 17 inches or less, conform to the format and quantity requirements for product data, and

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01300 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01300 – RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

present as a part of the bound volume for the submittals required by the Section.

3. Dimension drawings, except diagrams and schematic drawings; prepare dimensioned drawings to scale. Identify materials and products for work shown.

4. Shop drawing format shall be not less than 8 ½ by 11 inches or more than 30 by 42 inches.

5. Submit detailed drawings and descriptions of proposed deviations from details or component arrangement indicated on the drawings.

6. Provide finished drawings for approval indicating proposed installation of Work, and materials and equipment being furnished.

7. Copies of plans will not be accepted for submission as drawings, nor will catalog numbers alone of materials or equipment.

8. Data shown on working drawings shall be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, material of construction, and other detail to enable review.

B. Format for Product Data:

1. Present product data submittals for each Section as a complete submittal subsection. Include a table of contents listing page and catalog item numbers for product data.

2. Indicate, by prominent notation, each product which is being submitted; indicate the Section and paragraph numbers to which it pertains.

3. Supplement product data with material prepared for the project to satisfy submittal requirements for which product data does not exist. Note that the material is developed specifically for the project.

4. Catalog data shall be explicit with regard to details of products being furnished and complete enough to enable Design Consultant to determine that products submitted conform to requirements of specifications.

5. For submittals with more than one style, size, capacity, etc. of a product on a sheet, clearly indicate exactly which product type is being submitted for approval. Failure to do this is cause for rejection.

6. Catalog data shall bear name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer of product or local representative.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01300 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01300 – RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

C. Samples:

1. Label or tag each sample identifying the specification Section number, manufacturer’s name and address, brand name, product identification number, and intended use in the Work.

2. Provide two sets of required samples. One sample will be returned after review with notations resulting from review.

D. Format of Administrative and Closeout Submittals

1. Submit administrative and closeout submittals in the format required for shop drawings.

2. If the submittal includes a document which is to be used in the project or become a part of the project record, other than as a submittal, do not apply the CONTRACTOR’s approval stamp to the document, but to a separate sheet accompanying the document.

3. Record documents shall be submitted in conformance with Section 01700, Project Closeout.

E. Operations and Maintenance. Provide two (2) copies of the following documents:

1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

2. Training Manuals.

3. Standard Operating Procedures.

1.7 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS

A. Submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for shop drawings when specified in individual Sections.

B. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents.

C. Resolve conflicts as directed by AGENCY, at no additional cost to AGENCY.

1.8 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES

A. When specified in individual Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate(s) to AGENCY for review, in format specified for shop drawings.

B. Indicate material and equipment conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01300 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01300 – RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to AGENCY.

D. Where specified in Contract Documents, the certificate and/or affidavit shall be submitted to the AGENCY for approval of a particular product, or component of a product, such submittals shall be made in accordance with the following:

1. A certificate submitted for a product, or component of a product, indicates test results proving that product, or component, meets the requirements of the standard specified in the Contract Documents.

2. An affidavit consisting of a sworn statement by an official of the company manufacturing the product indicating that information on certificate is true and accurate shall accompany the certificate.

3. A statement originating from CONTRACTOR, or his subcontractors, suppliers, or other agent which merely indicates that a particular item of equipment, product, or component of a product, meets the requirements of Contract Documents shall not be considered a certificate. A submittal made in this manner will not be approved and corresponding equipment, product, or component, shall not be finally accepted.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01300 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule along with the Award Documents per Section 4 Notice of Award.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a construction schedule, 60-day Narrative Plan of Operation, and Comprehensive Project Overview Bar Chart which conforms to the requirements below, unless otherwise approved by the AGENCY.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01010 – Summary of Work.

B. Section 01150 – Measurement and Payment.

C. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

D. Section 01370 – Schedule of Values.

1.3 FORMAT

A. Prepare network analysis system using the critical path method, as outlined in The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction - A Manual for General Contractors".

B. Sheet Size: 24-inches by 36-inches.

C. Time Scale: Indicate first date in each work week.

D. Organization:

1. Group Shop Drawing submittals and reviews into a separate sub-schedule.

2. Group product deliveries into a separate sub-schedule.

3. Group construction work into a separate sub-schedule by activity.

4. Group critical activities, which dictate the rate of progress into a separate sub-schedule.

5. Organize each sub-schedule by Specification Section number.

1.4 CONTENT

A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01310 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

B. Identify each item by Specification Section number.

C. Arrange construction work into logically grouped activities.

D. Provide sub-schedules for each stage of work identified in the Bid Schedule.

E. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the entire Schedule.

F. Clearly define critical path.

G. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of work completed, as of the first day of each month.

H. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, factory and field testing dates, and dates reviewed submittals will be required from the AGENCY.

I. Indicate delivery dates for any AGENCY furnished items.

J. Coordinate content with Section 01370.

1.5 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES

A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity.

B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes.

C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect including the effect of changes on schedules of separate CONTRACTORs, if any.

1.6 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule to the Engineer within ten (10) working days after the date of the Notice to Award.

B. Submit initial proposed CPM Construction Schedule, 60-day Narrative Plan of Operation, and Comprehensive Project Overview Bar Chart within 10 working days after the Preconstruction Meeting. Resubmit required revised data within ten days thereafter. Submit Schedules in both printed and electronic forms.

C. Submit revised CPM Progress Schedules and Progress Reports every month with progress payment request per Section 7.15, or as directed by the AGENCY. Submit Schedules in both printed and electronic forms.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01310 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

D. Attach a letter of transmittal to each submittal and include the following information in the letter:

1. A listing of items which have changed since the last submittal.

2. Discussion of problems causing delays, anticipated length of delays, and proposed solutions.

3. Schedule narrative including the following:

a. Critical path

b. Activities started, in progress and completed

c. Description of logic changes from previous update

d. Current problems

e. Milestone status

f. Potential problem areas

1.7 DISTRIBUTION

A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties.

B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in Schedules.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

3.1 60-DAY NARRATIVE PLAN OF OPERATION

A. During the initial 60 days of the contract time, conduct contract operations in accordance with the 60-day detail narrative and bar chart plan of operation. The bar chart shall show the accomplishment of the CONTRACTOR’s early activities (mobilization items, permits, submittals necessary for long-lead equipment procurement, CPM submittals, initial site work, and other submittals and activities required in the first 60 days)

3.2 COMPREHENSIVE PROJECT OVERVIEW BAR CHART

A. Indicate the major components of the project work and the sequence relations between major components and subdivisions of major components and subdivisions of major components. The overview bar chart shall indicate the

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01310 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

relationships and time frames in which the various components of the work will be substantially complete and placed into service in order to meet the project milestones. Sufficient detail shall be included for the identification of subdivisions of major components into such activities as potholing, excavation, bedding and pipe installation, backfilling, surface restoration, tunneling, structures, relocations, improvements, and other important work for each major facility within the overall project scope. Indicate planned durations and start dates for each work item subdivision. Plot each major component and subdivision component on time scale sheets not to exceed 24 inches by 36 inches in size. Do not use more than four sheets to represent this overview information.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01310 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01370 – SCHEDULE OF VALUES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The Schedule of Values is an itemized list of the value or cost of each Bid Item of work and the associated time of expenditures. It shall be used as the basis for submitting progress payments and projecting future payment schedule.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01310 – Construction Progress Schedules.

1.3 PREPARATION

A. Schedule of Values shall be based on bid items and anticipated units completed each month.

B. Schedule of Values shall be prepared on 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch white paper.

C. The sum of the individual values shown on the Schedule of Values must equal the total Contract Price.

D. Lump Sum Bid Items shall be taken out into items as required by the General Provisions.

E. Coordinate the Schedule of Values with the Construction Schedule in accordance with Section 01310.

1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL

A. A Schedule of Values shall be submitted within fifteen (15) days after award of contract per the requirements of the General Provisions.

B. The CONTRACTOR and AGENCY shall meet and jointly review the preliminary schedule of values and make any adjustments in value allocation if, in the opinion of the AGENCY, these are necessary to establish fair and reasonable allocation of values for the major work components. Front end loading will not be permitted. This review and any necessary revisions or reallocation of the schedule of values shall be completed within 10 working days from the date of the Notice to Proceed.

C. Submit three (3) copies of monthly updates to the schedule of values to the AGENCY with request for progress payments.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01370 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SCHEDULE OF VALUES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01380 – PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDING AND PHOTOGRAPHS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. After survey and utility mark out, and prior to any construction, the CONTRACTOR shall photograph and video existing site conditions with audio included.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall retain a professional photographer and/or videographer to perform the specified services or provide evidence to the AGENCY of staff ability to perform some or all of the services specified. The AGENCY shall have the final determination and discretion as to the suitability of the photographer/videographer.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the AGENCY’s approval prior to taking the first series of photographs or videos of each specified type.

D. The AGENCY shall be present during photographing and video recording of pre- construction site conditions.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01170 – Special Technical Provisions.

B. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. At the completion of the survey the CONTRACTOR shall present the AGENCY with a report detailing the existing condition of improvements affected by the pipeline construction. The report shall include the following as a minimum:

1. One copy of the digital video recordings.

2. One copy of each photograph.

3. Redlined plans showing areas of damaged paving or other damaged surface improvements.

4. Written summary of potential “problem areas” and the CONTRACTOR’s recommendations to address these problem areas.

B. Documentation (including report) of existing conditions shall be completed and submitted to the AGENCY within fifteen (15) days of the Notice to Proceed but after survey and mark out. The CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to begin construction activities until the final report has been submitted to and accepted by the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01380-1 HENIE HILL & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRE-CONSTRUCTION 908754600712 VIDEO RECORDING AND PHOTOGRAPHS October 2020 SECTION 01380 – PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDING AND PHOTOGRAPHS

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 VIDEO RECORDING EQUIPMENT

A. The CONTRACTOR’s video capability, equipment, and operators shall conform to the following minimum criteria:

1. High resolution and clarity provided by 3CCD “high-definition” format.

2. Video shall include audio.

3. Video shall be automatically dated and timed.

4. The video camera shall be equipped with a zoom lens.

5. The system shall have cataloging and storage capacity.

6. The system shall have on and off-road mobility.

7. The videographer subcontracted or provided by the CONTRACTOR shall have at least one (1) year of professional industrial televising experience.

2.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT

A. The CONTRACTOR’s photographic capability, equipment, and operators shall conform to the following minimum criteria:

1. The camera shall be a single lens reflex type and shall utilize digital media.

2. The camera shall utilize an automatic focus, f-stop, and flash system with manual override to promote quality photography.

3. The camera shall be capable of imprinting an inalterable date on the film.

4. The camera shall have a minimum of 5.0 megapixel resolution.

5. The photographer subcontracted or provided by the CONTRACTOR shall have at least one (1) year of professional industrial photographic experience.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01380-2 HENIE HILL & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRE-CONSTRUCTION 908754600712 VIDEO RECORDING AND PHOTOGRAPHS October 2020 SECTION 01380 – PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDING AND PHOTOGRAPHS

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 VIDEO RECORDING OF PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall video record all existing surface conditions in the Work area prior to the start of any construction activities. Important features that shall be video recorded include but are not limited to:

1. Existing and proposed facilities.

2. Property lines.

3. Right-of-way and easement conditions.

4. Utility markings.

5. Survey conditions.

6. Pavement and striping conditions.

7. Adjacent property conditions.

8. Landscaping, planting, and irrigation conditions.

10. Safety conditions.

11. Other unusual conditions or equipment/facility installations.

12. Areas of existing damage or other potential “problem areas”.

13. Dig alert mark outs.

B. All video recording of pre-construction surface conditions shall be performed in the presence of the AGENCY.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for video recording, including coordination with the AGENCY.

D. Video records including documentation shall be submitted per paragraph 1.3 of this Specification.

E. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any additional working days due to video recording activities, including securing video recording services, taping and editing activities, or submitting video records to and obtaining acceptance from the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01380-3 HENIE HILL & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRE-CONSTRUCTION 908754600712 VIDEO RECORDING AND PHOTOGRAPHS October 2020 SECTION 01380 – PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDING AND PHOTOGRAPHS

3.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. General

1. The CONTRACTOR shall take a sufficient number of pre-construction photographs (as directed by the AGENCY) necessary to resolve any disputes that may arise regarding the considerations prior to and subsequent to construction. Photographs of the same general types of features as described under Video Recording of Pre-Construction Conditions shall be taken. All photographs shall be imprinted with an unalterable date designation.

2. If a dispute arises where no pre-construction photographs were taken, the disputed area shall be restored to the extent directed by the AGENCY and to the satisfaction of the AGENCY.

3. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the AGENCY digital files of all pre- construction photographs on compact dick or thumb drive, and shall make other photographs available for review in settling any disputes that may arise.

4. The AGENCY may, at its option, take additional pre-construction photographs that may be used to settle disputes, but will not be required to make these photographs available to the CONTRACTOR.

B. All photographs of pre-construction conditions shall be performed in the presence of the AGENCY.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for pre-construction photographs including coordination with the AGENCY.

D. Pre-construction photographs including documentation shall be submitted per paragraph 1.3 of this Specification.

E. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any additional working days due to pre-construction photographing activities, including securing photographic services, photographic printing services, or submitting pre-construction photographs to and obtaining acceptance from the AGENCY.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01380-4 HENIE HILL & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRE-CONSTRUCTION 908754600712 VIDEO RECORDING AND PHOTOGRAPHS October 2020 SECTION 01400 – QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Specific quality control requirements for the work are indicated throughout the Contract Documents. The requirements of this section are primarily related to performance of the work beyond furnishing of manufactured products. The term “Quality Control” includes inspection, sampling and testing, and associated requirements.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01047 – Connections to Existing Facilities.

B. Section 01090 – Reference Standards.

C. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Work shall conform to Federal, State and local building codes, electrical codes, fire codes, mechanical codes and plumbing codes, and to Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations. Nothing in Contract Documents shall be interpreted as permission or direction to violate any governing code or ordinance.

1.4 INSPECTION AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE

A. Unless otherwise indicated, all products, material and equipment shall be subject to inspection by the AGENCY at the place of manufacture.

B. The presence of the AGENCY at the place of manufacture, however, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for furnishing products, material, and equipment which comply with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. Compliance is a duty of the CONTRACTOR, and said duty shall not be avoided by any act or omission on the part of the AGENCY.

1.5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. Certificates of compliance shall be submitted at the AGENCY’s request in accordance with Section 01300.

B. Transcripts of results of acceptance to verify quality of manufactured products shall be submitted at the AGENCY’s request in accordance with Section 01300.

1.6 SAMPLING AND TESTING

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01400-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS QUALITY CONTROL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01400 – QUALITY CONTROL

A. Unless otherwise indicated, all sampling and testing shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed in the current standards of the ASTM, as applicable to the class and nature of the article or materials considered; however, the AGENCY reserves the right to use any generally-accepted system of sampling and testing, which in the opinion of the AGENCY will insure the AGENCY that the quality of the workmanship is in full accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. Any waiver by the AGENCY of any specific testing or other quality assurance measures, whether or not such waiver is accompanied by a guarantee of substantial performance as a relief from the specified testing or other quality assurance requirements as originally specified, and whether or not such guarantee is accompanied by a performance bond to assure execution of any necessary corrective or remedial work, shall not be construed as a waiver of any requirements of the Contract Documents.

C. Notwithstanding the existence of such a waiver, the AGENCY reserves the right to make independent investigations and tests, and failure of any portion of the work to meet any of the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be reasonable cause for the AGENCY to require removal or correction and reconstruction of any such work in accordance with the General Provisions. In addition, any costs for retests shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

A. Inspection and testing laboratory service shall comply with the following:

1. The AGENCY will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within fifty (50) miles of the geographical limits of the AGENCY.

2. See General Provisions 7.13.2, for materials not locally produced.

3. See General Provision 7.13.4, for testing of materials.

4. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the AGENCY and/or independent firm and furnish samples of material, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, and assistance as requested.

5. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the AGENCY 48 hours prior to the expected time for operations requiring inspection and laboratory testing services.

6. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the AGENCY. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs from such retesting at no additional cost to the CONTRACTOR.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01400-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS QUALITY CONTROL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01400 – QUALITY CONTROL

7. For samples and tests required for CONTRACTOR’s use, the CONTRACTOR shall make arrangements with an independent firm for payment and scheduling of testing. The cost of sampling and testing for the CONTRACTOR’s use shall be included in the Contract Price.

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL

A. Arrange work to be readily accessible and easy to operate and maintain where detail drawings are not included in Contract Documents, supplementary drawings or shop drawings and submittals.

B. Combinations of manufactured equipment shall be fully compatible and work safely and successfully as a unit. Furnish necessary mountings, couplings and appurtenances with each unit.

C. Relocations or adjustment of existing facilities noted in Contract Documents shall be done as needed. If existing items are lost or damaged during construction, replace with new items of equal or better quality.

D. Make field measurements needed to fabricate and install work before ordering or beginning work. Make minor changes in alignments and dimensions as needed to remedy or avoid utilities and structural conflicts.

1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Ascertain suitability of native soil for backfill before submitting bid. If native soil is found to be unsuitable, provide suitable material for meeting compaction requirements at no additional cost to AGENCY.

B. Items furnished shall be capable of fulfilling their intended purpose in the environment in which they are installed. Allow for local temperature extremes, climactic conditions and corrosive environments where necessary to ensure proper functioning of furnished products.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify all dimensions in the field and shall check field conditions continuously during construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for any inaccuracies built into the work due to its failure to comply with this requirement.

D. Points of connections to any existing pipelines must be accurately located by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01047. Information such as vertical elevations, pipe outside diameters, joints, materials of construction, shape, and pipe conditions must be obtained prior to beginning work in the affected area and this information shall be transmitted to the AGENCY. The Engineer shall make any necessary adjustments to the drawings to reflect the actual field conditions. No additional payments will be made to the CONTRACTOR for any required adjustments in the drawings at the points of connection to existing pipelines. No payment will be allowed for special transition couplings or jointing materials

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01400-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS QUALITY CONTROL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01400 – QUALITY CONTROL

required for connections to existing pipelines.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Notify AGENCY of time and place of shop tests fifteen (15) working days before they begin. Complete manufacturing operations, checks, adjustments and tests before factory inspection.

B. The AGENCY will inspect products after delivery and throughout the duration of the work. Products will be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet Contract Documents even though samples may have been accepted as satisfactory at place of manufacture.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect related and appurtenant work and shall report in writing to the AGENCY any conditions, which will prevent proper completion of the work. Failure to report any such conditions shall constitute acceptance of all conditions, and any required removal, repair, or replacement caused by unsuitable conditions shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR at its sole cost and expense.

D. Before backfilling, request inspection by the AGENCY to verify proper installation of buried work.

E. Before finishing, request inspection by the AGENCY to verify that no surfaces to receive product have defects or errors which could result in poor or potentially defective application or cause latent defects in workmanship.

3.2 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION

A. Install products according to manufacturer's installation and warranty requirements. Install products to tolerances recommended by manufacturer. Unless otherwise shown, install equipment true and level using precision gauges and levels.

B. Refer variances between manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Documents to the AGENCY.

C. Construct walls plumb, straight, level, square and true. Welds, unless otherwise shown, shall be continuous, watertight, and conform to the Structural Welding Code of the American Welding Society. Welds shall be free of sharp points or edges.

D. Pipe work, valves, fittings, tanks and appurtenances shall have no leaks.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01400-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS QUALITY CONTROL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01400 – QUALITY CONTROL

E. Exposed surfaces shall be finished in appearance. Grind smooth exposed welds. Round or chamfer corners of exposed structural shapes for personal protection.

F. Prime and paint exposed surfaces of ferrous products, piping, and conduit except for stainless steel, copper, brass, galvanized or sherardized surfaces or unless otherwise shown. Clean painted surfaces and touch up bare or marred spots with finish to match factory finish.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Maintain complete set of Contract Documents at jobsite field office or superintendent's truck at all times.

B. Frequency of sampling and testing shall be as shown, and shall be performed at such other times as necessary to document contract compliance.

C. Notify the AGENCY and regulating authorities 48 hours before field tests.

D. Perform field tests in presence of the AGENCY who will record results.

E. Repair damage to work that is not cause for rejection.

F. Repair, correct or replace work failing tests or inspection. Repeat tests until results satisfy Specifications. Repair damages resulting from tests.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01400-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS QUALITY CONTROL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01410 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The AGENCY shall employ and pay for an independent testing laboratory to perform the specified services.

B. Inspection, sampling and testing shall be as specified in the individual Technical Specifications Sections and as specified in the General Provisions.

C. The testing laboratory is not authorized to approve or accept any portion of the work; rescind, alter or augment the requirements of the Contract Documents; or perform any duties of the CONTRACTOR.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

1.3 QUALIFICATIONS OF LABORATORY

A. Where applicable, the testing laboratory will meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", latest edition, published by American Council of Independent Laboratories and the basic requirements of ASTM E 329 "Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction".

B. Testing equipment used by the laboratory will be calibrated at maximum twelve (12) month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants.

1.4 LABORATORY DUTIES

A. The testing laboratory will:

1. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction; comply with applicable standards; ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.

2. Promptly notify AGENCY and CONTRACTOR of irregularities or deficiencies of work which are observed during performance of services.

3. Promptly submit five (5) copies of reports of inspections and tests to AGENCY, including:

a. Date issued.

b. Project title and number.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01410-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01410 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

c. Testing laboratory name and address.

d. Date of inspection or sampling.

e. Record of temperature and weather.

f. Date of test.

g. Identification of product and Specification Section.

h. Location in Project.

i. Type of inspection or test.

j. Results of tests and observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents.

4. Perform additional tests and services as required by AGENCY.

1.5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel; provide access to work and to manufacturer's operations.

B. Provide to laboratory, preliminary representative samples of materials to be tested, in required quantities.

C. Furnish copies of product test reports.

D. Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed for concrete, and other material mixes that require testing by the testing laboratory.

E. Furnish labor and facilities:

1. To provide access to work to be tested.

2. To obtain and handle samples at the site.

3. To facilitate inspections and tests.

4. For laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples.

5. Forms for preparing concrete cylinders.

F. Notify laboratory and AGENCY a minimum forty eight (48) hours in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01410-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01410 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

G. Arrange with laboratory and pay for, additional samples and tests required for CONTRACTOR’s convenience.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01410-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01500 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, lighting, heating, cooling, ventilation, water, and sanitary facilities.

B. Temporary Controls: Barriers, fencing, erosion control, exterior enclosures, protection of installed work, dust, noise, and security.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01060 – Permits and Other Regulatory Requirements.

B. Section 01570 – Traffic Regulations.

C. Section 01600 – Materials and Equipment.

D. Section 01700 – Project Closeout.

1.3 ELECTRICITY FOR CONSTRUCTION

A. The Contractor shall obtain, at the Contractor's own expense, all temporary power and lighting facilities required to perform the work. The Contractor shall bear all power and lighting costs required for the Work.

1.4 TELEPHONE SERVICE

A. No field office, telephone or other utility facilities shall be provided for the CONTRACTOR by the AGENCY.

1.5 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE

A. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and furnish all water necessary to perform the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all piping, valves and appurtenances necessary to connect to the water supply. Use of the AGENCY’S water will be under the AGENCY REPRESENTATIVE’S control, and the CONTRACTOR shall follow any requirements or provisions set forth by the AGENCY regarding its use.

B. The CONTRACTOR will obtain and pay for, a construction water permit from City of Oceanside. This permit will require the CONTRACTOR to furnish a reduced pressure backflow preventer for that water supply connection. CONTRACTOR shall pay for all construction water usage except for water that is used to fill the reservoirs prior to returning them to service. If a concrete reservoir fails the leak test and is emptied for repair, CONTRACTOR shall pay for the water to refill the reservoir after the first “filling”.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01500-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 908754600712 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS October 2020 SECTION 01500 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

C. The CONTRACTOR shall not drain water from any fire hydrant or service, nor operate any valve or control of any water system without the written permission of the AGENCY thereof, and a copy of each written permission shall be filed with the AGENCY.

D. If necessary, the CONTRACTOR must provide means, at his sole expense, for boosting the water pressure at the project site to meet all requirements for proper performance of the work.

1.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain sanitary facilities for his employees and his subcontractors' employees that will comply with the regulations of the local and State Departments of Health.

1.7 BARRIERS

A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition.

B. Provide protection for plants and landscaping designated to remain. Damaged plants or landscaping will be replaced in-kind at the CONTRACTOR’s expense.

C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.

1.8 SECURITY

A. Security will not be provided by the AGENCY for the CONTRACTOR’s materials, tools, and equipment lay down or storage area. The CONTRACTOR may use the project site for such purposes during the Contract period at the sole risk of the CONTRACTOR.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for security and facilities to protect work, from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. Any costs associated there to will be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

1.9 MATERIAL STORAGE

A. Materials storage shall be in accordance with Section 01600.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01500-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 908754600712 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS October 2020 SECTION 01500 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

1.10 WATER CONTROL

A. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain temporary erosion control facilities necessary to prevent erosion and to satisfy permit requirements.

B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion.

1.11 DUST CONTROL

A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for dust control of abrasives in accordance with all applicable laws.

1.12 NOISE CONTROL

A. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances, which apply to any work performed pursuant to the Contract.

B. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the job or related to the job, shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine shall be operated on the project without said muffler.

C. Said noise level requirements shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks and transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the CONTRACTOR. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel.

D. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section shall be considered as included in various Lump Sum or Unit Prices bid for the work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

1.13 SAFE ACCESS BY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS

A. Authorized representatives of the State Board of Health, and other government officials shall at all times have safe access to the work whether it is in preparation or progress, and the CONTRACTOR shall provide proper facilities for such access and inspection.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01500-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 908754600712 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS October 2020 SECTION 01500 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

1.14 ACCESS ROADS / HAUL ROUTES

A. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain a haul route permit from the AGENCY in accordance with Section 01060. Construction traffic shall be limited to the routes designated by the haul route permit.

B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions.

C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.

D. Provide and maintain access to individual properties, free of obstructions.

E. Repair existing roads and facilities damaged by CONTRACTOR’s use to original specified conditions or as directed by other Sections.

1.15 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL

A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe interiors, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. The street and surrounding area shall be thoroughly swept clean at the direction of the AGENCY.

C. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly or as directed by the AGENCY and legally dispose of off-site.

1.16 TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY

A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all traffic control required for the project in accordance with Section 01060 and Section 01570. This includes but is not limited to traffic permits or other requirements of the jurisdictional AGENCY.

B. Comply with all rules and regulations of the AGENCY, State, and County authorities regarding closing or restricting the use of public streets or highways. No public or private road shall be closed, except by express written permission of the local jurisdictional AGENCY.

C. Conduct the work so as to assure the least possible obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. Protect all obstructions within traveled roadways by installing approved signs, barricades and lights where necessary for the safety of the public. The convenience of the general public and residents, and the protection of persons and property are of prime importance and shall be provided for in an adequate and satisfactory manner.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01500-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 908754600712 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS October 2020 SECTION 01500 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

D. The CONTRACTOR shall leave a night emergency direct line (no voicemail) telephone number or numbers with the AGENCY for three persons, so that contact may be made easily at all times in case of emergencies.

1.17 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION

The CONTRACTOR shall provide two (2) project identification signs. The signs must meet the following criteria:

A. Six (6) feet wide x four (4) feet high signs of exterior grade plywood and wood frame construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter or die cut vinyl, self-adhesive letters in accordance with AGENCY’s design and colors.

B. List the following information on the project sign:

1. Title of Project.

2. Name of AGENCY, Engineer, and CONTRACTOR.

3. Contact name and phone number for CONTRACTOR.

4. Construction dates.

C. Erect signs at location shown on Contract Drawings.

D. No other signs are allowed without AGENCY permission except those required by law.

1.18 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS

A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities and materials, prior to Final Inspection.

B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.

C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

1.19 FIRE DANGER

A. Minimize fire danger in the vicinity of and adjacent to the construction site. Provide labor and equipment to protect the surrounding private property from fire damage resulting from construction operations.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01500-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 908754600712 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS October 2020 SECTION 01500 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

1.20 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCING

A. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to install 8-foot high temporary construction fencing as needed to maintain a secure site at all times keep and at other locations required by the CONTRACTOR’s operations. Temporary construction fencing shall be 8-foot high chain link with tan privacy/screening that is suitable for long term UV exposure, and with posts spaced no more than 8- feet apart. Temporary fencing materials need not be new, but shall be in good condition and are subject to approval by the AGENCY. Windscreen shall be securely fastened on all sides by use of grommets and shall be hemmed on all sides to present a neat and orderly appearance. Torn or frayed windscreen shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR as required for the duration of the project. Gates shall be framed chain link with chains and padlocks. Provide the AGENCY a minimum of two keys for each padlock.

B. To ensure public safety, provide temporary fencing of all open or partially open trenches and excavations, all open or partially completed structures and all work and storage areas at all times while unattended by workmen. Erect temporary fencing immediately after starting an excavation and promptly remove the temporary fencing when the excavation has been backfilled or the structure secured.

1.21 PAYMENT

A. The cost of all items in this specification shall be included in the CONTRACTOR’s various bid item prices.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01500-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 908754600712 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS October 2020 SECTION 01545 – PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for taking all precautions, providing all programs, and taking all actions necessary to protect the work and all public and private property and facilities from damage as specified in the General Conditions and herein.

B. In order to prevent damage, injury or loss, CONTRACTOR'S actions shall include but not be limited to, the following:

1. Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly safe manner that will not unduly interfere with the progress of the work or the work of any other CONTRACTOR or utility service company.

2. Provide suitable storage facilities for all materials, which are subject to injury by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise.

3. Place upon the work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the work.

4. Clean up frequently all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by its operations, to the end that at all times the site of the work shall present a safe, orderly and workmanlike appearance.

5. Provide barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways and other hazardous areas.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall not, except after written consent from proper parties, enter or occupy privately-owned land with men, tools, materials or equipment, except on easements provided herein.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for the preservation of all public and private property or facility on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in the execution of the work by the CONTRACTOR, it shall be restored by the CONTRACTOR, at its expense, to a condition equal to that existing before the damage was done.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 02130 – Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01545-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROTECTION OF 908754600712 WORK AND PROPERTY October 2020 SECTION 01545 – PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY

1.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES

A. Underground Structures:

1. The CONTRACTOR shall call USA Dig Alert at 811 a minimum of forty- eight (48) hours prior to any excavation. The CONTRACTOR shall adhere to all USA Dig Alert requirements.

2. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, all sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical conduits, tunnels and other existing subsurface work located within or adjacent to the limits of the work.

3. All underground structures known to AGENCY are shown. This information is shown for the assistance of CONTRACTOR in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete.

4. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state highway rights-of-way the CONTRACTOR shall notify the respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less than 3 days nor more than 7 days prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can locate the utilities and be present during such work if they so desire.

5. The CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of its trenching and excavation work and shall uncover all obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption to the services which such structures provide. If CONTRACTOR damages an underground structure, the CONTRACTOR shall restore it to original condition at the CONTRACTOR’S expense.

6. Maintaining in Service: All oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or the communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the work shall remain continuously in service during all operations under the Contract, unless other arrangements satisfactory to the AGENCY are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for and shall repair all damage due to its operations, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01545-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROTECTION OF 908754600712 WORK AND PROPERTY October 2020 SECTION 01545 – PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY

7. Necessary changes in the location of the work may be made by AGENCY to avoid unanticipated underground structures.

8. Where the proper completion of the work requires the temporary or permanent removal and/or relocation of an existing utility or other improvement which is indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall remove and, without unnecessary delay, temporarily replace or relocate such utility or improvement in a manner satisfactory to the AGENCY and the owner of the facility. In all cases of such temporary removal or relocation, restoration to former location shall be accomplished by the CONTRACTOR in a manner that will restore or replace the utility or improvement as nearly as possible to its former locations and to as good or better condition than found prior to removal.

9. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface facility is required and is not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the AGENCY will direct CONTRACTOR in writing to perform the work, which shall be paid for under the provisions of the General Conditions.

B. Surface Structures:

1. Surface structures are defined as all existing buildings, structures and other facilities above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to, buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks and all other facilities that are visible above the ground surface.

C. Protection of Underground and Surface Structures:

1. The CONTRACTOR shall sustain in their places and protect from direct or indirect injury all underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the work. Such sustaining and supporting shall be done carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before proceeding with the work of sustaining and supporting such structure, CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the AGENCY that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the party owning same.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall assume all risks attending the presence or proximity of all underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits of the work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by its work to any structure. CONTRACTOR shall repair immediately all damage caused by its work, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01545-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROTECTION OF 908754600712 WORK AND PROPERTY October 2020 SECTION 01545 – PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY

D. All other existing surface facilities, including but not limited to, guard rails, posts, guard cables, signs, poles, markers, and curbs which are temporarily removed to facilitate installation of the work shall be replaced and restored to their original condition at CONTRACTOR'S expense.

1.4 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED PRODUCTS

A. Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of work.

B. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces.

1.5 PROTECTION OF SURVEY OR ROADWAY MARKERS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall not destroy, remove, or otherwise disturb any existing survey markers or other existing street or roadway markers without proper authorization. No pavement breaking or excavation shall be started until all survey or other permanent marker points that will be disturbed by the construction operations have been properly referenced for easy and accurate restoration. It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to notify the proper representatives of the AGENCY of the time and location that work will be done. Such notification shall be sufficiently in advance of construction so that there will be no delay due to waiting for survey points to be satisfactorily referenced for restoration. All survey markers or points disturbed will be accurately restored by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR'S expense after all street or roadway resurfacing has been completed.

1.6 PROTECTION OF PAVEMENT SURFACES

A. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise all necessary precautions so as not to damage any existing pavement surfaces to remain. All paved areas including asphaltic concrete berms cut or damaged during construction shall be restored or replaced in accordance with Section 02130.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise all necessary precautions so as not to damage or destroy any trees, shrubs, other existing landscaping to remain in place within the project limits and shall not trim or remove any trees unless such trees have been approved for trimming or removal by the AGENCY and the jurisdictional agency or owner. All existing trees and landscaping which are damaged during the construction shall be trimmed or replaced by the CONTRACTOR or a certified landscape maintenance company under permit from the jurisdictional owner and to the satisfaction of said agency and/or the owner. All costs shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01545-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROTECTION OF 908754600712 WORK AND PROPERTY October 2020 SECTION 01545 – PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01545-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROTECTION OF 908754600712 WORK AND PROPERTY October 2020 SECTION 01570 – TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. Traffic control notifications, mobilization, temporary signs, barriers, lights, flagging personnel, striping, markings, and demobilization and removal.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. The work of the following Sections applies to the work of this Section. Work of other Sections of the Specification, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work.

1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.

2. Section 01039 - Coordination and Meetings

3. Section 01300 - Record Drawings and Submittals.

4. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls

5. Section 01545 - Protection of Work and Property

6. Section 02750 - Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings

1.3 CONSTRUCTION IN PUBLIC AND PRIVATE ROADWAYS

A. Traffic control shall be per the latest editions of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD or CA MUTCD) Standards, the City of Oceanside, Engineering Division, Traffic Control Guidelines, and the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings (SDRSD Appendix A). CONTRACTOR shall provide signs, signals, barricades, flares, lights and all other equipment, service and personnel required to regulate and protect all traffic, and warn of hazards. All such work shall conform to requirements of the AGENCY. Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required, restore grounds to original, or to specified conditions.

B. Work hours shall be restricted between the hours of 8:00 AM and 4:30 PM, unless approved by the AGENCY.

C. All open trenches shall be covered with a recessed, traffic bearing non-skid plates during nonworking hours according to this Specification.

D. Access along private roadways and to driveways shall be maintained at all times.

E. Access road paving and improvements shall be phased to keep one half of the road in service at all times.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01570-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01570 – TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a ROW Permit and TCP in accordance with these Specifications for all portions of this contract within or adjacent to public or private rights-of-way, streets and drives. Refer to Section 02750.

B. Traffic shall be maintained throughout the project in conformance with these Specifications and the General Provisions. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, construct, maintain, and finally remove detours, road closures, lights, signs, barricades, fences, miscellaneous traffic devices, flagmen, and reconstruct paving and other such items and services as necessary to adequately safeguard the public from hazard and inconvenience. All such work shall be as provided in the Contract Documents herein or as directed by the AGENCY and shall comply with the ordinances, directives, and regulations of authorities with jurisdiction over the public or private roads in which the construction takes place, and over which detoured traffic is routed by the CONTRACTOR.

C. It is the intent of these Specifications to provide for adequate traffic detour routing and signing to maintain a smooth and safe flow of traffic through and around the construction areas.

D. Prior to the start of construction operations, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the fire and police departments in the City of Oceanside with the construction schedule giving the expected starting date, sequence of work, and timing for each phase of construction completion date, and the name and telephone number of three responsible persons who may be contacted at any hour in the event of a condition requiring immediate correction. Depending on the project location, notification may be required to be given to Waste Management, all School Districts, North County Transit Department, United States Postal Service, or any other agency that will be affected by the construction operations.

2.2 SIGNS, SIGNALS, BARRICADES AND DEVICES

A. Traffic control warning signs, lights, and devices shall conform to the most recent edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD).

B. All signs and barricades shall be illuminated or reflectorized when they are used during hours of darkness. All delineators, cones, barricades or posts used in the diversion of traffic shall be provided with flashers or other satisfactory illumination if in place during darkness. Internally or externally illuminated signs shall be used where there is significant interference from extraneous light sources and reflectorized signs will not be effective. External light sources shall be properly shielded to protect drivers from glare.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01570-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01570 – TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

C. The signing, barricading, and diverting of traffic shall be subject to the CONTRACTOR’S approved TCPs and ROW Permit. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a 24-hour emergency service to remove, install, relocate and maintain warning devices and shall furnish to the AGENCY and Police Department names and telephone numbers of three persons responsible for this emergency service. In the event these persons do not promptly respond when notified by the AGENCY, the AGENCY reserves the right to call other forces to accomplish such required emergency service, and the CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for any and all costs incurred by the AGENCY.

2.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

A. Prior to the start of each work day, the CONTRACTOR shall perform all necessary work incidental to and commensurate with the proper signing, detouring, barricading, etc., heretofore and hereinafter specified, that is required for that particular day’s schedule of operations. No construction shall be permitted until such signing and detouring operations have been completed. At the completion of the project, the original striping pattern shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR, unless directed otherwise by the AGENCY. Striping shall conform to the requirements as stated in the SSPWC, latest edition and Section 02750 Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings.

2.4 PERMANENT TRAFFIC CONTROLS

A. All existing permanent traffic control signs, barricades and devices shall remain in effective operation unless a substitute operation is arranged for and approved by the Traffic Engineering Department as a portion of traffic control above.

2.5 BLOCKING OF DRIVEWAYS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall inform all property owners seventy-two (72) hours prior to blocking their driveways with any pipe installation activities or other construction of the work. After working hours, the trench shall be backfilled and access to all driveways restored. If requested by the property owners during work hours, the CONTRACTOR shall provide access over the trench from any driveway previously blocked. Ingress and egress from businesses will be provided at all times.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE MAINTAINENCE

A. All traffic control devices shall be maintained 24 hours per day, 7 days a week, by the CONTRACTOR.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROLS

A. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, access by emergency vehicles, access to property, and AGENCY'S operations.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01570-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01570 – TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

B. Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles located onsite. Maintain vehicular access to, through, and from parking areas.

C. Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non-designated areas.

3.3 FLAG PERSONS

A. Per CA MUTCD, provide trained and equipped flag persons to regulate traffic when construction operations or traffic encroach on public traffic lanes, or as required by local jurisdictions.

3.4 TRAFFIC CONTROL

A. If construction is to be performed in phases, all work shall be completed in each phase prior to beginning work on the next phase. Equipment, material, or debris shall not be stored or remain in the public right-of-way without prior approval by the AGENCY.

1. Trenches shall be backfilled or trench-plated at the end of each work day. Trenches left open during non-working hours are allowed only at the stopping-starting point. Trench plates shall be recessed by grinding the pavement down on either side of the trench. The grinding depth shall be as deep as necessary to ensure the top of the trench plate is flush with the adjacent finish surface.

a. Trench plates shall be pinned using approved non-obtrusive material.

b. If more than one plate is use to cover a trench opening, the plates shall be welded together at abutting joints.

c. Warning signs reading “STEEL PLATES AHEAD” shall be placed for on-coming vehicular and pedestrian traffic as directed by the Engineer.

d. In no case shall more than three (3) standard length plates be allowed in one location.

e. CONTRACTOR shall submit a drawing and written description of the method to completely install and remove the recessed trench plates per the Specifications. The recessed plate submittal will include, but not be limited to, plate size, thickness and load capacity, non-skid material, pinning mechanism, bracing system, including shoring system for trench walls, length of plate outside of trench line, typical warning signage and welding method, temporary hot mix AC upon removal, and grinding and final AC paving.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01570-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01570 – TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

2. The CONTRACTOR shall repair or replace traffic control devices (including traffic signs, striping, pavement markers, pavement markings, legends, curb markings, traffic signal equipment, etc.) damaged or removed and not designated for removal. Repairs and replacements shall be equal to existing improvements.

3. Access to private property shall be maintained to the greatest extent practicable. The CONTRACTOR shall minimize the time duration that a driveway must be closed, and shall minimize inconvenience to driveway users. When no other alternative exists and a driveway must be closed, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the property owner or occupant a minimum of three (3) working days prior to closure, and shall explain to the property owner or occupant when the closure shall start and duration of the closure. The AGENCY shall approve the format of the notice prior to its issuance.

4. The CONTRACTOR shall post signs notifying the public a minimum of five (5) working days prior to closure of streets.

5. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain full width of all traffic lanes of the existing roadway during non-working hours and on Saturday, Sunday, designated holidays, and when construction operations are not actively in progress on working days. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the streets and areas adjacent to the construction area clean. A truck-mounted power broom with a water applicator shall be used to sweep streets.

B. The AGENCY will observe these traffic control measures in operation and reserves the right to make or request changes as field conditions warrant. If changes are requested and as directed in writing by the AGENCY, the CONTRACTOR shall call the Traffic Engineering Department and shall make an appointment to request a revision to the ROW Permit and TCPs. Such changes shall supersede the original TCP Permit.

C. Prior to bid, the CONTRACTOR shall contact City of Oceanside Transportation Engineering Section (760-435-4373) to receive all of the relevant costs for all permit fees. These costs include all costs for signs, barricades, lights, and any other traffic control devices which may be required by the AGENCY. All costs for traffic requirements shall be considered as part of the various items of work of this Contract and no additional payments will be made.

3.5 REMOVAL

A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required.

B. Repair damage caused by installation.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01570-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01570 – TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

C. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain verification from the AGENCY that the complete traffic control system has been satisfactorily removed and that all necessary repairs have been successfully completed.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01570-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for transportation, delivery and handling of equipment and materials required for prosecution and completion of the work.

B. Shipments of materials to CONTRACTOR or Subcontractors shall be delivered to the site only during regular working hours. Shipments shall be addressed and consigned to the proper party giving name of Project, street number and AGENCY. Shipments shall not be delivered to AGENCY except where otherwise directed.

C. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, CONTRACTOR shall move or cause to be moved materials and equipment without any additional compensation.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Contract Documents Section 2 Instructions to Bidders.

1.3 PRODUCTS

A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents.

1.4 DELIVERY

A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation.

B. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with work and conditions at site and to accommodate the following:

1. Work of AGENCY.

2. Limitations of storage space.

3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products.

4. AGENCY's use of premises.

C. Do not have products delivered to project site until related Shop Drawings have been approved by the AGENCY.

D. Do not have products delivered to site until required storage facilities have been provided.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01600-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

E. Have products delivered to site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. Keep AGENCY informed of delivery of all equipment to be incorporated in the work.

F. Partial deliveries of component parts of equipment shall be clearly marked to identify the equipment, to permit easy accumulation of parts and to facilitate assembly.

G. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipment to assure:

1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed submittals.

2. Quantities are correct.

3. Containers and packages are intact, labels are legible.

4. Products are properly protected and undamaged.

1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by AGENCY, by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging.

B. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping, marring or otherwise damaging products or surrounding surfaces.

C. Handle products by methods to prevent bending or overstressing.

D. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points.

E. Materials and equipment shall at all times be handled in a safe manner and as recommended by manufacturer or supplier so that no damage will occur to them. Do not drop, roll or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment.

1.6 PRODUCT STORAGE

A. Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Manufacturer’s product containers shall not be opened until time of installation.

C. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements and provisions necessary for the storage of materials and equipment. All excavated materials, construction equipment, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the work shall be placed so as not to injure any part of the work or existing facilities, and so that

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01600-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

free access can be maintained at all times to all parts of the work and to all public utility installations in the vicinity of the work. Materials and equipment shall be kept neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to the AGENCY, other CONTRACTORs, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection.

D. Areas available for storage of materials and equipment shall be within the project site or at other sites approved by the AGENCY.

E. Materials and equipment shall be stored to facilitate inspection and to ensure preservation of the quality and fitness of the work, including proper protection against damage by freezing and moisture.

1. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection and inventory control.

a. Periodically inspect to ensure products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions.

b. Maintain an inventory of materials stored to facilitate inspection.

2. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Protect products against moisture, temperature extremes, dust, debris, tampering, vandalism, ultraviolet radiation, or damage from improper handling, storage or exposure. Protect exposed metals from rust and corrosion even though they will be sandblasted or otherwise cleaned before painting.

G. Products subject to damage by moisture, freezing, UV exposure, or other effects of the elements shall be stored inside weatherproof storage areas equipped with suitable temperature and moisture controls.

H. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation.

I. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter.

J. If necessary to relocate stored materials and equipment prior to or during construction, CONTRACTOR shall move materials and equipment without any additional compensation. 1.7 MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01600-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Substitutions shall meet the requirements of Section 2.10 Instruction to Bidders and Section 01630.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01600-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01630 – PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section addresses procedures for submittal of requests for substitution for materials specified in these Specifications by proprietary names.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. CONTRACTOR's Options

1. All water related material or equipment shall comply with the City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual). All other work not described in the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual shall comply with the City of Oceanside Engineers Design and Processing Manual (Oceanside Engineers Manual). The Oceanside Water Utilities Manual shall take precedence over the Oceanside Engineers Manual whenever both address the same subject. Substitutions and determinations of "or equal" and "equivalent" products shall be at the sole discretion of the AGENCY and shall be final.

2. For equipment not in the Oceanside Engineer’s Manual or Water Utilities Manual or approved materials list, the following criteria shall be followed:

a. For materials or equipment (hereinafter products) specified only by reference standard, select product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor (hereinafter manufacturer). To the maximum extent possible, provide products of the same generic kind from a single source.

b. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named which complies with Specifications.

c. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "equivalent", submit a request for a substitution for any product or manufacturer which is not specifically named.

d. For products specified by naming only one product or manufacturer and followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01630 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRODUCT OPTIONS 908754600712 AND SUBSTITUTIONS October 2020 SECTION 01630 – PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

e. Where more than one choice is available as a CONTRACTOR's option, select product which is compatible with other products already selected or specified.

B. Substitution Request Procedure: Submit a written request on the form attached at the end of this Section for proposed substitutions to the AGENCY not later than 35 days after the date of “Notice of Award”. Proposed substitutions relating to a particular subcontract or trade shall be submitted at one time. If the AGENCY accepts any proposed substitutions, such acceptance will be set forth in a Change Order. No substitutions will be considered after said 35 day period.

1. The CONTRACTOR, at its sole expense, shall furnish data concerning items it has offered as equivalent to those specified. The CONTRACTOR shall provide any materials as required by the AGENCY to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the items will fulfill its intended function.

2. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the AGENCY. If a substitute offered by the CONTRACTOR is found to be not equivalent to the specified material, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the specified material.

3. The CONTRACTOR's attention is further directed to the requirement that its failure to submit data substantiating a request for a substitution of an "equivalent" item within said 35-day period after the “Notice of Award”, shall be deemed to mean that the CONTRACTOR intends to furnish one of the specific brand-named products named in the specification, and the CONTRACTOR does hereby waive all rights to offer or use substitute products in each such case. Wherever a proposed substitute product has not been submitted within said 35-day period, or wherever the submission of a proposed substitute product fails to meet the requirements of the specifications and an acceptable resubmittal is not received by the AGENCY within said 35-day period, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish only one of the products that were originally named in the Contract Documents.

C. CONTRACTOR’s Responsibility for Construction Modifications: If a proposed substitute material is accepted by the AGENCY, the CONTRACTOR will assume the responsibility for construction modifications and additional costs required by reason of this acceptance. If the substitution results in a decrease in cost, the amount is to be submitted for consideration.

D. Systems of Like Manufacture: Where materials or items of manufacture are specified in groups and are made or furnished by one manufacturer, no substitution well be considered that is not made or furnished similarly by one manufacturer. Where the CONTRACTOR proposes to use a system of equipment other than that

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01630 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRODUCT OPTIONS 908754600712 AND SUBSTITUTIONS October 2020 SECTION 01630 – PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

specified or detailed on the Drawings the substitution shall be proposed as a complete system.

E. Items being submitted as an equivalent substitution shall be clearly identified as such in the proposed product list required to be submitted as specified in Section 01300.

F. Substantiating data submittals for items being offered as an equivalent substitution shall conform in all respects to the requirements of Section 01300.

G. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the CONTRACTOR.

H. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents.

1.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTING SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substantiating Data: The CONTRACTOR shall submit with its written request for a proposed substitution all data substantiating his request including, but not limited to, certification of compliance with listed reference standards, transcripts of results of acceptance tests, samples, list of local service representatives that maintain technical service personnel, complete inventory of spare parts and accessories, and a list of previous successful installations comparable in size, capacity and rating with those specified in the Contract Documents, as well as a “Certificate of Suitability” certifying that the proposed substitution is equal or better in all respects to that specified and that it will, in all respects perform the function for which it is intended. The CONTRACTOR shall include with its request all required samples. All written requests and data for proposed substitutions shall be submitted in three copies.

B. Determination of Equality: It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to submit complete information to the AGENCY so that proper evaluation can be made. The burden of proof of equality of the substituted item shall be on the CONTRACTOR. Acceptance of such substitutions is entirely at the discretion of the AGENCY. All materials or items of manufacture, which the CONTRACTOR proposes to substitute for those specified, must be accepted by the AGENCY before they may be ordered.

C. A request for a proposed substitution constitutes a representation that the CONTRACTOR:

1. Has investigated the proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01630 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRODUCT OPTIONS 908754600712 AND SUBSTITUTIONS October 2020 SECTION 01630 – PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

2. Will provide the same warranty, or higher, for the Substitution as for the specified Product.

3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other work which may be required for the work to be complete with no additional cost to AGENCY.

4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent.

5. Will reimburse AGENCY for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities.

D. List of Accepted Substitutions: No substitution will be accepted for any materials or item of manufacture called for in the Contract Documents which is not of equal quality and which does not possess equal design or color characteristics to those of the specified material or item.

E. Denial of Substitution: If, in the opinion of the Engineer or AGENCY, the proposed substitution is not equal or better in every aspect to that so indicated or specified, or was not submitted for acceptance in the manner outlined above, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish the specified materials.

F. Responsibility for Coordinating Substitutions with Construction Trades: It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in proposing a substitution for any item herein specified, to inform all other trades, vendors, and subcontractors of the effects said substitution will have upon their work or products. Failure to so notify shall require that the CONTRACTOR make payments arising from alterations in specified materials or methods necessary to complete the work in an approved and acceptable manner.

1.5 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR COST OF SUBSTITUTION REVIEWS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs by Engineer and AGENCY to review Requests for Substitutions. Review costs shall be deducted on a regular basis from monthly progress payment. Any and all design change costs, if any, because of an approved substitution will be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01630 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRODUCT OPTIONS 908754600712 AND SUBSTITUTIONS October 2020 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

TO: City of Oceanside 300 North Coast Highway Oceanside, CA 92054

PROJECT NAME: ______

PROJECT NUMBER: ______

CONTRACTOR NAME: ______

We hereby submit for consideration the following product substitution of specified item for above project:

DRAWING or SHEET NUMBER SECTION NO. or PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM

Proposed Substitution:

Attach complete dimensional information and technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable.

Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.

Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer’s literature to indicate equality in performance. Differences in quality of materials and construction shall be indicated.

Fill in blanks below:

A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?

Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes.

B. Will the undersigned pay for the changes to the design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution?

C. What effect does the substitution have on other trades?

D. What effect does substitution have on applicable code requirements?

E. What is the ICBO Approval Number?

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01630 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRODUCT OPTIONS 908754600712 AND SUBSTITUTIONS October 2020 F. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item:

G. Manufacturer’s guarantee of the proposed and specified items are:

Same Different (Explain)

CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION OF For use by AGENCY: PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF Accepted LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE Accepted as Noted Not Accepted Submitted By: Received Too Late Approved as Alternate – See Bid Form

Signature Title By

Date

Firm Remarks

Address

Telephone Date

Signature must be by the person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally bonding signature will result in retraction of approval.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01630 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRODUCT OPTIONS 908754600712 AND SUBSTITUTIONS October 2020 SECTION 01700 – PROJECT CLOSEOUT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly clean the project site, as described in Section 01710, prior to final acceptance of the work by the AGENCY.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct Performance Tests for each element of the work as described in the individual sections. Where no performance test is specified, the CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate satisfactory performance for a period of one week prior to final acceptance.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall establish dates for equipment testing and acceptance periods. The times shall be within the Contract time.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals

B. Section 01710 – Clean-Up

1.3 WALKTHROUGH

A. A walkthrough shall be performed in accordance with the City of Oceanside Water Utilities Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual), Appendix, Paragraph I.

1.4 FINAL SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall complete all the requirements of Section 01300. The CONTRACTOR, prior to requesting final payment, shall obtain and submit the following items to the AGENCY:

1. Written guarantees, where required.

2. Operating manuals, technical manuals, and instructions (six (6) sets of all documents).

3. Maintenance stock items; spare parts, special tools.

4. As built drawings in accordance with the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual, Appendix, Paragraph J.

5. Releases from all parties who are entitled to claims against the subject project, property, or improvement pursuant to the provisions of law.

6. Monument survey showing record locations of monuments or benchmarks disturbed and reset by CONTRACTOR.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01700 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROJECT CLOSEOUT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01700 – PROJECT CLOSEOUT

1.5 FINAL/ONE YEAR START DATE/BOND RELEASE

A. See Oceanside Water Utilities Manual, Appendix, Paragraph K.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01700 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROJECT CLOSEOUT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01710 – CLEAN-UP

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. CONTRACTOR shall execute clean-up during progress of the work, at completion of the work in accordance with Section 01700 Project Closeout, and as required by General Provisions for the areas covered by Contract, adjacent properties, and public access roads.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01700 – Project Closeout

1.3 CLEAN-UP

A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:

1. In addition to the requirements herein, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain the cleanliness of the work and surrounding premises within the work limits so as to comply with federal, state, and local fire and safety laws, ordinances, codes and regulations.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all federal, state and local anti-pollution laws, ordinances, codes and regulations when disposing of waste materials, debris and rubbish.

B. Scheduling of Cleaning and Disposal Operations:

1. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule all clean-up and disposal operations so that dust, wash water or other contaminants generated during such operations do not damage or mar painted or finished surfaces.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall prevent accumulation of dust, dirt, debris, rubbish and waste materials on or within the work or on the premises surrounding the work.

C. Waste Disposal:

1. The CONTRACTOR shall legally dispose of all waste materials, surplus materials, debris and rubbish off the site.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on site.

3. The CONTRACTOR shall not dispose of volatile or hazardous wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains.

4. The CONTRACTOR shall not discharge wastes into streams or waterways.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01710 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CLEAN-UP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01710 – CLEAN-UP

D. Materials:

1. The CONTRACTOR shall use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall use each type of cleaning material on only those surfaces recommended by the cleaning material manufacturer.

3. The CONTRACTOR shall use only materials, which will not create hazards to health or property.

E. During Construction:

1. Clean up and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The CONTRACTOR shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and operate a motorized vacuum sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each work day for the purposes of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction activity, including restoration, is incomplete.

3. The CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable containers for storage of waste materials, debris and rubbish until time of disposal.

4. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of waste, debris and rubbish off site at legal disposal areas.

F. When Project is Completed:

1. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and dispose of all excess or waste materials, debris, rubbish, and temporary facilities from the site, structures and all facilities.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall repair pavement, roads, sod, and all other areas affected by construction operations and restore them to original condition or to minimum condition specified by the AGENCY.

3. The CONTRACTOR shall remove splatter, grease, stains, fingerprints, dirt, dust, labels, tags, packing materials and other foreign items or substances from interior and exterior surfaces, equipment, signs and lettering.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01710 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CLEAN-UP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01710 – CLEAN-UP

4. The CONTRACTOR shall repair, patch and touch up chipped, scratched, dented or otherwise marred surfaces to match specified finish.

5. The CONTRACTOR shall remove paint, clean and restore all equipment and material nameplates, labels and other identification markings.

6. The CONTRACTOR shall clean all floors, slabs, pavements, and ground surfaces.

7. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain cleaning until acceptance and occupation by AGENCY.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01710 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CLEAN-UP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01734 – OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment and devices furnished under this contract. Refer to Section 01300. The operating and maintenance material supplied shall be original printed copies of manufacturer's brochures and/or manuals. Photocopied material will not be acceptable. Operating and maintenance instructions for each item of equipment and each equipment assembly shall consist of:

1. Cover Page: Equipment name, Equipment tag number, project name, OWNER’S name, and appropriate data.

2. Table of Contents: General description of information provided within each tab section, including equipment numbers, and page numbers.

3. Names and addresses of manufacturer, nearest representative of manufacturer, and nearest supplier of manufacturer's equipment and parts.

4. For equipment requiring lubrication, the manufacturer's recommended lubricants and lubrication schedule.

5. For equipment containing integral electrical controls, diagrams showing internal and connection wiring, including logic diagrams, wiring diagrams for control panels, ladder logic for computer base systems, and connection between existing systems and new addition, and adjustments such as calibrating and set points for relays, and control or alarm contact settings.

6. Specified operating and maintenance information. This information shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following items:

a. Equipment Summary: Provide type of equipment, Model number and electrical and mechanical specifications.

b. Start-up Procedures: These instructions shall include equipment manufacturer's recommendations regarding installation, adjustment, calibration and trouble-shooting.

c. Operating Procedures: These instructions shall include the equipment manufacturer's recommended step-by-step procedures for starting, operating and stopping the equipment under all modes of operation. Include safety precautions and emergency operating shutdown instructions.

d. Preventive Maintenance Procedures: These instructions shall include the equipment manufacturer's recommendations regarding the steps and schedules to be followed in maintaining the equipment.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01734 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01734 – OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

e. Parts List: This list shall include generic title and identification number of each component part of the equipment, including bearing manufacturer's, model and ball or roller pass frequency of each bearing.

f. Exploded Views: These shall be provided where appropriate.

g. Spare Parts List: This list shall include the manufacturer's recommendations of number of parts which should be stored by the OWNER.

h. Overhaul Instructions: These instructions shall consist of the manufacturer's directions for the disassembly, inspection, repair and reassembly of the equipment; safety precautions, recommended tolerances, and special tools that are required.

i. Provide electrical and instrumentation schematic record drawings.

j. Factory Test Results: Provide copies of factory test reports as specified in Technical Specifications.

k. Field Test Results: After field testing is completed, insert field test reports as specified in the equipment section.

l. Operation and maintenance trouble shooting information.

m. Approved shop drawings

n. Any other specific information as required in Technical Specifications.

7. Provide all procedures in electronic format at final submittal. Provide those portions of the O&M manual prepared for this project in MS Word in the original MS Word Version 2010 format. PDF files of the documents prepared in MS Word will not be accepted.

1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. Operating and maintenance (O&M) instructions shall be submitted with the submittal transmittal form described in Section 01300 and the O&M summary sheet at the end of this Section in paper and digital form to the OWNER’S Representative accompanied.

B. Paper copies of the O&M instructions shall be comprised of two (2) copies of the specified operating and maintenance information. For ease of identification, each manufacturer's brochure and manual shall be appropriately labeled with the equipment name, equipment number and specification number, as it appears in the contract documents. The information shall be organized in binders in

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01734 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01734 – OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

numerical order by the specification section numbers assigned in the contract documents. The binders shall be provided with a table of contents and tab sheets to permit easy location of desired information. Each numerical section shall contain a complete itemized data list with equipment name and equipment number for the information contained in that section. Binders shall be of the three-post type with metal piano hinges, back and locking slide bar assembly and be capable of extending to a maximum of 6 inches but used as 4-inch binders. All binders shall be similar and be National 98-381; Wilson Jones catalog covers No. 564-64 LH, or equal.

C. Digital copies of the O&M instructions shall be provided in Microsoft Word .DOC and .PDF versions.

D. CONTRACTOR may submit operating and maintenance instructions by individual specification section or in final form according to the above instructions.

E. If the CONTRACTOR chooses to submit the O&M instructions by individual specification section, the following procedure shall be used:

1. CONTRACTOR shall submit two (2) copies of O&M instructions, along with a good quality photocopy of associated Equipment Maintenance Summary sheets, for each specification section for review.

2. Submittals will be returned with a review sheet and comments.

3. CONTRACTOR shall resubmit, if requested by the OWNER‘S Representative, and retain all copies of approved submittals until all sections have been approved.

4. When all sections have been approved, CONTRACTOR shall organize and bind the manuals for all the sections of the contract specifications according to the above instructions and submit one complete set of O&M instructions for final review. CONTRACTOR shall submit separately and unbound the completed original Equipment Maintenance Summary sheets.

5. Final review will be for the organization and binding of a complete set of manuals as specified and will not include review of previously approved material.

6. When the complete set is approved, the CONTRACTOR shall submit six (6) complete sets to the OWNER’S Representative as approved and specified.

F. If the CONTRACTOR chooses to submit the O&M instructions in final form, without previous approval of individual specification sections, the following procedure shall be used:

1. CONTRACTOR shall submit two (2) complete sets of O&M instructions, along with a good quality photocopy of associated Equipment

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01734 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01734 – OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

Maintenance Summary sheets, organized and bound according to the above instructions for review. Equipment Maintenance Summary sheets shall be placed with their associated specification sections for review.

2. The set will be returned with review sheets and comments pertaining to the manual organization and binding, as well as the contents.

3. CONTRACTOR shall continue to resubmit the two (2) complete sets of O&M instructions, as requested by the OWNER’S Representative, until entirely approved.

4. When the complete set is approved, the CONTRACTOR shall submit two (2) complete sets to the OWNER’S Representative as approved and specified. CONTRACTOR shall submit separately and unbound, the completed original Equipment Maintenance Summary sheets.

G. If the manufacturer's standard brochures and manuals are used to describe O&M procedures, such brochures and manuals shall be modified to reflect only the model or series of equipment used on this project. Extraneous material shall be crossed out neatly or otherwise annotated or eliminated.

1.3 FIELD CHANGES

A. Following the acceptable installation and operation of an equipment item, the item's O&M instructions shall be modified and supplemented by the CONTRACTOR to reflect any field changes or information required by field conditions.

1.4 PAYMENT

A. Acceptable O&M information must be delivered to the OWNER’S Representative before the CONTRACTOR can be paid for more than 80 percent of the purchase value of that equipment and prior to installation of the equipment. Purchase value shall be the net price for the equipment as given on the paid invoice. Acceptable O&M information for the project must be delivered to the OWNER’S Representative prior to the project being 75 percent complete. Progress payments for work in excess of 75 percent completion will not be made until the specific acceptable O&M information has been delivered to the OWNER’S Representative.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01734 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 908754600712 October 2020 O & M EQUIPMENT SUMMARY SHEET CITY OF OCEANSIDE HENIE HILLS AND JOHN PAUL STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS

EQUIPMENT ITEM: EQUIPMENT TAG NO.:

NAMEPLATE DATA: MANUFACTURER: EQUIPMENT MODEL NO.: DATE OF MANUFACTURE: EQUIPMENT SERIAL NO.: SHOP ORDER NO.: DRIVE SPEED: MOTOR HORSEPOWER: POWER SUPPLY (V/HZ/PH): RATED CAPACITY: PUMP TDH (FEET): OTHER:

CONTACT INFORMATION: MANUFACTURER: ADDRESS:

PHONE NO.: LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE: ADDRESS:

PHONE NO.: LOCAL PART SUPPLIER: ADDRESS:

PHONE NO.:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01734 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 908754600712 October 2020 EQUIPMENT CONTROLS

SWITCH/PUSHBUTTON TAG NO. LOCATION

DISCONNECT TAG NO. LOCATION

(USE SEPARATE SHEET IF NECESSARY TO LIST ALL SWITCHES AND PUSHBUTTONS)

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES: MAINTENANCE DESCRIPTION:FREQUENCY:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01734 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 01760 – SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish spare parts and maintenance materials as specified in the individual Specification sections.

B. Parts and materials shall be furnished in manufacturers’ unopened cartons, boxes, crates or other protective covering suitable for preventing corrosion or deterioration for the maximum length of storage which may be normally anticipated. They shall be clearly marked and identified.

C. During construction, parts shall be stored in buildings or trailers with floor, roof and closed sides and in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations. They shall be protected from weather, condensation and humidity.

D. Parts and materials shall be delivered to the AGENCY’S Representative upon completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall then place them in permanent storage rooms or areas approved by the AGENCY’S Representative.

E. A letter of transmittal shall accompany the spare parts and shall include the following:

1. Date of letter and transfer of parts and materials.

2. Contract title and number.

3. CONTRACTOR’S name and address.

4. A complete inventory of the parts and materials, listing the applicable Specification Section for each.

5. A place for the AGENCY’S Representative to sign and signify receipt of the parts and materials.

F. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for loss or damage to parts and material until they are transferred to the AGENCY’S Representative.

PART 2 - PRODUCTION (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 01760 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02010 - SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT

A. The Following documents are on file with the AGENCY at the City of Oceanside Water Utilities Department for review by all CONTRACTORS for reference in preparation of their proposal:

1. “Preliminary Geotechnical Report, Henie Hills Reservoir Repairs, Oceanside, California,” dated May 30, 2014, prepared by Taylor Group, Inc.

2. “Supplemental Geotechnical Report, Henie Hills Reservoir Slab Subgrade Assessment, Oceanside, California,” dated March 12, 2015, prepared by Taylor Group, Inc.

3. “Preliminary Geotechnical Report, John Paul Steiger Reservoir Repairs, Oceanside, California,” dated May 30, 2014, prepared by Taylor Group, Inc.

1.2 EXAMINATION OF REPORTS

A. Copies of these reports may be examined at the offices of the AGENCY during regular business hours. The AGENCY’S contact to arrange to review the reports is Howard Arnold, the AGENCY’S project manager, who can be reached at (760) 435-5902. Copies of the report(s) will be made available upon written request to [email protected].

1.3 DISCLAIMER

A. Neither the AGENCY or Engineers make any representation to the completeness of the reports nor the accuracy of the information, data, findings, or opinions expressed in the reports. Should the CONTRACTOR elect to rely on the accuracy of the information and data presented in the report as it may affect its operations and methods used to construct the Work, the CONTRACTOR assumes all risk and liability for such reliance. The CONTRACTOR may not rely upon any interpretation of such information, data, findings, or opinions, including the interpolation or extrapolation thereof, or any non-technical data, interpretations, and opinion contained therein.

B. The investigations referenced above are limited. The subsurface conditions and engineering evaluations referenced were based upon the results of limited field exploration and laboratory testing programs. Subsurface conditions are, by their nature, uncertain and may vary from those encountered at the specific evaluations referenced. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings, included in the Specifications, or referenced herein, apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths and on the date indicated.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02010-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02010 - SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION

C. Indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform any additional subsurface exploration necessary to complete the project at their own expense. All subsurface exploration and testing reports shall be submitted to, and become the property of, the AGENCY.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02010-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02050 – DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section specifies demolition and removal of structures, portion of structures, utilities, and other items shown on the contract drawings.

B. Do not begin demolition until authorization has been received from the AGENCY. Remove rubbish and debris so as not to allow accumulation at the site.

C. Lead paint testing was performed on the Henie Hills and John Paul Steiger Reservoirs. Results of the testing are included as Appendix B Lead-Based Paint Testing Report. Note that testing was not performed on the painted piping, appurtenances and other surfaces within the valve vaults at each site. The CONTRACTOR shall assume that lead-based paint is present on all painted surfaces within the vaults. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with Cal/OSHA and all other applicable State and Federal requirements when disturbing, handling, and disposing of lead-containing materials.

D. The wall-to-floor joint sealant within the reservoirs to be removed and disposed may contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and asbestos. This sealant at this location, and other potential locations within the reservoir, shall be tested for PCB and asbestos. CONTRACTOR shall comply with Cal/OSHA and all other applicable State and Federal requirements when disturbing, handling, and disposing of PCB- or asbestos-containing materials.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHARE

A. Section 02200 - Earthwork.

B. Section 02055 – Removal and Disposal of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs).

C. Appendix B – Lead-Based Paint Testing Report.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. CONTRACTORs shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300.

1. Work plans for any connection to existing facilities that includes schedules, duration of interruption or outage.

2. Reports of material testing.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: All work shall be performed in accordance with the local building codes, State Industrial Safety Orders and requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act requirements.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02050-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02050 – DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL

B. Protection: Demolition shall be performed in such manner as to not harm adjacent structures, utilities, systems, equipment, existing landscaping or natural vegetation. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for such disturbance. All costs for such repair, rehabilitation, or modifications shall be incurred by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

C. CONTRACTOR shall provide safeguards, including warning signs, barricades, temporary fences, warning lights, and other similar items that are required for the protection of all personnel during the demolition and removal activities.

D. CONTRACTOR shall maintain fences, barricades, lights, and other similar items around exposed excavations until such excavations have been completely filled.

E. Dust and Debris Control: CONTRACTOR shall comply with SDAPCD Rule 55 Fugitive Dust Control during all demolition activities. Dust/debris control measures may include, but are not limited to, application of water or containment barriers. Suspend all dust/debris generating activities if winds exceed 25 miles per hour.

1.5 UTILITY SERVICES

A. Demolish and remove outside utility service lines shown to be removed.

B. Remove abandoned outside utility lines that would interfere with installation of new utility lines and new construction.

PART 2 - MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the AGENCY when demolition and removal activities are complete.

3.01 REMOVAL OF CONSTRUCTION IN AREAS TO RECEIVE NEW WORK

A. Remove structural work designated for removal. Take precautions not to damage structural work intended to remain. Where temporary shoring is needed, submit a design prepared by an appropriately licensed engineer for review before proceeding.

B. If structural elements are encountered that were not shown, protect them from damage and report their presence to the Resident Engineer.

C. Where adjoining structures are to be kept in place, the demolition limit lines shall be neatly saw-cut. Sections to be removed shall be broken out, and the remaining face shall

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02050-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02050 – DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL

be chipped back to the saw-cut line. The Contractor shall do the necessary work to provide the remaining face with a finish compatible with the surrounding surfaces.

D. Equipment and Piping Removal: All equipment and piping to be removed shall be properly disconnected from structures, piping, electrical and instrumentation systems. The CONTRACTOR shall do all resurfacing and other work as necessary to comply with the above requirements.

E. Pavement Removal: All pavements shall be saw-cut on a neat line at right angles to the curb face.

F. Electrical Equipment Removal: All electrical equipment, conduit, wiring, etc. to be removed shall be properly de-energized, made safe, and disconnected from all sources of power prior to demolition. All remaining electrical equipment, located within the demolition area, shall be labeled and indicated as energized.

3.02 PROTECTION OF WORK TO REMAIN

A. Protect all work to remain. Repair damage with materials, workmanship and finishes matching existing work when new.

3.03 CUTTING HOLES IN CONCRETE AND/OR CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY

A. The Contractor is cautioned that electrical conduits and reinforcing that are not shown on drawings may be concealed in concrete CMU construction. Use electronic detection equipment to locate concealed items before cutting holes. Take all required precautions to avoid damage to existing conduits or reinforcing.

B. New openings in existing concrete walls or slabs may be saw cut to opening perimeter lines where drawings do not call for adding reinforcing trim bars to strengthen openings. Do not run saw kerfs past corners of openings. Complete concrete removal at opening corners by chipping and grinding. Take all required precautions to avoid water damage to existing construction or the Owner’s property.

C. Where drawings or specifications call for adding reinforcing trim bars to strengthen openings, limit saw cutting to a depth of ¾-inch to avoid cutting existing reinforcing steel. Carefully chip out concrete to avoid damaging existing reinforcing steel which is to remain.

D. Use chipping guns to chip out small holes for pipes or conduits. Proceed carefully to avoid damage to concealed conduits. Core drilling is permitted only at the Contractor’s risk and only with the Resident Engineer’s permission. If core drilling is used, the Contractor shall: 1) use electronic detection equipment to locate conduit before drilling, 2) take precaution to avoid water damage to existing construction or the Owner’s property, and ) replace at its own expense, any damaged electrical or signal wiring or conduits.

3.2 SALVAGE

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02050-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02050 – DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL

A. The AGENCY has the right to salvage any items scheduled for removal. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the City Representative five (5) days prior to any salvage or demolition work to determine the disposition of items to be removed. The City Representative will mark items to be salvaged. Such items shall be properly disconnected, removed from their foundations, cleaned and stored at a location on the plant site as specified or as directed by the City Representative.

CONTRACTOR shall utilize care so not to damage equipment to be salvaged and reused onsite. Any damage caused by CONTRACTOR while salvaging equipment shall be repaired at CONTRACTORs expense.

3.3 BACKFILL

A. Holes, trenches or depressions in the ground remaining after demolition of structures, pipelines, or equipment shall be filled with compacted backfill materials as specified in Section 02200.

3.4 CLEAN-UP

A. The CONTRACTOR shall leave site in clean condition satisfactory to AGENCY. CONTRACTOR shall remove items to be disposed, including material, debris, and rubbish, to a legal off-site landfill.

3.5 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS

A. All materials removed from demolition shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR unless designated by the AGENCY, and shall be removed from the project site. CONTRACTOR shall make his own arrangements for disposing of materials outside the project site and he shall pay all costs involved at no additional cost to AGENCY. Arrangements shall include, but not be limited to, entering into agreements with property owners and obtaining necessary permits, licenses and environmental clearances.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02050-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02055 – REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF PCBS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section covers the work required to remove existing wall-to-floor joint sealant at the Henie Hills and John Paul Steiger Reservoirs. The existing wall-to-floor joint sealant, which is believed to contain PCBs, shall be tested for PCB levels and removed and disposed of in conformance with regulatory requirements.

B. The wall-to-floor joint sealant to be removed is indicated on the design drawings. This sealant is located in a rectangular slot that extends around the entire circumference inside the tank, at the bottom of the wall. Approximate slot dimensions are 1” to 1.5” width by 1” to 2” deep. Based on previous work at similarly constructed reservoir, Design Engineer believes the existing sealant material contains PCBs.

C. The slot dimensions identified above are approximate. CONTRACTOR shall remove and replace wall sealant at no additional cost to AGENCY regardless of variations in the width or depth of the slot.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

29 CFR 1910.1000 Air Contaminants

29 CFR 1910.145 Accident Prevention Signs and Tags

40 CFR 761 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Manufacturing, Processing, Distribution in Commerce, and Use Prohibitions

49 CFR 171 General Information, Regulations, and Definitions

49 CFR 172 Hazardous Materials Table, Special Provisions, Hazardous Materials Communications, Emergency Response Information, and Training Requirements

49 CFR 173 Shippers - General Requirements for Shipments and Packaging

49 CFR 174 Carriage by Rail

49 CFR 175 Carriage by Aircraft

49 CFR 176 Carriage by Vessel

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 49 CFR 177 Carriage by Public Highway

49 CFR 178 Specifications for Packaging

49 CFR 179 Specifications for Tank Cars

1.3 REQUIREMENTS

A. The work includes the removal and disposal of sealant (including backer rods) from the wall-to-floor joint in the concrete tanks (see Paragraph 1.01 above). Perform work in accordance with 40 CFR 761 and the requirements specified herein.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Leak: Leak or leaking means any instance in which a PCB Article, PCB Container, or PCB Equipment has any PCBs on any portion of its external surface.

B. PCBS: PCBs as used in this specification shall mean the same as PCBs, PCB Article, PCB Article Container, PCB Container, PCB Equipment, PCB Item, PCB Transformer, PCB-Contaminated Electrical Equipment, as defined in 40 CFR 761, Section 3, Definitions.

C. Spill: Spill means both intentional and unintentional spills, leaks, and other uncontrolled discharges when the release results in any quantity of PCBs running off or about to run off the external surface of the equipment or other PCB source, as well as the contamination resulting from those releases.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Training: Instruct employees on the dangers of PCB exposure, on respirator use, decontamination, and applicable OSHA and EPA regulations.

B. Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH): Obtain the services of an industrial hygienist certified by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene to certify training, review and approve the PCB removal plan, including determination of the need for personnel protective equipment (PPE) in performing PCB removal work.

C. Regulation Documents: Maintain at all times one copy each at the office and one copy each in view at the job site 29 CFR 1910.1000 , 40 CFR 761, and CONTRACTOR work practices for removal, storage and disposal of PCBs .

D. Surveillance Personnel: Surveillance personnel may enter PCB control areas for brief periods of time provided they wear disposable polyethylene gloves and disposal polyethylene foot covers, as a minimum. Additional protective equipment may be required if respiratory hazard is involved or if skin contact with PCB is involved.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300:

1. PCB test results.

2. SD-07 Certificates

3. Training certification

4. Qualifications of CIH

5. PCB removal Work Plan

6. PCB disposal plan Notification

7. Transporter certification of notification to EPA of their PCB waste activities and EPA ID numbers

8. Certificate of disposal

1.7 EQUIPMENT

A. Special Clothing: Work clothes shall consist of PPE as required by OSHA regulations, including, but not limited to the following:

1. Disposable coveralls

2. Gloves (Disposable rubber gloves may be worn under these)

3. Disposable foot covers (polyethylene)

4. Chemical safety goggles

5. Respiratory protection, as determined by the project CIH

B. PCB Spill Kit: Assemble the items at the job site for possible use in the event of an authorized spill of PCBs or PCB-containing materials:

ITEM MINIMUM QUANTITY

1. Disposable gloves (polyethylene) 6 prs

2. Gloves with a high degree of impermeability to PCBs 6 prs

3. Disposable coveralls with permeation resistance to 4 ea PCBs 4. Chemical safety goggles 2 ea

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 ITEM MINIMUM QUANTITY

5. Disposable foot covers (polyethylene) or other 6 prs impermeable footware (e.g. rubber boots) 6. Banner guard or equivalent banner material 30 m 100 feet

7. Absorbent material (if PCB materials are in a liquid matrix, or anticipated to be in a liquid matrix). 8. Blue polyethylene waste bags 5 bags 9. Cloth backed tape 5 ea

10. Area access logs, blank 1 roll

11. Brattice cloth, 6' X 6' 10 ea

12. Rags 1 piece

13. Ball point pens 20 ea

14. Waste containers 55 gallon drum, may be used as 2 ea container for kit

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Training Certification: Submit certificates, prior to the start of work but after the main abatement submittals, signed and dated by the CIH and by each employee stating that the employee has received training. Certificates shall be organized by individual worker, not grouped by type of certificates.

B. Qualifications of CIH: Submit the name, address, and telephone number of the Industrial Hygienist selected to perform the duties in paragraph entitled "Certified Industrial Hygienist." Submit proper documentation that the Industrial Hygienist is certified, including certification number and date of certification/re-certification.

C. PCB Removal Work Plan: Submit a detailed job-specific plan of the work procedures to be used in the removal of PCB-containing materials. Provide a Table of Contents for each abatement submittal which shall follow the sequence of requirements in the contract. The plan shall include a sketch showing the location, size, and details of PCB control areas. Include in the plan, eating, drinking, smoking and restroom procedures, interface of trades, sequencing of PCB related work, PCB disposal plan, respirators, protective equipment, and a detailed description of the method of containment of the operation to ensure that PCB contamination is not spread or carried outside of the control area. Include provisions to ensure that airborne PCB concentrations (54% chlorine) of 0.50 milligrams per cubic meter (or 3.10 E-08 pound per cubic feet) of air are not exceeded outside of the PCB control area. Include air sampling, training and strategy, sampling methodology, frequency,

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 duration of sampling, and qualifications of air monitoring personnel in the air sampling portion of the plan. CONTRACTOR may elect to monitor PCB concentrations within the work zone to demonstrate that PCB concentrations do not exceed 0.50 milligrams per cubic meter within the work zone and therefore do not exceed them outside the work zone either. Obtain approval of the plan prior to the start of PCB removal work.

D. PCB Disposal Plan: Submit a PCB Disposal Plan within 45 calendar days after award of contract for AGENCY Representative approval. The PCB Disposal Plan shall comply with applicable requirements of Federal, State, and local PCB waste regulations and address:

1. Identification of PCB wastes associated with the work.

2. Estimated quantities of wastes to be generated and disposed of.

3. Names and qualifications of each contractor that will be transporting, storing, treating, and disposing of the wastes. Include the facility location and a 24- hour point of contact. Furnish two copies of EPA, State, and local PCB waste permit applications, permits and EPA Identification numbers.

4. Names and qualifications (experience and training) of personnel who will be working on-site with PCB wastes.

5. List of waste handling equipment to be used in performing the work, to include cleaning, volume reduction, and transport equipment.

6. Spill prevention, containment, and cleanup contingency measures to be implemented.

7. Work plan and schedule for PCB waste containment, removal and disposal.

8. Wastes shall be cleaned up and containerized daily.

E. Notification: Notify the AGENCY 20 days prior to the start of PCB removal work.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION

A. PCB Control Area: Isolate PCB control area by physical boundaries to prevent unauthorized entry of personnel. Food, drink and smoking materials shall not be permitted in areas where PCBs are handled or PCB items are stored.

B. Personnel Protection: Workers shall wear and use PPE, including any respiratory protection, as recommended by the Industrial Hygienist in the Removal Work Plan, upon entering a PCB control area. .

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 C. Footwear: Work footwear shall remain inside work area until completion of the job.

D. Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL): PEL for PCBs (54% chlorine) is 0 .5 mg/m (3 3 .1 E-08 lb/cubic foot) on an 8-hour time weighted average basis.

E. Special Hazards: PCBs shall not be exposed to open flames or other high temperature sources since toxic decomposition by-products may be produced. PCBs shall not be heated to temperatures of 55 degrees C (135 degrees F) or higher without AGENCY’S Representative concurrence.

F. PCB Caution Label: 40 CFR 761, Subpart C. Affix labels to PCB waste containers and other PCB-contaminated items. Provide label with sufficient print size to be clearly legible, with bold print on a contrasting background, displaying the following: “CAUTION: Contains PCBs (Polychlorinated Biphenyls)”.

G. PCB Caution Sign: 29 CFR 1910.145. Provide signs at approaches to PCB control areas. Locate signs at such a distance that personnel may read the sign and take the necessary precautions before entering the area.

3.2 WORK PROCEDURE

A. Furnish labor, materials, services, and equipment necessary for the removal of PCB-contaminated materials located at the site as indicated by the project drawings and specifications and in accordance with local, State, or Federal regulations. Package and mark PCB as required by EPA and DOT regulations and dispose of off AGENCY property in accordance with EPA, DOT, and local regulations at a permitted site.

B. No Smoking: Smoking is not permitted within 15 m (50 feet) of the PCB control area. Provide "No Smoking" signs as directed by the AGENCY’S Representative.

C. Work Operations: Ensure that work operations or processes involving PCB or PCB- contaminated materials are conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 761 and the applicable requirements of this section, including but not limited to:

1. Obtaining advance approval of PCB storage sites.

2. Notifying AGENCY’S Representative prior to commencing the operation.

3. Reporting leaks and spills to the AGENCY’S Representative.

4. Cleaning up spills.

5. Maintaining an access log of employees working in a PCB control area and providing a copy to the AGENCY’S Representative upon completion of the operation.

6. Inspecting PCB and PCB-contaminated items and waste containers for leaks and forwarding copies of inspection reports to the AGENCY’S Representative. CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 7. Maintaining a spill kit as specified in paragraph entitled "PCB Spill Kit."

8. Maintaining inspection, inventory and spill records.

3.3 PCB REMOVAL

A. Select PCB removal procedure to minimize contamination of work areas with PCB or other PCB-contaminated debris/waste. Handle PCBs such that no skin contact occurs. PCB removal process should be described in the work plan.

B. Confined Spaces: As feasible, do not carry out PCB handling operations in confined spaces. A confined space shall mean a space having limited means of egress and inadequate cross ventilation. If PCB removal is required in a confined space, generate a Confined Space Entry Plan for review and approval prior to performing the work.

C. Control Area: Establish a PCB control area around the PCB item as specified in paragraph entitled "PCB Control Area." Only personnel briefed on the elements in the paragraph entitled "Training" and on the handling precautions shall be allowed into the area.

D. Exhaust Ventilation: If used, exhaust ventilation for PCB operations shall discharge to the outside and away from personnel.

E. Temperatures: As feasible, handle PCBs at ambient temperatures and not at elevated temperatures.

F. Solvent Cleaning: Clean contaminated tools, containers, etc., after use by rinsing three times with an appropriate solvent or by wiping down three times with a solvent wetted rag. Suggested solvents are stoddard solvent or hexane.

G. Evacuation Procedures: Procedures shall be written for evacuation of injured workers. Aid for a seriously injured worker shall not be delayed for reasons of decontamination.

3.4 PCB SPILL CLEANUP REQUIREMENTS

A. PCB Spills: Immediately report to the AGENCY Representative any PCB spills on the ground or in the water, PCB spills in drip pans, or PCB leaks.

B. PCB Spill Control Area: Rope off an area around the edges of a PCB leak or spill and post a "PCB Spill Authorized Personnel Only" caution sign. Immediately transfer leaking items to a drip pan or other container.

C. PCB Spill Cleanup: 40 CFR 761 , Subpart G. Initiate cleanup of spills as soon as possible, but no later than 48 hours of its discovery. To clean up spills, personnel shall wear the PPE prescribed in paragraph entitled "Special Clothing" of this section. If misting, elevated temperatures or open flames are present, or if the spill is situated in a confined space, notify the AGENCY’S Representative. Mop up the

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 liquid with rags or other conventional absorbent. The spent absorbent shall be properly contained and disposed of as solid PCB waste.

D. Records and Certification: Document the cleanup with records of decontamination in accordance with 40 CFR 761, Section 125, and Requirements for PCB Spill Cleanup. Provide certification of decontamination.

E. Sampling Requirements: Perform post cleanup sampling as required by 40 CFR 761, Section 130, Sampling Requirements. Do not remove boundaries of the PCB control area until site is determined satisfactorily clean by the AGENCY Representative.

3.5 STORAGE FOR DISPOSAL

A. Storage Containers for PCBs: 49 CFR 178. Store liquid PCBs, Specification 17E containers. Store nonliquid PCB mixtures, articles, or equipment in DOT Specification 5, 5B, or 17C containers with removable heads. B. Waste Containers: Label with the following:

1. "Solid (or Liquid) Waste Polychlorinated Biphenyls"

2. The PCB Caution Label, paragraph entitled "PCB Caution Label"

3. The date the item was placed in storage and the name of the Responsible Person/Agency.

C. PCB Articles and PCB-Contaminated Items: Label with items 3.06B2 through 3.06B3, above.

D. Storage Site: Obtain in advance AGENCY Representative approval for location of stored PCB’s. Storage area shall be as indicated by CIH and approved plan.

3.6 CLEANUP

A. Maintain surfaces of the PCB control area free of accumulations of PCBs. Restrict the spread of dust and debris; keep waste from being distributed over work area.

B. Do not remove the PCB control area and warning signs prior to the AGENCY Representative approval. Re-clean areas showing residual PCBs.

3.7 DISPOSAL

A. Comply with disposal requirements and procedures outlined in 40 CFR 761. Do not accept PCB waste unless it is accompanied by a manifest signed by the AGENCY. Before transporting the PCB waste, sign and date the manifest acknowledging acceptance of the PCB waste from the AGENCY.

B. Return a signed copy to the AGENCY’S Representative before leaving the job site. Ensure that the manifest accompanies the PCB waste at all times. Submit transporter certification of notification to EPA of their PCB waste activities.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 C. Certificate of Disposal: 40 CFR 761. Submit to the AGENCY Representative within 30 days of the date that the disposal of the PCB waste identified on the manifest was completed. Certificate for the PCBs and PCB items disposed shall include:

1. The identity of the disposal facility, by name, address, and EPA identification number.

2. The identity of the PCB waste affected by the Certificate of Disposal including reference to the manifest number for the shipment.

3. A statement certifying the fact of disposal of the identified PCB waste, including the date(s) of disposal, and identifying the disposal process used

4. A certification as defined in 40 CFR 761, Section 3

**END OF SECTION 02055

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02055- 9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF 908754600712 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) October 2020 SECTION 02130 – REMOVAL AND RESURFACING OF PAVEMENT SURFACES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. Street pavement and surfaces shall be removed and replaced in all areas of construction excavation in conformance with details shown on the Plans as specified herein. Resurfacing of existing pavement and surfaces damaged or removed in connection with the construction of project improvements including all appurtenances, shall conform to the provisions of permits issued by the AGENCY.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01570 – Traffic Regulations.

B. Section 02200 – Earthwork.

C. Section 02223 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.

D. Section 02743 – Asphalt Concrete Pavement.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 EARTHWORK

A. Earthwork shall conform to the provisions of Section 02200.

2.2 PAVEMENT REMOVAL

A. General: Existing pavement shall be removed within the limits of all construction excavations prior to proceeding with excavation operations of any nature. Surplus material shall be removed as specified in the Specifications. Prior to removal of existing surfacing, pavement cuts for pipelines shall be made as shown on the Plans and/or specified herein. All pavement cuts for pipelines shall be neat and straight along both sides of the trench and parallel to the alignment of the pipe to provide an un-fractured and level pavement joint for bonding existing surfacing with pavement replacement. Where large irregular surfaces are removed, such trimming or cutting as hereinafter provided shall be parallel with roadway centerline or at right angles to the same. All cut edges shall provide clean, solid vertical faces free from all loose material.

B. Portland Cement Concrete Surfaces: Concrete pavement, including cross gutters, curbs and gutters, driveways, and concrete surfaces of whatever nature, shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 10 inches prior to removal in accordance with details shown on the Plans or as specified herein. Said saw cut shall be made at the edge of the trench and/or excavation. With the written permission of the AGENCY pneumatic tools or other approved equipment may

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02130-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND RESURFACING 908754600712 OF PAVEMENT SURFACES October 2020 SECTION 02130 – REMOVAL AND RESURFACING OF PAVEMENT SURFACES

be used to cut concrete pavement prior to removal at the limits of the excavation. In such an event, the saw cut provided herein, shall be made after backfilling, and the additional concrete pavement shall be removed and disposed of by the CONTRACTOR prior to resurfacing.

C. Plant Mix Surfacing (Asphalt Concrete Pavement): Areas surfaced with asphalt concrete pavement shall be initially cut by means of pneumatic pavement cutters or other approved equipment at the limits of the trench and/or excavation prior to removal of surfacing. Pavement saw-cutting will be required within the AGENCY’S right-of-way.

2.3 ASPHALT CONCRETE RESURFACING

A. In all areas in which the surface is removed, broken or damaged by equipment, or in which the ground has caved in or settled due to the installation of the improvements, the surface shall be restored to the original or proposed grade, as shown on the plans by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense. In the absence of specific designation on the Plans, pavement and concrete surfaces removed or damaged by construction shall be restored with the type of improvement conforming to that which existed at the time the CONTRACTOR entered upon the work. Prior to resurfacing, the existing surface shall be removed as provided above. All work shall match the appearance of the existing improvements and finished pavement shall not deviate from existing or proposed grade by more than 1/8-inch in 10-feet and shall be free from ruts, depressions and irregularities. Where large irregular surfaces are to be resurfaced, existing surfacing shall be cut and removed as provided herein. Asphaltic emulsion per Section 02743 shall be applied to the vertical faces of all asphaltic concrete pavements against which the pavement replacement materials are to be placed. The completed surface, when ready for acceptance, shall be thoroughly compacted, true to grade and cross section, and shall be free from ruts, depressions and irregularities.

B. Asphalt pavement placed within the trench line shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 inches deeper than the existing pavement and filled and compacted with a ¾- inch PG 64-10 base course of asphalt concrete per Standard Drawing M-3A of the City Engineers Manual. Aggregate base shall be a minimum of six (6) inches thick, or as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer, or as shown on the Project Plans. Final trench repair with be completed with cold-plane or grinding within the trench line and a minimum of one (1) foot on each side of the trench to a depth of 1-1/2 inches and then placing and compacting new ½-inch PG 64-10 asphalt concrete ground out area. Any resulting edge of contact between the new and existing pavement on each side shall parallel the existing trench and be a straight and neat join line.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02130-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND RESURFACING 908754600712 OF PAVEMENT SURFACES October 2020 SECTION 02130 – REMOVAL AND RESURFACING OF PAVEMENT SURFACES

2.4 RESURFACING OF CONCRETE SURFACES

A. Portland Cement concrete pavement surfaces shall be replaced in kind, with an aggregate base layer 8-inches minimum thickness. Minimum thickness of concrete pavement shall be equal to that removed.

B. Portland Cement concrete facilities shall be replaced to the nearest score line or over a sufficient width to replace any portions of damaged, fragmented, cracked or otherwise made unusable as a result of construction operations. Minimum thickness of concrete shall be 6-inches.

2.5 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

A. Portland Cement concrete shall be minimum Class 564-C-3250 and shall conform to Section 201 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC or Greenbook), latest edition.

B. Concrete shall be placed over the width of the excavated trench where the edge of the trench is more than 2-feet from the edge of an existing concrete excavation and is within 2-feet of the existing gutter.

2.6 TEMPORARY PAVING – HOT MIX

A. All pavement removal for trenching operations shall be replaced with a minimum of 4-inches of compacted temporary asphalt concrete as specified above after aggregate base compaction is approved by the geotechnical engineer. Cold mix will not be allowed under any circumstances.

B. All accesses shall be paved with temporary pavement on the same day that excavation is made. Temporary pavement shall be maintained so that a smooth traversable surface is available at all times for vehicular traffic, free from ruts, depressions, holes, and loose gravel. Cost for temporary paving shall be included in the contract unit prices for the various items of work, and no extra compensation will be made to the CONTRACTOR.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GRINDING

A. All grinding for recessed trench plating and asphalt concrete overlay shall be accomplished per Section 01570 and Section 02743.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02130-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND RESURFACING 908754600712 OF PAVEMENT SURFACES October 2020 SECTION 02130 – REMOVAL AND RESURFACING OF PAVEMENT SURFACES

3.2 TEMPORARY SURFACING

A. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly place temporary surfacing on all areas where existing surfacing has been disturbed and shall maintain such surfacing for the period of time required by the AGENCY. Temporary resurfacing shall be constructed in accordance with the following requirements.

1. The subgrade shall be uniformly watered sufficiently to eliminate all dust, but not to such extent as to form mud or pools of water. The area shall be cleared of rubbish and debris and thoroughly cleaned with a power sweeper with spray nozzle at least weekly, or more frequent as conditions dictate.

2. The temporary resurfacing shall then be spread over the prepared foundation material and rolled with an 8-ton tandem roller in such a manner that after rolling, the temporary resurfacing shall present a smooth surface for traffic, shall not be less than 4-inches in compacted thickness and shall be maintained free from bumps and depressions until permanent resurfacing is placed. The finished surface of said temporary resurfacing shall be flush with the adjoining pavement grade.

3. The temporary resurfacing shall be left in place until permanent resurfacing is constructed.

4. No separate payment will be allowed for temporary resurfacing and all costs therefore shall be included with the associated items of contract work.

3.3 PERMANENT RESURFACING

A. In order to obtain a satisfactory junction with adjacent surfaces, the CONTRACTOR shall grind 12-inches beyond the saw cut edges to a depth of 1- 1/2 inches so as to provide a clean, sound, vertical joint before permanent replacement of an excavated or damaged portion of pavement. Damaged edges of pavement along excavations and elsewhere shall be trimmed back by saw cutting in straight lines. All pavement restoration and other facilities restoration shall be constructed to finish grades compatible with adjacent undisturbed pavement.

3.4 RESTORATION PRIVATE DRIVEWAYS

A. Wherever private roads have been removed for purposes of construction, the CONTRACTOR shall place suitable temporary roadways promptly after backfilling and shall maintain them in satisfactory condition and the CONTRACTOR shall maintain said temporary roadways until the final restoration thereof has been completed.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02130-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REMOVAL AND RESURFACING 908754600712 OF PAVEMENT SURFACES October 2020 SECTION 02160 – EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The work of this Section includes support of temporary open excavations by means of sheet pilings, soldier piles and lagging, structural steel walls and struts, liner plates, timber, aluminum vertical shoring with cylinder jacks, and trench shield boxes. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design and selection of methods in conformance with the design criteria as specified herein.

B. The work of this Section applies to temporary excavation support systems for demolition, installation of buried pipelines, and all other excavations.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. The following shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01300:

1. The proposed excavation support system for each construction component where excavation support systems will be used.

2. Arrangement and details for each excavation support system, supporting design calculations, and construction methods to be used for the installation of each system.

3. Soldier pile installation methods, connection details, bracing preloading, and jacking procedures.

4. Depths below the main excavation bottom elevation to which the support system will be installed.

5. Elevations of ground surface, struts, and shores, as applicable.

6. Permissible depth to which excavation may be carried before supports must be installed and preloaded.

7. Full excavation depth load to be carried by various support system members.

8. Bracing loads for various stages of excavation, bracing removal, and concrete placement.

9. Preloads as required.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02160 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02160 – EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS

10. Proposed sequence of strut and shore removal as applicable and as related to concrete placement and backfilling operations.

11. The proposed method of installing sheet piling including sequence of installation, template, and equipment description.

12. Contingency plan for alternative procedures to be implemented if the excavation support system is found to perform unfavorably.

13. Supporting calculations for the various excavation support systems to be used.

B. The above Shop Drawings shall be coordinated with other shop drawing submittals for work specified elsewhere in which support of excavation is required.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Support of excavation shall be designed, and Shop Drawings and calculations stamped and signed, by a Professional Engineer, licensed to practice in the State of California and experienced in the design of excavation support systems. All design drawings and calculations shall be checked and initialed by a checker.

1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA

A. Shop Drawings with supporting calculations for the various excavation support systems shall be prepared in accordance with the following criteria:

1. Design the excavation support system and all components to support the earth pressures, unrelieved hydrostatic pressures, utility loads, equipment, traffic, and construction loads including impact, and other surcharge loads in such manner as will allow the safe and expeditious construction of the permanent structures, to minimize ground movement or settlement, and to prevent damage to or movement of adjacent buildings, structures, roadways and utilities.

2. Design support members to resist the maximum loads expected to occur during the excavation and support removal stages.

3. Design for staged removal shall conform to construction concrete placement, and backfill sequence shown. Design shall consider provisions for future construction, and limits on bracing level elevations as shown on the plans.

4. Maximum vertical center-to-center spacing of supports shall be 16 feet between top 2 support levels and 12 feet below second support level unless otherwise approved. If decking beams are not required, install

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02160 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02160 – EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS

the uppermost bracing tier at a vertical distance of not more than 6 feet below the top of excavation.

5. Where water flows from the face of excavation, the maximum height of unsupported excavation shall not exceed 15 inches.

6. In running sand and silt, provide positive means for securing timber lagging to the soldier piles to avoid shifting or falling off of the lagging, and positive means for containing such material behind lagging.

7. Review of the CONTRACTOR’s Shop Drawings and methods of construction by the AGENCY does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for the adequacy of the excavation support systems.

8. No portion of the excavation support system's vertical face will be permitted to penetrate the design lines as indicated on the Drawings for the permanent concrete structure to be constructed within the excavation.

9. Vertical support capacity shall be provided for wall systems and internal bracing elements, for loads due to vertical force components of tieback anchors, the weight of the structural systems themselves, and live load on any portion of the system.

B. Steel Components:

1. Design and fabrication of steel components shall be as specified in this Specification.

C. Timber Support Systems and Members:

1. Basis for determination of minimum allowable working stress: UBC Chapter 25.

2. The minimum thickness of timber lagging between soldier piles spaced 5 to 7 feet center-to-center shall be 3 inches for excavations up to 25 feet in depth, and 4 inches for excavations deeper than 25 feet.

3. For other conditions and types of lagging, design calculations shall be submitted.

1.6 SAFETY

A. Except as otherwise indicted, the following codes apply to the work of this Section:

1. Title 8, California Administrative Code, Chapter 4, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders, Article 6, Excavations.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02160 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02160 – EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS

2. SSPWC Section 306-4,

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Utility agencies shall be notified and caution exercised while exposing utility facilities by hand or other methods approved by utility owner.

B. If existing utility facilities interfere with the proposed method of support, the method shall be modified in a manner that will protect the facility and accommodate the proposed work. Shop Drawings shall be revised and resubmitted along with design calculations required to account for the modified support method and to show the actual location of the existing utilities.

C. Provisions shall be made for contingencies as follows:

1. Monitor performance of support system components, for both vertical and horizontal movement, daily.

2. Provide contingency plan for alternative procedures to be implemented if unfavorable performance is evidenced.

3. Keep on hand materials and equipment necessary to implement contingency plan.

D. Elements of the support system shall not be spliced unless submitted to and approved by the AGENCY.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Steel sheet piling shall be continuous interlocking type ASTM A 328 of appropriate shape and provided with at least one 2-1/2-inch-diameter handling hole on the centerline of the web located at least 6 inches from each end of the sheet pile.

B. Fabricated connections and accessories, steel H-piles, WF shapes, and other structural steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 36, unless otherwise approved.

C. Concrete shall be as specified below:

1. For encasement of steel soldier piles below the final level of excavation, a minimum of 2,500 psi shall be used.

2. For encasement of soldier piles above the final level of excavation, lean concrete shall be used, the strength of which shall be adequate to protect the excavated faces of the augured hole.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02160 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02160 – EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS

D. Wood lagging shall be dimension lumber with minimum allowable stress of 1100 psi.

1. The stress grade of the lagging shall be in conformance with the allowable stresses of the UBC, Chapter 25.

2. Lumber shall be grade marked by WWPA or WCLIB with species and grade conforming to those shown on approved Shop Drawings.

E. Aluminum vertical shores shall consist of vertical plates and hydraulic cylinder jacks sized and spaced for the project conditions. Vertical shores shall be as manufactured by Speed Shore, or equal.

F. Trench shield boxes shall be steel or aluminum and sized for the project conditions.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The support system shall extend the main excavation bottom elevation to a depth adequate to prevent lateral movement and to adequately support applied vertical loads. In areas where additional excavation is required below the main excavation subgrade provisions shall be made to prevent movement of main excavation supports. Damage to existing utilities during installation of excavation support system shall be avoided.

3.2 SOLDIER PILES

A. Soldier piles shall be installed by preboring or other approved pre-excavation methods to tip elevation shown on approved Shop Drawings. Prevent pre-bored or other pre-excavated holes from collapsing.

B. Prebored hole shall be filled with lean concrete from bottom of hole to subgrade dependent upon analysis of vertical support requirements.

C. Remaining pile length shall be filled with lean concrete, completely encasing the pile.

D. Concrete shall be placed from the bottom of the hole upwards by means of a flexible pipe connected to a hopper.

3.3 SHEETING AND LAGGING

A. Sheeting and lagging shall be installed with no gap between the boards unless specifically approved. As installation progresses, the voids between the

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02160 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02160 – EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS

excavation face and the lagging or sheeting shall be backfilled with sand or soil and rammed into place. Materials such as hay or burlap shall be used where necessary to allow drainage of groundwater without loss of soil or packing material. If gaps in the lagging are allowed, the gap width between lagging boards shall be limited to 1/2 inch maximum.

B. If unstable material is encountered, suitable measures shall be taken to retain it in place or to otherwise prevent soil displacement.

C. Extend lagging down to final subgrade.

D. A sufficient quantity of material shall be on hand for sheeting, shoring, bracing, and other operations for protection of work and for use in case of accident or emergency.

3.4 STEEL SHEET PILING

A. Steel sheet piling may be used only where existing subsurface conditions are suitable for installation of sheet piling to the full depth of penetration required, and to proper alignment and plumbness, specified herein, without damage to the sheet piling or rupture of its interlocks. The use of steel sheet piling will not be permitted where sheeting would be required to penetrate boulders, rock or other materials which may prevent the proper installation of sheet piling.

B. Steel sheet piling shall be installed in plumb position with each pile interlocked with adjoining piles for its entire length so as to form a continuous diaphragm throughout the length of each run of wall, bearing tightly against original ground. Install sheeting to depth required for design. Exercise care during installation so that interlocking members can be extracted, if required, without injury to adjacent ground. The installation equipment shall be suitable to the type and nature of the subsurface materials anticipated to be encountered. The equipment and methods of installation, cutting, and splicing shall conform to the approved Shop Drawings.

C. Liner plate shall be installed to proper line and grade and dimensions which will enable final liner to be placed in accordance with tolerances specified by the AGENCY. Annular void, if present by method of ground support shall be filled with tunnel grout as specified by the AGENCY.

3.5 INTERNAL BRACING SUPPORT SYSTEM

A. All bracing support members shall be installed and maintained in tight contact with each other and with the surface being supported.

B. Bracing members shall be preloaded by jacking the struts and shores in accordance with loads, methods, procedures, and sequence as described on the approved Shop Drawings. Coordinate excavation work with bracing installation and preloading. Use steel shims and steel wedges welded or bolted in place to

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02160 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02160 – EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS

maintain the preloading force in the bracing after release of the jacking equipment pressure. Use procedures so as to produce uniform bracing member loading without appreciable eccentricities, overstressing, or support member distortion.

C. Struts shall be provided with intermediate bracing as needed to enable them to carry their maximum design load without distortion or buckling. Provide diagonal bracing as necessary to maintain the stability of the system. Web stiffeners, plates, or angles shall be provided as needed to prevent rotation, crippling, or buckling of connectors at points of bearing between structural steel members. Allow for eccentricities resulting from field fabrication and assembly.

D. Excavations shall be to a depth no more than 2 feet below the elevation of the support member about to be placed. The support member shall be installed and preloaded immediately after installation and prior to continuing excavation.

3.6 ALUMINUM VERTICAL SHORES AND TRENCH SHIELD BOXES

A. All personnel involved in the installation, removal and use of vertical shores and trench boxes shall be trained in their use and advised of appropriate safety procedures.

B. Selection and installation of vertical shores and trench boxes shall be in accordance with the shoring product manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.7 REMOVAL OF SUPPORT SYSTEMS

A. Where removal is required wholly or in part, such removal shall be performed in a manner that will not disturb or damage adjacent new or existing construction or utilities. Fill all voids immediately with lean concrete, or other approved means.

B. All elements of support systems shall be removed to a minimum depth of 6 feet below final ground surface. However, when a structure poured against the sheeting system extends above the 6-foot limit, removal of the sheeting system shall be to the top of the structure.

C. All damage to property resulting from removal shall be promptly repaired at no cost to the AGENCY. The AGENCY shall be the sole judge as to the extent and determination of the materials and methods for repair.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02160 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals to perform all earthwork required for construction of the work as shown on the plans and as specified herein. Work includes the loosening, removing, loading, transporting, depositing, and compacting all soil, rock, and other earth materials, wet and dry. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all local, state, and federal safety and health standards, laws and regulations.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall refer to Section 02223 for excavations for pipelines and structures.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Fill material is defined as material used to raise the level of a portion of the site to the line and grade indicated.

B. Backfill material is defined as material used to refill an excavation. Backfill material is defined as starting 1 foot above the top of the pipe or conduit, or at the subgrade for cast-in-place structures such as vaults and valve boxes.

1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. The Work of the following Sections applies to the Work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work:

1. Section 01060 – Permits and Other Regulatory Requirements.

2. Section 01300 - Record Drawings and Submittals.

3. Section 02222 - Protecting Existing Underground Utilities.

4. Section 02223 - Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.

1.4 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Except as otherwise indicated in this Section, the CONTRACTOR shall comply with the latest adopted edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) together with the latest adopted editions of the Regional and

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02200-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHWORK 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK

Supplement Amendments. Pipe zone and base material will conform in all respects to the latest edition of the City of Oceanside Engineers Design and Processing Manual and the Water Utilities Department Water, Sewer, and Reclaimed Water Design and Construction Manual.

B. The Work of this Section shall comply with current versions, with revisions, of the following:

1. California Building Code.

2. Construction Safety Orders, Division of Industrial Safety, State of California.

3. California Department of Transportation Traffic Manual.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following in compliance with Section 01300:

1. A copy of the excavation permit issued by the California Department of Industrial Safety.

2 Samples of imported material in accordance with SSPWC Subsection 306- 1.3.5.

3. Such other samples of materials as the AGENCY may require.

4. An agricultural soil evaluation about the suitability of proposed topsoil.

1.6 TESTING FOR COMPACTION

A. The AGENCY will test for compaction as described in Section 02223.

B. Compaction shall be deemed to comply with the specifications when no more than one test of any three consecutive tests falls below the specified relative compaction. The one test shall be no more than three percentage points below the specified compaction. The CONTRACTOR shall pay the costs of any retesting of work not conforming to the Specifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIALS

A. General: Fill and backfill material shall consist of select material obtained from the excavation, imported material, bedding material, or unclassified material. The CONTRACTOR shall import, at his own expense, materials in excess of the approved material obtained from excavation as required to complete the fill, backfill, and grading work as indicated.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02200-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHWORK 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK

B. Select Material: Select material shall consist of primarily granular material obtained from the excavation which is free of vegetation, organic matter, rubbish, debris, rocks larger than 4-inches in diameter and other unsuitable material, has an expansion index less than 30 (less than 20 for footings and floor slabs), has a plasticity index of 10 or less, has a liquid limit of 30 or less, and is approved as select material by the AGENCY.

C. Imported Material: Imported material shall conform to the same specifications as select material defined above. In addition, the imported materials shall comply with SSPWC subsection 306-1.3.5. Imported material placed in areas to be planted shall be able to support normal plant growth. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval by the AGENCY before transporting imported material.

D. Unclassified Material: Unclassified material shall conform to SSPWC Subsection 300- 4.

2.2 ROCK PRODUCTS

A. Rock products, consisting of crushed rock, rock dust, gravel, sand, and stone for riprap shall be clean, hard, sound, durable, uniform in quality and free of disintegrated material, organic matter, oil, alkali, or other deleterious substance, and shall unless otherwise specified conform to the requirements of SSPWC Subsection 200-1, including the Regional and Supplement Amendments.

2.3 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS

A. Untreated base materials shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Subsection 200-2.

B. Materials for use as untreated base or subbase shall be:

1. Crushed Aggregate Base.

2.4 TOPSOIL

A. Topsoil shall be designated as Class A (imported), and shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Subsection 212-1.1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit an agricultural soil evaluation regarding the suitability of the proposed topsoil.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform earthwork as necessary to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein. The CONTRACTOR shall take the necessary precautionary measures to prevent dust or other nuisances which might be created by reason of its activities.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02200-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHWORK 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK

B. All types of earthwork, including trench, structural and general excavation, fill, backfill and compaction, shall conform to applicable requirements of the SSPWC Section 300 and to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

C. Pursuant to California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 1541, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the Regional Notification Center and known owners of underground facilities in the area who are not members of the Regional Notification Center of the proposed excavation at least two working days before the start of excavation.

3.2 SITE PREPARATION

A. Areas to be excavated, filled, graded, or to be occupied by permanent construction or embankments shall be prepared by clearing, grubbing, and stripping. Clearing, grubbing, and stripping shall conform to the applicable requirements of SSPWC Subsection 300-1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 01060.

3.3 EXCAVATION

A. General: Except when specifically provided to the contrary, excavation shall include the removal of all materials of whatever nature encountered, including all obstructions of any nature that would interfere with the proper execution and completion of the work. Unless otherwise directed, the removal of said materials shall conform to the lines and grades shown. Unless otherwise provided, the entire construction site shall be stripped of all vegetation and debris, and such material shall be removed from the site prior to performing any excavation or placing any fill. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, place, and maintain all supports and shoring that may be required for the sides of the excavations, and all pumping, ditching, or other measures for the removal or exclusion of water as required by Section 02140, Dewatering. Excavations shall be sloped or otherwise supported in a safe manner in accordance with the rules, orders, and regulations of the Division of Industrial Safety of the State of California.

B. Unclassified Excavation: Unclassified excavation shall consist of all excavation, including roadways, unless separately designated.

1. Unsuitable material shall be excavated and disposed of in accordance with the requirements of SSPWC Subsection 300-2.2.

2. Wet material, if unsatisfactory for the specified use on the project solely because of high moisture content, may be processed to reduce the moisture content, or may be required to be removed and replaced with suitable material in accordance with the requirements of SSPWC Subsection 300-2.2.2.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02200-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHWORK 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK

3. The removal and disposal of slide and slipout material shall be in accordance with SSPWC Subsection 300-2.4.

4. Excavation slopes shall be finished in conformance with the lines and grades shown, and in accordance with SSPWC Subsection 300-2.5.

5. Surplus material shall be legally disposed of off-site, and in accordance with SSPWC Subsection 300-2.6.

C. Pipeline and Utility Excavation: See Section 02223.

D. Excavation in Vicinity of Trees: Except where trees are shown to be removed, trees shall be protected from injury during construction operations. No tree roots over 2-inches in diameter shall be cut without written permission of the AGENCY. Trees shall be supported during excavation by means previously reviewed and accepted by the AGENCY.

E. Rock Excavation:

1. Rock excavation shall include removal and disposal of the following: (1) all boulders measuring 1/3 of a cubic yard or more in volume; (2) all rock material in ledges, bedding deposits, and unstratified masses which cannot be removed without systematic drilling and blasting; (3) concrete or masonry structures which have been abandoned; and (4) conglomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented that they possess the characteristics of solid rock and which cannot be removed without systematic drilling and blasting.

2. Rock excavation shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR, however, should the quantity of rock excavation be affected by any change in the scope of the work, an appropriate adjustment of the contract price will be made.

3.4 FILL AND BACKFILL

A. General:

1. Backfill shall be placed in accordance with City of Oceanside Engineers Design and Processing Manual and the Water Utilities Department Water, Sewer, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual.

2. Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe. Backfill shall not be placed around or upon any concrete structure until the concrete has cured and has attained sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed. Backfill around water retaining structures shall not be placed until the structures have been tested, and the structures shall be full of water while backfill is being placed.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02200-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHWORK 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK

B. Placing and Spreading of Materials:

1. Materials shall be placed and spread evenly in layers. When compaction is achieved using hand operated mechanical equipment the layers shall be evenly spread so that when compacted each layer shall not exceed 4 inches in thickness. When compaction is performed with larger ride-on compaction equipment, the layers shall be spread so that when compacted, each layer shall not exceed 9 inches in thickness. Compaction by using flooding and jetting methods shall not be performed.

2. During spreading, each layer shall be thoroughly mixed as necessary to promote uniformity of material in each layer. Bedding materials shall be brought up evenly around the pipe so that when compacted the material will provide uniform bearing and side support.

3. Where the material moisture content is below the optimum moisture content water shall be added before or during spreading until the proper moisture content is achieved.

4. Where the material moisture content is too high to permit the specified degree of compaction the material shall be dried until the moisture content is satisfactory.

C. Compaction Requirements

1. The relative compaction of fill, backfill, and base material shall be in accordance with SSPWC Section 300, with the following exceptions:

a. Subgrade where trench has been over-excavated: 95%

b. Fill beneath structures, including water-containing structures: 95%

c. All trench backfill: 95 %

2. In case the tests of the fill or backfill show non-compliance with the specified compaction or density requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall accomplish such remedy as may be necessary to assure compliance. Subsequent testing to show compliance with the specifications shall be performed by a testing laboratory selected by the AGENCY, and the CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs for retesting of fill or backfill caused by non-compliance with these specifications, and at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

3.5 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02200-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHWORK 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK

A. The preparation of subgrade for pavement, curbs and gutters, driveways, sidewalks and other roadway structures shall be in accordance with SSPWC Subsection 301-1.

3.6 UNTREATED BASE

A. Aggregate base material shall be spread and compacted in accordance with SSPWC Subsection 301-2.

3.7 TEMPORARY STOCKPILES

A. Locations of temporary stockpiles shall be approved by the AGENCY.

B. Temporary stockpiles shall not be allowed to surcharge buried pipe, conduits, or other structures.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02200-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHWORK 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02205 - EXISTING UTILITIES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 NOTIFICATION

A. Pursuant to Government Code Section 4216-4216.9, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the appropriate regional notification center of all excavations as required under Government Code sections 4216 to 4216.9. The CONTRACTOR shall contact Underground Service Alert of Southern California (a.k.a. DigAlert) at 1-800-227-2600 or 811 for the location of subsurface installations. CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the AGENCY written documentation of its contact(s) with Underground Service Alert within two (2) days after such contact(s) is (are) made.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF LOCATION

A. At least two (2) working days before performing any excavation work, the CONTRACTOR shall request the utility owners to mark or otherwise indicate the location of their service via 811 Dig Alert. No other means will be accepted. CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the AGENCY written documentation of its contact(s) with utility owners requesting them to mark or otherwise indicate the location of their respective facilities within three (3) days after such contact(s).

B. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to determine the exact location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which CONTRACTOR believes may affect or be affected by CONTRACTOR's operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work.

C. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to determine the exact location, depth, bearing, slope, material, wall thickness, outside diameter, etc. of existing pipes that are to be connected to prior to submission of shop drawings, procurement, and fabrication of any piping, appurtenances, valves, piping specials, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall show and submit proof of these investigations by including this information with the pertinent submittals.

1.3 DAMAGE AND PROTECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the AGENCY and utility owner of any damage to a utility. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the cost of repairing and/or relocating damaged utilities as follows:

B. Facilities apparent from visual inspection of the site or existing service laterals in appurtenances which can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities such as buildings, meters, junction boxes, etc., on or adjacent to the construction site.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02205-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXISTING UTILITIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02205 - EXISTING UTILITIES

1.4 UTILITY RELOCATION AND REARRANGEMENT

A. The right is reserved to the AGENCY and the owners of utilities or their authorized agents to enter upon the Work area for the purpose of making such changes as are necessary for the rearrangement of their facilities or for making necessary connections or repairs to their properties. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with forces engaged in such work and shall conduct its operations in such a manner as to avoid any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the work being performed by such forces and shall allow the respective utilities time to relocate their facility.

B. The CONTRACTOR assumes responsibility for the removal, relocation, or protection of existing facilities wherein said facilities are identified by the Contract Documents, correctly field located by a utility company, or as provided for in the General Provisions. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the AGENCY of utility facilities for the rearrangement of said facilities.

C. In the event that underground utilities are found that are not shown in the Contract Documents or are found to exist in a substantially different location than shown in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall: (1) notify the AGENCY of the existence of said facilities immediately in writing, and (2) take steps to ascertain the exact location of all underground facilities prior to doing work that may damage such facilities.

D. Requests for extensions of time arising out of utility rearrangement delays shall be reviewed by the AGENCY. In accordance with Government Code Section 4215 the CONTRACTOR shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the project, when such delay is caused by the failure of the AGENCY or utility company to provide for the removal or relocation of facilities for which they are the responsible party as defined in Paragraph 02591-1.03, Damage and Protection.

E. Where it is determined by the AGENCY that the rearrangement of an underground main, the existence of which is not shown on the Construction Drawings, Specifications, or in the General Requirements, is essential in order to accommodate the contemplated improvement, the AGENCY will provide for the rearrangement of such facility by other forces or by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the General Provisions.

F. When the General Requirements, Specifications, or Construction Drawings indicate that a utility is to be relocated, altered or constructed by others, the AGENCY will conduct all negotiations with the utility company and the work will be done at no cost to the CONTRACTOR.

G. Temporary or permanent service, relocation or alteration of utilities desired by the CONTRACTOR for its own convenience shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility and it shall make arrangements and bear all costs.

H. Except where the owner of a damaged utility has advised that it intends to repair the damage through its own forces or forces that it will retain or has retained,

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02205-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXISTING UTILITIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02205 - EXISTING UTILITIES

CONTRACTOR shall, within 24 hours of receipt from the AGENCY or utility owner of notice to commence correction of damage, notify the AGENCY in writing if CONTRACTOR intends to repair the damage. During nights and weekends when work is not in progress, the AGENCY or utility owner may give such notice by telephone or by facsimile transmission to the CONTRACTOR's facsimile number designated. Such notice will be immediately effective. The CONTRACTOR's failure to provide timely written notification that it intends to repair the damage shall be deemed its agreement that the AGENCY may repair the damage at CONTRACTOR's expense without further notice and without prejudice to any other remedy available to the AGENCY. In such event, the CONTRACTOR may observe the Work if this can be done without in any way delaying the progress thereof, but may not contest any element of the expense of repair or the lack of further notice.

1.5 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL

A. All connections to ACP shall be made at existing joints. Removal and access to ACP for abandonment shall be at existing joints. Field cutting of ACP shall not be permitted.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall handle and dispose of asbestos-cement pipe in strict conformance with all applicable Cal/OSHA, EPA and governing health agency requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall provide sufficient supervision and monitoring to assure said conformance.

C. Removal of existing asbestos material shall be performed by a Contractor registered by Cal/OSHA and certified by the State Contractors Licensing Board for asbestos removal. Copies of the certification shall be submitted to the AGENCY prior to the commencement of any asbestos removal activities. The CONTRACTOR or subcontractor shall comply with all applicable Cal/OSHA, EPA and governing health agency requirements regarding handling and removal of asbestos materials. The CONTRACTOR shall provide sufficient supervision and monitoring to assure said conformance. Asbestos materials shall be disposed of an authorized disposal site. A completed Generator copy (yellow) manifest shall be returned to the AGENCY.

D. Hazardous materials, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or any other toxic wastes encountered by the CONTRACTOR during the work except ACP pipe shall require the CONTRACTOR to immediately stop work in the affected area and report the condition to the AGENCY in writing. The work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the AGENCY and CONTRACTOR if in fact the material is asbestos or PCB and has not been rendered harmless. The work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or PCB, or when it has been rendered harmless, by written agreement of the AGENCY and CONTRACTOR, or by arbitration per General Conditions. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the AGENCY shall contract directly for the removal and/or abatement of any hazardous materials or toxic wastes except for ACP pipe.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02205-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXISTING UTILITIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02205 - EXISTING UTILITIES

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXISTING VALVES AND APPURTENANCES

A. The CONTRACTOR shall assume that existing valves and appurtenances are not drip tight and are likely to leak water. The CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to provide measures for handling, controlling and legally disposing of water due to the unknown operating condition and functionality of existing valves and appurtenances.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02205-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXISTING UTILITIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02222 – PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section includes materials and procedures for protecting existing underground utilities.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 02223 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 REPLACEMENT IN KIND

A. Except as indicated or as specifically authorized by the AGENCY, reconstruct utilities with new material of the same size, type, and quality as that removed.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Replace in kind street improvements, such as curbs and gutters; fences; signs; paved surfaces; etc, that are cut, removed, damaged, or otherwise disturbed by the construction.

B. Where utilities are parallel to or cross the pipeline trench but do not conflict with the permanent work to be constructed, follow the procedures given below and as indicated on the Drawings. Notify the utility AGENCY a minimum of 72 hours in advance of the crossing construction and coordinate the construction schedule with the utility AGENCY’s requirements. For utility crossings not shown on the Drawings, CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the AGENCY who will promptly investigate the conditions.

C. Determine the true location and depth of utilities and service connections which may be affected by or affect the work. Determine the type, material, size (outside diameter), and condition of these utilities. This pothole work shall take place prior to construction the water or sewer utility in order to provide sufficient lead time to resolve unforeseen conflicts, order materials and take appropriate measures to ensure that there is no delay in work. Expose utilities in advance of the pipeline construction as required by the General Provisions.

3.2 PROCEDURES

A. Protect in Place: Protect utilities in place, unless abandoned, and maintain the utility in service, unless otherwise specified.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02222 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROTECTING EXISTING 908754600712 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES October 2020 SECTION 02222 – PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES

B. Cut and Plug Ends: Cut abandoned utility lines, fill with concrete two feet into line and plug the ends with brick and mortar or concrete plug. Dispose of the cut pipe as unsuitable material.

C. Remove and Reconstruct: If the CONTRACTOR encounters an existing lateral or utility, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the utility and, after passage, reconstruct it with new materials. Provide temporary service for the disconnected utility, prior to permanent repair.

3.3 COMPACTION

A. Utilities Protected in Place: Backfill and compact under and around the utility so that no voids are left. Where utilities are concrete encased, use the alternative construction method (2-sack cement sand slurry) for backfill around the utility.

3.4 ADJACENT PARALLEL UTILITIES

A. Protect existing parallel utilities from any disturbances and repair the lines and associated appurtenances if they are damaged in any way. All costs incurred for protection of utilities or any costs incurred due to the presence of the lines, whether or not they lie within the new construction, shall be borne in full by the CONTRACTOR.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02222 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PROTECTING EXISTING 908754600712 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section includes materials, installation, and testing of trench excavation, backfilling, removal and disposal of surplus and objectionable materials, and compacting, unless otherwise noted on the Project Drawings.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 01500 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.

C. Section 02160 – Excavation Support Systems.

D. Section 02000 – Earthwork.

E. Section 02222 – Protecting Existing Underground Utilities.

F. Section 15300 – Tracer Wire.

G. City of Oceanside Water, Sewer, and Recycled Water and Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The publications below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method

ASTM D2922 Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

ASTM D3017 Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

ASTM D1557 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3))

ASTM D4253 Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

ASTM D4254 Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density

ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates

ASTM C90 Standard Specification for Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units

ASTM A82 Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement

1.4 PAYMENT

A. Payment for trenching, backfilling and compacting and for conforming to all of the provisions of the Contract Documents shall be considered to be included in the contract lump sum price for the various items of work wherein trenching, backfilling, and compacting are required and no additional allowance will be made therefore.

1.5 EARTHWORK AND REPAIRS IN CITY, COUNTY, AND STATE RIGHTS OF WAY

A. Conform to the requirements and provisions of the permits issued by those agencies in addition to the requirements of these Special Provisions Technical Specifications. If a permit is not required, earthwork and repairs shall conform to the standards of the agency in whose right of way the work is done in addition to the requirements of these Specifications.

1.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

A. Observe safety precautions in all phases of the work. Included shall be trench shoring, bracing, lighting, and barricades as dictated by reason and by the Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, State of California (CAL/OSHA). Acquire a trenching permit from the California Division of Industrial Safety (CAL/OSHA) and comply with Labor Code Section 6705, Excavation Plans For Worker Protection. Submit a copy of the trenching permit with excavation drawings to the AGENCY prior to excavation work.

B. Provide vertical or sloped cuts, benches, shields, support systems, or other systems providing the necessary protection in accordance with OSHA regulations, 29 C.F.R. 1926, Subpart P-Excavations. Protect the stability of adjoining buildings, walls, sidewalks, pavements, other structures, or when excavating close to the right of way line.

1.7 OBSTRUCTIONS

A. The CONTRACTOR'S attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other underground improvements which may or may not be shown on the Drawings. Preserve and protect any such improvements whether shown on the

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

Drawings or not. Expose such improvements in advance of the pipeline construction to allow for changes in the alignment as necessary. Where it is necessary to remove and replace or to relocate such improvements in order to prosecute the work, they shall be removed, maintained, and permanently replaced by the CONTRACTOR at its expense. Protect existing underground utilities in accordance with Section 02222.

1.8 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Specification Section 01300.

B. Pipe Base and Pipe Zone Material: Submit current certification and test results for all utility pipe zone and base material. Pipe base and pipe zone material will conform in all respects to the latest edition of the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual.

C. Import Trench Zone Material: Submit current certifications and test results for all imported trench zone material to be used as backfill in lieu of native material. Submit a report from a testing laboratory verifying that imported material is asbestos-free and conforms to the specified gradations or characteristics.

1.9 TESTING FOR COMPACTION

A. The AGENCY will test for compaction as described below.

1. Determine the density of soil in place by the sand cone method, ASTM D 1556 or by nuclear methods, ASTM D 2922 and D 3017.

2. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of soils by ASTM D 1557.

3. Determine the relative density of cohesionless soils by ASTM D 4253 and D 4254.

4. Sample backfill materials by ASTM D 75.

5. "Relative compaction" is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the in place dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density.

6. Make excavation for compaction tests at the locations and to the depths designated by the AGENCY. Backfill and re-compact the excavations at completion of testing. When tests indicate that the compaction is less than the specified relative compaction, rework and retest those areas until the specified relative compaction has been obtained. The AGENCY shall perform the first compaction tests at no cost to the CONTRACTOR; but, all cost for re-compacting work and re-compaction testing due to failing test results shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

7. See the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual, Appendix C, for additional requirements.

1.10 PIPE ZONE

A. The pipe zone area shall include the area extending the full width of trench from six (6) inches below the bottom of the pipe bell to a horizontal level twelve (12) inches above the pipe bell. Where multiple pipes are placed in the same trench, the pipe zone shall extend from six (6) inches below the bottom of the lowest pipe bell to a horizontal level above the top of the highest or topmost pipe. Thickness of pipe zone above the highest top of pipe shall be a minimum of twelve (12) inches.

1.11 TRENCH ZONE

A. The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the bottom of the structural pavement zone or to the existing surface in unpaved areas.

1.12 PAVEMENT ZONE

A. The pavement zone includes the asphalt concrete and aggregate base pavement section placed over the trench backfill.

1.13 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION

A. Water shall be obtained in accordance with Section 01500.

1.14 BEDDING AND BACKFILL TESTING

A. The AGENCY shall require testing of bedding and backfill material. See Oceanside Water Utilities Manual, Appendix B for additional requirements

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 NATIVE EARTH BACKFILL-TRENCH ZONE

A. Native earth backfill used above the pipe zone shall be excavated fine grained materials or loose soil free of asbestos, organic matter, roots, debris, rocks larger than 3 inches in diameter, clods, clay balls, broken pavement, and other deleterious materials. Backfill material shall be graded in conformance with the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual. The coarser materials shall be well distributed throughout the finer material. Backfill materials that are obtained from trench excavated materials to the extent such material is available, shall be either screened directly into the trench or screened during the trenching operation. If screened during trenching, the material shall be maintained free of unscreened material during the handling and backfilling process. Hand selecting of rocks from

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

earth as it is placed into the trench will not be permitted in lieu of the specified screening. Under no circumstances will native earth backfill be allowed or used in the pipe base or pipe zone areas.

2.2 IMPORTED MATERIAL FOR BACKFILL - TRENCH ZONE

A. Imported material shall conform to that specified for native earth backfill or imported sand.

2.3 IMPORTED SAND - PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE (PRESSURE PIPE)

A. Imported sand used in the pipe base and pipe zone shall consist of natural or manufactured granular material, or a combination thereof, free of deleterious amounts of organic material, mica, loam, clay, and other substances. Under no circumstances will decomposed granite or native earth backfill be allowed or used in the pipe base or pipe zone areas. Imported sand shall have the following gradation or similar:

Percent Passing Sieve Size By Weight 3/8-inch 100 No.4 90 - 100 No.30 12 - 50 No.100 5 - 20 No.200 0 - 5

B. Imported sand shall have a sand equivalent (S.E.) of 30 or greater; pH of 6.5 to 8.5; resistivity of 2,000 - 50,000 ohm-cm; and a sulfate concentration of 1,500 ppm or less.

2.4 GRAVEL AND CRUSHED ROCK – PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE (GRAVITY PIPE)

A. Gravel or crushed rock material shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 200-1.2.

B. Use 3/4-inch size unless indicated otherwise in the drawings.

2.5 CONCRETE FOR BELOW GROUND INSTALLATIONS

A. Concrete for anchors, collars, encasements, supports, and thrust blocks shall be as specified in the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual.

B. Provide concrete support blocks at all valves.

2.6 WATER FOR COMPACTION

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

A. Water used in compaction shall have a maximum chloride concentration of 500 mg/L, a maximum sulfate concentration of 500 mg/L, and shall have a pH of 7.0 to 9.0. Water shall be free of acid, alkali, or organic materials injurious to the pipe or coatings. Salt water will not be allowed.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, otherwise described in the Specifications or required by the AGNECY, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be a minimum as follows:

1. Pipe base - 95% relative compaction.

2. Pipe zone - 95% relative compaction.

3. Trench zone - 95% relative compaction.

4. Pavement zone - 95% relative compaction.

B. No “jetting” or “ponding” compaction will be allowed. All compaction shall be by mechanical means, either through hand tamping, vibratory equipment, machinery, or as limited by other parts in this Specification.

3.2 SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES

A. Trenches shall have sheeting, shoring, and bracing conforming to 29CFR 1926, Subpart P - Excavations, CAL/OSHA requirements, and Section 02160.

3.3 PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SWALE REMOVAL

A. Sawcut asphalt concrete, concrete pavement, curbs, gutters, and swales regardless of the thickness prior to excavation of the trenches with a pavement saw and a vacuum, which shall be used to remove the debris and water as the saw cutting is taking place. No water or debris shall be permitted to flow into any storm drain system. The widths between the saw cuts shall be at least equal to the required width of the trench at ground surface. Remove and haul pavement and concrete materials from the site to a legal disposal site. Do not use any broken asphalt or concrete for trench backfill.

3.4 DEWATERING

A. Maintain means and devices to remove and dispose of all water entering the trench excavation during the time the trench is being prepared for the pipe laying, during the laying of the pipe, during the hydration process, and until the backfill at the pipe zone and trench zone has been completed. These provisions shall apply

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

during the noon hour as well as overnight. If dewatering is required, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit from the San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Board (SDRWQCB). The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all groundwater treatment necessary to comply with the NPDES Permit.

B. Dispose of the water in a manner to prevent damage to adjacent property and in accordance with regulatory AGENCY requirements. Do not drain trench water through the pipeline under construction.

3.5 MATERIAL REPLACEMENT

A. Remove and replace any trenching and backfilling material which does not meet the Specifications, at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

3.6 TRENCH WIDTHS

A. Pipe trench widths in the pipe zone will be limited as follows:

Nominal Inside Minimum Maximum Pipe Diameter Trench Width Trench Width 4” through 12” OD plus 12” OD plus 16” 14” through 48” OD plus 16” OD plus 24”

B. Trench width at the top of the trench will not be limited except where width of excavation would undercut adjacent structures and footings. In such case, width of trench shall be such that there is at least 2 feet between the top edge of the trench and the structure or footing. Where shoring or encasement is required, trench widths shall be increased accordingly.

3.7 TRENCH EXCAVATION

A. Perform all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the material encountered to accomplish the construction. Do not operate excavation equipment within 5 feet of existing structures or newly completed construction. Excavate with hand tools in these areas.

B. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings with allowance for pipe thickness, sheeting and shoring if used, and for pipe base. If the trench is excavated below the required subgrade, refill any part of the trench excavated below the subgrade at no additional cost to the AGENCY with imported sand or ¾-inch crushed rock. Place the refilling material over the full width of trench in compacted layers not exceeding 6 inches deep to the established grade with allowance for the pipe base.

C. Trench depth shall accommodate the pipe and the pipe base at the elevations shown in the profile on the Drawings. In the absence of such profile, the top of

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

pipe shall be located a minimum of 4 feet below the surface elevation of the centerline of the street or 3 feet below existing ground at the pipe location, whichever is lower.

D. Construct trenches in rock by removing rock to a minimum of 6 inches below bottom of pipe and backfilling with imported sand or ¾-inch crushed rock.

E. The use of Water Jetting for excavation is not allowed under any circumstance.

3.8 LOCATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL

A. During trench excavation, place the excavated material only within the working area or within the areas shown on the Drawings. Do not obstruct any roadways or streets. Trench spoils shall be removed from the right-of-way at the end of each working shift. Conform to federal, state, and local codes governing the safe loading of trenches with excavated material.

3.9 OPEN TRENCH

A. Where pipelines are located beneath or adjacent to existing paved roads, backfill all trenches at the end of each workday and place temporary paving. Clean all new and adjacent existing paved surfaces of residual excavated and backfill materials. Perform dust control operations in these areas with a vacuum type mobile street sweeper that is equipped with a water spray nozzle. No open trenches will be allowed in these areas.

B. Provide ingress and egress to buildings and property at all times. Provide traffic rated recessed, non-skid steel plates for covering for vehicular access and protect excavation which must remain open beyond the initial day of excavation in accordance with Section 01570. Recessed steel plates shall be installed so that the top surface of the plate is flush with the surface of the surrounding pavement.

3.10 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION

A. After the required excavation has been completed, the CONTRACTOR’S Quality Control Team and the AGENCY will inspect the exposed subgrade to determine the need for any additional excavation. It is the intent that additional excavation will be conducted in all areas within the influence of the pipeline where unacceptable materials such as soft, spongy or deleterious materials exist at the exposed grade. Overexcavation shall include the removal of all such unacceptable material that exists directly beneath the pipeline to a minimum width equal to the maximum trench width and to a depth to competent material or to a depth of 24 inches below the bottom of the pipeline, whichever is less. Backfill the trench to the established subgrade of the pipe base with rock refill material for foundation stabilization. Place the foundation stabilization material over the full width of the trench and compact in layers not exceeding 6 inches

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

deep to the required grade. Place imported sand on the compacted foundation stabilization. Continue this procedure until the voids of the rock refill have been filled with imported sand. Do not apply water in such quantities that it will damage the integrity of the foundation stabilization. Rock refill material and imported sand may be placed and compacted at the same time. Overexcavation and refill shall be paid per General Provisions Section 7.21, except all costs for unnecessary overexcavation and refill costs are not warranted and due to the CONTRACTOR’S means and methods shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

3.11 TRENCH BACKFILLING

A. Place the specified thickness of pipe base material (imported sand or ¾-inch crushed rock) over the full width of trench and compact to the specified relative compaction. Grade the top of the pipe base material ahead of the pipe laying to provide firm, continuous, uniform support along the full length of the trench for the pipe, fittings, and valves.

B. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire joint. Fill and compact the area excavated for the joints with the pipe zone material.

C. After the pipeline has been laid, and after tracer wire has been placed per Section 15300 for water mains, place pipe zone material (imported sand or ¾- inch crushed rock) simultaneously on both sides of the pipe, fittings, and valves, keeping the level of backfill the same on each side. Carefully place the material around the pipe so that the pipe barrel haunches are completely supported and that no voids or un-compacted areas are left beneath the pipe. Use particular care in placing material on the underside of the pipe (haunch) to prevent lateral movement during subsequent backfilling. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe.

D. Compact imported bedding material (sand or ¾-inch crushed rock) in the pipe zone by hand tamping only. Care shall be exercised in backfilling to avoid damage to pipe.

E. After installing the detectable warning tape on top of the pipe zone material, push the native earth backfill or imported material for trench zone backfill carefully onto the imported material previously placed in the pipe zone. Do not permit free fall of the material until at least 2 feet of cover is provided over the top of the pipe. Compact backfill material in the trench zone to the specified relative compaction by mechanical compaction or hand tamping.

F. Place and compact imported sand or ¾-inch crushed rock in the pipe zone in layers not exceeding 8 inches. Place and compact native earth or imported material for backfill in the trench zone in layers not exceeding 8 inches.

3.12 MECHANICAL COMPACTION OR HAND TAMPING

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02223 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

A. Place imported sand and backfill materials in uniform layers of the indicated thickness. Compact each layer to the required minimum relative compaction at the optimum moisture content. Do not use heavy duty compaction equipment with an overall weight in excess of 125 pounds until backfill has been completed to a depth of 2 feet over the top of pipe. Use of high impact hammer-type equipment (i.e. hydrohammer) is strictly prohibited.

3.13 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL

A. CONTRACTOR shall make its own arrangements for removal and disposal of the excess material and bear all incidental costs. It is the intent of these Specifications that all surplus material not required for backfill or fill shall be disposed of legally by the CONTRACTOR outside the limits of the public rights- of-way and/or easements at no cost or liability to the AGENCY.

B. No excavated material shall be deposited on private property unless written permission from the private property owner thereof is secured by the CONTRACTOR. The private property written permission agreement shall be submitted to the AGENCY for review and approval prior to hauling any material to the private property site. Before the AGENCY will accept the work as being completed, the CONTRACTOR shall file a written release signed by all property owners with whom he has entered into agreements for disposal of surplus excavated material absolving the AGENCY and its officers, agents, and employees from any liability connected therewith.

3.14 FINAL CLEAN-UP

A. After backfilling, grade the right-of-way to the contours of the original ground and match the adjacent undisturbed ground. Make surfaces free of all cleared vegetation, rubbish and other construction wastes. Dispose of all excavated or surface rocks and lumps which cannot be readily covered by spreading.

B. Replace in kind street improvements, such as asphalt concrete, concrete paving, striping and markings, curbs and gutters, barricades, traffic islands, signalization, fences, signs, mail boxes, landscaping, irrigation systems and other existing improvements that are cut, removed, damaged, or otherwise disturbed by the construction.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02223-10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, 908754600712 AND COMPACTING October 2020 SECTION 02270 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. In compliance with the local, State and Federal regulations regarding storm water management during construction, the CONTRACTOR shall not allow any debris, waste materials or pollutants, originating from the CONTRACTOR’s operations, to enter the storm drainage system. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for developing and implementing a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01060 – Permits and Other Regulatory Requirements.

B. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

1.3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES

A. The CONTRACTOR shall contain and remove any and all waste or pollutants generated by the CONTRACTOR’s construction operations using the appropriate Best Management Practices (BMPs) by preparing a SWPPP. The SWPPP shall be submitted for approval to the AGENCY and the appropriate regulatory agencies in accordance with Section 01060. The SWPPP shall be written, amended, and certified by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) in accordance with the General Permit.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible throughout the duration of the construction period for installing and maintaining the applicable BMPs and for removing and legally disposing of temporary control measures, wastes and pollutants at an off-site location. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure all BMPs and temporary control measures required by the General Permit and the SWPPP are implemented by a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) in accordance with the General Permit. Unless otherwise directed by the AGENCY or specified elsewhere in these specifications, the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility for BMP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work.

C. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all treatment necessary to ensure water is disposed of in a legal manner.

D. In accordance with the General Permit and the SWPPP, the CONTRACTOR shall develop a Rain Event Action Plan (REAP) within 48 hours prior to any likely precipitation event.

1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES, CONSEQUENCES, AND REMEDIES

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02270-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION 908754600712 AND SEDIMENT CONTROL October 2020 SECTION 02270 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

A. Conformance with the provisions of this section shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from the CONTRACTOR’s responsibilities of the Contract Documents.

B. For purposes of this section, costs and liabilities include, but are not limited to, fines, penalties and damages, whether assessed against the AGENCY or the CONTRACTOR, including those levied under the Federal Clean Water Act and the State Porter-Cologne Water Act.

C. If solid or liquid materials or waste, hazardous or otherwise, or pollutants originating from the CONTRACTOR’s operation enter the storm drain system or water courses, the CONTRACTOR will be required to thoroughly clean up the affected storm drain facilities and water courses to the satisfaction of the AGENCY. If the CONTRACTOR fails to clean up the affected facilities as required, the AGENCY will issue a stop-work order and take necessary actions to ensure the cleanup of the affected facilities.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all costs, including fines, the AGENCY’s cost of defense, the cost of cleanup by others ordered by the AGENCY, and liabilities imposed by law as a result of the CONTRACTOR’s failure or negligence in complying with the requirements specified herein.

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SWPPP PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION

A. The CONTRACTOR, as a registered QSD/QSP or under the direction of a registered QSD/QSP, shall develop and implement a project specific SWPPP based on the CONTRACTOR’s construction activities to ensure compliance with the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity in accordance with Section 01060. The SWPPP shall be kept on file with any amendments and made available upon request of the AGENCY or representative from the Regional Water Quality Control Board or the SWRCB.

B. Amendments or changes to the SWPPP shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR and QSD, and are a requirement of the Contract Documents. The cost for implementing and maintaining the General Permit conditions and SWPPP and BMP requirements shall be included in the cost of the construction; no additional compensations shall be given to meet or amend the SWPPP.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02270-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION 908754600712 AND SEDIMENT CONTROL October 2020 SECTION 02270 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

3.2 SELECTIVE BMPS FOR STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall incorporate some or all of the following BMPs, as applicable, into the CONTRACTOR’s site-specific SWPPP for this project.

1. Material Handling and Storage

a. Non-hazardous Materials

(1) Designated Delivery and Storage Area: The CONTRACTOR shall propose, within the CONTRACTOR’s staging site, an area that is suitable for material delivery and storage. To the maximum extent practicable, these areas shall be away from gutters, catch basins, drainage courses or creeks. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the proposed areas to and shall obtain approval from the AGENCY in writing prior to bringing in materials.

(2) Storage of Granular Material: The CONTRACTOR shall store granular material at least ten feet (10') away from any inlet or curb return and shall prevent the granular materials from entering the storm system, drainage courses or creeks. During wet weather or when rain is forecast within 24 hours, the CONTRACTOR shall cover granular materials with a tarpaulin and surround the material with sandbags or other approved heavy objects.

b. Hazardous Materials

(1) Hazardous materials include, but are not limited to, petroleum products, friable products containing asbestos, antifreeze, paints, thinners, solvents, pesticides, herbicides and various other toxic chemicals.

(2) The CONTRACTOR shall propose, within the CONTRACTOR’s staging site, an area that is suitable for hazardous material delivery and storage. To the maximum extent practicable, the area shall be away from inlets, gutters, drainage courses or creeks. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the proposed area to and shall obtain the approval from the AGENCY in writing prior to bringing in hazardous materials.

(3) The CONTRACTOR shall label and store all hazardous materials and hazardous wastes in accordance with applicable regulation.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02270-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION 908754600712 AND SEDIMENT CONTROL October 2020 SECTION 02270 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

(4) The CONTRACTOR shall keep all hazardous materials or waste in containers and fully covered to avoid contamination of storm runoff.

(5) The CONTRACTOR shall keep an accurate, up-to-date inventory, including Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs), of hazardous materials and hazardous wastes stored on-site to assist emergency response personnel in the event of a hazardous material incident.

2. Hazardous Material Usage

a. The CONTRACTOR shall follow all local, State and Federal policies, laws and regulations governing the use of hazardous materials.

3. Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning, Maintenance and Fueling

a. Cleaning: The CONTRACTOR shall not clean or wash vehicles or equipment on-site or in the streets. If allowed by the AGENCY in writing, cleaning and washing shall be performed in a designated and bermed area approved by the AGENCY using water only. No soaps, solvents, degreasers, steam cleaning equipment or similar methods are permitted. The CONTRACTOR shall not allow wash water to flow into streets, gutters, storm drain system, drainage courses or creeks.

b. Maintenance and Fueling: The CONTRACTOR shall perform maintenance and fueling of vehicles or equipment in a designated, bermed area or over a drip pan that will prevent waste, leaks or spills from entering streets, gutters, storm drain system, drainage courses or creeks. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect all vehicles and equipment arriving on-site for leaking fluids and shall promptly repair leaking vehicles and equipment. Drip pans shall be used to catch leaks until repairs can be made. Shut-off valves on equipment must be working properly.

4. Spill Prevention and Control

a. If hazardous materials are used on the project, the CONTRACTOR shall keep a stockpile of spill clean-up materials, such as rags or absorbents, readily accessible on-site.

b. Above-ground storage tanks and their installations shall comply with all local, State and Federal requirements.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02270-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION 908754600712 AND SEDIMENT CONTROL October 2020 SECTION 02270 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

c. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately contain and prevent spills or leaks from entering storm drain system, drainage courses or creeks and shall properly clean up and dispose of the spills or leaks. The CONTRACTOR shall not wash the spills or leaks into streets, gutters, storm drain system, drainage courses or creeks and shall not bury the spills or leaks.

5. Disposal of Hazardous Waste

a. Unless the CONTRACTOR is a licensed hazardous waste handler, the CONTRACTOR shall contract with a licensed hazardous waste handler to remove and dispose of hazardous waste materials unless the waste quantities to be transported are below threshold limits for transportation as specified in the State and Federal regulations.

b. The CONTRACTOR shall arrange for regular hazardous waste collection to comply with limits for storage of hazardous waste.

c. The CONTRACTOR may dispose of dry, empty paint cans, buckets, paintbrushes, rollers, rags and drop cloths in the trash.

d. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of hazardous waste at facilities authorized for treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous waste only.

6. Street Sweeping

a. At the end of each day or as directed by the AGENCY, the CONTRACTOR shall sweep roadways of all debris and excess materials attributed to the CONTRACTOR’s operations.

7. Water Usage

a. The CONTRACTOR shall use the least amount of water necessary for dust control and street sweeping operations.

b. The CONTRACTOR shall not use water to flush dust and debris down the street in place of street sweeping.

8. Dumpsters and Portable Sanitary Facilities

a. If dumpsters or portable sanitary facilities are used, they shall be stationed at least ten feet (10') away from storm drain facilities.

b. The CONTRACTOR shall arrange for regular waste collection to keep dumpsters and portable sanitary facilities from overflowing

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02270-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION 908754600712 AND SEDIMENT CONTROL October 2020 SECTION 02270 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

and shall regularly inspect these facilities for leaks. If a leak is discovered, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange for the repair or replacement of facilities that leak. The CONTRACTOR shall not wash the dumpsters or portable sanitary facilities on-site.

9. Earthwork

a. The CONTRACTOR shall maximize the control of erosion and sediment by using the Best Management Practices for erosion and sedimentation control described in the California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook or ABAG Manual of Standards for Erosion and Sediment Control Measures.

10. Dewatering

a. The CONTRACTOR shall route water through a control device, such as a sediment trap, sediment basin or Baker tank, to remove settleable solids prior to discharging the water into the storm drain system. Refer to the CASQA Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook for these sediment control measures.

b. Approval of the control device shall be obtained in advance from the AGENCY and the SDRWQCB.

c. Filtration of the water following the control device may be required on a case-by-case basis.

d. If the SDRWQCB and AGENCY determine that the dewatering operation would not generate an appreciable amount of settleable solids, the control device may be waived.

11. Saw Cutting

a. During saw cutting or grinding operation, use as little water as possible.

b. During saw cutting, the CONTRACTOR shall cover or barricade catch basins using filter fabric, straw bales, sandbags or fine gravel dams to keep slurry out of the storm drain system. When protecting a catch basin, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the entire opening of the catch basin is covered. Refer to CASQA Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook for these control measures.

c. The CONTRACTOR shall shovel, absorb or vacuum saw cut slurry and pick up the waste as the work progresses prior to

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02270-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION 908754600712 AND SEDIMENT CONTROL October 2020 SECTION 02270 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

moving to the next location, as specified elsewhere in these specifications or as directed by the AGENCY.

d. If saw cut slurry enters catch basins, the CONTRACTOR shall, at the CONTRACTOR’s cost, clean up the storm drain system immediately.

12. Concrete, Grout and Mortar Related Work

a. Material Handling

(1) The CONTRACTOR shall avoid mixing excess amounts of fresh concrete or cement mortar on-site.

(2) The CONTRACTOR shall store concrete, grout and mortar away from storm drain facilities or drainage courses and shall ensure that these materials do not enter the storm drain system.

b. Washing of Concrete Truck and Tools

(1) The CONTRACTOR shall not wash out concrete trucks or equipment into streets, gutters, storm drain system, drainage courses or creeks.

(2) The CONTRACTOR shall perform washing of concrete trucks and tools off-site.

3.3 CONTRACTOR TRAINING AND AWARENESS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall train all employees and subcontractors on the storm water pollution prevention requirements contained in these specifications.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall inform subcontractor of the storm water pollution prevention contract requirements and include appropriate subcontract provisions to ensure that these requirements are met.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall post warning signs in areas treated with chemicals.

3.4 BMP MAINTENANCE

A. To ensure proper implementation and effectiveness of the BMPs, the CONTRACTOR shall regularly inspect, maintain, repair and/or replace the deployed BMPs throughout the construction site. The CONTRACTOR shall identify corrective actions and the time needed to address any deficient BMPs or reinitiate any BMPs that have been discontinued. The CONTRACTOR shall keep written records of all BMP inspections, maintenance and corrective actions.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02270-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION 908754600712 AND SEDIMENT CONTROL October 2020 SECTION 02270 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

B. The frequency of the BMP inspection shall be as follows:

1. Prior to a forecast storm

2. After any precipitation that causes runoff

3. At 24-hour intervals during extended rain events

4. Routinely, at a minimum of once every week

C. If the CONTRACTOR or the AGENCY identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of a BMP, the deficiency shall be corrected immediately. If requested by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the AGENCY in writing, the deficiency may be corrected at a later time or date but the corrective action shall not be later than the onset of the subsequent rain event. The correction of deficient BMPs shall be at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

3.5 EROSION CONTROL

A. During all phases of construction, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the work in a manner which will minimize soil erosion and prevent water pollution from site runoff by utilizing the following:

1. Proper scheduling of work and careful construction practices.

2. Grading disturbed surfaces to provide positive drainage and prevent ponding of water.

3. Installing desilting basins, gravel bag dikes, silt fences and other erosion control measures to prevent sediment escape from the construction site and to maintain runoff quality.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02270-8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION 908754600712 AND SEDIMENT CONTROL October 2020 SECTION 02433 – REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes materials, installation, and testing of reinforced concrete pipe, provided in accordance with ASTM C76 and this specification.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals

B. Section 02223 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction

C. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete

1.3 SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

A. ASTM A615: Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

B. ASTM A706: Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Bars Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

C. ASTM C150: Specification for Portland Cement.

D. ASTM C33: Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates

E. ASTM C76: Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe

F. ASTM C443: Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gasket.

G. ASTM C1619: Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals for Joining Concrete Structures.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop drawings:

1. Pipe

2. Pipeline layout, including:

a. Listing of catch basin connector pipes with size and D-Load of pipe

b. Reinforcement details

c. Stations where pipe joins mainline

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02433 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 02433 – REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

d. Number of sections of pipe

e. Length of sections

f. Type of sections indicating straight, horizontal bevel, vertical bevel, or other type

g. Pipe stubs

h. Gasket

i. Liner details

B. Submit manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with referenced standards as modified herein.

C. Submit cut sheets detailing pipe dimensions, wall thickness, and joints.

D. Submit test reports on all shop testing required herein and in referenced standards.

E. Submit certificate that cement complies with ASTM C 150, designating type.

F. Submit test reports on physical properties of rubber used in gaskets.

G. Submit mill test certificates identifying chemical and physical properties of each lot of reinforcing steel delivered.

H. Submit concrete mix designs.

1.5 SPECIALS

A. A special is defined as any piece of pipe other than a normal full length of straight section. This includes but is not limited to manhole sections, short pieces, bevels, and fittings.

1.6 INSPECTION

A. All pipe furnished under this specification is subject to inspection in the manufacturer's plant by the Owner's Representative.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 PIPE

A. ASTM C-76 precast reinforced concrete pipe.

B. Pipe Class or D-Load designation shall be per ASTM C76 as shown on the drawings.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02433 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 02433 – REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

C. A bid, to be acceptable, must be based on the specified pipe manufacturer in accordance with the engineering requirements set forth in this specification. The manufacturer shall furnish pipe and fittings in accordance with the terms and requirements of this specification and shall guarantee the finished products to be free from defective material and workmanship for a period of one year after the date of acceptance by the purchaser.

2.2 CEMENT

A. Cement for the pipe shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type II.

2.3 GASKETS FOR BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS

A. Rubber gasket material shall be manufactured from a rubber compound per ASTM C-443. Joints shall be single-offset profile, with profile gasket design.

B. Substances capable of affecting the organoleptic properties of the water, or toxic materials such as extractable compounds of mercury, antimony, manganese, lead or copper, should not be included in the composition of the rubber gaskets.

C. The Contractor shall submit, for approval, rubber-gasket data for all gaskets proposed for use, including design cross-sectional dimensions and certified test results demonstrating conformance with the physical properties requirements of this specification.

2.4 PRODUCT MARKING

A. Plainly mark each length of pipe with the date of manufacture.

2.5 TYPE OF PIPE ENDS

A. Joints shall be profile-gasketed flush bell & spigot concrete joints as shown in the drawings.

2.6 BASE, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL MATERIAL

A. Use the following materials as specified in Section 02223:

Zone Material Base Zone and Pipe Zone Crushed rock Trench Zone Native earth material

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TRENCHING

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02433 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 02433 – REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

A. Pipe trench excavation and backfill to be in accordance with Section 02223 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting and/or as shown on Contract Drawings or as directed by the City Engineer.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Lay pipe sections in trench to true alignment and grade as shown on Drawings. Take exceptional care in placing pipe and making field joints. Avoid bumping of pipe in trench.

B. Curves, bends, and closures:

1. Make long radius curves by deflecting joints of straight pipe.

a. Limit deflections to maximum 3/4-inch joint openings for 36-inch diameter pipe and larger.

2. Make short radius curves by using straight pipe with beveled joints.

a. Limit bevels to 5 degrees.

3. Make shorter radius curves and closures by using fabricated specials.

4. Install pipe so pipe joints fall on radii indicated on the Drawings.

C. Joints

1. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. Immediately before the pipes are joined, all spigot and bell surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and bell surfaces shall be coated with lubricant. The gasket shall be lubricated and positioned in the spigot groove so that the gasket is distributed uniformly around the pipe circumference.

3.02 FORMS

A. The forms for the pipe shall be steel made with butt joints throughout, and the surfaces of the forms adjacent to the pipe walls shall be smooth and true. All forms shall be sufficiently tight with suitable gaskets provided at all form joints to prevent leakage of mortar. The forms shall be braced and sufficiently stiff to withstand, without detrimental deformation, all operations incidental to the placement and compaction of concrete within the form. The form shall be so constructed that the pipe, when manufactured, will have circular and cylindrical inner surfaces so that they may be stripped from the pipe without damage to the pipe or to its surfaces. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled before each filling. Defective forms and components shall be discarded or adequately repaired.

3.03 CURING

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02433 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 02433 – REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

A. General: The manufacturer shall provide adequate steam plant, piping, enclosures, and other facilities for curing the pipe. The enclosures shall be such that the temperature and humidity can be controlled to keep the pipe surfaces moist at all times and the temperature maintained continuously between 80F and 125F. Cure pipe in accordance with AWWA C302, Section 4.6.5 as modified below.

3.04 REINFORCEMENT

A. Pipe shall have concentric circular cage reinforcement conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-76. When two reinforcement cages are used only the reinforcement on the outer cage need extend into the bell. Fabricate transverse reinforcements either as complete hoops, welded or lapped, or as a continuous helix.

3.05 SIZES AND DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES

A. Pipe shall have a minimum nominal length of 8 feet minimum for full length straight sections and a minimum wall thickness per ASTM C-76.

B. Pipe shall be round and true and shall have smooth and dense finished surfaces. The internal diameter of any portion of each piece of pipe shall not vary more than ±1% but in no case shall exceed 3/8 inch from the nominal diameter. The wall thickness shall not be less than that shown in the design by more than 5% or 3/8”, whichever is less. A wall thickness more than that required in the design shall not be cause for rejection, as long as the reinforcement is properly placed. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately placed in the concrete wall of the pipe. The placement of all steel shall not vary from the position in the pipe wall shown in the drawings by more than ±1/4 inch from the nominal shown in the drawings. Variations in laying lengths of two opposite sides of pipe shall not be more than 3/8 inch in any length of pipe except where beveled pipe is used. The underrun in length of a section of pipe shall not be more than 1/2 inch in any length of pipe.

3.06 CAUSES FOR REJECTION

A. Pipe is rejected for any of the following reasons:

1. Exposure of any wires and positioning spacers or chairs used to hold the reinforcement cage in position or steel reinforcement in any surface of the pipe.

2. Bubble voids (bugholes) on the interior and exterior surfaces of the pipe exceeding 1/2 inch in depth unless pointed with mortar or other approved material.

3. A deficiency greater than 6% from the specified wall thickness.

4. A variation of the pipe barrel from the specified internal diameter in excess of 1%.

5. A piece broken from the end projections of the pipe which has a circumferential length exceeding 60 degrees of the circle or extends into the

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02433 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 02433 – REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

body of the pipe or extends into the gasket contact surfaces for a circumferential length in excess of 6 inches (measured at the midpoint of the gasket contact surface on the bell end and at the inner shoulder of the gasket groove at the spigot end). If two or more pieces are broken from an end projection, the total length of such broken pieces on any end shall not exceed 90 degrees of the circle, and there shall be a distance of at least 9 inches of sound concrete between breaks. The total length of broken pieces that extend into the gasket contact surfaces of gasketed joint pipe shall not exceed a circumferential length of 6 inches. If less than 9 inches of sound concrete exists between two individual breaks, the two breaks shall be considered as one continuous break. Repair of such defects not exceeding the above limitations shall be made as approved by the Engineer. Unsound portions of end projections shall be removed, and if the pieces removed do not exceed the above limits, the pipe may be similarly repaired.

6. Any of the following cracks:

a. A crack having a width of 0.01 inch or more throughout a continuous length of 1 foot or more.

b. Any crack extending through the wall of the pipe and having a length in excess of the wall thickness.

c. Any crack showing two visible lines of separation for a continuous length of 2 feet or more or an interrupted length of 3 feet or more anywhere in evidence, both inside and outside, except where such cracks occur during the external loading test.

7. When required by the Owner's Representative, any crack 0.01 inch wide or wider that is not a cause for rejection shall be filled with neat cement grout composed of cement mixed with water to a fluid consistency.

8. Failure to meet the size and dimensional tolerances stated herein.

3.07 REPAIR OF IMPERFECTIONS

A. All repairs shall be subject to the approval of the engineer.

B. Any damages in pipe installation or prior to final acceptance is to be repaired or replaced in accordance with ASTM C76 and the repair details below at no additional cost to the City.

1. Repair or replace pipe with cracks wider than 0.01 inch.

a. Repair pipe by injecting cracks with epoxy under pressure or chipping out V-sectors to full depth of defects and filling V-sections with patching compound.

2. Fill remaining cracks with patching compound.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02433 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 02433 – REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

3. Repair pipe joints with blisters involving less than 1/4 the interior surface area by removing loose material and exposing hollow areas, applying an acceptable bonding agent, placing fresh concrete, and curing repairs with curing compound.

a. Reject pipe with blisters affecting larger areas of joints.

4. Do not paint pipe with grout to cover defects, minor or major, until pipe has been accepted by Engineer. **END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02433 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020

SECTION 02743 – ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section includes materials, testing, and installation of aggregate base course, prime coat, tack coat, asphalt concrete pavement, seal coat, and temporary paving as shown on the Project Drawings. Asphalt concrete shall conform to all requirements of the latest revision of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), Parts 2 and 3 only, unless specifically referenced in the Contract Documents, and as specified herein.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 02223 – Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300.

B. Submit a report per Section 01300 from a certified testing laboratory verifying that aggregate material is asbestos-free and conforms to the specified gradations or characteristics.

1.4 PAYMENT

A. Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the unit price or lump sum bid amount to which this work is appurtenant.

1.5 TESTING FOR COMPACTION

A. The AGENCY will test for compaction of asphalt concrete pavement as described in Section 02223.

B. Compaction shall be deemed to comply with the specifications when no more than one test of any three consecutive tests falls below the specified relative compaction. The one test shall be no more than three percentage points below the specified compaction. The CONTRACTOR shall pay the costs of any retesting of work not conforming to the Specifications.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE

A. Aggregate base shall be in accordance with SSPWC Section 200-2.2 and be asbestos free.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02743 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02743 – ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

2.2 TACK COAT

A. If paving over existing pavement, a tack coat shall be applied. Tack coat shall be SS-1H emulsified asphalt and shall conform to SSPWC Section 203-3.

2.3 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

A. Asphalt concrete paving shall be Type III-C2-PG 64-10 conforming to SSPWC Section 203.

2.4 FOG SEAL COAT

A. Seal coat shall be SS-1h asphalt emulsion conforming to SSPWC Section 203-3.

2.5 TIRE RUBBER MODIFIED ASPHALT CONCRETE (TRMAC) – FOR FULL WIDTH OVERLAY ONLY

A. Tire Rubber Modified Asphalt Concrete shall conform to SSPWC Section 203-14 and 302-12 and these Contract Documents.

B. TMAC shall be Class C (1/2” Maximum) and shall conform to SSPWC Section 203-11.3, Table 203.11.3 (A) Class C and SSPWC Section 302-9. The aggregate used to compose the asphalt concrete shall be virgin, crushed rock, and no recycled aggregate shall be used, and shall conform to SSPWC Section 200-1.1 and 200-1.2.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION

A. Scarify 6 inches below new pavement section, bring to optimum moisture content, and compacted to a relative dry density of 95%.

3.2 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE

A. Base material shall be furnished, placed and compacted for asphalt concrete pavements as shown on Drawings and specified herein.

B. The spreading and compacting shall conform to SSPWC Section 301-2.2 and 301- 2.3.

3.3 GRINDING

A. This work shall consist of grinding as detailed in these Contract Documents and per the City of Oceanside Engineers Design and Processing Manual (Oceanside Engineers Manual).

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02743 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02743 – ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

B. The work shall conform to SSPWC Section 302-1 and these Contract Documents.

C. A cold-planing header cut operation shall be used. The temperature at which the work is performed, the nature and condition of equipment, and the manner of performing the work shall be such that the pavement is not torn, gouged, shoved, broken or otherwise damaged by the planning operation.

D. Residue from the grinding operations shall be picked up by means of a vacuum attachment to the grinding machine and shall not be allowed to blow across the pavement nor be left on the surface of the pavement.

E. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of asphalt grindings at a legal dumpsite and no additional payment will be made for this item.

F. All transition grinds at joints, (cold milling at right angles to the roadway) shall be a maximum of 1” (one inch) deep. The CONTRACTOR shall avoid damaging the gutter lip during their grinding operations; any concrete that has been broken, scarred, or damaged incidentally shall be replaced to the nearest joint or as directed by the AGENCY.

G. All curb and gutter grinds shall be 5’ in width with a depth of 1-1/2” at the curb and 5’-0” away. Beginning and ending transition grinds (a.k.a. crosscutting at joints) shall be minimum 20’ in length by the width of the roadway.

H. Grinding operations shall be incorporated into the construction schedule, so that the paving operations follows no later the 72 hours after the grinding and header cutting is completed on each individual street.

I. Hot Mix shall be placed at the lip of the grind at all driveway, ADA ramps, transition grinds, and temporary trenches and excavations, so as to provide a natural and smooth temporary transition. The hot mix shall be removed on the day of the overlay. The use of cold mix will not be allowed under any circumstances.

J. Payment for grinding asphalt pavement shall be considered to be included in the contract unit or lump sum price paid for the various items of work wherein grinding is required and no additional allowance will be made therefore.

3.4 TACK COAT

A. Over existing pavement, a tack coat shall be SS-1h emulsified asphalt and shall be applied in accordance with SSPWC Section 302-5.4.

3.5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02743 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 02743 – ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT

A. Materials and workmanship for asphalt concrete shall conform to the applicable provisions of SSPWC Section 203-6 and the following provisions.

1. Asphalt concrete pavement shall be spread in equal courses by means of a Barber-Greene paving machine, or approved equal. It shall be spread to a depth to achieve a compacted thickness of at least 1-1/2” thicker than the original pavement, conforming to the Oceanside Engineers Manual. The completed surface shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth and true to grade and cross-section, and free from ruts, humps, depressions and irregularities.

2. When a straight edge is laid on the finished surface and parallel to the centerline, the surface shall not vary more than 1/8-inch in 10 feet.

3.6 TRMAC OVERLAY

A. TRMAC overlay shall be installed to have a finished compacted thickness of 1- 1/2”.

B. Immediately after placement by the paving machine, the temperature of the TRMAC shall not be lower than 300 F.

C. TRMAC shall not be placed when atmospheric temperature is below 60 F or during unsuitable weather or when pavement temperature is below 55 F in shaded areas.

3.7 FOG SEAL COAT

A. A seal coat of mixing type emulsion liquid asphalt meeting the requirements of SSPWC Section 203-3 shall be applied to asphalt concrete pavement. The emulsion shall be SS-1H and shall be applied at the rate of 0.1-gallon per square yard. CONTRACTOR shall spread sand and open to traffic for a minimum of 24 hours. CONTRACTOR shall then use a self-propelled sweeper to completely remove the sand under traffic control. Once the sweeping is complete and the sand is completely removed, allow the area to be opened to traffic.

3.8 ADJUST VALVE BOX RINGS, MANHOLES, AND MANHOLE COVERS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall adjust all valve box rings and manhole covers to grade within 48 hours after final paving of each street in which the pipeline is installed. The CONTRACTOR shall adjust all manholes, including adding concrete grade rings if necessary, to grade within 48 hours after final paving of each street in which the pipeline is installed. Provide access to all active utility valves and manholes at all times. Concrete will not be allowed around valve box rings.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 02743 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03200 – REINFORCEMENT STEEL

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide concrete reinforcement steel, concrete inserts, wires, clips, supports, chairs, spacers, and other accessories, complete, all in accordance with contract documents.

B. Work included in this section: Principal items are:

1. Furnishing and placing bar reinforcing for cast-in-place concrete, shotcrete and masonry.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

B. Section 03314 – Retrofit of Strand Wound, Prestressed Concrete Reservoir.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Except as otherwise indicated in this section of the specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall comply with the latest adopted edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Work Construction (SSPWC), together with the latest adopted editions of the Regional Amendments.

B. The latest edition of the California Building Code (CBC).

C. Commercial Standards (Current Edition):

ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement

ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete

CRSI MSP Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice

AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code – Reinforcing Steel

ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction Materials

D. ASTM Standards in Building Codes (Current Edition):

ASTM A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

ASTM A706 Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03200 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCEMENT STEEL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03200 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL

ASTM A775 Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars

ASTM A1060 Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plan and Deformed for Concrete

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish shop bending diagrams, placing lists, and drawings of all reinforcement steel before fabrication in accordance with the requirements of the Specification Section.

B. Details of the concrete reinforcement steel and concrete inserts shall be submitted at the earliest possible date after receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Details of reinforcement steel for fabrication and erection shall conform to ACI 315 and the requirements indicated. The shop bending diagrams shall show the actual lengths of bars, to the nearest inch, measured to the intersection of the extensions (tangents for bars of circular cross section) of the outside surface. The shop drawings shall include bar placement diagrams which clearly indicate the dimensions of each bar splice.

C. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, the CONTRACTOR shall submit mill test reports which shall include the information necessary for the determination of the carbon equivalent as specified in AWS D1.4. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a written welding procedure for each type of weld for each size of bar which is to be spliced by welding; a mere statement that AWS procedures will be followed will not be acceptable.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. If requested by the AGENCY Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish samples from each heat of reinforcement steel delivered in a quantity adequate for testing. Costs of initial tests will be paid by the AGENCY. Costs of additional tests due to material failing initial tests shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR.

B. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, the CONTRACTOR shall submit certifications of procedure qualifications for each welding procedure used and certification of welder qualifications, for each welding procedure, and for each welder performing the work. Such qualifications shall be as specified in AWS D1.4.

C. If requested by the AGENCY Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish samples of each type of welded splice used in the Work in a quantity, and of dimensions, adequate for testing. At the discretion of the AGENCY Representative, radiographic testing of direct butt welded splices will be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall repair any weld which fails to meet the requirements of AWS D1.4. The costs of testing will be paid by the AGENCY; except, the costs of all tests which fail to meet specified requirements shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR at no increase in cost to the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03200 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCEMENT STEEL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03200 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Materials which may remain or leave residues on or within the concrete shall be classified as acceptable for potable water use by the Environmental Protection AGENCY within 30 days of application or use.

2.2 REINFORCEMENT STEEL

A. Reinforcement steel for all cast-in-place reinforced concrete construction shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A615 for Grade 60 Billet Steel Reinforcement or as otherwise indicated.

2. All welded reinforcement (unless otherwise indicated), specifically detailed or otherwise indicated shall be low-alloy grade 60 deformed bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A706.

3. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A1060.

4. Tie shall be Annealed Steel, 14 gauge minimum.

B. Accessories:

1. Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete placement. All bar supports shall meet the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, including special requirements for support epoxy coated reinforcing bars. Wire bar supports shall be CRSI Class 1 for maximum protection with a 1/8-inch minimum thickness of plastic coating which extends at least 1/2-inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in color.

2. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which it is located. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports.

2.3 WELDED SPLICES

A. Welded splices shall be provided where indicated and where approved by the AGENCY Representative. All welded splices of reinforcement steel shall develop a tensile strength which exceeds 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars which are connected.

B. All materials required to conform the welded splices to the requirements of AWS D1.4 shall be provided.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03200 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCEMENT STEEL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03200 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL

2.4 EPOXY GROUT

A. Epoxy for grouting reinforcing bars shall be specifically formulated for such application, for the moisture condition, application temperature, and orientation of the hole to be filled. Epoxy grout shall meet the requirements found in Section 03315 Grout

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. All reinforcement steel and other appurtenances shall be fabricated, and placed in accordance with the requirements of the California Building Code and the supplementary requirements indicated herein.

3.2 FABRICATION AND DELIVERY

A. The CONTRACTOR shall conform to CRSI MSP except as otherwise indicated or specified. The CONTRACTOR shall bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable indication to facilitate sorting and placing, and transport and store at site so as not to damage material. The CONTRACTOR shall keep a sufficient supply of tested, approved and proper reinforcement at site to avoid delays.

B. Bending and Forming: The CONTRACTOR shall bend bars of indicated size and accurately form in accordance with the requirements of ACI 315 and ACI 318 to shapes and lengths indicated on drawings and required by methods not injurious to materials. The CONTRACTOR shall not heat reinforcement for bending. Bars with kinks or bends not scheduled will be rejected.

C. Fabricating Tolerance: All fabrication of reinforcing bars shall meet the requirements of ACI 117.

3.3 PLACING

A. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned and shall be supported and wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed iron wire ties or suitable clips at intersections. All reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal supports, spacers or metal hangers which are strong and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel. Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies) shall be used, in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall such support be continuous. All concrete blocks used to support reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties which are embedded in the blocks. For concrete over formwork, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish concrete, metal places, or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers.

B. Limitations on the use of the bar support materials shall be as follows:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03200 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCEMENT STEEL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03200 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL

1. Concrete Dobies: Permitted at all located except where architectural finish is required.

2. Wire Bar Supports: Permitted only at slabs over dry areas, interior dry wall surfaces and exterior wall surfaces.

3. Plastic Bar Supports: Permitted at all locations except on grade.

C. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete coverage.

D. Bars additional to those shown which may be found necessary or desirable by the CONTRACTOR for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

E. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerance shall be within the limits specified in ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the CBC.

F. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement steel, conduits or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to exceed the above tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be subject to the approval of the AGENCY Representative.

G. Epoxy coated reinforcing bars shall be stored, transported, and placed in such a manner as to avoid chipping of the epoxy coating. Non-abrasive slings made of nylon and similar materials shall be used. Specially coated bar supports shall be used. All chips or cracks in the epoxy coating shall be repaired with a compatible epoxy repair material prior to placing concrete.

3.4 SPLICES

A. Splicing shall be in accordance with ACI 318, unless otherwise noted on Drawings.

B. Vertical Bars. Except as specifically detailed or otherwise indicated, splicing of vertical bars in concrete is not permitted, except as indicated above approved horizontal construction joints or as otherwise specifically detailed.

C. Horizontal Bars: Except as specifically detailed or otherwise indicated, splicing of horizontal bars in concrete is not permitted.

D. Welding: Except as specifically detailed or otherwise indicated, welding of reinforcing bars is not permitted.

3.5 ADDITIONAL REINFORCING

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional reinforcing bars at sleeves and openings as indicated on Drawings.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03200 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCEMENT STEEL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03200 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL

3.6 EMBEDMENT OF DRILLED REINFORCING STEEL DOWELS

A. Hole Preparation:

1. The hole diameter shall be as indicated on the Drawings but shall be no larger than 0.25 inch greater than the diameter of the outer surface of the reinforcing bar deformations.

2. The depth of the hole shall be as indicated on the Drawings.

3. The hole shall be drilled by methods which do not interfere with the proper bonding of epoxy. Core drill is not permitted.

4. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of proposed holes shall be located by using Ground Penetration Radar (GPR) prior to drilling. The location of holes to be drilled shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking any existing reinforcing bars.

5. The hole shall be blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to remove all dust and loose particles.

6. Epoxy shall be injected into the hole through a tube placed to the bottom of the hole. The tube shall be withdrawn as epoxy is placed but kept immersed to prevent formation of air pockets. The hole shall be filled to a depth that ensures that excess material will be expelled from the hole during dowel placement.

7. Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to guarantee full wetting of the bar surface with epoxy. The bar shall be inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03200 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCEMENT STEEL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03230 - EARTHQUAKE CABLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section covers the work necessary for the tank earthquake cables, complete.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit five copies of the quantity, location and details for the Design Engineer’s approval before the earthquake cables are fabricated.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 EARTHQUAKE CABLES

A. Where called for on the Drawings, earthquake cables consisting of seven wire galvanized strands, meeting the minimum strength requirements on the Drawings, shall be installed to connect wall and wall footing. If no strength requirements are shown on the Drawings, the minimum ultimate strength for 3/8" diameter and 1/2" diameter strand shall be 21,400 lbs. and 38,200 lbs., respectively.

B. The wires shall be hot-dipped galvanized before stranding with a minimum zinc coating of 0.85 oz./ft2.

C. Galvanized strands for earthquake cables shall meet the quantity and spacing outlined on the Drawings.

2.2 CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE SEISMIC CABLE SLEEVES

A. Neoprene sleeves for seismic cables, which encase the galvanized strands, shall conform to the minimum dimensions shown on the Drawings to permit unrestrained flexing of the strands inside the sleeves under the maximum projected radial wall movements.

B. The material shall be medium grade closed cell neoprene conforming to ASTM D1056-67 and 68 and as further specified herein and on the Drawings.

1. Compression deflection: 9 to 13 PSI

2. Shore 00 durometer: 60 to 80 PCF

3. Density: 12 to 28 PCF

4. Water absorption by weight: 5%

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03230 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHQUAKE CABLES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03230 - EARTHQUAKE CABLES

5. Temperature range:

a) Low (flex without cracking): -40o F

b) High continuous: 250° F

c) High intermittent 250° F

6. Heat aging (7 days @ 158° F) 30

7. Lineal shrinkage (max.): 5%

8. Tensile strength: 175 PSI min.

9. Elongation: 150% min.

10. Resilience (Bayshore-% rebound average 1/2" thickness @ 72° F): 20% to 40%

C. Durafoam DK3131, or approved equal, are acceptable materials.

2.3 MILD STEEL REINFORCING BARS

A. The mild steel reinforcing bars for the support of the earthquake cable anchors shall conform to the requirements of Section 03200.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EARTHQUAKE CABLES

A. The cables may be cut to length with a burning torch.

B. Where necessary, the strands shall be pre-bent before placing the units in wall and wall footings, as called for on the Drawings.

C. The strands shall be tied to the tank wall as required and as shown on the Drawings.

D. In the footing, the strands shall be tied to the footing bars.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03230 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EARTHQUAKE CABLES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03251 – EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish, install concrete expansion and construction joints.

B. All products furnished per the requirements of this specification section shall be NSF61-certified for contact with potable water.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish certified mill certificates showing that the material meets all of the requirements specified herein. The Engineer, at his option, may take samples of any materials and have them tested by an independent testing laboratory to verify their compliance with these Specifications. All such costs shall be borne by the AGENCY. If any materials should fail to meet these Specifications, all costs for further testing of the replacement material shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

1.3 OBSTRUCTIONS

A. CONTRACTOR shall pay particular attention to removing all obstructions such as concrete, nails, etc., from joints when movements of floor, wall and roof sections can be expected under prestressing, temperature and other conditions.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 WATERSTOPS

A. Waterstops shall be of an approved type, supplied by an approved manufacturer and shall be plastic made of virgin polyvinylchloride compound, shall be ribbed, uniform in dimensions, dense, homogeneous, free from porosity, and as detailed on the Drawings.

B. No reclaimed PVC shall be used in the compound.

C. The finished waterstop material shall meet the following minimum requirements:

1. Tensile strength: 2,000 psi (ASTM D412)

2. Ultimate elongation: 350% (ASTM D412)

3. Shore hardness: 75% (plus or minus 5%) (ASTM D2240)

4. Specific gravity: 1.3 (ASTM D792)

5. Stiffness in flexure: 600 psi (ASTM D747)

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03251 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03251 – EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

6. Cold brittleness: -35° F (ASTM D746)

7. Water absorption: 48 hours 0.320% max. (ASTM D570)

8. Tear resistance: 290 lb./in. (ASTM D624)

D. VINYLEX CORPORATION, Knoxville, TN and GREENSTREAK PLASTIC PRODUCTS, St. Louis, MO can furnish waterstops meeting these requirements.

2.2 JOINT SEALERS

A. Joints, not requiring waterstops or when so indicated on the Drawings, shall be sealed with a mastic joint sealer material of uniform, stiff consistency that does not contain solvents.

B. The mastic shall tenaciously adhere to primed concrete surfaces, shall remain permanently mastic and shall not contaminate potable water.

C. The material shall be of a type that will effectively and permanently seal joints subject to movements in concrete.

D. The mastic joint sealer shall be an acceptable two-part, self-leveling (or gun grade), non-staining, polyurethane elastomeric sealant which cures at ambient temperature. Acceptable sealants shall conform to ASTM C920 or Federal Specification TT-S-00227E.

E. For sloping joints, vertical joints and overhead horizontal joints, only "non-sag" compounds shall be used; all such compounds shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/ASTM C920 Class 12-1/2, or Federal Specification TT-S-0027 E(3), Type II.

F. For plane horizontal joints, the self-leveling compounds which meet the requirements of ANSI/ASTM C920 Class 25, or Federal Specification TT-S-0027 E(3), Type I shall be used. For joints subject to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic, a compound providing non-tracking characteristics, and having a Shore "A" hardness range of 25 to 35, shall be used.

G. Primer materials, if recommended by the sealant manufacturer, shall conform to the printed recommendations of the sealant manufacturer.

H. Acceptable polyurethane materials are PSI-270 RESERVOIR SEALANT, as manufactured by POLYMERIC SYSTEMS, INC., Elverson, PA, SIKAFLEX-2C POLYURETHANE ELASTOMERIC SEALANT, as manufactured by SIKA CHEMICAL CORP., Lyndhurst, NJ, or approved equal.

2.3 PREFORMED JOINT FILLER

A. Preformed joint filler material shall be of the preformed non-extruding type joint

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03251 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03251 – EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

filler constructed of cellular neoprene sponge rubber or polyurethane of firm texture. Bituminous fiber type will not be permitted. All non-extruding and resilient-type preformed expansion joint fillers shall conform to the requirements and tests set forth in ASTM D1752 for Type I, except as otherwise specified herein.

2.4 BACKING ROD

A. Backing rod shall be an extruded closed-cell, polyethylene foam rod. The material shall be compatible with the joint sealant material used and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 40 psi and a compression deflection of approximately 25 percent at 8 psi. The rod shall be 1/8-inch larger in diameter than the joint width except that a one-inch diameter rod shall be used for a ¾-inch wide joint.

2.5 BOND BREAKER

A. Bond breaker shall be SUPER BOND BREAKER WATER BASE as manufactured by Burke Company, San Mateo, California; SELECT EMULSION CURE 309 (clear or white pigmented) or equivalent. Fugitive dye may be used in bond breakers if recommended by manufacturer.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF WATERSTOPS

A. The waterstop shall be correctly positioned in the forms so that the center of the waterstop is centered on the joint.

B. In cases where preformed expansion joint material is used in conjunction with the waterstop, allowance shall be made for equal waterstop embedment on each side in the concrete.

C. Waterstop shall be held in place in the forms by use of a split form or other approved method that will positively hold the waterstop in the correct position and to the correct alignment.

D. Horizontal waterstops shall be bent up during placing of concrete until the concrete has been brought to the level of the waterstop; additional concrete shall then be placed over the waterstop, after which the concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated.

E. All horizontal and vertical waterstops, which are not accessible during pouring, shall be tied off in two directions every 12 inches in such a manner that bending over one way or another is prevented.

F. A hog-ring or nail may be driven through both ends of the waterstop to facilitate placing and tying of waterstops to reinforcing steel forms or form-ties.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03251 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03251 – EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

G. All waterstops shall be properly spliced and joints shall be checked for strength and pinholes after splicing.

H. Splices shall be strong enough to develop a pulling force of 75 percent of the strength of the waterstop, and shall be watertight.

I. Connect the ends of the radial waterstop in the wall footing joints to the circumferential waterstop in the wall to wall footing joint and to the circumferential waterstops in the floor to wall-footing joints if they should exist.

3.2 JOINT SEALERS

A. Joint sealed areas shall be sandblasted or roughened and blown clean of dust and sand with compressed air before the material may be applied.

B. Joints shall be primed and the sealant shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03251 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03255 – TANK WALL, BASE AND TOP JOINT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section covers the work necessary for the tank wall base and top joint (if shown on the Drawings), complete.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the Engineer a 2-foot minimum length of each of the closed cell neoprene pads and the neoprene bearing pads in order that the Engineer can test the pads for compliance with these Specifications.

C. Furnish certified mill certificates showing that the material meets all of the requirements specified herein. The Engineer, at his option, may take samples of any materials and have them tested by an independent testing laboratory to verify their compliance with these Specifications. All such costs shall be borne by the AGENCY. If any materials should fail to meet these Specifications, all costs for further testing of the replacement material shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 PVC WATERSTOPS

A. PVC waterstops shall conform to requirements in Section 03251. The size and location of the waterstops shall be as shown.

2.2 CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE PADS

A. Closed cell neoprene pads, shall be used as a filler material in the flexible joints between the wall and wall footing and between the wall and roof connection in the areas not taken up by the solid neoprene bearing pads and waterstops. If such pads are not detailed on the Drawings, the Prestressor shall calculate and submit for approval the required size.

B. The materials shall be medium grade closed cell neoprene conforming to 2A3 of ASTM D 1056-85 and as further specified herein and on the Drawings.

1. Compression deflection: 9 to 13 PSI

2. Shore 00 durometer: 60 to 80 PCF

3. Density: 12 to 28 PCF

4. Water absorption by weight: 5%

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03255 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TANK WALL, BASE, AND TOP JOINT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03255 – TANK WALL, BASE AND TOP JOINT

5. Temperature range:

a. Low (flex without cracking): -30o F

b. High continuous : 150° F

c. High intermittent: 200° F

6. Heat aging (7 days @ 158° F) lineal shrinkage (max.): 5%

Tensile strength: 115 PSI min.

7. Elongation: 180% min.

8. Resilience (Bayshore-% rebound average 1/2" thickness @ 72° F): 20% to 40%

C. RUBATEX R431N or R423N, or CYPRESS SPONGE 431N or 423N, or approved equal, are acceptable materials.

2.3 SOFT MASTIC

A. Soft mastic shall be installed in all voids and cavities around bearing pads, waterstops and seismic cable sleeves. Such material shall be installed with a consistency that will not adversely affect the quality of PVC and neoprene materials.

B. SIKAFLEX-1a, as manufactured by Sika Corporation or SELECT SEAL U-230, as manufactured by Select Products Company, or approved equal, are acceptable materials.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF PVC WATERSTOP

A. PVC waterstops shall be continuous and shall be installed where shown. The method of installation shall be as specified in Section 03251.

3.2 BEARING AND FILLER PADS

A. Bearing and filler pads shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Bearing and filler pads shall be glued to the concrete with an approved rubber cement material to prevent uplift of the pads during concrete pouring.

C. In addition, all pads shall be held down with approved plastic shim plates placed under the reinforcing steel.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03255 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TANK WALL, BASE AND TOP JOINT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03255 – TANK WALL, BASE AND TOP JOINT

D. Nailing down pads will not be permitted

E. All voids and cavities between bearing and filler pads, waterstop and seismic cable sleeves, irrespective of whether these voids are large or small, shall be filled with a soft mastic in accordance with the requirements of Sub-Section 2.3 above.

F. Closed cell neoprene shall be ordered at least l/4-inch wider than theoretically required to facilitate placing and to reduce development of voids between filler pads, bearing pads and waterstops.

G. CONTRACTOR’S workmanship shall be such that no cement grout or concrete seepage will occur through the bearing and filler pad area resulting in a restraint of radial wall movements.

H. A continuous neoprene pad and one or more sponge filler pads are required between the top of the wall and the underside of the roof. Any void areas between such pads shall be caulked and sealed to prevent any mortar from the roof pour to come in contact with the wall top.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03255 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TANK WALL, BASE AND TOP JOINT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section specifies cement sand slurry and cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals

2. Section 02223 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction

1.2 Specifications and Standards

A. ASTM C33 – Standard Specification for concrete Aggregates

B. ASTM C94 – Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete

C. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement.

D. ASTM C 172 – Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete

E. ASTM C 260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete

F. ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete

G. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast- furnace slag, and silica fume or Metakaolin.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Design Mixes (Concrete and Cement Sand Slurry): Before starting the Work and within 14 days of the notice to proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the AGENCY, for review, preliminary concrete mix designs which shall show the proportions and gradations of all materials proposed for each class and type of concrete specified herein.

1. Provide current test report summary for each mix design submitted showing concrete strength at 28-days.

B. Delivery Tickets: Where ready-mix concrete is used, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish delivery tickets at the time of delivery of each load of concrete. Each

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

ticket shall show the state certified equipment used for measuring and the total quantities, by weight, of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, admixtures, and the amounts of water in the aggregate added at the batching plant, and the amount allowed to be added at the site for the specific design mix. In addition, each ticket shall state the mix number, total yield in cubic yards, and the time of day, to the nearest minute, corresponding to the times when the batch was dispatched, when it left the plant, when it arrived at the site, when unloading began, and when unloading was finished.

C. Submit concrete & slurry tickets to the Owner at the time of delivery, but no later than 24 hours after delivery.

D. If construction joints are required, Contractor shall submit the joint placement to the Owner for approval prior to concrete placement.

E. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending, and placement, prepared according to ACI-315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Include material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures.

F. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. Design and engineering of formwork are CONTRACTOR's responsibility.

G. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current materials:

1. Cementitious materials and aggregates.

2. Steel reinforcement.

H. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the following submittals in accordance with ACI 301:

1. Mill tests for cement.

2. Aggregate gradation and certification.

3. Admixture certification. Chloride ion content must be included.

4. Materials and methods for curing.

I. Material Certificates: The CONTRACTOR shall provide catalog cuts and other manufacturer’s technical data demonstrating compliance with the requirements indicated and specified herein for all items listed:

1. Admixtures.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

2. Form materials and form-release agents.

3. Waterstops.

4. Bonding agents.

5. Adhesives.

6. Repair materials.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this work and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM-C-94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, approved by the AGENCY and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM-C-1077 and ASTM-E-329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM-E-548.

D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer.

E. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated:

1. ACI-301, "Specification for Structural Concrete."

2. ACI-117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."

F. Testing – General:

1. Tests on component materials and for compressive strength of concrete will be performed as specified herein. Test for determining slump will be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 143.

2. The cost of all laboratory tests requested by the AGENCY on cement, aggregates, and concrete, will be borne by the AGENCY. However, the CONTRACTOR will be charged for the cost of any additional tests and

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

investigation on work performed which does not meet the Specifications. The laboratory must meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 1077.

3. Concrete for testing shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the AGENCY, and the CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance to the AGENCY in obtaining samples, and disposal and cleanup of excess material.

G. Field Compression Tests:

1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each class of concrete specified herein and at intervals thereafter as selected by the AGENCY to ensure continued compliance with these Specifications. Each set of test specimens will be a minimum of five cylinders.

2. Compression test specimens for concrete shall be made in accordance with section 9.2 of ASTM C 31. Specimens shall be 6-inch diameter by 12-inch high cylinders.

3. Compression tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 39. One test cylinder will be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days. The remaining cylinders will be held to verify test results, if needed.

H. Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete:

1. Evaluation and acceptance of the compressive strength of concrete shall be according to the requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 "Concrete Quality," and as specified herein.

2. A statistical analysis of compression test results will be performed according to the requirements of ACI 214. The standard deviation of the test results shall not exceed 640 psi, when ordered at equivalent water content as estimated by slump.

3. If any concrete fails to meet these requirements, immediate corrective action shall be taken to increase the compressive strength for all subsequent batches of the type of concrete affected.

4. When the standard deviation of the test results exceeds 640 psi, the average strength for which the mix is designed shall be increased by an amount necessary to satisfy the statistical requirement that the probability of any test being more than 500 psi below or the average of any three consecutive tests being below the specified compressive strength is 1 in 100. The required average strength shall be calculated by Criterion No. 3 of ACI 214 using the actual standard of deviation.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS

A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.

1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials.

B. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum.

C. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.

D. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal.

2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM-A-615/A-615M, Grade-60, deformed.

B. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM-A-706/A-706M, deformed.

2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES

A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows:

2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM-C-150, Type-II/V.

1. Fly Ash: ASTM-C-618, Class-F.

B. Use only one brand of cement in any individual structure. Use no cement that has become damaged, partially set, lumpy, or caked. Reject the entire contents of the sack or container that contains such cement. Use no salvaged or reclaimed cement.

C. Maximum tricalcium aluminate shall not exceed 8%. The maximum percent alkalis shall not exceed 0.6%.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

D. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM-C-33, uniformly graded, and as follows:

1. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not less than 3M.

2. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch.

3. Combined Aggregate Gradation: Well graded from coarsest to finest with not more than 18 percent and not less than 8 percent retained on an individual sieve, except that less than 8 percent may be retained on coarsest sieve and on No. 50 sieve, and less than 8 percent may be retained on sieves finer than No. 50.

E. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94.

2.5 ADMIXTURES

A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.06 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. All admixtures used in any mix shall be manufactured and supplied by the same company to insure compatibility.

B. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM-C-260.

C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM-C-494, Type-A.

2.6 CURING MATERIALS

A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete.

B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO-M-182, Class-2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. dry.

C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM-C-171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

D. Water: Potable.

E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM-C-309, Type-1, Class-B, 18 to 22 percent solids.

F. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM-C- 1315, Type-1, Class-A.

G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM-C- 1315, Type-1, Class-A.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

2.7 CEMENT SAND SLURRY

A. Materials 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I

2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C, with a minimum CaO content of 20 percent.

3. Water: ASTM C 94

4. Fine Aggregate: Natural or manufactured fine aggregate, or a combination there of, free from deleterious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material. The plasticity index shall be 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. Organic impurities, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40, shall not show a color darker than the standard color. It is intended that the fine aggregate be fine enough to stay in suspension in the mortar to the extent required for proper flow. The fine aggregate shall conform to the following gradation:

Sieve Size Percent Passing

3/8 inch 100

No. 200 0-10

5. If flowable mixture cannot be produced, the fine aggregate may not be approved.

6. Admixtures – ASTM C 260 and/or C 494

B. Minimum strength requirement is 150 psi in 7 days unless otherwise noted on the Plans.

C. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum content of cement per cubic yard of slurry mix shall be 282 lbs. (three sack cement-sand slurry) in accordance with SSPWC Section 201-1.1.2 (100-E-100).

D. Water shall be free from objectionable amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic matter, or other deleterious substances that would reduce the strength, durability or otherwise affect the quality of the slurry.

2.8 RELATED MATERIALS

A. Epoxy-Bonding Adhesive: ASTM-C-881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class and grade to suit requirements, and as follows:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod Epoxy Adhesive by Sika Corporation, Concressive Liquid (LPL) by Master Builders, Burk Epoxy MV by Burke

2.9 WATERSTOPS

A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints as indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Waterstop joint fittings shall be factory made by the manufacturer.

2.10 REPAIR MATERIALS

A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.

1. Cement Binder: ASTM-C-150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM-C-219.

2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application.

3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer.

4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM-C-109/C-109M.

B. Repair Topping: Traffic-bearing, cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch.

1. Cement Binder: ASTM-C-150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM-C-219.

2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application.

3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer.

4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5700 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM-C-109/C-109M.

2.11 CONCRETE MIXES

A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

1. Proportion normal-weight concrete according to ACI-211.1 and ACI-301.

B. Use a qualified independent testing agency approved by the AGENCY for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the laboratory trial mix basis.

C. Concrete mix parameters shall be as follows: Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, the concrete shall be Class B.

Class A Class B Class C

Min. Compressive Strength 5,500 psi 4,000 psi 3,500 psi

Max. Water/Cement Ratio (by 0.40 0.42 0.45 weight)

Slump (plus or minus 1-inch) 3 3 3

Min. Cement Content (94 lb. 7.5 sacks 7 sacks 6 sacks sack of cement per cubic yard of solid concrete) Maximum Aggregate Size 1 inch (5) 1 inch (5) 1 inch (5) (Size Number, ASTM 33)

Maximum Total Volumetric Air 2 to 4% 2 to 4% 2 to 4% Content (plus or minus 1 percent)

D. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows:

1. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 15 percent.

E. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.06 percent by weight of cement.

F. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Use water-reducing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability.

G. Shrinkage Limitations: The maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast-in the laboratory from the trial batch, as measured at 21- days drying age and at 28- days drying age shall be 0.036 percent and 0.042 percent respectively.

2.12 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT

A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

2.13 CONCRETE MIXING

A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM- C-94 and ASTM-C-1116, and furnish batch ticket information.

1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F , reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FORMWORK

A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI-301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads.

B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI-117.

C. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.

D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.

1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.

E. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.

F. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete 3/4-inch x 3/4- inch.

G. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.

H. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.

I. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

J. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement.

3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS

A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

1. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required.

3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS

A. General: Formwork, for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work, that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.

B. Leave formwork, for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements, that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved the following:

1. 28-day design compressive strength.

2. Determine compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing representative field- or laboratory-cured test specimens according to ACI-301.

3. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores.

C. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent.

D. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by the AGENCY.

3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.

B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 11 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.

D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.

3.5 JOINTS

A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.

B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by the AGENCY.

1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs.

2. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.

3. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.

C. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at the Work site, or during placement, unless approved by the AGENCY.

D. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.

E. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold joints.

1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI-309R.

2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 12 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate.

F. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.

1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.

2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.

3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.

4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.

5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.

G. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI-305R and as follows, when hot-weather conditions exist:

1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is CONTRACTOR's option.

2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.

3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.

3.6 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES

A. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch in height.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 13 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or painting.

B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.

3.7 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS

A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI-302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.

B. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance.

C. Concrete Finishing for Surfaces Where Floor Finish Applied: Concrete finishing shall begin promptly after the “bleed” water has completely evaporated. Under no circumstances is it permissible to begin finishing while there is any visible moisture (water) layer on the concrete surface. No water shall be used during the finishing process. “Double toweling”, polishing or burnishing of the concrete surface shall not be permitted. A smooth, non-glossy finish shall be the maximum smoothness permitted prior to installation of moisture correction or flooring materials.

3.8 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS

A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.

B. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.

3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING

A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI-306.1 for cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI-305R for hot-weather protection during curing.

B. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 14 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing by one or a combination of the following methods:

C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by one or a combination of the following methods:

1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials:

a. Water.

b. Continuous water-fog spray.

c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.

2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.

3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS

A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by the AGENCY. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to the AGENCY’s approval.

B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No.-16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 15 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.

1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete but not less than 1 inch in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.

2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.

3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by AGENCY.

D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.

1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions.

2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.

3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.

4. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface.

5. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 16 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03300 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.

6. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.

E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to the AGENCY's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar.

F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to the AGENCY's approval.

3.11 CLEAN UP

A. Clean up excess flowable fill or concrete discharged from the work area and remove excess flowable fill or concrete from pipes at no additional cost.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03300 - 17 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section specifies the qualifications for the Tank Contractor and requirements for the repair of AWWA D110 strand wound, prestressed, concrete circular tanks; including all site work, excavation, reinforcing, concrete work, appurtenances, disinfection, testing, and backfill directly related to the tank unless otherwise specified.

B. This section is applicable to Henie Hills Reservoir.

C. In the event of discrepancy between this section of the Specifications and any other section of the Specifications, this section shall govern.

D. The Tank Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to perform all structural modifications for the strand wound, prestressed concrete tank as indicated on the drawings, and as specified.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01010 – Summary of Work.

B. Section 03200 – Reinforcement Steel.

C. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.

D. Section 03251 – Expansion and Construction Joints.

E. Section 03255 – Tank Wall, Base and Top Joint.

F. Section 03800 – Leakage Testing of Reservoir.

G. Section 05500 – Miscellaneous Metals.

H. Section 09800 - Painting and Coating.

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM

A. The structurally and seismically retrofitted reservoir shall consist of added circumferential prestressing strand, reinforcing steel, and earthquake cables with shotcrete cover. The Tank Contractor shall coordinate the construction schedule in conformance with Section 01010.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS AND ASSURANCE

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

A. The reservoir repairs shall be performed by an established Tank Contractor of recognized ability, having at least ten years of experience in the design and construction of AWWA D110 Type I core wall, strand wound prestressed concrete tanks. The construction of all aspects of the tank structural modifications including the removal of existing and installation of new footing and seismic base restraint system, wall prestressing and shotcrete of the prestressed concrete reservoir, new interior floor, new dome seismic connection brackets, new dome roof openings and crack and spall repair work shall be performed by the Tank Contractor that meets the requirements as specified in Paragraph B of this section. The Tank Contractor may subcontract labor for reinforcing steel installation under the Tank Contractor’s direct supervision.

B. All tank work shall be performed by a company that specializes in the design and construction of cast-in-place, vertical prestressed, strand wound prestressed concrete tanks using the method of circumferential prestress reinforcing and with proven capability of meeting all the requirements of these specifications. No company is considered qualified unless it has built in its own name at least five cast-in-place, strand wound, vertically prestressed concrete tanks conforming to AWWA D110, Type I core wall, in the last ten years. The company shall have in its own name or under one of its divisions, at least five AWWA D110 tanks with Type I core wall that are located within seismic zone 4 per AWWA D110-04 and have been in successful service for at least five years. Experience in the design and construction of Type II, III and IV core wall tanks is not acceptable.

C. The Tank Contractor shall have in its employ for this project a team consisting of a tank superintendent, project manager, certified shotcrete foreman, prestressing foreman, each of whom shall have constructed a minimum of three AWWA D110 Type I core wall tanks.

D. Experience in the construction of AWWA D110 Type II, III or Type IV core wall tanks, tanks having fixed wall bases, mild-steel reinforced tank core walls, tank core walls incorporating internal stressing systems or external wire wrapping (in lieu of strand wrapping) is not acceptable.

1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. All Codes, Standards, Specifications and Reports cited herein shall be considered the most current version of that document unless noted otherwise:

1. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete

2. ACI 305 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting

3. ACI 306 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting

4. ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

5. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary

6. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary

7. ACI 350.3 Seismic Design of Liquid-Containing Concrete Structures and Commentary

8. ACI 372R Design and Construction of Circular Wire- and Strand-Wrapped Prestressed Concrete Structures

9. ACI 506R Guide to Shotcrete

10. ASTM A123/A123M Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

11. ASTM A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement

12. ASTM A416 Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire Stress-Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete

13. ASTM A475 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand

14. ASTM A615/A615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

15. ASTM A706/A706M Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

16. ASTM A722/A722M Standard Specification for Uncoated High-Strength Steel Bar for Prestressing Concrete

17. ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field

18. ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates

19. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens

20. ASTM C231 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method

21. ASTM C618, Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

22. ASTM C920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

23. ASTM C1116/C1116M Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete

24. ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5lb Rammer and 12-inch Drop

25. ASTM D1056 Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials – Sponge or Expanded Rubber

26. ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand- Cone Method

27. ASTM D1557 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort [56,000 Ft. – lbf/ft3 (2700 KN-M/M3)]

28. ASTM D2000 Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications

29. ASCE Standard 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures

30. AWWA C652 Standard for Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities

31. AWWA D110 Wire- and Strand-Wound, Circular, Prestressed Concrete Water Tanks

32. California Building Code (CBC)

33. US Army Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C572, Specification for Polyvinyl-Chloride Waterstops

1.6 DESIGN CRITERIA

A. General:

1. The structurally and seismically retrofitted prestressed concrete reservoir shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA D110, Standard for Wire- or Strand-Wound, Circular, Prestressed Concrete Water Tanks, ACI 350, ACI 350.3-06, ASCE 7-16 and the CBC2019.

2. Horizontal prestressing shall be continuous. Discontinuous prestressing tendons or strands will not be allowed.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish the following submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300:

1. Design proportions for all concrete and shotcrete. Concrete strengths of trial mixes.

2. Admixtures to be used in the concrete or shotcrete and their purpose.

3. Reinforcing steel shop drawings showing fabrication and placement.

4. Catalog cuts or shop drawings of all appurtenances, i.e. hatch, vent, ladders, waterstops.

1.8 GUARANTEE

A. The Tank Contractor shall guarantee the structure against defective materials or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of completion. If any materials or workmanship prove to be defective within one year, they shall be replaced or repaired by the Tank Contractor at the Tank Contractor’s expense.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE

A. Concrete shall conform to ACI 301.

B. Cement shall be Portland cement, Type II/V.

C. Admixtures, other than air-entraining, superplasticizers, shrinkage reducing and water reducing admixtures will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer.

D. Concrete for all tank elements shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at twenty-eight days and a maximum water to cement ratio of 0.42.

E. Concrete for the tank footings, pipe encasement, and all other work shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at twenty-eight days and shall have a maximum water to cement ratio of 0.42. The coarse and fine aggregate shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate shall be No. 57 with 100% passing the 1 inch sieve. Superplasticizers, water-reducing, and shrinkage reducing (if applicable) admixtures shall be incorporated into the concrete. If fibers are used, they shall be virgin poly-propylene or cellulose fibers, Microfiber by Grace, Fibermesh 150 by Propex, UltraFiber 500 by Buckeye, or equal. Fiber lengths shall be a maximum of ¾ inches. The amount of fibers added to the concrete mix shall conform to the Manufacturer’s recommendations.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

F. Proportioning for concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 301.

G. All concrete shall have a maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration of 0.06% by weight of cement.

2.2 SHOTCRETE

A. Shotcrete shall conform to ACI Standard 506, except as modified herein.

B. The wet mix process shall be employed for shotcreting.

C. Shotcrete used for covering prestressed strand shall consist of not more than three parts sand to one part Portland cement by weight. Additional coats of shotcrete shall consist of not more than four parts sand to one part Portland cement by weight. Polypropylene fibers shall be included in the shotcrete used for the finish cover coat. Fibers shall be Fibercast 500 by Propex, Fibermesh or equal. Fibers shall be virgin polypropylene and comply with ASTM C1116 performance level I. Fiber length shall be ¼ inch. The amount of the fibers added to the shotcrete used for the finish cover coat shall conform to the Manufacturer’s recommendations. Fly ash may be incorporated into the finish cover coat. Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C618, Type F. Shotcrete shall have a minimum strength of 4,500 psi at twenty- eight days and have a maximum water-cement ratio of 0.42.

D. In lieu of exterior wall crack repairs, contractor may add “Xypex Admix C-1000” to concrete at time of batching. The dosage rate of Xypex shall be 20 lbs. per cu yard of concrete.

E. Rebound material shall not be reused in any form for shotcrete.

F. If used by the Tank Contractor, the total volumetric air content of the shotcrete before placement shall not exceed 5% (±1%) as determined by ASTM C173 or ASTM C231.

G. Fine Aggregates:

1. The fineness modulus shall be between 2.7 and 3.0. A well-graded coarse sand shall be used for all shotcrete applications.

2. The gradation for the fine aggregates shall adhere to the “Grading No. 1” requirements listed in “Table 1.1 – Grading Limits for Combined Aggregates” of ACI 506.

H. All shotcrete shall have a maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration of 0.06% by weight of cement.

2.3 REINFORCING STEEL

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

A. Reinforcing steel shall be new billet steel Grade 60, as shown on the Drawings, meeting the requirements of ASTM A615. Welded wire fabric and weldable reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A1060 and ASTM A706, respectively.

B. Reinforcing steel shall be accurately fabricated and shall be free from loose rust, scale, and contaminants.

C. Reinforcing steel shall be accurately positioned on supports, spacers, hangers, or other reinforcements and shall be secured in place with wire ties or suitable clips.

D. Circumferential reinforcing shall be lap spliced as indicated on the Drawings.

E. Continuous reinforcing through joints, where applicable, shall have a Class A galvanized coating.

2.4 BASE RESTRAINT (EARTHQUAKE) CABLES

A. Base restraint cables shall be hot-dip galvanized seven-wire strand and shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM A416 prior to galvanizing, and ASTM A475 after galvanizing. Only seven-wire strand will be allowed.

B. Hot-dip galvanized seven-wire strand shall have a nominal strand diameter of 0.50 in. Strand having 0.50 inch diameter strand shall have a minimum ultimate strength (MUS) after galvanization of 38.25 kips and a minimum yield strength at 1% extension of 28.00 ksi. All strand wires shall have a minimum weight of Zinc Coating of 0.85 oz/sq-ft.

C. Neoprene sleeves for base restraint cables shall be closed-cell conforming to ASTM D1056, Type 2, Class A, and Grade 3. The sleeves shall have a compression deflection limited to 25% at 9 to 13 psi, hardness of 60 to 80 durometer, a minimum tensile strength of 175 psi, a minimum elongation of 180%, and a maximum compressive set of 35%.

2.5 CIRCUMFERENTIAL PRESTRESSING STEEL

A. Steel for prestressing shall be galvanized seven-wire strand.

B. Galvanized strand shall meet the requirements of ASTM A416 with zinc coating for galvanizing meeting the requirements of ASTM A641/641M or ASTM A475. Each wire shall be individually hot-dip galvanized before being stranded. The minimum weight of zinc coating per unit area of uncoated wire surface shall be no less than 0.85 ounces per square foot.

C. Splices for horizontal prestressed reinforcement shall be ferrous material compatible with the reinforcement and shall develop the full strength of the strand. Strand splice and anchorage accessories shall not nick or otherwise damage the prestressing.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

2.6 ELASTOMERIC MATERIALS

A. Sponge filler shall be closed-cell neoprene or rubber conforming to ASTM D1056, Type 2, Class A, and Grade 1 or 3. Compression deflection limited to 25% at 2 to 5 psi.

B. Polysulfide or polyurethane sealant will be a two or three component elastomeric compound meeting the requirements of ASTM C920. Sealants shall have permanent characteristics of bond to metal surfaces, flexibility, and resistance to extrusion due to hydrostatic pressure. Air cured sealants shall not be used.

C. The remaining voids below the wall, not taken up by the solid neoprene or natural rubber pads, shall be filled with closed cell rubber pads and soft mastic to ensure a substantially unrestrained free movement of wall.

2.7 NEW APPURTENANCES

A. See Drawings and Section 05500 for requirements for new reservoir roof vent, roof hatches, interior and exterior ladders, and guardrail.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SAFETY

A. Every precaution shall be taken to keep personnel and visitors outside the prestressing area.

B. At no time shall anyone stand in the line of stressed strand.

C. No personnel are allowed other than the prestressing crew, within 100 feet from the exterior tank wrapping operation. Additional precautions shall be taken by the tank CONTRACTOR should this specified clearance not be available.

D. Where access to the site by unauthorized persons is outside the Tank Contractor’s control while prestressing work is in progress, Tank CONTRACTOR shall erect protective fencing.

E. The tank CONTRACTOR shall conform to, and enforce, all local and Federal OSHA safety rules and regulations.

F. The tank CONTRACTOR shall submit a safety plan for approval which indicates in detail how existing tank prestressing wire and shotcrete shall be safely removed.

3.2 ABRASIVE BLASTING

A. The exterior surface of concrete wall areas, which will receive strand-wrapped prestressing/shotcrete, shall be abrasively blasted by a mechanical etching or shot

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

blast system combined with a vacuum recovery system, or a self-contained waterblasting system.

B. The surface shall be blasted sufficiently to remove all laitance, form oil, or other type coatings.

C. The surface shall be cut sufficiently to provide a good mechanical bond between the shotcrete covercoat and the concrete wall. The surface shall be cut to a minimum CSP5 profile, as established by the International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI), over a minimum 90% of the area as measured over any one-foot-square area.

D. Systems that have not been used in the past to prepare circular tank wall surfaces for shotcreting and strand-wrapping or systems which rely on sandblasting or steel shot without a vacuum system will not be allowed.

E. All abrasive blasting shall be done to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.3 RESERVOIR FOUNDATION PERIMETER DRAINAGE SYSTEM

A. Four-inch (4”) diameter AWWA C900 PVC pipe (with high deflection couplings) shall be used for the reservoir foundation perimeter drainage system. Indicated portions of this piping shall be perforated, and the remaining drainage piping shall be solid wall. Perforations shall be within the bottom 180 degrees of the pipe cross-section. All such piping shall be encased in approved drain rock as specified here-in and as indicated on the contract drawings. The gravel zone shall be wrapped with an approved non-woven geotextile filter fabric material and impermeable membrane as indicated by the contract drawings. The impermeable membrane shall prevent surface drainage or ground water from entering the tank footing gravel zone. Thus, any water conveyed by the perimeter drainage system will be understood by AGENCY to originate from tank leakage at the tank/floor joint.

3.4 CONCRETE

A. All concrete shall be conveyed, placed, finished, and cured as required by pertinent ACI standards.

B. Weather Limitations:

1. Unless specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer, concrete shall not be placed without special protection during cold weather when the ambient temperature is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit and when the concrete is likely to be subjected to freezing temperatures before initial set has occurred and the concrete strength has reached 500 psi. Concrete shall be protected in accordance with ACI 306. The temperature of the concrete shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301 and ACI 306. All methods and equipment for heating and for protecting concrete in place shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

2. During hot weather, concreting shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 305.

3. Placement of concrete during periods of low humidity (below 50%) shall be avoided when feasible and economically possible, particularly when large surface areas are to be finished. In any event, surfaces exposed to drying wind shall be covered with polyethylene sheets immediately after finishing, or flooded with water, or shall be water cured continuously from the time the concrete has taken initial set. Curing compounds may be used in conjunction with water curing, provided they are compatible with coatings that may later be applied, or they are degradable.

C. Finishes: The tank shall be given the following finishes:

1. The top of the wall footing shall receive a steel trowel or magnesium trowel finish.

2. Exterior shotcrete shall receive a natural gun /nozzle finish. The repaired Henie Hills Reservoir shall match the existing in relief and texture.

D. Curing: Concrete shall be cured using water methods, sealing materials, or curing compounds. Curing compounds shall not be used on surfaces to which decorative coatings, mortar, or shotcrete is to be applied. Curing compounds used within the tank shall be suitable for use with potable water.

E. Testing:

1. For all concrete, five test cylinders shall be made for every 40 cubic yards. Two cylinders shall be tested at seven days, two at twenty-eight days, and one held as a spare. In addition, an additional 3 test cylinders shall be made for each day’s pour.

2. Slump, air content and temperature testing shall be performed on each truck where cylinders are taken.

3. All initial concrete testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C31 and C39, at the expense of the AGENCY.

3.5 SHOTCRETING

A. Weather Limitations:

1. Shotcrete shall not be placed in freezing weather without provisions for protection against freezing. Shotcrete placement can start without special protection when the temperature is 35 degrees Fahrenheit and rising, and shall be suspended when the temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit and falling. The surface to which the shotcrete is applied shall be free from frost.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

Cold weather shotcreting shall be in accordance with ACI 506, ACI 301 and ACI 306.

2. Hot weather shotcreting shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 506, ACI 301 and ACI 305.

B. Coating Over Prestressing Strand:

1. Each prestress strand shall be individually encased in shotcrete. Shotcrete thickness shall be sufficient to provide a clear cover over the strand of at least 3/8 inch.

2. Finish cover coat shotcrete shall be applied as soon as practical after the last application of strand coat.

3. The minimum final shotcrete cover over the outermost prestressing strand layer shall be 1.5 inches.

C. Placement of Shotcrete:

1. Shotcrete shall be applied by automated shotcrete equipment using the wet mix process only. Nozzles shall be kept mounted on power driven machinery enabling the nozzle to travel parallel to the surface to be sprayed at a uniform linear or bi- directional speed. The nozzle shall be kept at a uniform constant distance from the surface, always insuring a right angle spray of the material to the surface. The high velocity impact shall be developed pneumatically by injecting compressed air at the nozzle.

2. For localized touchup, manually applied shotcrete is allowed. The shotcrete nozzle shall be held at a small upward angle not exceeding 5 degrees and constantly moving during application in a smooth motion with the nozzle pointing in a radial direction toward the center of the tank. The nozzle distance from the prestressing shall be such that shotcrete does not build up or cover the front face of the strand until the spaces behind and between the prestressing elements are filled.

D. Curing:

1. Shotcrete shall be cured using water curing methods, sealing materials or curing compounds at the option of the Tank Contractor. Curing compounds shall not be used on surfaces to which decorative coatings, mortar or shotcrete is to be applied. Curing compounds used within the tank wall shall be suitable for use with potable water. Intermediate layers of shotcrete shall be kept damp by water curing or other means no sooner than twelve hours after the shotcrete has been applied.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-11 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

2. Water curing is not required should additional shotcrete be applied on the entire wall surface within the following twelve hours.

3. Indiscriminate use of continuous water cure for intermediate layers shall be avoided.

4. Complete shotcrete surfaces, which do not receive any additional coatings, may be water cured for a period of at least seven days by encapsulating the shotcrete inside of plastic sheeting.

E. Testing:

1. Testing of shotcrete shall be in accordance with ACI 506, except as specified herein. One test panel shall be made for each of the following operations: strand cover and cover coat. Test panels shall be made from the shotcrete as it is being placed, and shall, as nearly as possible, represent the material being applied. The method of making a test sample shall be as follows: A frame of wire fabric (1 foot square, 3 inches in depth) shall be secured to a plywood panel and hung or placed in the location where shotcrete is being placed. This form shall be filled in layers simultaneously with the nearby application. After twenty-four hours, the fabric and plywood backup shall be removed and the sample slab placed in a safe location at the site.

2. The sample slab shall be moist cured in a manner identical with the regular surface application. The sample slab shall be sent to the testing laboratory. Nine 3 inch cubes shall be cut from the sample slab and subjected to compression tests in accordance with current ASTM Standards. Three cubes shall be tested at the age of seven days, three shall be tested at the age of twenty-eight days, and three shall be retained as spares. Testing shall be by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Engineer and at the AGENCY’s expense.

3. At the Tank Contractor’s option, testing of shotcrete applied with an automated process shall be in accordance with ACI 301.

3.6 PRESTRESSING

A. Circumferential Prestressing:

1. The circumferential stressing system shall produce a continuously, electronically (or substantial equivalent) monitored permanent stress or force recording along its full length as it is being applied and the stress variation in any strand at any point around the circumference shall not be greater than ± 1.5% of the ultimate strength of the steel. In addition to this recording, any system which deflects the tensioned prestressing material between the tensioning device and the wall after it has left the tensioning device shall provide a similar continuously monitored stress or force record along its full

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-12 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

length as it is being applied to the wall. These recordings shall show that either before or after deflection that the stress variation in the prestressing material at any point around the circumference shall not be greater than ± 1.5% of the ultimate strength of the steel.

2. No manual, individual or intermittent force readings taken on wrapped strand in full bodily contact with the wall will be accepted. Force readings based on anything other than instantaneous force readings, as the strand is being tensioned, and wrapped around the tank, will not be accepted. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to.

3. The prestressing system shall be capable of applying a continuous wrapped force at any point around the circumference within the specified tolerances. Circumferential stressing systems based on jack-operated cable or rod-type tendons will not be allowed.

4. Each coil of prestressing shall be temporarily anchored at sufficient intervals to minimize the loss of prestress in case a strand breaks during wrapping.

5. Minimum clear distance between prestressing strands is 3/8 inch. Any strands not meeting the spacing requirements shall be respaced. Prestressing shall be placed no closer than 2 inches from the top of the wall, edges of openings, or inserts, nor closer than 3 inches from the base of walls or floors where radial movement may occur.

6. The band of prestressing normally required over the height of an opening shall be displaced into circumferential bands immediately above and below the opening to maintain the required prestressing force. Bundling of the prestressing strand shall be prohibited.

7. Ends of individual coils shall be joined by suitable steel splicing devices capable of developing the full strength of the prestressing strand.

3.7 EXTERIOR COATING

A. Following structural repairs, all exposed exterior wall and roof surfaces of the Henie Hills Reservoir shall be painted in accordance with Section 09800, System No. 71. CONTRACTOR shall submit color sample and get approval from AGENCY prior to ordering paint materials.

3.8 DISINFECTION

A. Disinfect reservoir following construction of improvements in accordance with Section 15041.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-13 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

3.9 LEAKAGE TESTING

A. Conduct pre-construction and post-construction tests for reservoir leakage in accordance with Section 03800.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-14 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section specifies the qualifications for the Tank Contractor and requirements for the repair of AWWA D110 strand wound, prestressed, concrete circular tanks; including all site work, excavation, reinforcing, concrete work, appurtenances, disinfection, testing, and backfill directly related to the tank unless otherwise specified.

B. This section is applicable to Henie Hills Reservoir.

C. In the event of discrepancy between this section of the Specifications and any other section of the Specifications, this section shall govern.

D. The Tank Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to construct, disinfect and test the strand wound, prestressed concrete tank and appurtenances as indicated on the drawings, and as specified.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01010 – Summary of Work.

B. Section 03200 – Reinforcement Steel.

C. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.

D. Section 03251 – Expansion and Construction Joints.

E. Section 03255 – Tank Wall, Base and Top Joint.

F. Section 03800 – Leakage Testing of Reservoir.

G. Section 05500 – Miscellaneous Metals.

H. Section 09800 - Painting and Coating.

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM

A. The structurally and seismically retrofitted reservoir shall consist of added circumferential prestressing strand, reinforcing steel, and earthquake cables with shotcrete cover. The Tank Contractor shall coordinate the construction schedule in conformance with Section 01010.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS AND ASSURANCE

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

A. The reservoir repairs shall be performed by an established Tank Contractor of recognized ability, having at least ten years of experience in the design and construction of AWWA D110 Type I core wall, strand wound prestressed concrete tanks. The construction of all aspects of the modified foundation, including the removal of existing and installation of new footing and seismic base restraint system, wall, prestressing, and shotcrete of the prestressed concrete reservoir shall be performed by the Tank Contractor that meets the requirements as specified in Paragraph B of this section. The Tank Contractor may subcontract labor for reinforcing steel installation under the Tank Contractor’s direct supervision.

B. All tank work shall be performed by a company that specializes in the design and construction of cast-in-place, vertical prestressed, strand wound prestressed concrete tanks using the method of circumferential prestress reinforcing and with proven capability of meeting all the requirements of these specifications. No company is considered qualified unless it has built in its own name at least five cast-in-place, strand wound, vertically prestressed concrete tanks conforming to AWWA D110, Type I core wall, in the last ten years. The company shall have in its own name or under one of its divisions, at least five AWWA D110 tanks with Type I core wall that are located within seismic zone 4 per AWWA D110-04 and have been in successful service for at least five years. Experience in the design and construction of Type II, III and IV core wall tanks is not acceptable.

C. The Tank Contractor shall have in its employ for this project a team consisting of a tank superintendent, project manager, certified shotcrete foreman, prestressing foreman, each of whom shall have constructed a minimum of three AWWA D110 Type I core wall tanks.

D. Experience in the construction of AWWA D110 Type II, III or Type IV core wall tanks, tanks having fixed wall bases, mild-steel reinforced tank core walls, tank core walls incorporating internal stressing systems or external wire wrapping (in lieu of strand wrapping) is not acceptable.

1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. All Codes, Standards, Specifications and Reports cited herein shall be considered the most current version of that document unless noted otherwise:

1. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete

2. ACI 305 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting

3. ACI 306 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting

4. ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete

5. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

6. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary

7. ACI 350.3 Seismic Design of Liquid-Containing Concrete Structures and Commentary

8. ACI 372R Design and Construction of Circular Wire- and Strand-Wrapped Prestressed Concrete Structures

9. ACI 506R Guide to Shotcrete

10. ASTM A123/A123M Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

11. ASTM A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement

12. ASTM A416 Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire Stress-Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete

13. ASTM A475 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand

14. ASTM A615/A615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

15. ASTM A706/A706M Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

16. ASTM A722/A722M Standard Specification for Uncoated High-Strength Steel Bar for Prestressing Concrete

17. ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field

18. ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates

19. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens

20. ASTM C231 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method

21. ASTM C618, Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete

22. ASTM C920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

23. ASTM C1116/C1116M Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete

24. ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5lb Rammer and 12-inch Drop

25. ASTM D1056 Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials – Sponge or Expanded Rubber

26. ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand- Cone Method

27. ASTM D1557 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort [56,000 Ft. – lbf/ft3 (2700 KN-M/M3)]

28. ASTM D2000 Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications

29. ASCE Standard 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures

30. AWWA C652 Standard for Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities

31. AWWA D110 Wire- and Strand-Wound, Circular, Prestressed Concrete Water Tanks

32. California Building Code (CBC)

33. US Army Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C572, Specification for Polyvinyl-Chloride Waterstops

1.6 DESIGN CRITERIA

A. General:

1. The structurally and seismically retrofitted prestressed concrete reservoir shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA D110, Standard for Wire- or Strand-Wound, Circular, Prestressed Concrete Water Tanks, ACI 350, ACI 350.3-06, ASCE 7-16 and the CBC2019.

2. Horizontal prestressing shall be continuous. Discontinuous prestressing tendons or strands will not be allowed.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish the following submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300:

1. Design proportions for all concrete and shotcrete. Concrete strengths of trial mixes.

2. Admixtures to be used in the concrete or shotcrete and their purpose.

3. Reinforcing steel shop drawings showing fabrication and placement.

4. Catalog cuts or shop drawings of all appurtenances, i.e. hatch, vent, ladders, waterstops.

1.8 GUARANTEE

A. The Tank Contractor shall guarantee the structure against defective materials or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of completion. If any materials or workmanship prove to be defective within one year, they shall be replaced or repaired by the Tank Contractor at the Tank Contractor’s expense.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE

A. Concrete shall conform to ACI 301.

B. Cement shall be Portland cement, Type II/V.

C. Admixtures, other than air-entraining, superplasticizers, shrinkage reducing and water reducing admixtures will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer.

D. Concrete for all tank elements shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at twenty-eight days and a maximum water to cement ratio of 0.42.

E. Concrete for the tank footings, pipe encasement, and all other work shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at twenty-eight days and shall have a maximum water to cement ratio of 0.42. The coarse and fine aggregate shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate shall be No. 57 with 100% passing the 1 inch sieve. Superplasticizers, water-reducing, and shrinkage reducing (if applicable) admixtures shall be incorporated into the concrete. If fibers are used, they shall be virgin poly-propylene or cellulose fibers, Microfiber by Grace, Fibermesh 150 by Propex, UltraFiber 500 by Buckeye, or equal. Fiber lengths shall be a maximum of ¾ inches. The amount of fibers added to the concrete mix shall conform to the Manufacturer’s recommendations.

F. Proportioning for concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 301.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

G. All concrete shall have a maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration of 0.06% by weight of cement.

2.2 SHOTCRETE

A. Shotcrete shall conform to ACI Standard 506, except as modified herein.

B. The wet mix process shall be employed for shotcreting.

C. Shotcrete used for covering prestressed strand shall consist of not more than three parts sand to one part Portland cement by weight. Additional coats of shotcrete shall consist of not more than four parts sand to one part Portland cement by weight. Polypropylene fibers shall be included in the shotcrete used for the finish cover coat. Fibers shall be Fibercast 500 by Propex, Fibermesh or equal. Fibers shall be virgin polypropylene and comply with ASTM C1116 performance level I. Fiber length shall be ¼ inch. The amount of the fibers added to the shotcrete used for the finish cover coat shall conform to the Manufacturer’s recommendations. Fly ash may be incorporated into the finish cover coat. Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C618, Type F. Shotcrete shall have a minimum strength of 4,500 psi at twenty- eight days and have a maximum water-cement ratio of 0.42.

D. In lieu of exterior wall crack repairs, contractor may add “Xypex Admix C-1000” to concrete at time of batching. The dosage rate of Xypex shall be 20 lbs. per cu yard of concrete.

E. Rebound material shall not be reused in any form for shotcrete.

F. If used by the Tank Contractor, the total volumetric air content of the shotcrete before placement shall not exceed 5% (±1%) as determined by ASTM C173 or ASTM C231.

G. Fine Aggregates:

1. The fineness modulus shall be between 2.7 and 3.0. A well-graded coarse sand shall be used for all shotcrete applications.

2. The gradation for the fine aggregates shall adhere to the “Grading No. 1” requirements listed in “Table 1.1 – Grading Limits for Combined Aggregates” of ACI 506.

H. All shotcrete shall have a maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration of 0.06% by weight of cement.

2.3 REINFORCING STEEL

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

A. Reinforcing steel shall be new billet steel Grade 60, as shown on the Drawings, meeting the requirements of ASTM A615. Welded wire fabric and weldable reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A1060 and ASTM A706, respectively.

B. Reinforcing steel shall be accurately fabricated and shall be free from loose rust, scale, and contaminants.

C. Reinforcing steel shall be accurately positioned on supports, spacers, hangers, or other reinforcements and shall be secured in place with wire ties or suitable clips.

D. Circumferential reinforcing shall be lap spliced as indicated on the Drawings.

E. Continuous reinforcing through joints, where applicable, shall have a Class A galvanized coating.

2.4 BASE RESTRAINT (EARTHQUAKE) CABLES

A. Base restraint cables shall be hot-dip galvanized seven-wire strand and shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM A416 prior to galvanizing, and ASTM A475 after galvanizing. Only seven-wire strand will be allowed.

B. Hot-dip galvanized seven-wire strand shall have a nominal strand diameter of 0.50 in. Strand having 0.50 inch diameter strand shall have a minimum ultimate strength (MUS) after galvanization of 38.25 kips and a minimum yield strength at 1% extension of 28.00 ksi. All strand wires shall have a minimum weight of Zinc Coating of 0.85 oz/sq-ft.

C. Neoprene sleeves for base restraint cables shall be closed-cell conforming to ASTM D1056, Type 2, Class A, and Grade 3. The sleeves shall have a compression deflection limited to 25% at 9 to 13 psi, hardness of 60 to 80 durometer, a minimum tensile strength of 175 psi, a minimum elongation of 180%, and a maximum compressive set of 35%.

2.5 CIRCUMFERENTIAL PRESTRESSING STEEL

A. Steel for prestressing shall be galvanized seven-wire strand.

B. Galvanized strand shall meet the requirements of ASTM A416 with zinc coating for galvanizing meeting the requirements of ASTM A641/641M or ASTM A475. Each wire shall be individually hot-dip galvanized before being stranded. The minimum weight of zinc coating per unit area of uncoated wire surface shall be no less than 0.85 ounces per square foot.

C. Splices for horizontal prestressed reinforcement shall be ferrous material compatible with the reinforcement and shall develop the full strength of the strand. Strand splice and anchorage accessories shall not nick or otherwise damage the prestressing.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

2.6 ELASTOMERIC MATERIALS

A. Sponge filler shall be closed-cell neoprene or rubber conforming to ASTM D1056, Type 2, Class A, and Grade 1 or 3. Compression deflection limited to 25% at 2 to 5 psi.

B. Polysulfide or polyurethane sealant will be a two or three component elastomeric compound meeting the requirements of ASTM C920. Sealants shall have permanent characteristics of bond to metal surfaces, flexibility, and resistance to extrusion due to hydrostatic pressure. Air cured sealants shall not be used.

C. The remaining voids below the wall, not taken up by the solid neoprene or natural rubber pads, shall be filled with closed cell rubber pads and soft mastic to ensure a substantially unrestrained free movement of wall.

2.7 NEW APPURTENANCES

A. See Drawings and Section 05500 for requirements for new reservoir roof vent, roof hatches, interior and exterior ladders, and guardrail.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SAFETY

A. Every precaution shall be taken to keep personnel and visitors outside the prestressing area.

B. At no time shall anyone stand in the line of stressed strand.

C. No personnel are allowed other than the prestressing crew, within 100 feet from the exterior tank wrapping operation. Additional precautions shall be taken by the tank CONTRACTOR should this specified clearance not be available.

D. Where access to the site by unauthorized persons is outside the Tank Contractor’s control while prestressing work is in progress, Tank CONTRACTOR shall erect protective fencing.

E. The tank CONTRACTOR shall conform to, and enforce, all local and Federal OSHA safety rules and regulations.

F. The tank CONTRACTOR shall submit a safety plan for approval which indicates in detail how existing tank prestressing wire and shotcrete shall be safely removed.

3.2 ABRASIVE BLASTING

A. The exterior surface of concrete wall areas, which will receive strand-wrapped prestressing/shotcrete, shall be abrasively blasted by a mechanical etching or shot

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

blast system combined with a vacuum recovery system, or a self-contained waterblasting system.

B. The surface shall be blasted sufficiently to remove all laitance, form oil, or other type coatings.

C. The surface shall be cut sufficiently to provide a good mechanical bond between the shotcrete covercoat and the concrete wall. The surface shall be cut to a minimum CSP5 profile, as established by the International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI), over a minimum 90% of the area as measured over any one-foot-square area.

D. Systems that have not been used in the past to prepare circular tank wall surfaces for shotcreting and strand-wrapping or systems which rely on sandblasting or steel shot without a vacuum system will not be allowed.

E. All abrasive blasting shall be done to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.3 RESERVOIR FOUNDATION PERIMETER DRAINAGE SYSTEM

A. Four-inch (4”) diameter AWWA C900 PVC pipe (with high deflection couplings) shall be used for the reservoir foundation perimeter drainage system. Indicated portions of this piping shall be perforated, and the remaining drainage piping shall be solid wall. Perforations shall be within the bottom 180 degrees of the pipe cross-section. All such piping shall be encased in approved drain rock as specified here-in and as indicated on the contract drawings. The gravel zone shall be wrapped with an approved non-woven geotextile filter fabric material and impermeable membrane as indicated by the contract drawings. The impermeable membrane shall prevent surface drainage or ground water from entering the tank footing gravel zone. Thus, any water conveyed by the perimeter drainage system will be understood by AGENCY to originate from tank leakage at the tank/floor joint.

3.4 CONCRETE

A. All concrete shall be conveyed, placed, finished, and cured as required by pertinent ACI standards.

B. Weather Limitations:

1. Unless specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer, concrete shall not be placed without special protection during cold weather when the ambient temperature is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit and when the concrete is likely to be subjected to freezing temperatures before initial set has occurred and the concrete strength has reached 500 psi. Concrete shall be protected in accordance with ACI 306. The temperature of the concrete shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301 and ACI 306. All methods and equipment for heating and for protecting concrete in place shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

2. During hot weather, concreting shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 305.

3. Placement of concrete during periods of low humidity (below 50%) shall be avoided when feasible and economically possible, particularly when large surface areas are to be finished. In any event, surfaces exposed to drying wind shall be covered with polyethylene sheets immediately after finishing, or flooded with water, or shall be water cured continuously from the time the concrete has taken initial set. Curing compounds may be used in conjunction with water curing, provided they are compatible with coatings that may later be applied, or they are degradable.

C. Finishes: The tank shall be given the following finishes:

1. The top of the wall footing shall receive a steel trowel or magnesium trowel finish.

2. Exterior shotcrete shall receive a natural gun /nozzle finish. The repaired Henie Hills Reservoir shall match the existing in relief and texture.

D. Curing: Concrete shall be cured using water methods, sealing materials, or curing compounds. Curing compounds shall not be used on surfaces to which decorative coatings, mortar, or shotcrete is to be applied. Curing compounds used within the tank shall be suitable for use with potable water.

E. Testing:

1. For all concrete, five test cylinders shall be made for every 40 cubic yards. Two cylinders shall be tested at seven days, two at twenty-eight days, and one held as a spare. In addition an additional 3 test cylinders shall be made for each day’s pour.

2. Slump, air content and temperature testing shall be performed on each truck where cylinders are taken.

3. All initial concrete testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C31 and C39, at the expense of the AGENCY.

3.5 SHOTCRETING

A. Weather Limitations:

1. Shotcrete shall not be placed in freezing weather without provisions for protection against freezing. Shotcrete placement can start without special protection when the temperature is 35 degrees Fahrenheit and rising, and shall be suspended when the temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit and falling. The surface to which the shotcrete is applied shall be free from frost.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

Cold weather shotcreting shall be in accordance with ACI 506, ACI 301 and ACI 306.

2. Hot weather shotcreting shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 506, ACI 301 and ACI 305.

B. Coating Over Prestressing Strand:

1. Each prestress strand shall be individually encased in shotcrete. Shotcrete thickness shall be sufficient to provide a clear cover over the strand of at least 3/8 inch.

2. Finish cover coat shotcrete shall be applied as soon as practical after the last application of strand coat.

3. The minimum final shotcrete cover over the outermost prestressing strand layer shall be 1.5 inches.

C. Placement of Shotcrete:

1. Shotcrete shall be applied by automated shotcrete equipment using the wet mix process only. Nozzles shall be kept mounted on power driven machinery enabling the nozzle to travel parallel to the surface to be sprayed at a uniform linear or bi- directional speed. The nozzle shall be kept at a uniform constant distance from the surface, always insuring a right angle spray of the material to the surface. The high velocity impact shall be developed pneumatically by injecting compressed air at the nozzle.

2. For localized touchup, manually applied shotcrete is allowed. The shotcrete nozzle shall be held at a small upward angle not exceeding 5 degrees and constantly moving during application in a smooth motion with the nozzle pointing in a radial direction toward the center of the tank. The nozzle distance from the prestressing shall be such that shotcrete does not build up or cover the front face of the strand until the spaces behind and between the prestressing elements are filled.

D. Curing:

1. Shotcrete shall be cured using water curing methods, sealing materials or curing compounds at the option of the Tank Contractor. Curing compounds shall not be used on surfaces to which decorative coatings, mortar or shotcrete is to be applied. Curing compounds used within the tank wall shall be suitable for use with potable water. Intermediate layers of shotcrete shall be kept damp by water curing or other means no sooner than twelve hours after the shotcrete has been applied.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-11 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

2. Water curing is not required should additional shotcrete be applied on the entire wall surface within the following twelve hours.

3. Indiscriminate use of continuous water cure for intermediate layers shall be avoided.

4. Complete shotcrete surfaces, which do not receive any additional coatings, may be water cured for a period of at least seven days by encapsulating the shotcrete inside of plastic sheeting.

E. Testing:

1. Testing of shotcrete shall be in accordance with ACI 506, except as specified herein. One test panel shall be made for each of the following operations: strand cover and cover coat. Test panels shall be made from the shotcrete as it is being placed, and shall, as nearly as possible, represent the material being applied. The method of making a test sample shall be as follows: A frame of wire fabric (1 foot square, 3 inches in depth) shall be secured to a plywood panel and hung or placed in the location where shotcrete is being placed. This form shall be filled in layers simultaneously with the nearby application. After twenty-four hours, the fabric and plywood backup shall be removed and the sample slab placed in a safe location at the site.

2. The sample slab shall be moist cured in a manner identical with the regular surface application. The sample slab shall be sent to the testing laboratory. Nine 3 inch cubes shall be cut from the sample slab and subjected to compression tests in accordance with current ASTM Standards. Three cubes shall be tested at the age of seven days, three shall be tested at the age of twenty-eight days, and three shall be retained as spares. Testing shall be by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Engineer and at the AGENCY’s expense.

3. At the Tank Contractor’s option, testing of shotcrete applied with an automated process shall be in accordance with ACI 301.

3.6 PRESTRESSING

A. Circumferential Prestressing:

1. The circumferential stressing system shall produce a continuously, electronically (or substantial equivalent) monitored permanent stress or force recording along its full length as it is being applied and the stress variation in any strand at any point around the circumference shall not be greater than ± 1.5% of the ultimate strength of the steel. In addition to this recording, any system which deflects the tensioned prestressing material between the tensioning device and the wall after it has left the tensioning device shall provide a similar continuously monitored stress or force record along its full

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-12 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

length as it is being applied to the wall. These recordings shall show that either before or after deflection that the stress variation in the prestressing material at any point around the circumference shall not be greater than ± 1.5% of the ultimate strength of the steel.

2. No manual, individual or intermittent force readings taken on wrapped strand in full bodily contact with the wall will be accepted. Force readings based on anything other than instantaneous force readings, as the strand is being tensioned, and wrapped around the tank, will not be accepted. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to.

3. The prestressing system shall be capable of applying a continuous wrapped force at any point around the circumference within the specified tolerances. Circumferential stressing systems based on jack-operated cable or rod-type tendons will not be allowed.

4. Each coil of prestressing shall be temporarily anchored at sufficient intervals to minimize the loss of prestress in case a strand breaks during wrapping.

5. Minimum clear distance between prestressing strands is 3/8 inch. Any strands not meeting the spacing requirements shall be respaced. Prestressing shall be placed no closer than 2 inches from the top of the wall, edges of openings, or inserts, nor closer than 3 inches from the base of walls or floors where radial movement may occur.

6. The band of prestressing normally required over the height of an opening shall be displaced into circumferential bands immediately above and below the opening to maintain the required prestressing force. Bundling of the prestressing strand shall be prohibited.

7. Ends of individual coils shall be joined by suitable steel splicing devices capable of developing the full strength of the prestressing strand.

3.7 EXTERIOR COATING

A. Following structural repairs, all exposed exterior wall and roof surfaces of the Henie Hills Reservoir shall be painted in accordance with Section 09800, System No. 71. CONTRACTOR shall submit color sample and get approval from AGENCY prior to ordering paint materials.

3.8 DISINFECTION

A. Disinfect reservoir following construction of improvements in accordance with Section 15041.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-13 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03314 – RETROFIT OF STRAND WOUND, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR

3.9 LEAKAGE TESTING

A. Conduct pre-construction and post-construction tests for reservoir leakage in accordance with Section 03800.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03314-14 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RETROFIT OF STRAND-WOUND 908754600712 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR October 2020 SECTION 03315 – GROUT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials for grout in accordance with the provisions of this Section and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as required to produce finished grout, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents shall take precedence over these specifications.

B. The following type of grout shall be covered in this Section:

1. Non-Shrink Grout: This type of grout is to be used wherever grout is shown in the Contract Documents, unless another type is specifically referenced.

2. Cement Grout

3. Epoxy Grout

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. The Work of the following Sections applies to the Work of this Section. Work of other Sections of the Specification, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work.

1. Section 01010, Summary of Work.

2. Section 01300, Submittals.

3. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Commercial Standards:

CRD-C 621 Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-Shrink Grout

ASTM C 109 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in or 50-mm Cube Specimens)

ASTM C 531 Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical- Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfaces

ASTM C 579 Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical- Resistant Mortars and Monolithic Surfaces

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03315-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03315 – GROUT

ASTM C 827 Test Method for Early Volume Change of Cementitious Mixtures

ASTM C881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding System for Concrete ASTM C882 Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete By Slant Shear ASTM C884 Test Method for Thermal Compatibility between Concrete and an Epoxy-Resin Overlay ASTM D638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. ASTM D696 Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics Between -30° C and 30° C with a Vitreous Silica Dilatometer ASTM D-2471 Standard Test Methods for Gel Time and Peak Exothermic Temperature of Reacting Thermosetting Resins.

1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit certified test results verifying the compressive strength, shrinkage, and expansion requirements specified herein; and manufacturer’s literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement and appropriate uses for each type of non-shrink and epoxy grout used in the work.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Field Tests:

1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Engineer to insure continued compliance with these specifications.

2. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for cement grout and non-shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 109 at intervals during construction as selected by the Engineer. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, 28 days, and each additional time period as appropriate.

3. All grout, already placed, which fails to meet the requirements of these specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at the cost of the CONTRACTOR.

4. The cost of all laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the AGENCY, but the CONTRACTOR shall assist the AGENCY in obtaining specimens for testing. However, the CONTRACTOR shall be charged for the cost of

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03315-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03315 – GROUT

any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not meet the specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall supply all materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 CEMENT GROUT

A. Cement Grout: Cement grout shall be composed of one part cement, three parts sand, and the minimum amount of water necessary to obtain the desired consistency. Where needed to match the color of adjacent concrete, white Portland cement shall be blended with regular cement as needed. The minimum compressive strength at 28 days shall be 4000 psi.

2.2 PREPACKAGED GROUTS

A. Non-Shrink Grout:

1. Non-shrink grout shall be prepackaged, inorganic, non-gas-liberating, non-metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water. Manufacturer’s instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each class of non-shrink grout specified herein shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.

2. Class A non-shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5000 psi; shall have no shrinkage (0.0 percent) and a maximum 4.0 percent expansion in the plastic state when tested in accordance with ASTM C-827; and shall have no shrinkage (0.0 percent) and a maximum of 0.2 percent expansion in the hardened state when tested in accordance with CRD C 621.

3. Class B non-shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5000 psi and shall meet the requirements of CRD C 621.

4. Application:

a. Class A non-shrink grout shall be used for the repair of all holes and defects in concrete members which are water bearing or in contact with soil or other fill material, grouting under all equipment base plates, and at locations where grout is specified in the contract documents; except, for those applications for Class B non-shrink grout and epoxy grout specified herein. Class A non- shrink grout may be used in place of Class B non-shrink grout for all applications.

b. Class B non-shrink grout shall be used for the repair of all holes and defects in concrete members which are not water-bearing

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03315-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03315 – GROUT

and not in contact with soil or other fill material, and grouting under all base plates for structural steel members.

B. EPOXY GROUT

1. Epoxy grout shall be a pourable, nonshrink, 100 percent solids system. The epoxy grout system shall have three components: resin, hardener, and specially blended aggregate, all premeasured and prepackaged. The resin component shall not contain any nonreactive diluents. Resins containing butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) or other highly volatile and hazardous reactive diluents are not acceptable. Variation of component ratios is not permitted unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each container in which the materials are packaged. Epoxy grout shall be BurkEpoxy Anchoring Grout by The Burke Company or approved equal.

2. The chemical formulation of the epoxy grout shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.

3. The mixed epoxy grout system shall have a minimum working life of 45 minutes at 75 degrees F.

4. The epoxy grout shall develop a compressive strength of 5,000 psi in 24 hours and 10,000 psi in 7 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C579, Method B. There shall be no shrinkage (0.0 percent) and a maximum 4.0 percent expansion when tested in accordance with ASTM C827.

5. The epoxy grout shall exhibit a minimum effective bearing area of 95 percent. This shall be determined by a test consisting of filling a 2-inch diameter by 4-inch high metal cylinder mold covered with a glass plate coated with a release agent. A weight shall be placed on the glass plate. At 24 hours after casting, the weight and plate shall be removed and the area in plan of all voids measured. The surface of the grout shall be probed with a sharp instrument to locate all voids.

6. The peak exotherm of a 2-inch diameter by 4-inch high cylinder shall not exceed 95 degrees F when tested with 75 degree F material at laboratory temperature. The epoxy grout shall exhibit a maximum thermal coefficient of 30 x 10-6 inches/inch/degree F when tested according to ASTM C531 or ASTM D696.

7. Application: Epoxy grout shall be used to embed all anchor bolts and reinforcing steel required to be set in grout, and for all other applications in the Contract Documents where grout type is not specifically indicated.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03315-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03315 – GROUT

8. For crack repair, the CONTRACTOR shall use pressure injection epoxy grout as recommended by manufacturer and approved by the AGENCY.

2.3 CURING MATERIALS

A. Curing materials shall be as specified in Section 03300- Cast-in Place concrete for cement grout and as recommended by the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts.

2.4 CONSISTENCY

A. The consistency of grouts shall be that necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted for the particular application. Dry pack consistency is such that the grout is plastic and moldable, but will not flow. Where “dry pack” is called for in the Contract Documents, if shall mean a grout of that consistency; the type of grout to be used shall be as specified herein for the particular application.

B. The slump for topping grout and concrete fill shall be adjusted to match placement and finishing conditions, but shall not exceed 4 inches.

2.5 MEASUREMENT OF INGREDIENTS

A. Measurements for cement grout shall be made accurately by volume using containers. Shovel measurement shall not be allowed

B. Prepackaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the manufacturer.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. All surface preparation, curing, and protection of cement grout shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. The finish of the grout surface shall match that of the adjacent concrete.

B. The manufacturer of Class A non-shrink grout shall provide on-site technical assistance upon request.

C. Base concrete must have attained its design strength before grout is placed, unless authorized by the Engineer.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03315-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03315 – GROUT

3.2 GROUTING PROCEDURES

A. Prepackaged Grouts: All mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, curing, and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts shall be done according to the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer.

3.3 CONSOLIDATION

A. Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, so as to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03315-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUT 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03480 – PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. The section covers the work necessary to furnish and install precast concrete items, complete and operable, as shown on the drawings and specified herein.

B. CONTRACTOR shall furnish the following precast concrete structures:

1. John Paul Steiger Reservoir drainage vault with galvanized steel Type 36RX Caltrans grate. H20 load-rated.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metals.

B. Section 07110 - Sheet Membrane Waterproofing.

1.3 SUPPLIERS / MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES

A. A supplier's and/or manufacturer's representative for the products specified herein shall be present at the jobsite as required for installation assistance, inspection, and certification of the installation.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. Detailed Requirements: Shop drawings shall be provided showing the design, dimensions, layout, and installation of each precast concrete structure. In addition, the submittals made per this specification section shall address the access hatch, manhole, or other entry feature that is to be cast into the top slab of precast concrete structures per the contract documents.

C. Design Calculations: Design calculations for the precast concrete structures shall be submitted and signed and sealed by a civil or structural engineer registered in the state of California.

1.5 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the Contract Documents.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03480 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03480 – PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Upon delivery to the jobsite, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully inspect each precast concrete section to ensure that it complies in all respects to these specifications and is free of defects such as cracks, spalls, malformed surfaces, incorrect dimensions, etc. Defective precast units shall be rejected and immediately removed from the jobsite.

1.7 DESIGN REQUIREMENT

A. Watertightness of Manholes and Vaults: Manholes, vaults and appurtenances shall be watertight and free from infiltration. All joints shall be sealed per this specification section. Joint locations include (but are not limited to) the following: adjacent precast concrete sections/risers and grade rings; at the joint between the bottom manhole/vault riser with the manhole/vault base; and at each pipe/wall connection.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE QUALITY AND APPROVED MANUFACTURER

A. Unless otherwise noted in subsequent paragraphs: (1) the materials and mixture proportioning for precast concrete structures shall conform to that required of watertight, chemical resistant concrete as specified in ACI 350R-89; and (2) the minimum compressive strength at 28 days shall be 5000 psi.

B. Precast concrete products shall be as manufactured by Old Castle Precast, or approved equal.

2.2 PRECAST VAULTS

A. Concrete Sections: Furnish and install vaults as indicated and referenced. Pre- cast concrete sections shall conform to ASTM C478 and shall have a minimum strength of 5000 PSI. The assembled vaults shall be capable of withstanding lateral loading caused by adjacent vehicular traffic (Caltrans H20 load). Submit shop drawings and signed calculations indicating structural sizes, rebar, cement and load capabilities. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified herein, manhole interiors will not be lined or coated.

B. Vault Grate: Vault shall be furnished with a H20 load-rated grate. Grate shall be Caltrans Type 36RX with fabricated steel frame; or approved equal. Grate and frame shall be galvanized steel.

C. Damp-proof Coating: The exterior surfaces of these vaults shall be factory-coated with Tnemec 46H-413 (16 mil MDFT), or approved equal, for damp-proofing purposes. Exterior joint seals shall be provided per Paragraph 2.04 below.

D. Waterproof Membrane: The exterior surfaces of these vaults shall be waterproofed using a membrane system in conformance with Specification Section 07110. A

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03480 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03480 – PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES

waste slab shall be constructed to allow placement of the membrane beneath the bottom vault section.

E. Pipe-to-Wall Connection: Each pipe-to-wall penetration shall be achieved as indicated on the drawings.

At CONTRACTOR’S option, a flexible connector, capable of producing a positive watertight connection can be cast into the vault wall in lieu of use of adjustable linked rubber seals. The connector shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C923. Acceptable manufacturer is A-LOK or approved equal. Install per the manufacturer's written recommendations.

2.3 JOINT SEALANT

A. General: If a precast concrete structure is constructed of multiple sections, each joint shall be sealed with a combination of Type 1 and Type 2 joint sealants.

B. Type 1 Joint Sealant: Type 1 joint sealant shall be a butyl compound complying with Federal Specification SS210A (Type 1, Rope Form) and AASHTO M198-751 (Type B).

Type 1 joint sealant shall be Quickseal as manufactured by Associated Concrete Products (San Diego, California), Ram-Nek as manufactured by K.T. Snyder Company, Inc. (Houston, Texas), ConSeal as manufactured by Concrete Sealants, Inc. (New Carlisle, Ohio), EZ-Stik as manufactured by Press-Seal Gasket Corporation (Fort Wayne, Indiana), or approved equal.

C. Type 2 Joint Sealant: Type 2 joint sealant shall be an external sealing band composed of rubber, mastic and protective film elements per the requirements of ASTM C877. When properly installed, the sealing band shall prevent leakage for external hydrostatic pressures up to 13 psi (30 feet).

Type 2 joint sealant shall be Cadilloc External Pipe Joint (in compliance with ASTM C- 877) as manufactured by Upper Peninsula Rubber Company, Inc. (Escanaba, Michigan; 906.786.0460).

D. Type 3 Joint Sealant: Type 3 joint sealant shall be a flexible strip of western sodium bentonite waterproofing compound, furnished in coils that can be rolled out into the intended installation. The coil shall be adhered to the inside of the concrete joint by means of a primer, adhesive, or other fastening system as recommended by the manufacturer.

Type 3 joint sealant shall be Waterstop RX as manufactured by American Colloid Company (Arlington Heights, Illinois), or approved equal.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03480 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03480 – PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES

A. Precast concrete sections shall be stacked so that they are plumb, and shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

3.2 SEALING JOINTS

A. General: As used herein, "sealing" is defined as making a joint or wall penetration watertight so that there is no leakage, assuming the groundwater table is at ground level.

B. Sealing the Joints between Precast Concrete Sections: CONTRACTOR shall seal all joints between adjacent precast concrete sections using a combination of Type 1 and Type 2 joint sealants.

C. Sealing the Joint between the Bottom Precast Concrete Section and the Base Slab: The joint between the bottom precast concrete section and the base slab shall be sealed using Method 2 as described below.

1. Method 1: The bottom slab joint shall be sealed with non-shrink grout as shown on the structural drawings.

2. Method 2: The bottom slab joint shall be sealed with a combination of Type 1 and Type 3 joint sealant, as described below:

a. Type 1 joint sealant shall be placed beneath the precast concrete section to seal against the base slab.

b. Type 3 joint sealant shall be placed to the side of the precast concrete section to fill any voids that remain in the preformed groove in the base slab after setting the precast concrete section onto the base slab.

3.3 SEALING WALL PENETRATIONS

A. CONTRACTOR shall use wall penetration seals as indicated on the drawings to seal all penetrations of piping or electrical conduits through precast concrete structures, unless otherwise shown.

3.4 VACUUM TESTING

A. The new Vault shall be vacuum tested. Perform tests as listed below:

1. Manhole Negative Air Pressure Test (Vacuum Test). Vacuum testing shall be done in accordance with ASTM C1244, latest edition. Each vault/manhole shall be tested immediately after assembly and prior to backfilling to pull all vault/manhole pre-cast concrete segments together and to facilitate repair of vacuum leaks. Each vault/manhole shall be tested a second time for final acceptance after backfill in order to assure that the backfill operation did not damage the integrity of the vacuum seal. Any vaults/manholes damaged or moved during final grading or paving shall be

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03480 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03480 – PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES

retested, excavated if failed, repaired if necessary, and retested until passing.

2. All lift holes shall be plugged with an approved non-shrink grout. No grout will be placed in the horizontal joints before testing. All pipes entering the vault/manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely brace the plugs from being drawn into the manhole.

3. If a vault/manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made with a non-shrink grout while the vacuum is still being drawn. Cracks longer than two-inches shall be cause for rejection of the casting and no patching shall be allowed. The CONTRACTOR shall retest until a satisfactory test is obtained.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03480 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03740 – EPOXY ADHESIVE INJECTION OF CRACKS IN CONCRETE MEMBERS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment, appliances, transportation, labor and supervision required to repair cracks by the injection of an epoxy resin adhesive.

1.2 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Epoxy injection shall be performed by a certified applicator.

B. CONTRACTOR’S/Subcontractor's operator engaged in the epoxy injection process shall have satisfactory operator experience in the methods of restoring concrete structures utilizing the specific epoxy injection process indicated. Operator's experience shall include previous repairs of cracked or damaged concrete structures, the technical knowledge of correct material selection and use, and the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of equipment.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 SURFACE SEAL

A. The surface seal material is that material used to confine the injection adhesive in the fissure during injection and cure.

B. The surface seal material shall have adequate strength to hold injection fittings firmly in place and to resist injection pressures adequately to prevent leakage during injection. Use Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel or Sikadur 33 as manufactured by the Sika Corporation or approved equal.

2.2 EPOXY RESIN ADHESIVE FOR INJECTION

A. Epoxy adhesive grout shall be a 100% solids 2-part water insensitive low-viscosity epoxy resin system. Epoxy shall be suitable for grouting both dry and damp cracks. Epoxy shall develop a minimum tensile strength (ASTM D695) of 6,000 psi and a minimum compressive strength of 8,000 psi. Epoxy shall be SIMPSON SET-XP, as manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie, or equivalent.

B. Submit product data to the Engineer for approval.

2.3 EQUIPMENT FOR INJECTION

A. The equipment used to meter and mix the two injection adhesive components and inject the mixed adhesive into the crack shall be portable, positive displacement type pumps with interlock to provide positive ratio control of exact proportions of the two components at the nozzle. The pumps shall be electric or air powered and shall provide in-line metering and mixing.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03740 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EPOXY ADHESIVE INJECTION OF CRACKS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03740 – EPOXY ADHESIVE INJECTION OF CRACKS IN CONCRETE MEMBERS

B. The injection equipment shall have automatic pressure control capable of discharging the mixed adhesive at any pre-set pressure up to 200 psi plus or minus 5 psi and shall be equipped with a manual pressure control override.

C. The injection equipment shall have the capability of maintaining the volume ratio for the injection adhesive prescribed by the manufacturer of the adhesive within a tolerance of plus or minus 5 percent by volume at any discharge pressure up to 200 psi.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Surface adjacent to cracks or other areas of application shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, grease, oil, efflorescence or other foreign matter which may be detrimental to the integrity of the bond between the epoxy and the injection surface. Acids and corrosives shall not be permitted.

B. Entry ports shall be provided along the crack at intervals of not less than the thickness of the concrete at that location.

C. Surface seal material shall be applied to the face of the crack between the entry ports. For through cracks, surface seal shall be applied to both faces.

D. Enough time for the surface seal material to gain adequate strength shall pass before proceeding with the injection.

3.2 EPOXY INJECTION

A. Injection of epoxy adhesive shall begin at lower entry port and continue until there is an appearance of epoxy adhesive at the next entry port adjacent to the entry port being pumped.

B. When epoxy adhesive travel is indicated by appearance at the next adjacent port, injection shall be discontinued on the entry port being pumped, and epoxy injection shall be transferred to the next adjacent port where epoxy adhesive has appeared.

C. Epoxy adhesive injection shall be performed continuously until cracks are completely filled.

D. If port to port travel of epoxy adhesive is not indicated, the work shall immediately be stopped and the Engineer notified.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03740 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EPOXY ADHESIVE INJECTION OF CRACKS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03740 – EPOXY ADHESIVE INJECTION OF CRACKS IN CONCRETE MEMBERS

3.3 FINISHING

A. When cracks are completely filled, epoxy adhesive shall be cured to sufficient time to allow removal of surface seal without any draining or runback of epoxy material from cracks.

B. Surface seal material and injection adhesive runs or spills shall be removed from concrete surfaces.

C. The face of the crack shall be finished flush to the adjacent concrete showing no indentations or protrusions caused by the placement of entry ports.

3.4 PRESSURE TEST

A. The mixing head of the injection equipment shall be connected and the equipment run until clear uniformly mixed material flows into the purge pail. The Operator shall engage the equipment shut-off nozzle valve and subsequently bump the on-off switch while monitoring pressure on psi gauge until the pressure reaches 200 psi. Pressure gauge shall be monitored for one minute. If pressure is maintained between 190-200 psi, check valves shall be considered to be functioning properly and the injection may proceed. If pressure drops below 190 psi, CONTRACTOR shall be required to have new seals installed on the check valves and the equipment shall be subsequently retested.

B. The pressure test shall be run for each injection unit at the beginning and after meal break of every shift that the unit is used in the work of crack repair.

C. The adequacy and accuracy of the equipment shall be solely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

3.5 RATIO TEST

A. The epoxy mixture ratio shall be monitored continuously while injecting by placing a strip of masking tape on the sides of the A and B reservoirs full height. After filling reservoirs, the A and B levels shall be marked and monitored while running injection machine into purge pail for a period of one minute.

B. The ratio test shall be run for each injection unit at the beginning and after meal break of every shift that the unit is used in the work of crack repair.

3.6 PROOF OF RATIO AND PRESSURE TEST

A. At all times during the course of the work the CONTRACTOR shall keep complete and accurate records available to the Engineer of the pressure and ratio tests specified above.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03740 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EPOXY ADHESIVE INJECTION OF CRACKS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03740 – EPOXY ADHESIVE INJECTION OF CRACKS IN CONCRETE MEMBERS

B. In addition, the Engineer at any time without prior notification of the CONTRACTOR, may request the CONTRACTOR to conduct the tests specified above in the presence of the Engineer.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03740 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS EPOXY ADHESIVE INJECTION OF CRACKS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03800 – LEAKAGE TESTING OF RESERVOIR

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section described the method of testing prestressed concrete reservoirs for leakage.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01010 – Summary of Work

B. Section 03314 – Retrofit of Strand-Wound, Prestressed Concrete Reservoir

PART 2 – MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 RESERVOIR LEAKAGE TEST

A. Pre-construction Test:

1. Prior to commencing repairs to the reservoir, and after excavation of area surrounding the reservoir and appurtenant equipment required to isolate the reservoir from the distribution system, the reservoir shall be tested to determine baseline watertightness.

2. The reservoir shall be filled with potable water to the maximum level. Water will be furnished to the reservoir by the AGENCY.

3. The AGENCY will conduct a of visual inspection of the exposed walls, footings, appurtenant piping and isolation valves for any leaks and by measuring the liquid level over the next twenty-four hours to determine if any change has occurred. If leaks are visually identified or if a change in the level of the reservoir is observed and exceeds the maximum allowance, the test shall be extended to a total of five days.

4. Leaks identified during pre-construction testing phase of the project shall be immediately brought to the AGENCY’S attention.

B. Post-construction Test:

1. After completion of reservoir repairs, the reservoir shall be tested to determine watertightness prior to placing backfill around the reservoir footing and walls.

2. The reservoir shall be filled with potable water to the maximum level. Water will be furnished to the reservoir by the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03800-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS LEAKAGE TESTING OF RESERVOIR 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03800 – LEAKAGE TESTING OF RESERVOIR

3. The AGENCY will conduct a of visual inspection of the exposed walls, footings, manholes(s) of the underdrain/footing system, appurtenant piping and isolation valves for any leaks and by measuring the liquid level over the next twenty-four hours to determine if any change has occurred. If leaks are visually identified or if a change in the level of the reservoir is observed and exceeds the maximum allowance, the test shall be extended to a total of five days, with change in water surface measured each day.

4. Leaks visually identified shall be noted on the contract drawings and immediately brought to the AGENCY’s attention. If at the end of five days no visual leaks are detected and the average daily change has not exceeded the maximum allowance, the test shall be considered satisfactory.

5. The liquid volume loss for a period of twenty-four hours shall not exceed 1/20th of 1% of the reservoir capacity, 0.0005 x reservoir volume. If the liquid volume loss exceeds this amount, it shall be considered excessive, and the reservoir shall be drained, repaired and retested.

6. Damp spots will not be permitted at any location on the reservoir wall. Damp spots are defined as spots where moisture can be picked up on a dry hand. All such areas shall be repaired as necessary.

7. Damp spots or standing water on the footing may occur upon reservoir filling and are permissible within the allowable volume loss. Measurable flow in this area is not permissible and shall be corrected.

8. If the measured leakage exceeds the allowable rate, drain the structure, repair leaks, refill the structure and, again, test for leakage. Continue this process until the drop in water surface in a 24-hour period meets the test requirements.

9. Repair visible leaks and damp spots whether leakage exceeds the allowable leakage rate or not.

10. Make repairs and additional filling and testing (including the cost of water) at no additional cost to AGENCY.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03800-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS LEAKAGE TESTING OF RESERVOIR 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03930 – CONCRETE REHABILITATION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all concrete rehabilitation work necessary to provide an acceptable substrate for the protective lining or to fill voids, structurally reinforce and/or rebuild surfaces, etc. as determined necessary by the AGENCY. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall perform all related work including surface preparation, reinforcing corrosion protection, priming, finishing and curing of the rehabilitation work.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 03740 – Epoxy Adhesive Injection of Cracks in Concrete Members

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Except as otherwise indicated, the current editions of the following apply to the Work of this Section:

1. References herein to “SSPC Specifications” or “SSPC” shall mean the published standards of SSPC, the Society for Protective Coatings.

2. References herein to “NACE” shall mean the published standards of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers.

3. SSPC (Society for Protective Coatings)

4. NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers)

5. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials)

a. ASTM C109 – Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars

b. ASTM C882 – Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete

c. ASTM C496 – Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens

d. ASTM C88 – Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate

e. ASTM D638 – Tensile Properties of Plastics

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03930 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE REHABILITATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03930 – CONCRETE REHABILITATION

f. ASTM D790 – Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics

g. ASTM D695 – Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics

h. ASTM D4541 – Pull-off Strength of Coatings Using a Portable Adhesion Tester

i. ASTM D2584 – Volatile Matter Content

j. ASTM D2240 – Durometer Hardness, Type D

k. ASTM D543 – Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents

l. ASTM C579 – Compressive Strength of Chemically Setting Silicate and Silica Chemical Resistant Mortars

6. American Concrete Institute (ACI)

a. ACI 506.2 – Specifications for Material, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete

7. SSPWC 210-2.3.3 – Chemical resistance testing published in the SSPWC, current edition

1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements stated in Section 01300.

B. Technical Data: The CONTRACTOR shall submit technical data for materials which document compliance with the requirements of this section, including application, cure time, surface preparation procedures, and certification from coating product manufacturer as to the compatibility of the repair material(s) and coating system.

C. Installation Recommendations: The CONTRACTOR shall provide written installation recommendations from the manufacturer for each of the products to be used in the work covered by this section of the specifications including application, cure time, and surface preparation procedures which permit optimum bond strength with coatings. Specific procedures for the application of an epoxy coating shall be included.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall provide certification of compatibility from all product manufacturers of protective linings, concrete rehabilitation products, grouts, sealants, or other materials used in the rehabilitation process.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03930 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE REHABILITATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03930 – CONCRETE REHABILITATION

E. The CONTRACTOR shall provide Material Safety and Data Sheets and Technical Data Sheets for all compounds utilized in Concrete Rehabilitation.

F. Five (5) references of manufacturer indicating successful coating system performance greater than five (5) years in age of the submitted coating product(s) within the municipal wastewater environment.

G. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a written warranty from all manufacturers against defects of materials for a period of one (1) year following AGENCY acceptance of the installation.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Packaging: The CONTRACTOR shall store all products to be used in their original, unopened packaging displaying the manufacturer’s name, labels, product identification and batch numbers as applicable. Damaged material must be removed from the site immediately.

B. All products to be used in the work covered by this Section shall be delivered, stored, and handled in accordance with the product manufacturer’s written recommendations.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. All products proposed for use for all rehabilitation and protective lining work covered in these Contract Documents shall be compatible and be manufactured from the same company or a statement shall be provided from the concrete patch material and protective lining manufacturers certifying their products are mutually compatible with the other products used for this work.

B. Repair materials shall be used to fill voids, structurally reinforce and/or rebuild surfaces, etc. as determined by the AGENCY.

2.2 BONDING AGENT

A. Bonding agent shall be a solvent-free, moisture-tolerant, epoxy-modified, cementitious product specifically formulated as a bonding agent containing an anti-corrosion agent that is compatible with the concrete patch material and manhole protective lining material.

B. The need for a bonding agent shall be based on the requirements of the concrete patch manufacturer. If it is determined that a bonding agent is not required, the concrete patch manufacturer shall submit a certification to the AGENCY stating such prior to installation of the project.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03930 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE REHABILITATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03930 – CONCRETE REHABILITATION

C. Bonding agent material shall meet the following requirements (@ 73 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity):

Work Life 45 - 120 minutes Compressive Strength 6,000 psi @ 7 days Bonding Strength (ASTM C 882) 2,500 psi @ 14 days (moist cure)

D. All bonding agents for concrete shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Bonding agent shall have a coat window (time until the repair mortar is required to be placed) of at least 8 hours at 68 degrees F.

2. The bonding agent shall not create a vapor barrier.

E. If the bonding agent is not manufactured by the same company as the protective lining and concrete mortar manufacturer, all manufacturers must certify in writing that their products are compatible. Concrete mortar manufacturer shall certify in writing that the bonding agent used for the project is in accordance with their recommendations for this application and for use with the concrete patch mortar materials.

2.3 CONCRETE PATCH MORTAR

A. Concrete repair materials shall be used to fill voids, structurally reinforce and/or rebuild surfaces as determined necessary by the AGENCY and the protective lining applicator.

B. Patch material shall be either of the following and shall be on the written approved list of patch materials provided by the manhole protective lining manufacturer:

1. 100-percent solids, solvent-free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy top coating compatibility that meets the performance requirements specified herein and that has corrosion inhibitor properties and is recommended by the manufacturer for use in sewer manhole repairs. The epoxy grout manufacturer shall provide instructions for trowel or spray application and for epoxy top coating procedures.

2. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, non-shrink and non-sag repair mortar that is specifically formulated to be suitable for epoxy topcoating. Repair mortar shall have corrosion inhibitor properties and shall be recommended by the manufacturer for use in sewer manhole repairs.

C. Patch material shall meet the following minimum requirements (@ 73 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity):

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03930 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE REHABILITATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03930 – CONCRETE REHABILITATION

Work Life 15 minutes minimum Compressive Strength 4,000 psi @ 7 days Bonding Strength (ASTM C 882) 2,200 psi @ 28 days

D. The patch material shall be designed for vertical and overhead applications.

E. The patch material shall be capable of meeting the minimum and maximum application thicknesses required for rebuilding or repairing the manholes and specified in the Contract Documents.

F. If the concrete repair material is not manufactured by the same company as the protective lining and bonding agent manufacturer, all manufacturers must certify in writing that their products are compatible.

G. Repair mortar applicators shall be trained to properly apply the mortar according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

2.4 LEAK REPAIR

A. The CONTRACTOR shall stop infiltration/leaks prior to applying protective lining in accordance with this Section. The manufacturers of all materials used, including the protective lining manufacturer, shall provide written certification stating that their products are mutually compatible.

B. Leak repair shall be achieved by use of a Portland cement mortar waterstop. The waterstop shall be a blend of selected Portland cements and specially graded aggregates. The materials shall be non-combustible, either before or after cure. The materials shall be supplied in a factory-proportioned unit. The Portland cement mortar shall not produce a vapor barrier.

C. Leak repair material shall meet the following requirements.

1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C109)

1 day 4,200 psi min 7 days 6,800 psi min

2. Splitting Tensile Strength (ASTM C496)

1 day 600 psi min 7 days 700 psi min

3. Sulfate Resistance Test (ASTM C88): no deterioration

D. Portland cement mortar water stop shall be SikaSet Plug as manufactured by Sika Corporation, or approved equal. If the leak repair material is not manufactured by the same company as the protective lining and concrete patch

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03930 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE REHABILITATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03930 – CONCRETE REHABILITATION

material manufacturer, all manufacturers must certify in writing that their products are compatible.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Remove all loose material to expose sound concrete at the repair area. Steel brush any exposed reinforcing steel to remove any protective lining or loose material. The surface shall be clean and have an open texture surface by blast- cleaning or equivalent mechanical means. The surface shall be saturated surface dry, but with no standing water.

3.2 BONDING AGENT APPLICATION

A. The bonding agent material shall be applied, stored, handled, and transported in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations.

B. Mix manufacturer’s pre-measured components for bonding agent as recommended by manufacturer. Mix only the quantity of materials that can be applied within the specified pot life of the product. Do not apply bonding agent of any batch after the recommend pot life has elapsed.

C. The bonding agent slurry shall be worked into the substrate surface with a stiff bristle brush or broom. Work slurry into all surface irregularities to achieve complete coverage.

D. Apply patch material to bonding agent wet-on-wet or within the manufacturer’s recommended open time for bonding agent.

3.3 PATCH MATERIAL APPLICATION

A. The concrete patch material shall be applied, stored, handled, and transported in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations.

B. Mix manufacturer’s pre-measured components of patch material as recommended by manufacturer. Mix only the quantity of materials that can be applied within the specified pot life of the product. If patch material is being extended with fine aggregate, mix the aggregate into the material as recommended by manufacturer.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall apply the patch material into the substrate and around any exposed reinforcing bars. The patch material shall be consolidated eliminating any voids. It shall be built-up from the edges of the repair area towards the center. After filling, consolidate patch material and screed surface to match original shape of member as close as possible.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03930 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE REHABILITATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 03930 – CONCRETE REHABILITATION

D. The vertical face of the wall or column shall be cleaned of any fins or burrs on the surface.

E. The patch material finish shall be “broom finish”.

F. The thickness of the patch shall be in accordance with the minimum and maximum allowable thickness limits as recommended by manufacturer.

3.4 LEAK REPAIR APPLICATION

A. Prepare surface and apply materials per the manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Adhere to all limitations and precautions for the instant setting of Portland cement water stop systems stated in the manufacturers technical data sheet and literature.

C. Do not apply material if it is raining or snowing or if such conditions appear to be imminent. Minimum application temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit.

D. Precautions should be taken to avoid damage to any surface near the work zone due to mixing and handling of the specified material.

3.5 CURING

A. After the repair is completed, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for maintaining a humid environment to allow for proper curing of all surfaces. If necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall cover the surface with polyethylene sheet to trap moisture to the surface.

B. Cure all repair surfaces as specified by the patch material and protective lining manufacturers to ensure compatibility and long term lining performance.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 03930 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE REHABILITATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide concrete masonry and appurtenant work, complete, in accordance with the contract documents.

B. Work included in this section. Principal items are:

1. Concrete block masonry.

2. Installing reinforcing steel in masonry.

3. Grout and mortar for masonry.

4. Shoring, bracing and scaffolding incidental to work of this section.

5. Setting and incorporating into masonry all bolts, anchors, inserts and ledgers.

6. Building in of frames, vents, pipes, conduits and inserts

7. Continuous inspections, test specimens and samples of material, as specified.

8. Pointing, cleaning and protection

9. Submittals

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. The work of the following sections apply to the work of this section. Other sections, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work.

1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

2. Section 03200 - Reinforcement Steel.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. The 2019 edition of the California Building Code (CBC).

B. The 2018 edition of the International Building Code (IBC).

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

C. Commercial Standards (Current Edition):

ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures

ACI 530 Building Code Requirements for Concrete Masonry Structures

D. ASTM Standards in Building Codes (Current Edition):

ASTM A-615 Specification for Deformed and Plan Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

ASTM A0706 Specification for Low – Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

ASTM C-5 Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes

ASTM C-55 Building Brick Concrete

ASTM C-90 Specification for Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units

ASTM C-140 Method of Sampling for Testing Concrete Masonry Units

ASTM C-144 Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar

ASTM C-145 Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units

ASTM C-150 Specification for Portland Cement

ASTM C-207 Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes

ASTM C-270 Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry

ASTM C-4040 Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout

ASTM C-426 Test Method for Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Block

ASTM E-476 Grout for Reinforced and Non-Reinforced Unit Masonry

ASTM E-447 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Samples of concrete masonry unit colors with texture ranges as indicated shall be submitted to the AGENCY's Representative for selection of the color in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300. Full size samples of the blocks for final approval by the AGENCY's Representative after color selection, if requested. If the material indicated is a colored and textured unit, the samples

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

submitted shall be colored and textured units. Samples of mortar colors shall be submitted for color selection by the AGENCY's Representative.

B. A 6 foot minimum square free-standing sample panel containing both 12 inch and 8 inch masonry work shall be prepared for approval by the AGENCY's Representative before starting masonry work and shall remain at the work site for reference until all masonry work is completed.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Applicable Standards: concrete masonry shall conform to the CBC and other applicable codes and standards of governing authorities.

B. All work shall conform to the standard of quality established by the AGENCY's Representative's acceptance of the free standing sample panel required to be construction before starting the masonry work.

C. Concrete block masonry units shall be sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM C-140.

D. Testing of Mortar and Grout: The CONTRACTOR shall have the mortar and grout tested by a recognized testing laboratory approved by the AGENCY's Representative to ensure compliance with the specifications and the governing codes. Test reports shall be submitted to the AGENCY's Representative in accordance with the Specification Section 01300.

E. Tests shall be taken at the following times:

1. At the start of the masonry work, at least two test samples each of mortar and grout shall be taken on three successive working days.

2. At any change in materials or job conditions, at least two samples of each modified material, grout and mortar shall be tested.

3. Four random tests each of mortar and grout shall be made. The random test samples shall be taken when requested by the AGENCY's Representative.

4. Additional samples and tests may be required whenever, in the judgment of the AGENCY's Representative, additional tests (beyond the random tests) are necessary to determine the quality.

F. The costs of tests and test reports, except for additional tests required by the AGENCY's Representative, shall be by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the AGENCY. The costs of the additional tests and reports, when such reports verify compliance with the contract documents, will be paid by the AGENCY. When tests or reports do not verify compliance, the cost of all additional tests and reports shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

G. Test samples shall be stored in a moist environment until tested, unless directed otherwise by the AGENCY's Representative or the testing laboratory. Tests shall be in accordance with the IBC Standard for mortar. The grout and mortar strengths shall be not less than the minimum strengths indicated herein.

H. Inspection by a certified Special Inspector employed by the AGENCY and approved by the Building Official, with the costs borne by the AGENCY, will be required where necessary to conform with code requirements.

1. The Special Inspector shall demonstrate competence for the operation requiring special inspection to the Building Official and structural engineer per CBC Section 1704.1

2. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the AGENCY's Representative at least 24 hours in advance of the needed inspection.

3. The CONTRACTOR shall provide copies of inspection reports to the AGENCY's Representative and Building Official.

I. Weather Conditions: Concrete masonry units shall not be placed when air temperature is below 40 degrees F and shall be protected against direct exposure to the wind and sun when erected when the ambient air temperature exceeds 99 degrees F in the shade with relative humidity less than 50 percent.

J. Product Storage: Cement, lime and other cementitious materials shall be delivered to the site and stored in dry, weather-tight sheds or enclosures, in unbroken bags, barrels, or other approved containers, plainly marked and labeled with the manufacturers' names and brands. Mortar and grout shall be stored and handled in a manner which will prevent the inclusion of foreign materials and damage by water or dampness. Masonry units shall be handled with care to avoid chipping and breakage and shall be stored as directed in the Masonry Design Manual. Materials stored on newly constructed floors shall be stacked in such a manner that the uniformly-distributed loading does not exceed 30 pounds per square foot. Masonry materials shall be protected from contact with the earth and exposure to the weather and shall be kept dry and clean until used.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

A. Concrete masonry units shall conform to ASTM C-90, Grade N, Type I, hollow load bearing units with maximum linear shrinkage of 0.6 percent from standard to oven- dried condition. Units shall be medium weight units unless indicated otherwise.

B. Concrete masonry units shall be 8 inch by 8 inch by 16 inch modular size and with both split and smooth faces as shown on the drawings. The color of concrete masonry units shall be as specified in the finish schedule on the drawings.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

C. All bond beam, corner, lintel, sill and other specially shaped blocks shall be provided and used where required or necessary. Specially shaped non-structural blocks may be constructed by saw cutting. The color and texture of specially shaped blocks shall match that of adjacent units.

2.2 MATERIALS FOR MORTAR AND GROUT

A. Portland cement shall be Type II, low alkali, conforming to ASTM C-150.

B. Lime past shall be made with pulverized quicklime or with hydrated lime, which shall be allowed to soak not less than 72 hours before use; except, that hydrated lime processed by the steam method shall be allowed to soak not less than 24 hours and shall be made by adding the lime to the water. In lieu of hydrated lime past for use in mortar the hydrated lime may be added in the dry form. Hydrated lime shall be Type S, conforming to ASTM C-207. Pulverized quicklime shall conform to ANSI/ASTM C 5, shall pass a No. 20 sieve, and 90 percent shall pass a No. 50 sieve.

C. Sand shall conform to ASTM C-144. Coarse aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-404.

D. Water for mixing shall be clear potable water.

E. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A-614, Grade 60.

F. Admixture for mortar shall be BASF "PS-235 or Rheomix-235; Sika Co., "Sika Red Label" or equal. The admixture shall not be determined detrimental to the bonding or help the process of efflorescence.

G. Admixture for grout shall be Sika Co., "Sika Grout Aid", Type II; BASF "Pozzolith" normal or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Measurements for mortar and grout shall be accurately made. Shovel measurements are not acceptable. Mortar proportions shall be accurately controlled and maintained.

3.2 MORTAR

A. Mortar for concrete block masonry shall be Type S, with a minimum 28 day compressive strength to 1,800 psi. Proportions shall be one part Portland cement, 1/4 to 1/2 part lime past or hydrated lime and damp, loose sand in an amount (by volume) of not less than 2 1/4 or more than three times the sum of the volumes of cement and lime used, and with the precise amount of water required to produce the required workability and strength.

B. Mortar color shall match block color.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

3.3 GROUT

A. Grout shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Proportions shall be one part Portland cement, not more than 1/10 part lime paste or hydrated lime, 2 ¼ to 3 parts damp, loose sand, not more than two parts pea gravel and water in the amount necessary to produce a consistency for pouring without segregation of components. Where the grout space is less than 4 inches, pea gravel shall be omitted.

B. Admixtures may only be used when approved by the AGENCY's Representative. When it has been approved for use, it shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations for the grout.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL

A. All work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable code for reinforced concrete hollow-unit masonry.

B. Set or embed all anchors, bolts, reglets, sleeves, conduits and other items in work as required.

C. All block cutting shall be by machine.

D. Masonry units shall be supported off ground and shall be covered to protect them from rain. Only clean, dry, uncracked units shall be incorporated into the work.

E. All reinforcing steel shall be cleaned of all loose rust and scale and all oil, direct, paint laitance or other substances which may be detrimental to or reduce bonding of the steel and concrete.

F. Immediately before starting work, the concrete upon which the masonry will be laid shall be cleaned with water under pressure.

G. Full mortar joint for first course shall be provided.

H. Units shall be shoved tightly against adjacent units to assure good mortar bond.

I. The CONTRACTOR shall provide safe and adequate scaffolding, planking, ladders and/or ramps conforming with all applicable CAL/OSHA State of California Construction Safety Orders.

3.5 MASON'S IRON WORK

A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, set and build into the masonry, all iron work necessary for the masonry construction and which is enclosed in the masonry.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall set and build into the masonry all items which are furnished and located by other trades, or indicated on the drawings, such as

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

bolts, sleeves for securing the work of such other trades, metal attachments, sleeves, inserts and similar items. Setting shall consist of the bedding or setting in mortar or dry pack, of all items to be set hereunder.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall build into the masonry all items furnished, located and set by others, such as door frames, vents, conduits, pipes and the like. Building into masonry shall consist of filling-in with mortar or grout around all items to be built into masonry including hollow metal door frames. The CONTRACTOR shall set and build-in all such items so that there will be no voids anywhere and so that the items are installed rigid, solid and held accurately and securely in place.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall bear full responsibility for the accurate placement of all mason's iron work. The CONTRACTOR shall fully and solidly grout anchors in place. Unless otherwise noted, the CONTRACTOR shall provide embedment of not less than 2/3 of the wall thickness.

3.6 EQUIPMENT

A. All equipment for mixing and transporting the mortar shall be clean and free from set mortar, dirt or other foreign matter.

3.7 MIXING

A. Mortar shall be mixed by placing 1/2 of the water and sand in the operating mixer, following which the cement, lime and remainder of the sand and water shall be added. After all ingredients are in the mixer, they shall be mechanically mixed for not less than 5 minutes. Retempering shall be done on the mortar board by adding water within a basin formed within the mortar, and the mortar reworked into the water. Mortar which is not used within one hours shall be discarded.

3.8 ERECTION OF CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

A. Masonry work shall be erected in-plane, plumb, level, straight and true to dimensions shown and executed in accordance with acceptable practices of the trade.

B. Unless indicated otherwise, masonry shall be laid up in straight uniform courses with running bond.

C. All masonry shall be erected to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells measuring not less than 3 inch by 3 inch in cross section. Walls and cross webs shall be full bedded in mortar. All head (or end) joints shall be solidly filled with mortar for a distance in from the face of the wall or not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face shells.

3.9 SHORING AND BRACING

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

A. All shoring and bracing shall be provided as required for work. Shoring and bracing shall be constructed to required shapes and sizes, capable of supporting and sustaining the loads to which they will be subjected without failure or deflection. Shores and bracing shall be left in place until concrete masonry can safely carry all required live and dead loads.

B. Concrete masonry walls shall be adequately braced to withstand all forces to which they will be subjected during construction. Walls are not designed to be self-supporting for lateral loads until attached to floor and roof elements.

3.10 JOINTS

A. Vertical and horizontal joints shall be uniform and approximately 3/8 inch wide. Exterior joints and interior exposed block joints shall be concave-tooled to a dense surface. Special care shall be used in tooling joints so as to match existing construction. Interior or exterior non-exposed masonry and masonry behind plaster shall have flush joints.

3.11 CLEANOUTS

A. Cleanout openings shall be provided at the bottoms of all cells to be filled at each lift or pour of grout, where such lift or pour is over 4 ft. in height. Any overhanging mortar or other obstructions or debris shall be removed from the insides of such cell walls. The cleanouts shall be sealed before grouting and after inspection. Cleanout openings shall match the finished wall in exposed masonry.

3.12 REINFORCEMENT

A. Deep cut bond beam blocks shall be used where horizontal reinforcing steel is embedded. H-block beams may be used at locations other than openings.

B. Vertical reinforcement shall be held in position at top and bottom and at intervals not exceeding 192 diameters of the reinforcement.

3.13 GROUTING

A. All cells shall be filled solidly with grout. Grouting shall not be started until the wall has cured for 24 hours. Maximum grout pour height shall be 12 ft poured in maximum 5-foot lifts.

B. All grout shall be consolidated at time of pouring by puddling or vibrating. Where the grouting operation has been stopped for one hour or longer, horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping the grout pour 1-1/2 inches below the top of the uppermost unit.

3.14 PROTECTION

A. Wall surfaces shall be protected from droppings or mortar or grout during construction.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 04232 – REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY

3.15 FINISHING AND CLEANING

A. Masonry shall not be wet-finished unless exposed to extreme hot weather or hot wind and then only by using a nozzle-regulated fog spray sufficient only to dampen the face but not of such quantity to cause water to flow down over the masonry.

B. Finish masonry shall be cleaned and pointed in a manner satisfactory to the AGENCY's Representative, based upon the standards established by the approved sample panel.

C. All exposed to view interior and exterior colored masonry work shall be cleaned by light sandblasting to remove all stains and other imperfections.

D. All exposed masonry surfaces of opening and window and door openings such as sills, heads and jambs shall be finish block surfaces, not formed surfaces, unless indicated otherwise. Closed bottom bond beam blocks shall be used at heads and sills. Pour holes may be used at the sill under window frame and where approved by the AGENCY's Representative.

3.16 CLEAR SEALER ON EXTERIOR MASONRY

A. Apply clear sealer to exterior masonry surfaces per Section 09800, System No. 73 .

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 04232-9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05220 – CONCRETE BOLTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide concrete anchor bolts, inserts, complete, in accordance with the contract documents. Principal items are anchor bolts placed in concrete, adhesive anchors, and drilled anchors.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. The work of the following sections apply to the work of this section. Other sections, not referenced below, shall apply to the extent required for proper performance of the work.

1. Section 03200 - Reinforcement Steel

2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

3. Section 03315 – Grout

4. Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metals

5. Steel supports hangers, brackets and other miscellaneous items such as bolts accessory to mechanical and electrical installations indicated or detailed on the contract documents and in Divisions 11, 13, 15 and 16.

1.3 REFERENCE, SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Except as otherwise indicated in this section of the specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall comply with the latest adopted editions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), together with the latest adopted editions of the Regional Amendments.

B. The latest edition of the California Building Code (CBC).

C. Federal Specifications (Current Edition):

MIL-A-907E Antiseize Thread Compound, High Temperature

D. ASTM Standards in Building Codes (Current Edition):

ASTM A193 Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and other Special Purpose Applications

ASTM A194 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both

ASTM A276 Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05220 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE BOLTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05220 – CONCRETE BOLTS

ASTM F593 Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs

ASTM F594 Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings of all concrete bolts shall be submitted to the AGENCY for review in accordance with the Specification Section 01300.

B. An ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. report listing the ultimate load capacity in tension and shear for each size and type of adhesive concrete anchor used shall be submitted for review. The CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer's recommended installation instructions and procedures for all adhesive anchors for review and approval. The CONTRACTOR shall follow approved procedures during installation of concrete anchors.

C. No substitution for the indicated adhesive anchors will be considered unless accompanied with ICC Evaluation Services, Inc. report verifying strength and material equivalency, including temperature at which load capacity is reduced to 90 percent of that determined at 75 degrees F.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Anchor Bolts: Unless otherwise indicated, anchor bolts shall be fabricated of materials as follows:

1. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers ASTM F 593, Type 316

2. Stainless Steel nuts ASTM F594, Type 316

3. Plates and washers ASTM A276

B. Buried or Submerged Bolts: Unless other corrosion-resistant bolts are indicated, all bolts, anchor bolts, nuts and washers which are buried, submerged, or below the top of the wall inside any hydraulic structure shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193 for bolts and to ASTM A194 for nuts. All threads on stainless steel bolts shall be protected with an antiseize lubricant suitable for submerged stainless steel bolts, to meet government specification MIL-A-907E.

1. Antiseize lubricant shall be classified as acceptable for potable water use.

2. Antiseize lubricant shall be "PURE WHITE" by Anti-Seize Technology, Franklin Park, IL 60131, AS-470 by Dixon Ticonderoga Company, Lakehurst, NJ, 08733, or approved equal.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05220 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE BOLTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05220 – CONCRETE BOLTS

C. Bolt Requirements:

1. All bolts and cap screws shall have hexagon heads and nuts shall be Heavy Hexagon Series.

2. The length of all bolts shall be such that after joints are made up, each bolt shall extend through the entire nut, but in no case, more than 1/2 inch beyond the nut.

D. Epoxy Adhesive Anchors: Grout for epoxy adhesive anchors shall be as specified on the structural drawings. No substitutions will be considered unless accompanied with ICC evaluations Services, Inc. report verifying strength and material equivalency.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Fabrication and Installation: Except as otherwise indicated, the fabrication and installation of anchor bolts shall conform to the requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction “Steel Construction Manual".

B. Install adhesive and drilled anchor bolts in accordance with method specified in the ICC evaluation report for manufacturer product.

3.2 INSPECTION

A. The AGENCY reserves the right to inspect all materials and workmanship covered in this section. Such inspections will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with the specifications. If inspections indicate that the materials or workmanship are defective, the CONTRACTOR shall remove and replace the defective work at no additional cost of the AGENCY.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05220 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONCRETE BOLTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05500 – MISCELLANEOUS METALS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install all miscellaneous metal fabrications work, including surface preparation and shop priming.

B. The extent of miscellaneous metal fabrications is shown or scheduled and includes items fabricated from iron, steel and aluminum shapes, plates, bars, castings and extrusions, which are not a part of other metal systems covered by other sections of these Specifications.

C. The types of miscellaneous metal fabrications work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Ladders.

2, Access hatches.

3. Miscellaneous framing and supports.

4. Railings

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. The Work of the following Sections applies to the Work of this Section. Work of other Sections of the Specification, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work.

1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.

2. Section 01300 - Record Drawings and Submittals.

3. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.

4. Section 09800 - Painting and Coating.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Reference Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified:

1. ASTM A36 – Structural Steel.

2. ASTM A123 – Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05500 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS METALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05500 – MISCELLANEOUS METALS

3. ASTM A153 – Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.

4. ASTM A240 – Heat Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Fusion-welded Unfired Pressure Vessels.

5. ASTM A320 – Alloy Steel Bolting Material for Low Temperature Service.

6. ASTM A386 – Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.

7. ASTM B209 – Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

8. ASTM B211 – Aluminum-Alloy Bars, Rods and Wire.

9. ASTM B221 – Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes.

10. ANSI A14.3 – Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders.

11. AWS D1.1 – Structural Welding Code.

12. AISI Standards for Stainless Steel.

B. Design Criteria: The size and spacing of adhesive bolts, anchor bolts, cast-in- place inserts and similar items shown or specified shall be considered the minimum acceptable size. Final selection of these items shall be based upon the actual design load times a minimum safety factor of four. Where the size and spacing of expansion bolts, anchor bolts, cast-in-place inserts and similar items are not shown or are not specified, CONTRACTOR shall provide such items of sufficient size, length, load carrying capacity and spacing required to carry the design load times a minimum safety factor of four. Provide non-corrosive materials for all such items.

C. Field Measurements: Take field measurements where required prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting of the work.

D. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

E. Welding: All weld procedures and welder qualification shall be available for review at the request of the AGENCY. All welding shall be inspected by a CONTRACTOR -provided inspector qualified in accordance with AWS requirements and approved by the Engineer.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05500 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS METALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05500 – MISCELLANEOUS METALS

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Samples: Submit for approval sets of representative samples of materials including nosing, rungs and other finished products as may be requested by Engineer. Review will be for color, texture, style, and finish only. Compliance with all other requirements is exclusive responsibility of CONTRACTOR.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following:

1. Shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal fabrications work. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawing and templates for location and installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications items and anchorage devices.

2. Copies of manufacturer’s specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions for products to be used in miscellaneous metal fabrications work.

C. Certification: An alloy certification for all stainless steel shall be provided to show alloy conformance.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Materials: Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings, structural and miscellaneous metals shall conform with the standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials, including the following:

Item ASTM Standard Class, Grade Type or Alloy No. No.

Cast Iron Cast Iron A48 Class 40B

Steel Galvanized sheet iron or steel A446, A525, A526 Coating G90 Black steel, sheet or strip A569, A570 Coil (plate) A635 Structural plate, bars, rolled A36 Shapes, and miscellaneous items

Standard bolts, nuts, and A307 washers

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05500 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS METALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05500 – MISCELLANEOUS METALS

Item ASTM Standard Class, Grade Type or Alloy No. No.

High strength bolts, nuts and A325, Hardened flat washers

Eyebolts A489 Type 1 Tubing, cold-formed A500 Tubing, hot-formed A501 Steel pipe A53 Grade B

Stainless Steel Plate, sheet and strip UNS Designation L31653

B. Stainless steels are designed by type or the Unified Numbering System (UNS). All stainless steel shall be Type 316 L.

C. Aluminum:

1. Alloy and Temper: Provide alloy and temper as shown or specified, or as otherwise recommended by the aluminum producer or finisher.

2. Extruded Shapes and Tubes: ASTM B221.

3. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B209.

4. Bars, Rods and Wire: ASTM B211.

5. Finish: Provide Architectural Class I anodized finish AA-M32C22A41 Clear as specified in the NAAMM Manual.

D. Stainless Steel Fasteners and Fittings: ASTM A320.

E. Zinc Coated Hardware: ASTM A153.

2.2 ACCESS HATCHES

A. All hatches shall be fabricated from Aluminum 6061 T6 unless otherwise indicated. All hatch hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Hatches shall be gutter-type, or as shown.

B. Hatch opening sizes, number and direction of swing of door leaves, and locations, shall be as indicated. Sizes given shall be for the clear opening. Unless indicated otherwise, hinges shall be located on the longer dimension side. Unless indicated otherwise, ladder hatches shall be a minimum of 30 inches wide by 36

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05500 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS METALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05500 – MISCELLANEOUS METALS

inches long, with the ladder centered on the shorter dimension, and the door hinge opposite the ladder.

D. Door leaves shall be a minimum of ¼ inch checkered pattern plate. Channel frames shall be a minimum of ¼ inch material with an anchor flange around the perimeter. Hatches shall be provided with an automatic hold-open arm with release handle. Hatches shall be designed for easy opening from both inside and outside.

E. Hatches shall be designed to be water-tight and shall be equipped with a joint gutter and moat-type edge drain. The CONTRACTOR shall field verify hatch installation conditions via shop drawings.

F. Hatches shall include a recessed hasp for a padlock that is covered by a hinged lid flush with the surface and shall accommodate an openable lock from the inside

G. Hatch cover shall be equipped with a hold-open arm with separate grip handle, which automatically locks the cover in the open position. Hatches without separate grip handles shall not be permitted.

H. Hatches at grade level shall be designed for AASHTO H-20 loading. Hatches at roof level shall be capable of 300 psf Live load.

I. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Manufacturer shall guarantee against defects in material or workmanship for a period of five years.

J. Access hatches shall be manufactured by Bilco, Type JD-AL (double door) for 4’x4’ and 4’x6’ opening and Type J-AL (single door) for 3’x3’ opening. No substitution is allowed.

2.3 LADDERS

A. Access ladders for valve vaults and exterior ladders for reservoirs shall be 24” Aluminum, Fixed Access, Safety Ladder and per contract documents. All ladders shall meet all code and OSHA safety requirements. Interior ladders for reservoirs shall be stainless steel Type 316 L.

2.4 FALL PREVENTION SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL LADDERS

A. Where indicated in the Drawings, equip ladders with a flexible cable type vertical safety system consisting of 3/8-inch diameter, 1x7 strand, Type 316 stainless steel solid core cable with top and bottom brackets, cable guides and a detachable ladder safety sleeve (LAD-SAF X3 or approved equal) for a complete and fully operational fall prevention system. Top bracket assembly shall have Telescoping Single Point Anchor (SPA) extension. At all locations where fall prevention systems are installed, a safety chain with a snap hook shall be permanently attached to the top of the ladder. The chain shall be long enough to

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05500 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS METALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05500 – MISCELLANEOUS METALS

allow a person to connect the belt to the chain while standing on the landing adjacent to the ladder. The chain and snap hook shall have a minimum allowable capability of 500 pounds. Safety belts shall fit a waist range from 23 inches to 54 inches. Safety cables, rails and associated accessories shall be Type 316 stainless steel.

2.5 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PAINTING

A. Surface preparation and shop painting is required for all ferrous metal, equipment and accessories. Stainless steel shall not be painted.

B. All ferrous metal surfaces shall be cleaned and provided with two coats of priming paint in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 09800, Painting and Coating. All prime coat materials shall be compatible with the finish coat materials to be furnished under Section 09800. All ferrous metal surfaces may be given two coats of the manufacturer’s standard paint system in lieu of the priming paint, provided that the total mil thickness of paint is equal to that specified for the priming paint.

C. Minimum acceptable surface preparation for any equipment furnished with manufacturer’s standard paint system shall include cleaning with a Commercial Sandblast (SSOC-SP6).

D. Surface treatment shall be required on all stainless steel. After rolling, only stainless steel tools shall be used. An acid wash shall be applied after rolling.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Set miscellaneous metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Brace temporarily or anchor temporarily in formwork where fabrications are to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction.

B. Anchor securely as shown or as required for the intended use, using concealed anchors wherever possible.

C. Stairs and ladders shall be fitted accurately and field measured where necessary.

D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld steel connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind steel joints smooth and touch up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05500 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS METALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 05500 – MISCELLANEOUS METALS

E. Protection of Aluminum from Dissimilar Materials: Using approved washers, strips or sheets of felt, and coating specified in Section 09800, protect all surfaces of aluminum from contact with dissimilar materials such as concrete, masonry, steel, nonferrous metals, etc.

F. Galvanizing: All structural steel plates, shapes, bars, and fabricated assemblies required to be galvanized shall, after the steel has been thoroughly cleaned of rust and scale, be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A123 Class G90. Any galvanized part that becomes warped during the galvanizing operation shall be straightened. Field repairs to galvanizing shall be made using “Galvinox,” “Galvo-Weld,” or equal.

G. Welding: All welding shall be by the metal-arc method or gas-shielded arc method as described in the American Welding Society’s “Welding Handbook” as supplemented by other pertinent standards of the AWS. Qualifications of welders shall be in accordance with the AWS Standards governing same. All sharp corners of material to be painted or coated shall be ground to a minimum of 1/32- inch on the flat. All exposed aluminum welds shall be ground smooth and flush and shall be polished and anodized. Discoloration of exposed aluminum surfaces, whether or not due to welding, shall constitute a basis for rejection of the entire assembly.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 05500 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS METALS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. The Front End Documents and Division 1 are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein.

1.2 SCOPE

A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install a complete sheet membrane waterproofing system for the buried exterior concrete surfaces, as shown on the drawings and specified herein. The following structures shall receive this waterproofing treatment on buried exterior concrete surfaces:

1. The new Drainage Vault at John Paul Steiger Reservoir.

1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.

B. Section 03480 – Precast Concrete Specialties.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer's Details: If manufacturer's details vary from the details indicated on the contract documents, follow manufacturer's details as necessary to comply with warranty requirements. Provide changes in details at no additional cost to AGENCY.

B. Qualifications:

1. The Installer shall be licensed, approved or certified by the waterproofing manufacturer and shall have not less than five years experience in the application of the sheet membrane waterproofing systems of the type specified for this project.

2. Installer shall obtain primary waterproofing materials from a single manufacturer. Manufacturer's name shall appear on all containers.

3. Installer shall provide secondary materials as recommended by the manufacturer of primary materials.

4. Manufacturer's qualified technical representative will be required to visit the project site periodically during installation, during flood testing (per Paragraph 3.04A) and immediately prior to installation of protection board system to ensure waterproofing has been properly installed and warranty requirements have been met.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Division 1, General Requirements.

1. Product Data:

a. Submit manufacturer's literature including recommended instructions for installation.

b. Submit a list of projects of similar nature by both manufacturer and installer which have been constructed during the last five years. The submitted list shall be comprised of at least ten similar projects.

c. Submit sample warranty, clearly indicating compliance with warranty for this project.

2. Shop Drawings:

a. Clearly indicate details at expansion joints, penetrations, substrate cracks, control joints, drains and terminations.

b. Provide shop drawings signed by authorized representative of the waterproofing membrane manufacturer stating that submittal details meet manufacturer's warranty requirements for this specific project.

3. Samples: Submit six (6 each) 12" x 12" samples of the actual membrane that is to be used on this project for the AGENCY’s file.

4. Certificates:

a. Submit manufacturer's certification stating that materials ordered and supplied are compatible with each other, are suited for the locale and purpose intended and are shipped in sufficient quantity to ensure proper and timely installation.

b. Submit manufacturer's project registration form indicating that manufacturer has reviewed this project and will issue a warranty upon successful completion of the installation.

c. Submit manufacturer's approval of Installer.

d. Certify materials shipped to project site meet membrane manufacturer's published performance standards and requires of this specification.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

1.6

A. Like-items of equipment specified herein shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts and manufacturer's services.

1.7 SUPPLIER’S/MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES

A. A supplier's and/or manufacturer's representative for the waterproofing system specified herein shall be present at the job site for a minimum of 2 man-days, travel time excluded for installation assistance, inspection and certification of the installation.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Install waterproofing materials under conditions where the following criteria can be met:

1. Rain is not anticipated within 24 hours of outdoor application

2. Substrate surface temperature is above 40 degrees F and below 90 degrees F. Use special cold weather membrane and installation procedures for temperatures between 20 degrees F and 40 degrees F.

3. Do not work or walk on exposed waterproofing membrane. Install temporary or permanent protection board as necessary to protect membrane during subsequent work operations.

4. Do not apply membrane waterproofing on damp or frozen surfaces.

5. Coordinate time of application to ensure that earth backfill is installed within 90 days after completion of waterproofing and protection systems.

1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original sealed containers with labels clearly identifying manufacturer, material name and date of manufacture. Do not remove materials from containers until ready for installation.

1. Store material in a clean, dry space with a temperature range between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. Do not store materials in direct sunlight.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Provide a warranty for the completed installation. A single document signed by manufacturer, applicator and CONTRACTOR shall warrant against defects of materials and workmanship for a period of five (5) years from date of substantial completion of the entire project.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

1.11 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WATERPROOFING SYSTEMS

A. The sheet membrane waterproofing system shall be a specified below:

1. Jiffy Seal 140/60 as manufactured by Protecto Wrap Company, 1955 South Cherokee Street, Denver, CO 80223 (Telephone: 800/759-9727; Fax: 303/777-9273)

2. Bituthene System 4000 as manufactured by W.R. Grace Company, 62 Whitemore Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02140 (Telephone: 866/33303726; Fax: 617/498-4311)

3. Approved equal.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Sheet membrane waterproofing shall have the following characteristics:

1. Minimum Physical Properties:

Property Value Test Method Membrane tensile strength 325 psi ASTM D412 Polyester reinforcement tensile strength 3,200 psi min ASTM D412 Puncture resistance 50 lbs ASTM E154 Elongation of rubberized asphalt 300% ASTM D412 Water absorption 0.23% ASTM D570 Permeance 0.05 perms ASTM E96 UV Exposure without effect 3 months ASTM D146-78A Pliability Passed ASTM D146 Resistance to hydrostatic head 150 (Ft. of Water) Exposure to fungi in soil for 16 weeks Unaffected GSA-PBS 07155 Crack cycling at -15°F, 100 cycles Unaffected ASTM C836

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

B. Products:

1. General: Product shall be Jiffy Seal 140/60, as manufactured by Protecto Wrap Company, Bituthene System 4000 as manufactured by W.R. Grace Company, or approved equal.

2. Primer: Primer shall be as specified by the respective waterproofing system manufacturer.

3. Flashing Material:

a. Flashing material shall be 60 mil thick, unreinforced conformable sheet used for detailing around drains, penetrations, corners, footings and non-uniform surfaces.

4. Sealing Mastic: Sealing mastic shall be No. 160H and shall be a rubberized blend of bituminous and synthetic resin used for sealing detail cuts and membrane terminations.

5. Protection Board:

a. Protection board shall be Sealtight PC-3 Protection Course as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Company (Hampshire, Illinois), (800) 342-5976 or equal.

C. Waste Slab: For the Jiffy Seal, or approved equal, type system, CONTRACTOR shall construct a waste slab as required to provide a suitable surface for application of the sheet membrane waterproofing system beneath the base slab of the structure. CONTRACTOR shall provide the waste slab whether or not it is indicated on the drawings at no additional cost to AGENCY. The minimum thickness of the concrete slab shall be 2 inches or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. A thicker waste slab may be provided at the CONTRACTOR’S option (at no additional cost to AGENCY) to accommodate his construction procedures.

D. HDPE Membrane: For the Bituthene System 4000, or approved equal, type system, CONTRACTOR shall install a 50 mil HDPE membrane in lieu of the waste slab.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Concrete:

1. Ensure the concrete has cured for a minimum of seven (7) days and is clean and dry.

2. Verify that horizontal concrete surfaces have smooth wood float finish. Broom finishes are not acceptable.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

3. Ensure that fins, sharp protrusions, loose aggregate, dust, form release agents, curing compounds and other items that will inhibit adhesion of membrane to substrate are removed prior to waterproofing installation.

4. Verify that outside corners are chamfered and inside corners have epoxy mortar, latex, modified cementitious mortar or urethane sealant cants.

B. Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces shall be dry, clean, free of grease, oil, dirt, rust, corrosion, other coatings and contaminants which could affect adhesion of membrane system. Metal surfaces shall be without sharp edges or offsets at joint. Clean all copper surfaces with a solvent wipe prior to application of primer.

C. Unsatisfactory Conditions: Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. General: Remove fins and loose materials. Fill or finish holes and cracks flush with mortar or plastic cement.

B. Penetrations: Seal pipes, conduit, anchors and other items that are penetrating the waterproofing. Ensure penetrations are watertight.

C. Primer:

1. Apply primer as recommended by manufacturer for horizontal and vertical surfaces.

2. Ensure primed surfaces are free from runs, puddles or excessive primer.

3. Primer only as much surface as can be covered with membrane within eight (8) hours. If primed areas are not covered within eight (8) hours, apply new primer over existing.

4. Protect primed surfaces from dust.

5. Do not apply membrane until primer is tacky, but not wet.

6. Follow manufacturer's special priming instructions when ambient temperature is between 20 and 40 degrees F.

D. Construction Joints, Control Joints and Cracks: For joints and cracks less than ¼" wide with movement less than 25% of width, place 12" wide strip of membrane material over crack or joint.

E. Expansion Joints: For expansion joints (i.e. joints larger than ¼" or with movement greater than 25% of width, do the following:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

1. Install closed cell backer rod and sealant material into joint.

2. Place 12" wide strip of membrane material face down over joint with release film in place to create a slip plane over the joint. Install in accordance with manufacturer's details.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. General:

1. Apply waterproofing membrane in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.

2. Overlap membrane joints 2" minimum.

3. Place 12" wide flashing materials at inside corners and at the intersections of footings and walls.

4. Center flashing material in corners and intersections so that 6" legs extend in each direction.

5. Form flashing material to substrate irregularities. Remove release film immediately prior to waterproofing membrane installation.

6. Provide troweled bead of No. 160 H mastic to T-joints and detail cuts on the same day as installation.

7. Seal all protrusions and penetrations to make a positive seal with the primed penetrating member.

B. Vertical Application of Membrane:

1. Install waterproof membrane, beginning at top of wall, extending down and onto flooring.

2. Terminate waterproof membrane past edge of footing 4" minimum, well adhered to flashing material.

3. Overlap subsequent sheet 2" minimum.

4. Roll entire surface, as each sheet is installed to eliminate wrinkles and air spaces with particular emphasis on overlap areas.

5. Apply waterproof membrane with the top edge terminating within 1" of finish grade; seal with troweled bead of No. 160 H mastic, extending at least 1" into wall and 2" into membrane. Seal termination edges of waterproof membrane with trowel bead of No. 160 H mastic.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

6. Provide waterproof membrane over 6" wide flashing material around protrusions through wall; seal with No. 160 H mastic.

7. Rolling: Use heavy hand pressure and seal roller on all patches seams and edges.

8. Double cover outside corners and joints with waterproof membrane by applying initial 12" strip centered along axis of corner of joint and then covered by regular application of waterproof membrane.

C. Horizontal Application of Membrane:

1. Apply waterproof membrane with tack side down, from low point to high point so that laps shed water on horizontal surfaces.

2. Immediately repair misaligned or damaged membrane.

3. Terminate by turning edge up and pressing firmly to vertical surface. Seal with troweled bead of No. 160 H mastic.

4. Roll waterproof membrane to ensure full contact with substrate and to avoid wrinkles, fishmouths and entrapped air.

5. Overlap the joint by 2" minimum. Overlap end laps 4" minimum. Roll lap areas.

D. Protection Board:

1. Protect waterproof membrane from damage during backfill operations by removing release sheet and adhering protection board over waterproofed surfaces.

2. Neatly fit boards around pipes and projections.

3. Use No. 160 H mastic, 1/8" thick on approximate 24" centers, if necessary to adhere board.

4. Apply protection board the same day that the membrane is applied.

5. Apply protection board with joints tightly butted and end laps offset 6" in succeeding courses.

6. Seal laps with trowel application of No. 160 H mastic.

7. Complete backfilling as soon as possible after application of protection board within 7 days maximum.

8. Protect from damage until backfill is placed.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 07110 – SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

E. Sealing of Pipe/Wall Penetrations: CONTRACTOR shall fabricate a "boot" per manufacturer's recommendations that is adhered to the wall surface and is also securely banded to the pipe, to create a watertight joint at each pipe/wall penetration.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Flood Testing:

1. Perform flood test prior to installation of protection board.

2. Plug drains on horizontal surfaces.

3. Use sandbags or other means to restrict runoff.

4. Flood deck with water to depth of 2" from top of membrane.

5. Allow to stand 24 hours.

6. Repair leaks and retest.

B. Inspection: Visually inspect surfaces for fishmouths, blisters or ruptures and make necessary repairs.

C. Repairs:

1. Clean areas where membrane needs repair and lightly primer

2. Provide patch with new waterproof membrane sheet to covers repair area.

3. Install and roll firmly

4. Apply trowel bead of No. 160H mastic to edges of membrane patch.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Clean stains from adjacent surfaces with cleaning fluid recommended by manufacturer. Remove foreign matter from finished membrane surface.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 07110 - 9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This section includes materials and application of painting and coating systems for the following surfaces:

1. Submerged metal.

2. Exposed metal.

3. Metal in contact with concrete.

4. Exterior architectural coatings and finishes.

It does not include recoating of steel water reservoirs.

B. Definitions:

1. The term "paint," "coatings," or "finishes" as used herein, shall include surface treatments, emulsions, enamels, paints, epoxy resins, and all other protective coatings, excepting galvanizing or anodizing, whether used as a pretreatment, primer, intermediate coat, or finish coat.

2. The term "DFT" means minimum dry film thickness.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Except as otherwise indicated, the current editions of the following apply to the Work of this Section:

1. References herein to "SSPC Specifications" or "SSPC" shall mean the published standards of SSPC, the Society for Protective Coatings.

2. References herein to "NACE" shall mean the published standards of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers.

3. References herein to “ANSI/AWWA” shall mean the published standards of the American Water Works Association including:

a. ANSI/AWWA C205 Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe – 4 in. (100mm) and Larger – Shop Applied

b. ANSI/AWWA C209 Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

c. ANSI/AWWA C210 Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines

d. ANSI/AWWA C213 Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines

e. ANSI/AWWA C214 Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines

f. ANSI/AWWA C217 Cold-Applied Petrolatum Tape and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Buried Steel Water Pipelines

4. Federal Specifications:

a. OSHA 1910.144 Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards 5. ASTM Standards:

a. C-309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete

6. Regulatory Agency Requirements: Coatings for surfaces in contact with raw or potable water shall impart no taste or odor to the water nor result in any organic or inorganic content in excess of the maximum contaminant level established by applicable laws or regulations including NSF Standards. All coatings shall be approved by the local Air Pollution Control District. The CONTRACTOR shall revise painting systems specified herein to provide manufacturer’s regulatory agency approved coating system where required. All painting systems shall be VOC compliant. Equivalent systems are to be submitted at no additional costs to meet any new regulations.

7. San Diego Air Pollution Control District Rule 67.0.1 (Architectural Coatings), Rule 51 (Nuisance), and Rule 71 (Abrasive Blasting).

B. The work of this Section shall comply with the current edition of the Uniform Building Code.

C. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual).

D. Inspection records of shop or field-applied coatings and linings for buried or submerged items shall be submitted within 15 days after the work has been accepted. 1.3 SUBMITTALS

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

A. The following shop drawings shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01300:

1. Submit coating manufacturer's technical and material safety data sheets for the products to be applied. Data sheets shall show the following information at a minimum, but shall show all data necessary to indicate conformance to specifications:

a. Percent solids by volume.

b. Minimum and maximum recommended dry-film thickness per coat for prime, intermediate, and finish coats.

c. Recommended surface preparation.

d. Recommended thinners.

e. Statement verifying that the specified prime coat is recommended by the manufacturer for use with the specified intermediate and finish coats.

f. Application instructions including recommended equipment and temperature limitations.

g. Curing requirements and instructions.

h. Colors (where applicable).

2. Submit the name of the company and abrasive to be used, the generic type of abrasive, the CARB certification, and product data sheets.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All materials of a specified painting system, including primer, intermediate, and finish coats, shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the particular coating system.

B. Deliver paints to the jobsite in the original, unopened containers.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

1.5 SPECIAL CORRECTION OF DEFECTS REQUIREMENTS

A. Warranty Inspection: A warranty inspection may be conducted during the eleventh month following completion of all coating and painting work. The CONTRACTOR and a representative of the coating material manufacturer shall attend this inspection. All defective work shall be repaired in accordance with these Specifications and to the satisfaction of the AGENCY. The AGENCY may, by written notice to the CONTRACTOR, reschedule the warranty inspection to another date within the 2-year correction period, or may cancel the warranty inspection altogether. If a warranty inspection is not held, the CONTRACTOR is not relieved of its responsibilities under the Contract Documents.

1.6 SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS

A. General: In accordance with the requirements of OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction (29CFR1926) and the applicable requirements of regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, as well as manufacturer’s printed instructions and appropriate technical bulletins and manuals, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and require use of personnel protective lifesaving equipment for persons working in or about the project site.

B. Head and Face Protection and Respiratory Devices: Equipment shall include protective helmets which shall be worn by all persons while in the vicinity of the Work. In addition, workers engaged in or near the work during sandblasting shall wear OSHA approved eye and face protection devices and air purifying, half- mask or mouthpiece respirators. Barrier creams shall be used on any exposed areas of skin.

C. Ventilation: Where ventilation is used to control hazardous exposure, all equipment shall be explosion-proof. Forced air ventilation shall be provided to reduce the concentration of air contaminant to a safe limit. Air circulation and exhausting of solvent vapors shall be continued until coatings have fully cured.

D. Sound Levels: Whenever the occupational noise exposure exceeds maximum allowable sound levels, the CONTRACTOR shall implement furnish and require the use of approved ear protective devices.

E. Illumination: Adequate illumination shall be provided while Work is in progress, which may include explosion-proof lights, scaffolding and electrical equipment. Whenever required by the AGENCY, the CONTRACTOR shall provide additional illumination to cover all areas to be inspected. The level of illumination for inspection purposes shall be determined by the AGENCY.

F. Temporary Ladders and Scaffolding: All temporary ladders and scaffolding shall conform to applicable safety requirements. They shall be erected where requested by the AGENCY to facilitate inspection and shall be moved by the CONTRACTOR to locations as requested by the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

1.7 PROTECTION OF SURROUNDING PROPERTIES

A. The Contractor is advised that the John Paul Steiger Reservoir site is within a residential neighborhood and is in close proximity to homes and highly trafficked streets. Abrasive blasting and coating operations on the tank exterior shall be fully contained to prevent windblown abrasives, overspray, and odors from traveling offsite and onto neighboring properties and streets. The Contractor shall provide all the necessary equipment, tools, labor and materials required to construct, maintain, operate, and remove blasting and overspray containment facilities around the water tank. Containment facilities shall be in accordance with SSPC Guide 6, “Guide for Containing Surface Preparation Debris Generated During Paint Removal Operations”, and shall include, but not be limited to, structure and materials to completely wrap the tank in its entirety during blasting and coating operations in order to contain airborne particulates and odor causing chemicals.

B. Likewise, surface preparation and coating operations on the exterior of the Henie Hills Reservoir shall be conducted in a manner in which prevents windblown abrasives, overspray, and odors from traveling offsite to the surrounding college campus.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Coating products shall conform to San Diego Air Pollution Control District Rule 67.0.1, which limits volatile organic compounds per gallon of coating product. The following index lists the various painting and coating systems by service and generic type.

PAINT COATINGS SYSTEM INDEX

No. Title Generic Coating

Submerged Metal Coating System

7 Submerged Metal, Potable Water Epoxy

Exposed Metal Coating Systems

15 Exposed Metal, Atmospheric Weathering Polyurethane Environment

Coating Systems for Nonferrous Metals

54 Aluminum Insulation from Concrete and Carbon Epoxy Steel

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

PAINT COATINGS SYSTEM INDEX

No. Title Generic Coating

55 Repair of Galvanized Steel Surfaces Cold galvanizing compound

Exterior Architectural Coatings and Finishes

71 Matte Coating on Exterior Concrete Reservoir Modified waterborne acrylate

72 Semi-Gloss Finish on Exterior Metal Acrylic latex

B. These systems are specified in detail in the following paragraphs. For each coating, the required surface preparation, prime coat, intermediate coat (if required), topcoat, and coating thicknesses are described. Mil thicknesses shown are minimum dry-film thicknesses. At least two manufacturer's products are listed for each system. 2.2 SUBMERGED METAL COATING SYSTEMS

A. System No. 7 – Submerged Metal, Potable Water:

Type: Zinc/ 100% Solids Epoxy.

Service Conditions: For use with valves, piping, or equipment immersed in potable water.

Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.

Prime Coat: Moisture Cured, Zinc-Rich Primer with a minimum zinc content of 82% by weight in dried film. Products: Tnemec Series 94-H2O Hydro-Zinc, or equal by Sherwin-Williams or ICI Devoe. Product application at 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT.

Finish Coats: Two-component, 100% solids epoxy lining. Certified in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61. Products: Tnemec Series 22 of FC22 Epoxoline, or equal by Sherwin-Williams or ICI Devoe. Product application at 20.0 to 25.0 mils DFT.

2.3 EXPOSED METAL COATING SYSTEMS

A. System No. 15 - Exposed Metal, Atmospheric Weathering Environment:

Type: Epoxy / Polyurethane.

Service Conditions: For use on exterior metal and piping subject to sunlight and weathering.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 6.

Prime Coat: Two component, epoxy with minimum volume solids of 65%. Products: Tnemec Series L69F or equal by Sherwin-Williams or ICI Devoe. Product application at 2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT.

Finish Coats: Two component, semi-gloss, acrylic polyurethane with minimum volume solids of 65%. Product: Tnemec Series 1095 Low VOC Polyurethane, or equal by Sherwin-Williams or ICI Devoe. Product application at 2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT.

2.4 COATING SYSTEMS FOR NONFERROUS METALS

A. System No. 54 - Aluminum Insulation from Concrete and Carbon Steel:

Type: High solids epoxy or phenolic epoxy having a minimum volume solids of 80% (ASTM D2697).

Service Conditions: Coat areas of aluminum grating, stairs, structural members or aluminum fabrications, in contact with concrete or carbon steel with this system.

Surface Preparation: Solvent or steam cleaning per SSPC SP-1; do not use alkali cleaning. Then dust blast.

Coating System: Apply three or more coats of PPG Amerlock 400 or 400VOC, Tnemec Series 135, Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy B58- 600, PPG PITT-GUARD® Direct-to-Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 97-145 series, or equal; 30 mils total. Maximum thickness of an individual coating shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendation.

B. System No. 55 - Repair of Galvanized Steel Surfaces:

Type: Cold galvanizing compound consisting of paint containing oils, solvents, and zinc dust and complying with MIL-P-21035. Minimum metallic zinc content in the cured coating shall be 90%.

Service Conditions: Repair of damaged galvanized coatings on steel surfaces.

Surface Preparation: Clean damaged surfaces per SSPC SP-1 and SP-11.

Coating System: Apply Z.R.C. Galvanizing Compound, RAMCO Specialty Products “Zinckit,” NuWave “Galv-Match-Plus,” Devcon “Cold Galvanizing,” Clearco “Cold Galvanizing Spray,” or equal to a minimum dry-film thickness of 3 mils. Apply per ASTM A780, Annex A2.

2.5 EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS AND FINISHES

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

A. System No. 71 – Matte Coating on Exterior Concrete Reservoir:

Type: Modified waterborne acrylate.

Surface Preparation:

Prime Coat: Self-priming.

Finish Coats: Two coats Tnemec Series 155 Enviro-Crete, 8 to 16 mils total. Maximum thickness of an individual coating shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendation.

B. System No. 72 - Semi-Gloss Finish on Exterior Metal:

Type: Acrylic semi-gloss enamel with minimum volume solids of 35% with an acrylic or water-based inorganic zinc silicate metal primer.

Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-6 or SP-11; acid-etch galvanized surfaces.

Prime Coat: Dunn-Edwards GE-123 Galva-Etch (ferrous) or 43-7 Galv-Alum (nonferrous), PPG Dimetcoat 21-5 (with 856 additive), International Intercryl 510WB, Devoe 4020, Tnemec Series 18, Sherwin-Williams Kem Bond HS B50NZ (ferrous) and Galvite HS B50WZ30 (nonferrous), or equal; 3 mils.

Finish Coat: Two coats, 1.5 mils dry each, of Dunn-Edwards W-901, PPG Amercoat 220, International Intercryl 530WB, Devoe 2406, Tnemec Series 29, Sherwin-Williams Metalatex B42-100, or equal.

2.6 ABRASIVES FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Abrasives used for dry unconfined blast cleaning shall conform to the requirements of the State of California Air Resources Board (CARB) Executive Order G-425. Use abrasives that are currently certified by CARB and appear on the Approved Abrasives List.

B. Abrasives used for preparation of iron and steel surfaces shall be one of the following:

1. 16 to 30 or 16 to 40 mesh silica sand or mineral grit

2. 20 to 40 mesh garnet

3. Crushed iron slag, 100% retained on No. 80 mesh

4. SAE Grade G-40 or G-50 iron grit

C. Abrasives used for preparation of copper and aluminum surfaces shall be one of the following:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

1. Crushed slag, 80 to 100 mesh

2. Very fine silica sand, 80 to 100 mesh

D. In the above gradations, 100% of the material shall pass through the first stated sieve size and 100% shall be retained on the second stated sieve size.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WEATHER CONDITIONS

A. Do not paint in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fog or when steel or metal surface temperatures are less than 5 degrees F above the dew point.

B. Do not apply paint when the relative humidity is above 85% or the temperature is above 90 degrees F.

C. Do not paint when temperature of metal to be painted is above 120 degrees F.

D. Do not apply paints if air or surface temperature is below 40 degrees F or expected to be below 40 degrees F within 24 hours. E. Do not apply epoxy, acrylic latex, and polyurethane paints on an exterior or interior surface if air or surface temperature is below 60 degrees F or expected to drop below 60 degrees F in 24 hours.

3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Do not sandblast or prepare more surface area than can be coated in one day. Remove all sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter. Do not sandblast PVC, CPVC, or FRP piping or equipment. Do not sandblast epoxy, enamel coated, or fusion- bonded epoxy pipe that has already been factory coated, except to repair scratched or damaged coatings.

B. Surface preparation shall conform to the SSPC specifications as follows:

Solvent Cleaning SP 1

Hand Tool Cleaning SP 2

Power Tool Cleaning SP 3

White Metal Blast Cleaning SP 5

Commercial Blast Cleaning SP 6

Brush-Off-Blast Cleaning SP 7

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

Pickling SP 8

Near-White Blast Cleaning SP 10

C. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning," "hand tool cleaning," "wire brushing," or "blast cleaning" or similar words are used in these specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structure Painting Council, Surface Preparation Specifications, ANSI A159.1) specifications listed above.

D. Dust blasting is defined as cleaning the surface through the use of very fine abrasives, such as siliceous or mineral abrasives, 80 to 100 mesh. Apply a fine etch to the metal surface to clean the surface of any contamination or oxide.

E. Remove oil and grease from metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP 1. Use clean cloths and cleaning solvents and wipe dry with clean cloths. Do not leave a film or greasy residue on the cleaned surfaces before sandblasting.

F. Remove weld spatter and weld slag from metal surfaces and grind smoothly rough welds, beads, peaked corners, and sharp edges in accordance with SSPC-SP 2 and SSPC-SP 3.

G. Neutralize welds with a chemical solvent that is compatible with the specified coating materials. Use clean cloths and chemical solvent. Wipe dry with clean cloths. Do not leave a residue on the cleaned surfaces.

3.3 ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING

A. Use dry abrasive blast cleaning for metal surfaces. Do not use abrasives in automatic equipment that have become contaminated. When shop or field blast cleaning with handheld nozzles, do not recycle or reuse blast particles.

B. After blast cleaning and prior to application of coating, dry clean surfaces to be coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming to remove residue from blasting. Apply the specified primer or touch-up coating within the period of an eight-hour working day. Do not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Reclean prior to application of primer or touch-up coating any blast cleaned surface not coated within said eight-hour period.

C. Keep the area of the work in a clean condition and do not permit blasting particles to accumulate and constitute a nuisance or hazard.

D. During blast cleaning, prevent damage to adjacent coatings. Schedule blast cleaning and coating such that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces.

3.4 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE AND MASONRY SURFACES TO BE COATED

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

A. Surface preparation of concrete and masonry surfaces shall be in accordance with SSPC SP-13 and the following.

B. Do not apply coating until concrete has cured at least 30 days. Finish concrete surfaces per Section 03314. Do not use curing compound on surfaces that are to be coated.

C. Concrete and masonry surfaces on which coatings are to be applied shall be of even color, gray or gray-white. The surface shall have no pits, pockets, holes, or sharp changes of surface elevation. Scrubbing with a stiff-bristle fiber brush shall produce no dusting or dislodging of cement or sand. Sprinkling water on the surface shall produce no water beads or standing droplets. Concrete and masonry shall be free of laitance and slick surfaces.

D. Detergent clean the concrete or masonry surface with trisodium phosphate per ASTM D4258. Then sandblast surfaces (brush-off blast). Floor slabs may be acid etched per ASTM D4260 in lieu of sandblasting. After sandblasting, wash surfaces with water to remove dust and salts, per ASTM D4258 or D4261. The grain of the concrete surface to touch shall not be rougher than that of No. 10 mesh sand.

E. Prior to coating concrete, plaster, and masonry with System No. 71 determine the presence of capillary moisture per ASTM D4263, except as modified below. Tape a 4-foot by 4-foot sheet of polyethylene plastic to the concrete surface to be coated. Allow the plastic sheet to remain in place at least 24 hours. After the specified time has elapsed, remove the plastic sheet and visually examine both the underside of the plastic sheet and the concrete surface beneath it. There shall be no indication of moisture on either surface. If moisture is indicated, allow additional curing time for the concrete and then retest. Provide one test sheet for every 500 square feet of concrete surface to be coated. For walls, provide one test sheet for each 10 feet (or fraction thereof) of vertical rise in all elevations starting within 12 inches of the floor or base slab.

F. Acceptance criteria for concrete surfaces shall be in accordance with SSPC SP- 13, Table 1, “Severe Service.”

G. Do not apply coatings to concrete when the concrete is outgassing. Apply coatings only when the concrete surface temperature is stable, not rising.

3.6 PROCEDURES FOR ITEMS HAVING SHOP-APPLIED PRIME COATS

A. Handle shop-primed items with care during unloading, installation, and erection operations to minimize damage. Do not place or store shop-primed items on the ground or on top of other work unless ground or work is covered with a protective covering or tarpaulin. Place shop-primed items above the ground upon platforms, skids, or other supports.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 11 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

3.7 FIELD TOUCH-UP OF SHOP-APPLIED PRIME COATS

A. Remove oil and grease surface contaminants on metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP 1. Use clean rags wetted with a degreasing solution, rinse with clean water, and wipe dry.

B. Remove dust, dirt, salts, moisture, chalking primers, or other surface contaminants that will affect the adhesion or durability of the coating system. Use a high-pressure water blaster or scrub surfaces with a broom or brush wetted with a solution of trisodium phosphate, detergent, and water. Before applying intermediate or finish coats to inorganic zinc primers, remove any soluble zinc salts that have formed by means of scrubbing with a stiff bristle brush. Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water.

C. Remove loose or peeling primer and other surface contaminants not easily removed by the previous cleaning methods in accordance with SSPC-SP 7. Take care that remaining primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. Remaining primers shall be firmly bonded to the steel surfaces with blast cleaned edges feathered.

D. Remove rust, scaling, or primer damaged by welding or during shipment, storage, and erection in accordance with SSPC-SP 10. Take care that remaining primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. Remaining primers shall be firmly bonded to the steel surfaces with blast cleaned edges feathered.

E. Use repair procedures on damaged primer which protects adjacent primer. Blast cleaning may require the use of lower air pressure, smaller nozzles, and abrasive particle sizes, short blast nozzle distance from surface, shielding, and/or masking.

F. After abrasive blast cleaning of damaged and deflective areas, remove dust, blast particles, and other debris by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming; then apply the specified touch-up coating.

G. Surfaces that are shop primed with inorganic zinc primers shall receive a field touch-up of organic zinc primer to cover all scratches or abraded areas.

H. Other surfaces that are shop primed shall receive a field touch-up of the same primer used in the original prime coat.

3.8 PAINT SYSTEMS

A. All materials of a specified painting system, including primer, intermediate, and finish coats, shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the particular coating system.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 12 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

B. Deliver paints to the jobsite in the original, unopened containers

3.9 PAINT MIXING

A. Prepare multiple-component coatings using all of the contents of the container for each component as packaged by the paint manufacturer. Do not use partial batches. Do not use multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life. Provide small quantity kits for touchup painting and for painting other small areas. Mix only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer. Do not intermix additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating.

3.10 PROCEDURES FOR THE APPLICATION OF COATINGS

A. Conform to the requirements of SSPC-PA 1. Follow the recommendations of the coating manufacturer including the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners, thinners, mixing, drying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety precautions.

B. Stir, strain, and keep coating materials at a uniform consistency during application. Apply each coating evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, holidays, and other evidence of poor workmanship. Use a different shade or tint on succeeding coating applications to indicate coverage where possible. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes.

C. Do not use thinners unless recommended by the coating manufacturer. If thinning is allowed, do not exceed the maximum allowable amount of thinner per gallon of coating material. Stir coating materials at all times when adding thinner. Do not flood the coating material surface with thinner prior to mixing. Do not reduce coating materials more than is absolutely necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics and to obtain the specified dry-film thicknesses.

D. Remove dust, blast particles, and other debris from blast cleaned surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming. Allow ventilator fans to clean airborne dust to provide good visibility of working area prior to coating applications. Remove dust from coated surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming prior to applying succeeding coats.

E. Apply coating systems to the specified minimum dry-film thicknesses as measured from above the peaks of the surface profile.

F. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. Reclean surfaces by blast cleaning that have surface colored or become moist prior to coating application.

G. Apply a brush coat of primer on welds, sharp edges, nuts, bolts, and irregular surfaces prior to the application of the primer and finish coat. The brush coat

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 13 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

shall be done prior to and in conjunction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat.

3.11 SURFACES NOT TO BE COATED

A. The following surfaces shall not be painted and must be protected during painting of adjacent areas unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or in other Specification sections:

1. Steel to be encased in concrete or masonry

2. Cement mortar coated pipe and fittings

3. Stainless steel

4. Metal plates/nameplates or letters

5. Concrete surfaces

6. Fencing

7. Copper tubing, red brass piping, and PVC piping except where such piping occurs in rooms where the walls are painted, or required for color coding

8. Electrical fixtures except for factory coatings

9. Grease fittings

10. Buried pipe unless specifically required in the piping specifications

11. Plastic and fiberglass surfaces

12. Aluminum handrails, ladders, stairs and grating, unless in contact with concrete

13. Platform gratings, stair treads, door thresholds, and other walking surfaces

14. Roofings

15. Galvanized steel unless specifically required in the Contract Documents.

3.12 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED

A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 14 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors.

3.13 SURFACES TO BE COATED

A. Coat mechanical equipment as described in the various mechanical equipment specifications. Color shall match the color of the connecting piping.

B. Coat aboveground and exposed piping or piping in vaults and structures as described in the various piping specifications. Color shall be as indicated or as selected by the AGENCY’S Representative.

C. Coat valves as described in the various valve specifications. Above ground valves or valves in vaults and structures shall match the color of the connecting piping.

D. Coat exposed surfaces of enclosures, guard posts, marker posts, fire hydrants, valve boxes, and test boxes as described in the particular specifications for the above items.

3.14 SHOP AND FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING

A. General: Furnish the AGENCY a minimum of 3 days advance notice of the start of any field surface preparation work or coating application work, and a minimum of 7 days’ advance notice of the start of any shop surface preparation work.

B. All inspection, testing, and operation of inspection tools for field-applied coatings and linings shall be performed only in the presence of the AGENCY’s authorized representative, unless the AGENCY has granted prior approval to perform such Work in its absence.

C. At no additional cost to the AGENCY, the inspection shall be performed by a third-party inspection agency acceptable to the AGENCY and certified in the inspection of coating and lining application procedures.

D Inspection by the AGENCY, or the waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the work, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to perform the work in accordance with these Specifications.

E. For external or internal application of lining or coating materials for buried or submerged piping systems, the CONTRACTOR shall supply inspection procedures for use by the AGENCY. Procedures shall be supplied in advance of starting work.

F. Inspection Devices: Furnish, until final acceptance of such coatings, inspection devices in good working condition for the detection of holidays and measurement of dry-film thicknesses of protective coatings. Dry-film

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 15 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

thickness gauges shall be made available for the AGENCY's use at all times while coating is being done, until final acceptance of such coatings. Furnish the services of a trained operator of the holiday detection devices until the final acceptance of such coatings. Holiday detection devices shall be operated only in the presence of the AGENCY.

G. Holiday Testing: Holiday test all coated ferrous surfaces, other surfaces which will be submerged in water or other liquids, or surfaces which are enclosed in a vapor space in such structures and surfaces coated with any of the submerged and severe service coating systems. Areas which contain holidays shall be marked and repaired or recoated in accordance with the coating manufacturer's printed instructions and then retested. Electrical inspection for linings and coatings shall be in accordance with applicable NACE standards RPO 188 and/or RPS 274.

1. Coatings with Thickness Exceeding 20 Mils: For surfaces having a total dry film coating thickness exceeding 20 mils: pulse-type holiday detector such as Tinker & Rasor Model AP-W, D.E. Stearns Co. Model 14/20, or equal shall be used. The unit shall be adjusted to operate at the voltage required to cause a spark jump across an air gap equal to twice the specified coating thickness.

2. Coatings with Thickness of 20 Mils or Less: For surfaces having a total dry film coating thickness of 20 mils or less: Tinker & Rasor Model M1 nondestructive type holiday detector, K-D Bird Dog, or equal shall be used. The unit shall operate at 100 volts per mil thickness. For thicknesses between 10 and 20 mils, a nonsudsing type wetting agent, such as Kodak Photo-Flo, or equal, shall be added to the water before wetting the detector sponge.

H. Film Thickness Testing: On ferrous metals, the dry film coating thickness shall be measured in accordance with the SSPC "Paint Application Specification No. 2" using a magnetic-type dry film thickness gauge such as Mikrotest model FM, Elcometer model 111/1EZ, or equal. Each coat shall be tested for the correct thickness. No measurements shall be made until at least 8 hours after application of the coating. On nonferrous metals and other substrates, the coating thicknesses shall be measured at the time of application using a wet film gauge.

I. Surface Preparation: Evaluation of blast cleaned surface preparation work will be based upon comparison of the blasted surfaces with the standard samples available from the NACE, using NACE standards TM-01-70 and TM-01-75.

J. Third-Party Inspection: At no additional cost to the AGENCY, the inspection of coatings and linings for submerged and buried service conditions shall be performed by a third-party inspection agency acceptable to the AGENCY and certified in the inspection of coating and lining application procedures.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 16 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09800 – PAINTING AND COATING

K. For concrete surfaces, make five separate spot measurements spaced evenly over each 100 square feet of area (or fraction thereof) to be measured. The average of five spot measurements for each such 100-square-foot area shall not be less than the specified thickness. No single spot measurement in any 100- square-foot area shall be less than 80%, nor more than 120%, of the specified thickness.

3.15 REPAIR OF IMPROPERLY COATED SURFACES

A. If the item has an improper finish color or insufficient film thickness, clean and topcoat the surface with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Sandblast or power-sand visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint, feathering the edges. Then prime and finish coat in accordance with the specifications. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09800 - 17 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PAINTING AND COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09811 – FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes materials, application, and testing of one part, 100 percent solids, thermosetting, fusion-bonded, heat cured, dry powder epoxy resin for use as linings and coating, where shown, or specified.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01330 Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 09900 Painting and Coating.

C. Section 15000 Piping Components.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions and Section 01330.

B. Submit manufacturer’s catalog literature and product data sheets, describing the physical and chemical properties of the epoxy coating. Describe application and curing procedure.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 FUSION-BONDED EPOXY

A. The fusion-bonded epoxy material shall be a 100% solids, thermosetting, fusion- bonded, dry powder epoxy resin and conform to ANSI/AWWA C213, subject to the following supplemental requirements. Epoxy lining and coating shall meet or exceed the following requirements:

1. Hardness (minimum): Barcol 17 per ASTM D 2583, Rockwell, 50 ("M" Scale).

2. Abrasion Resistance: 1,000 cycles, 0.05 gram removed; 5,000 cycles, 0. 115 gram removed with Tabor CS 17 wheel at 1,000 gram weight per ASTM D 1044.

3. Adhesion (minimum): 3,000 psi (Elcometer).

4. Tensile Strength: 7,300 psi per ASTM D 2370.

5. Penetration: 0 mils per ASTM G 17.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09811-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09811 – FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS

6. Adhesion Overlap Shear: 1/8-inch steel panel, 10 mils glue line, 4,300 psi per ASTM D 1002.

7. Impact (minimum): 100 inch-pounds (Gardner 5/8-inch diameter tup).

8. Approved linings and coatings: Scotchkote 134 or 206N, Lilly Powder Coatings “Pipeclad 1500 Red,” H.B. Fuller 1F-3003, or equal.

B. Field-Applied Epoxy Coating for Patching: Use a two-component, 80% solids liquid resin, such as Scotchkote 306.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SHOP APPLICATION OF FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LINING AND COATING

A. General:

1. Do not sandblast or prepare more surface area in one day than can be coated in one day; prepare surfaces and apply coatings the same day.

2. Grind surface irregularities smooth before applying the coating. The allowable grind area shall not exceed 0.5 square foot per location, and the maximum total grind area shall not exceed 2 square feet per pipe. Do not use any pipe in which these requirements cannot be met.

3. Remove surface imperfections, such as slivers, scales, burrs and gouges. Grind outside sharp corners, such as the outside edges of flanges, to a minimum radius of 1/4 inch.

4. Uniformly preheat pipe and fittings prior to blast cleaning. The preheat shall be sufficient to ensure that the surface temperature is at least 5°F above the dew point temperature during blast cleaning and inspection.

5. Sandblast surfaces per SSPC SP-5. Protect beveled pipe ends from the abrasive blast cleaning.

6. Apply a phosphoric acid wash to the pipe, item, or piece of equipment after sandblasting. The average temperature, measured in three different locations, shall be 80°F to 130°F during the acid wash procedure. The acid wash shall be a 5% by weight phosphoric acid solution. The duration in which the acid is in contact with the surface shall be determined by using the average temperature as tabulated below:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09811-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09811 – FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS

Pipe Temperature Contact Time (°F) (seconds) 80 52 85 45 90 36 95 33 100 28 105 24 110 21 130 10

After the acid wash has been completed, remove the acid with demineralized water having a maximum conductivity of 5 micromhos/cm at a minimum nozzle pressure of 2,500 psi.

7. Apply lining and coating by the electrostatic spray or fluidized bed process. Minimum thickness of lining or coating shall be 12 mils. Heat and cure per the epoxy manufacturer’s recommendations. The heat source shall not leave a residue or contaminant on the metal surface. Do not allow oxidation of surfaces to occur prior to coating. Do not permit surfaces to flash rust before coating.

B. Shop Application of Fusion-Bonded Epoxy to Pipe—Additional Requirements:

1. Apply lining and coating per AWWA C213 except as modified herein.

2. Grind 0.020 inch (minimum) off the weld caps on the pipe weld seams before beginning the surface preparation and heating of the pipe.

C. Quality of Lining and Coating Application:

1. The cured lining and coating shall be smooth and glossy, with no graininess or roughness. The lining or coating shall have no blisters, cracks, bubbles, under film voids, mechanical damage, discontinuities, or holidays.

3.2 FACTORY TESTING OF COATING

A. Test linings and coatings with a low-voltage wet sponge holiday detector. Test pipe linings and coatings per AWWA C213, Section 5.3.3. If the number of holidays or pinholes is fewer than one per 20 square feet of coating surface, repair the holidays and pinholes by applying the coating manufacturer’s recommended patching compound to each holiday or pinhole and retest. If the

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09811-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09811 – FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS

number of pinholes and holidays exceeds one per 20 square feet of coating surface, remove the entire lining or coating and recoat the item or pipe.

B. The coating thickness per pipe section shall be measured at three locations on the interior and three locations on the exterior using a coating thickness gauge calibrated at least once per eight-hour shift. Record each measured thickness value. Where individual measured thickness values are less than the specified minimum thickness, measure the coating thickness at 3 additional points around the defective area. The average of these measurements shall exceed the specified minimum thickness value, and no individual thickness shall be more than 2 mils below or 3 mils above the specified minimum value. If a section of the pipe does not meet these criteria, remove the entire lining and coating, recoat the pipe, and retest.

C. Factory Testing of Lining and Coating of Pipe: Check for coating defects on the weld seam centerlines. There shall be no porous blisters, craters, or pimples lying along the peak of the weld crown.

D. The District’s Representative will conduct in the field an independent inspection of the lining and coating for compliance with the above criteria. Coated items failing his inspection will be cause for rejection.

3.3 FIELD REPAIRS

A. Patch scratches and damaged areas incurred while installing fusion-bonded epoxy coated pipe and fittings with a two-component, 80 percent solids (minimum), liquid epoxy resin. Wire brush or sandblast the damaged areas per SSPC SP-10. Lightly abrade or sandblast the pipe coating and lining on the sides of the damaged area before applying the liquid epoxy coating. Apply a two- part epoxy coating to damaged linings and coatings to areas smaller than 20 square inches. Patched areas shall overlap the parent or base coating a minimum of one inch. If a damaged area exceeds 20 square inches, remove the entire pipe lining and coating and reprocess the entire pipe section and retest. Apply the liquid epoxy coating to a minimum dry film thickness of 12 mils.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09811-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09905 – PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install petrolatum wax tape coating on certain buried features as specified herein.

B. The following buried features shall be wax tape coated:

1. Buried ferrous pipe, fittings, couplings and valves, including flanges, bolding, and appurtenances.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit manufacturer's technical product data, details, installation instructions and general product recommendations in accordance with the requirements of the General Provisions and Section 01300.

1.3 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the Contract Documents.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Wrap all exposed surfaces of items designated in Paragraph 1.01B above, with petrolatum wax tape.

2.2 PRIMER

A. Exposed surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, and corrosion inhibitor having a paste-like consistency. The material shall have the following properties:

Pour Point 400-100° F Flash Point 350° F minimum Approximate 1 gal/100 square Coverage feet Color Brown

B. The primer shall be Trenton Wax-Tape Primer or equivalent.

2.3 WAX TAPE

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09905-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09905 – PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING

A. Two types of petrolatum wax tape shall be available from the manufacturer: one type for buried installations and another type for above-ground installations.

1. Buried Installations: The covering material shall be a plastic-fiber felt tape, saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors that is easily formable over irregular surfaces. The tape shall have the following properties:

Color Brown Saturant Pour 115° - 125°F Point Thickness 70-90 mils Dielectric 170 volts/mil Strength Tape Width 6 inches

Wax tape shall be Wax-Tape #1 as manufactured by The Trenton Corporation (Ann Arbor, Michigan), or approved equal.

2.4 OUTER COVERING

A. The primed and wax-tape wrapped surface shall be wrapped with a plastic tape covering consisting of three (3) layers of 50 gauge, clear, polyvinylidene chloride, high cling membranes wound together as a single sheet. The material shall have the following properties:

Width 6 inches Thickness 1.5 mils Dielectric 2000 volts/mil Strength Water Absorption Negligible Color Clear

B. The outer covering shall be Trenton Poly-Ply or approved equal.

2.5 OTHER PETROLATUM WAX TAPE SYSTEM COMPONENTS

A. Any components not listed above, but required for a complete petrolatum wax tape coating system as recommended for this application by the manufacturer shall be provided at no additional cost to AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09905-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09905 – PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The petrolatum wax tape system shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown or specified by these Contract Documents.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09905-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 09954 – POLYETHYLENE SHEET OR TUBE ENCASEMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, application, and inspection of polyethylene sheet or tube encasement for buried steel and iron pipe, fittings, couplings, valves, and appurtenances.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

The Work of the following Section applies to the Work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work.

A. Section 01300 - Submittals.

B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work

C. Section 09800 - Painting and Coating

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Specification Section 01300.

B. Submit manufacturer's catalog literature and product data sheets describing the physical, chemical and electrical properties of the encasement material.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 POLYETHYLENE MATERIAL

The encasement shall consist of two (2) layers of polyethylene sheet or tube of at least 8 mils thickness each conforming to AWWA C105.

2.2 PLASTIC ADHESIVE TAPE

Use 2-inch wide plastic adhesive tape such as Calpico Vinyl Tape, Polyken 900, Scotchwrap 50, or approved equal.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 APPLYING TUBE ENCASEMENT TO BURIED PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Cut polyethylene tubes 2 feet longer than the length of pipe to receive the encasement. Prior to placing the length of pipe into the trench, raise the pipe section and slip the polyethylene tube over the spigot end of the pipe. Bunch up the two (2) layers of tubes in accordion fashion between the spigot end and the supporting sling.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09954-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYETHYLENE SHEET OR 908754600712 TUBE ENCASEMENT October 2020 SECTION 09954 – POLYETHYLENE SHEET OR TUBE ENCASEMENT

B. Lower the pipe section into the trench and seat the spigot end into the bell of the previously installed pipe. Provide a shallow hole at the bell to facilitate the joint overlap.

C. Remove the sling from the pipe. Raise the pipe from the bell end about 3 or 4 inches and slip the bunched up polyethylene tube along the full length of pipe. Leave 1-foot of bunched up polyethylene tube at each end of the pipe for joint overlap.

D. To make the joint overlap, pull the polyethylene tube from the bell end over the pipe joint to the spigot end. Fold the tube around the pipe and secure with three circumferential wraps of 2-inch wide plastic adhesive tape or a plastic tie strap. Then pull the bunched up polyethylene tube on the spigot end over the wrapped pipe joint to the bell end. Fold tube and secure with tape as previously described or a plastic tie strap.

E. Pull the loose polyethylene tube on the pipe snugly around the pipe barrel. Fold the excess material over at the top of pipe and secure the fold with 6-inch long strips of 2-inch wide plastic adhesive tape at 3 feet on center.

F. Polyethylene sheet will not be allowed as a substitute for tube when required for installation on buried pipe.

3.2 APPLYING SHEET ENCASEMENT TO BURIED VALVES

A. Wrap valves by pulling the bunched up polyethylene tube (where installed) from the adjacent pipe over the bells or flanges of the valve. Secure the tube to the valve body with 2-inch wide plastic adhesive strips wrapped around the valve body. Then wrap the valve with a flat sheet of polyethylene. Place the sheet under the valve and fold in half. Extend the sheet to the valve stem and secure the sheet in place with 2-inch wide plastic adhesive tape. Apply the second layer and secure with tape. Secure the sheets with tape around the valve stem below the operating nut and around the barrel of the connecting pipe to prevent the entrance of soil. Pour concrete anchor and support blocks after the wrap has been properly placed.

3.3 APPLYING SHEET ENCASEMENT TO BURIED FITTINGS, COUPLINGS, AND APPURTENANCES

A. Wrap buried ferrous metal pipe fittings, couplings, adapters, and appurtenances with polyethylene sheet. Overlap the adjoining pipe or fitting a minimum of one- foot and secure in place with 2-inch wide plastic adhesive tape. Apply a second layer and secure with tape around the barrel of the connecting pipe to prevent the entrance of soil. Pour concrete anchor and thrust blocks after the wrap has been placed.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09954-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYETHYLENE SHEET OR 908754600712 TUBE ENCASEMENT October 2020 SECTION 09954 – POLYETHYLENE SHEET OR TUBE ENCASEMENT

B. Wrap base elbows and risers of hydrants and backflow prevention assemblies with 2 layers of polyethylene sheet and secure in place with 2-inch wide plastic adhesive tape. Extend the wrap to the finish ground level of the assembly. Secure the sheets with tape around the ends to prevent the entrance of soil. Pour concrete anchor and support blocks after the wrap has been placed.

3.4 REPAIR OF POLYETHYLENE MATERIAL

Repair polyethylene material that is damaged during construction. Use polyethylene sheet, place over damaged or torn area, and secure in place with 2-inch wide plastic adhesive tape.

** END OF SECTION **

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 09954-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYETHYLENE SHEET OR 908754600712 TUBE ENCASEMENT October 2020 SECTION 13110 – CATHODIC PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials, manpower, tools, and equipment to complete the Work specified herein and shall perform all subsidiary and incidental work necessary to complete the Work in conformance with the project requirements.

1. The Work includes all labor and materials to provide and install unmonitored galvanic anodes on metallic reservoir internal piping inside of the Henie Hills and John Paul Steiger concrete reservoirs

2. Installing above grade flange isolation kits at selected locations.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. CONTRACTOR: The licensed prime installer selected by the AGENCY to install the pipeline.

B. AGENCY: The City of Oceanside (City).

C. ENGINEER: The AGENCY’S Resident Engineer or designated representative.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designations only.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

B3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire B8 Concentric-Lay Stranded Copper Conductors B107 Magnesium Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes, Tubes, and Wire C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete D1248 Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials D2220 Polyvinylchloride Insulation for Wire and Cable

American Water Works Association (AWWA):

C217 Wax Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Fittings for Buried Steel Water Pipelines D100 Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage

National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE Int’l):

SP0169 Standard Practice, Control of External Corrosion on

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 13110 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CATHODIC PROTECTION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 13110 – CATHODIC PROTECTION

Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems SP0196 Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection of Internal Submerged Surfaces of Steel Water Storage Tanks SP0286 Electrical Isolation of Cathodically Protected Pipelines

Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:

83-80 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires 486-76 Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors

1.4 SUBMITTALS

The following information shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer prior to the start of work:

A. Catalog Cuts (3 copies):

1. Un-Monitored Magnesium Anodes (Standard Potential)

2. Wire and Cable

3. Wire Splice Materials or Kits

4. Shunts

5. Flange Isolation Kits

6. Exothermic Weld Kits and Charges

7. Weld Caps and Primer

8. Weld Coating

9. Qualifications of the CONTRACTOR’S Corrosion Engineer

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Materials and equipment furnished under this section of the specifications shall be the standard product of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with specification requirements. All materials and equipment shall bear evidence of U.L. approval when U.L. standards exist.

2.2 UN-MONITORED MAGNESIUM ANODES

A. All steel piping inside of the reservoir shall be epoxy coated and cathodically protected with standard potential magnesium anodes.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 13110 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CATHODIC PROTECTION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 13110 – CATHODIC PROTECTION

B. Anodes shall be cast anodes with embedded galvanized steel weld tabs for flange and pipe installations.

1. Alloy: Anodes shall be of standard (low) potential and shall have the following chemical composition:

Aluminum 6.7% Max Manganese 0.15% Min Zinc 3.5% Max Silicon 0.30% Max Copper 0.05% Max Nickel 0.003% Max Iron 0.003% Max Other 0.30% Max Magnesium Remainder

2. Weight and Configuration: Hull-type 24-W (or approved equal) ingot with a weight 24 pounds and 2-inch wide by 1/4-inch thick weld tabs on both ends. The sides and back of the anodes shall have a plastisol outer cover.

2.7 WIRE AND CABLE

A. All Wire: All wire shall be single conductor, stranded copper of the gauge indicated. Wire sizes shall be based on American Wire Gauge (AWG). Copper wire shall be in conformance with ASTM Standards B3 or B8. Wire with high molecular weight polyethylene (HMWPE) insulation and shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D1248m Type 1, Class C, Grade 5. Wire with THWN insulation shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-2220.

B. Anode Lead Wire: The anode lead wires shall be No. 8 AWG HMWPE. Each anode shall have a lead wire of sufficient length to reach from the anode to the splice to the header wire without a splice as shown in the Drawings.

C. Cable Lengths: Anodes shall be provided with sufficient cable length to effect the installation as shown on the Drawings. Provide at least 3 feet of excess cable.

D. Pipeline Bond Wires: No. 6 AWG with HMWPE insulation.

2.9 WIRE HANGERS AND CONNECTION HARDWARE

A. Support Hardware and Fasteners: All bolts, washers and wire support hardware shall be 316 stainless steel.

B. Wire Connectors: Wire splices shall be made with brass crimp connectors specifically sized for the wire sizes being spliced.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 13110 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CATHODIC PROTECTION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 13110 – CATHODIC PROTECTION

C. Splice Encapsulation Materials: All wire splices shall be encapsulated in a watertight seal made with butyl rubber electrical putty and vinyl plastic tape. Pre- manufactured splice kits using molds and epoxy potting compounds can be submitted as an alternate for approval by the Engineer.

2.10 FLANGE ISOLATION KITS

A. Flange isolation sits sets shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. Each insulating flange set shall consist of an insulating gasket, insulating sleeves and washers and a steel washer.

B. Gasket: Test ANSI B-16.21 full faced, Type "E" phenolic material with rectangular nitrile or Viton O-ring seal for operation between 20F and 150F. Gaskets shall be suitable for the temperature and pressure rating of the piping system in which they are installed.

C. Insulating Sleeves: 1/32-inch thick tube, full length, laminated glass material as per NEMA LI-1 G10 for operation between 20oF and 150oF. For installation at threaded valve flanges, the sleeves shall be half-length.

D. Insulating Washers: 1/8-inch thick laminated glass sheet material as per NEMA LI-1 G10 for operation between 20oF and 150oF.

E. Steel Washers: 1/8-inch thick cadmium plated steel to be placed between the nut and the insulating washer.

F. Insulating Flange Manufacturers, or approved equal:

1. Calpico, Inc. 2. Farwest 3. PSI Products, Inc., Gardena, California.

2.11 EXTERNAL COATING FOR BURIED NON-COATED SURFACES

A. Wax Tape System: All buried ferrous pipe and fitting surfaces such as flanges, valves, couplings, and adapters that do not have a factory applied coating shall be wrapped with a petrolatum wax tape coating in accordance with AWWA C-217 (with plastic outer wrap) and these specifications. No bare metallic surfaces shall be backfilled or buried.

B. Primer: The flange and bolt surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, inert fillers, and corrosion inhibitor having a paste-like consistency. The primer shall be Trenton Wax-Tape Primer, Denso Paste, or equivalent.

C. Wax Tape: Flange covering material shall be a synthetic felt tape saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors that is easily formable over irregular surfaces. A compatible petrolatum filler should be used to smooth over irregular surfaces. The Wax-Tape shall be Trenton #1 Wax-Tape, Densyl Tape wrap, or equivalent.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 13110 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CATHODIC PROTECTION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 13110 – CATHODIC PROTECTION

D. Outer Covering: The primed and wax-tape wrapped flange shall be wrapped with a plastic tape covering consisting of three (3) layers of 1.5 mil, polyvinylidene chloride or metallocene resin material. The outer covering shall be Trenton Poly-Ply or equivalent

2.12 EXOTHERMIC WELD KIT

A. Wire Connections: Wire-to-metal connections shall be made by the exothermic welding process. Weld alloy shall be for steel pipe. It is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to determine the manufacturer’s recommended weld charge size for metallic surfaces.

2.13 WELD CAPS AND PRIMER

A. Weld Caps: Exothermic welds shall be sealed with a pre-fabricated plastic cap filled with formable mastic compound on a base of elastomeric tape. Weld caps shall be Royston Handy Cap or equivalent.

B. Weld Primer: Weld cap primer shall be an elastomer-resin based corrosion resistant primer for underground services such as Royston Roybond Primer 747 or equivalent.

2.14 WELD COATING

C. Coating: All exothermic weld caps shall be over-coated with a cold-applied fast-drying mastic consisting of bituminous resin and solvents per MIL-C-18480B. Use Koppers Bitumastic 50 or 505, Tnemec 40-H-413, Tape-coat TC Mastic or 3M Scotch Clad 244. Apply to at least 25 mils thickness.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ANODE STORAGE

A. Anode Handling and Storage: Care must be taken to prevent damage or bending of the anodes during shipment, handling and storage. The CONTRACTOR shall store the anodes at ground level on 3 wood 4x4s equally spaced until they are ready to be installed. Lead wires and hardware (stainless steel thimbles, u-bolts, etc.) shall be neatly bundled and stored with the anodes.

B. Weather Protection: Anodes shall be fully encased with two layers of 8-mil polyethylene sheet. Seal the wrap with tape.

C. Location: Anodes shall be stored in the location as directed by the AGENCY.

3.2 WIRE AND CONDUIT

A. Anode Pre-Assembly: All anode lead wires shall be connected to the anode by the anode supplier in accordance with the Drawings. Alternate lead wire connections can be submitted to the Engineer for consideration and approval.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 13110 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CATHODIC PROTECTION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 13110 – CATHODIC PROTECTION

B. Damaged Wire: Care shall be taken when handling and installing wire so that the insulation is not stretched, kinked or cut. If wire insulation is damaged during installation, it shall be repaired with a fully watertight seal. Wire insulation repairs shall be observed and approved by the Engineer or AGENCY’S Representative.

3.3 WIRE TO METAL CONNECTION

A. Connection Method: All connections of lead wires to the pipe shall be made by the exothermic weld method. Deviations from this connection method require the written approval of the ENGINEER.

B. Weld Charge Size: It is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to ensure that the manufacturer’s recommended weld charge size is used.

C. Preparation of Wire: Do not deform cable. Remove only enough insulation from the cable to allow for the exothermic weld.

D. Preparation of Metal: Remove all coating, dirt, grime and grease from the metal structure by wire brushing. Clean the structure to a bright, shiny surface free of all serious pits and flaws by using a file. The surface area of the structure must be absolutely dry.

E. Wire Position: The wire is to be held at a 30-degree angle to the surface when welding. Only one wire shall be attached with each weld.

F. Testing of Completed Welds: After the weld has cooled, the weld shall be tested by striking the weld with a 2-lb hammer while pulling firmly on the wire. All unsound welds shall be cleaned, re-welded, and re-tested. All weld slag shall be removed.

G. Coating of Welds: The area to be coated shall be clean and completely dry. Apply a primer specifically intended for use with an elastomeric weld cap. Apply the weld cap and a bituminous mastic coating material to all exposed areas around the cap in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The coating shall overlap the structure coating by a minimum of 3 inches.

H. Mortar Repair: Coating voids shall be filled with cement grout.

3.7 UNMONITORED RESERVOIR ANODES

A. Location: Place anodes directly on concrete reservoir floor as shown in drawings. The location of anodes can be adjusted to avoid interference with other structures with the approval of the ENGINEER.

B. Mounting: The anodes shall be attached to the concrete reservoir using adhesives. Use Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel or approved equal.

C. Anode Wire Connections: Wire connections to the anode tab and piping shall per made by the exothermic weld method.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 13110 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CATHODIC PROTECTION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 13110 – CATHODIC PROTECTION

D. Coating of All Completed Welds: Ensure that the area to be coated is thoroughly wire brushed, clean and completely dry. Coat all exposed metal surfaces (excluding the magnesium anode) around the attachment area with an NSF- approved potable water service coating in accordance with the coating manufacturer's recommendations. Allow sufficient time to dry.

PART 4 - INSPECTION

4.1 EXOTHERMIC WELDS

A. It is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to test all exothermic welds.

B. TEST METHOD. All completed wire connection welds shall be tested by striking the weld with a 2-lb hammer while pulling firmly on the wire. Welds failing this test shall be re-welded and re-tested. Wire welds shall be spot tested by the Engineer.

C. ACCEPTANCE. Complete attachment of wire after striking the weld while pulling on the wire.

4.2 FLANGE ISOLATION KITS

A. Responsibility: Insulating flanges shall be inspected and tested by the CONTRACTOR’S Corrosion Engineer and in the presence of the Engineer.

B. Test Method: The assembled flange shall be tested using a Gas Electronics Model 601 Insulation Checker specifically design for testing insulating flanges, or approved equal. The testing shall be done by a qualified Corrosion Engineer, retained by the CONTRACTOR, and accepted by the Engineer. NACE SP0286 may be used to determine the effectiveness and acceptance of the flange isolation kit.

C. Acceptance: The installation of the insulating flange kit shall be considered complete when the testing device indicates no shorts or partial shorts are present. The CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance in finding any and all shorts or shorted bolts. All disassembly and reassembly necessary for acceptance shall be done at the CONTRACTOR’S expense.

4.4 COMPLETION OF WORK

A. General: The work shall not be considered complete until the installation is inspected and accepted by the AGENCY. The inspection shall consist of a visual examination and measurements for compliance with the Drawings and these Specifications. Any material or work found not to be in compliance with the Drawings or Specifications shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the AGENCY. The work shall not be complete until it is approved in accordance with the provisions of these Specifications.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 13110 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CATHODIC PROTECTION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 13110 – CATHODIC PROTECTION

4.5 CLEAN UP

A. All debris, tools and storage materials shall be removed from the tank roof and from the premises when the work is complete. Anode port caps shall be installed. Any cost incurred by the AGENCY to clean up debris or materials resulting from this work shall be back charged to the CONTRACTOR.

4.6 COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS.

A. Deficiencies or omissions in materials or workmanship found by these tests shall be rectified at the CONTRACTOR’S expense. Deficiencies shall include but are not limited to: broken leads, improper anode installations, and other deficiencies associated with the workmanship, installation, and non- functioning equipment.

***END OF SECTION***

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 13110 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CATHODIC PROTECTION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15000 – GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all piping systems shown and specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Each system shall be complete with all necessary fittings, hangers, supports, anchors, seismic restraints, expansion joints, flexible connectors, valves, accessories, heat tracing, insulation, lining and coating, testing, excavation, backfill and encasement, to provide a functional installation.

B. The piping shown in the drawings is intended to define the general layout, configuration, routing, method of support, pipe size, and pipe type. The drawings are not pipe construction or fabrication drawings. It is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to develop the details necessary to construct all mechanical piping systems, to accommodate the specific equipment provided, and to provide and install all spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, and other appurtenances for a complete and functional system.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 09800 – Painting and Coating.

C. Section 13110 – Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection.

D. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual).

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Uniform Mechanical Code

B. Uniform Plumbing Code

C. Uniform Fire Code

D. Commercial Standards: All equipment, products, and their installation shall be in accordance with the following standards, as applicable, and as indicated in each Section:

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

4. American Water Works Association (AWWA)

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15000 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS 908754600712 AND APPURTENANCES October 2020 SECTION 15000 – GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES

5. American Welding Society (AWS)

6. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)

7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

E. The following standards have been referenced in this Section:

ANSI B16.1 Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, NPS ½ through NPS 24 ANSI/AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, Sizes 4 in through 144 in ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code – Steel ASTM A 193 Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service ASTM A 194 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service ASTM A 307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60000 PSI Tensile Strength ASTM A 325 Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints ASTM A 563 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts ASTM/AWWA C219 Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe AWWA Manual M11 Steel Pipe – A Guide for Design and Installation

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit complete shop drawings and certificates, test reports, affidavits of compliance, of all piping systems for review by the AGENCY in accordance with the requirements in Section 01300, and as indicated in the individual piping sections. The shop drawings shall include dimensions and details on pipe joints, fittings, fitting specials, harnessed joints, valves, and appurtenances, and shall include design calculations and material lists. The submittals shall include detailed layout, spool, or fabrication drawings which show all pipe spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, fittings, and pipe supports and seismic restraints necessary to accommodate the equipment and valves provided in a complete and functional system.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information containing the following:

1. Manufacturer’s product data.

2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.

3. Manufacturer’s certification of compliance.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15000 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS 908754600712 AND APPURTENANCES October 2020 SECTION 15000 – GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the AGENCY in writing of the date for the start of each phase of pipe production and the dates for the proof of design tests. The notification shall be given at least 15 days prior to the start of the pipe manufacture. During the manufacture of the pipe, the AGENCY shall be given access to all areas where manufacturing is in progress and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to confirm compliance with the Specifications.

B. Tests: Except where otherwise indicated, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the applicable specifications and standards. Welds shall be tested as indicated. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all tests at no additional cost to the AGENCY. Copies of all test reports shall be submitted to the AGENCY.

1.6 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE

A. Where the assistance of a manufacturer's service representative is advisable in order to obtain perfect pipe joints, supports, or special connections, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish such assistance at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

1.7 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION

A. All piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a clean and undamaged condition and shall be stored off the ground to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. All defective or damaged materials shall be replaced with new materials.

1.8 CLEANUP

A. After completion of the work, all remaining pipe cuttings, joining and wrapping materials, and other scattered debris, shall be removed from the site by the CONTRACTOR. The entire piping system shall be handed over to the AGENCY in a clean and functional condition.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL

A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of these Contract Documents and the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual.

B. Pressure Rating: All piping systems shall be designed for a minimum pressure of 250 psi.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15000 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS 908754600712 AND APPURTENANCES October 2020 SECTION 15000 – GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES

2.2 PIPE FLANGES

A. Flanges: Flanges on ductile iron pipe and fittings shall conform to the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12. All flanges shall be flat faced.

B. Flange coating shall be per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

C. Flange Nuts and Bolts: All bolts and nuts shall conform to the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12. Studs and bolts shall extend through the nuts a minimum of 1/2-inch. All-thread studs shall be used on all valve flange connections, where space restrictions preclude the use of regular bolts.

D. Flange Gaskets: Gaskets shall be per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

E. Insulating Flanges: Insulated flanges bolt holes shall be drilled oversize by an amount equal to two times the insulating sleeve thickness to maintain the same minimum clearance for bolts.

F. Insulating Flange Sets: See Section 13110.

2.3 THREADED INSULATING CONNECTIONS

A. General: Threaded insulating bushings, unions, or couplings, as appropriate, shall be used for joining threaded pipes of dissimilar metals and for piping systems where corrosion control and cathodic protection are involved.

B. Materials: Threaded insulating connections shall be of nylon, Teflon, polycarbonate, polyethylene, or other nonconductive materials, and shall have ratings and properties to suit the service and loading conditions.

C. Manufacturers: Isojoint or approved equal.

2.4 PIPE THREADS

A. All pipe threads shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.20.1

2.5 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS FOR PLAIN END DUCTILE IRON PIPE, PVC PRESSURE PIPE, OR PVC DISTRIBUTION PIPE

A. Flexible pipe couplings for ductile iron pipe, PVC pressure pipe, or PVC distribution are not allowed. See Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

2.6 TRANSITION COUPLINGS

A. Transition couplings for connecting different pipes having different outside diameters shall be steel: Romac 501, XR 501 or Macro..

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15000 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS 908754600712 AND APPURTENANCES October 2020 SECTION 15000 – GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES

2.7 JOINT HARNESSES

A. Tie bolts or studs shall be as shown in the following table. Bolt or stud material shall conform to ASTM A193, Grade B7. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A194, Grade 2H. Lug material shall conform to ASTM A36, ASTM A283, Grade B, C, or D, or ASTM A285, Grade C. Lug dimensions for steel pipe shall be as shown in AWWA Manual M11 (2004 edition), Figure 13-20, using the number and size of lugs as tabulated below.

B. Lugs for steel pipe shall be Type P for pipes 6 through 10 inches and Type RR for pipes 12 inches and larger.

TIE BOLTS OR STUD REQUIREMENTS FOR COUPLINGS FOR STEEL PIPE Tie Bolt or Stud Minimum Requirements 150 psi 300 psi No. Bolts or Minimum No. Bolts or Minimum Nominal Studs and Pipe Wall Studs and Pipe Wall Pipe Size Size Thickness Size Thickness (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) 6 2 x 5/8 0.193 2 x 5/8 0.282 8 2 x 5/8 0.239 2 x 5/8 0.354 10 2 x 5/8 0.312 2 x 3/4 0.466 12 2 x 3/4 0.188 4 x 7/8 0.250 14 2 x 7/8 0.188 4 x 1 0.250 16 2 x 1 0.250 4 x 1 1/8 0.250 18 2 x 1 1/8 0.250 4 x 1 1/8 0.250 20 2 x 1 1/4 0.250 4 x 1 1/8 0.250 24 4 x 7/8 0.250 4 x 1 1/8 0.250

C. Select number and size of bolts based on the test pressure shown in the drawings. Stagger bolts equally around pipe circumference. Where odd number is tabulated, place odd bolt at top. For test pressures less than or equal to 150 psi, use the 150- psi design in the table above. For test pressures between 150 and 300 psi, use the 300-psi design in the table above.

D. Provide washer for each nut. Washer material shall be the same as the nuts. Minimum washer thickness shall be 1/8 inch.

2.8 LINING AND COATING FOR COUPLINGS

A. Coat interior and exterior ferrous surfaces of flexible pipe couplings, transition couplings, and flanged coupling adapters with fusion bonded epoxy per Section 09811. Coating shall be holiday free on interior surfaces. Buried couplings shall be wax tap coated per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15000 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS 908754600712 AND APPURTENANCES October 2020 SECTION 15000 – GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES

2.9 SERVICE SADDLES

A. Service saddle shall be per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of these Contract Documents.

B. Where core drilling is required for pipes passing through existing concrete, core drilling locations shall be determined by radiograph of concrete construction to avoid damage to embedded raceways and rebars.

3.2 INSTALLING COUPLINGS

A. Clean oil, grease, scale, and dirt from pipe ends. Repair any damage or holidays in the shop applied coating before installing couplings. Clean gaskets in flexible pipe couplings, transition couplings, and flanged coupling adapters before installing.

B. Clean sleeve bolts and nuts by wire brushing before installing in follower rings. Lubricate threads of bolts and nuts with oil or graphite prior to installation. Tighten nuts uniformly and in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence, and torque with a calibrated torque wrench.

B. If couplings leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and sleeve bolts, reset or replace the gaskets, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the coupling. Couplings shall be watertight.

C. After testing, wrap sleeve bolts and nuts of buried couplings with wax tape coating per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

3.3 INSTALLING SERVICE SADDLES

A. Place the service saddle on the pipe and hand tighten the nuts while positioning the saddle in its final location. Uniformly tighten the nuts in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence and torque with a calibrated torque wrench to the saddle manufacturer’s recommended values.

B. Connect a corporation stop to the saddle. Apply Teflon joint compound or tape to the male threads before installing the corporation stop. Make joints watertight.

C. Mount a tapping machine on the corporation stop to cut a hole in the pipe with a shell type cutter made specifically for PVC pipe. Do not use other devices or hand equipment to bore through the pipe wall.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15000 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS 908754600712 AND APPURTENANCES October 2020 SECTION 15000 – GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES

3.4 INSTALLING FLANGED PIPING

A. Flanges shall be coated per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

B. Set pipe with the flange bolt holes straddling the pipe horizontal and vertical centerline. Install pipe without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or any adjacent connecting valves or equipment. Before bolting up, align flange faces to the design plane within 1/16-inch per foot measured across any diameter. Align flange bolt holes within 1/8-inch maximum offset.

C. Clean bolts, nuts, washers and flange faces by wire brushing before installing gasket and adjoining flange. Inspect gasket seating surfaces, gasket, each bolt, nut, washer, and facing on which the nuts will rotate. Replace any damaged item.

D. Lubricate threads per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12. Assemble all bolts, nuts, and washers in the flange, and then tighten nuts in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence, and torque with a calibrated torque wrench. All clamping torque shall be applied to the nuts only.

E. Bolt lengths shall extend a minimum of ½” through their nuts.

F. Do not use more than one gasket between contact faces in assembling a flanged joint.

G. Place washers under all nuts. Place washers under bolt heads where the flanges have been epoxy coated. Do not damage coated surfaces during installation.

H. If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reset or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight. Replace galled, cracked, or distorted bolts and nuts.

3.5 INSTALLING GROOVED-END PIPING

A. Install grooved-end pipe and fittings in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's recommendations and the following.

B. Clean loose scale, rust, oil, grease, and dirt from the pipe or fitting groove before installing coupling. Apply the coupling manufacturer's gasket lubricant to the gasket exterior including lips, pipe ends, and housing interiors.

C. Fasten coupling alternately and evenly until coupling halves are seated. Use torques as recommended by the coupling manufacturer.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15000 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS 908754600712 AND APPURTENANCES October 2020 SECTION 15000 – GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES

3.6 INSTALLING BLIND FLANGES

A. At outlets not indicated to be connected to valves or to other pipes and to complete the installed pipeline hydrostatic test, provide blind flanges with bolts, nuts, washers, and gaskets.

B. Blind flanges shall be coated per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

3.7 INSTALLING POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

A. Wrap buried couplings and adapters with polyethylene material per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

3.8 PAINTING AND COATING

A. Coat flexible pipe couplings, transition couplings, flanged coupling adapters and joint harnesses located aboveground, or in vaults and structures, the same as the adjacent pipes and per Section 09800. Apply finish coats in the field. Color of finish coat shall match color of the adjacent piping.

3.9 PRESSURE TESTING

A. Test couplings and adapters at the same time that the connecting pipelines are pressure tested in accordance with Oceanside Water Utilities Manual.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15000 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS 908754600712 AND APPURTENANCES October 2020 SECTION 15041 – DISINFECTION OF RESERVOIRS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes materials and procedures for disinfection of reservoirs. Disinfect reservoirs in accordance with AWWA C652, except as modified below.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water and Design Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Discharge of chlorinated water into watercourses or surface waters is regulated by the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). A suitable means shall be provided for disposal and dechlorination of disinfection water so that no damage results to facilities or waterways. The means of dechlorination shall be subject to the approval of the AGENCY, local governing authorities, regulatory agencies, NPDES requirements, and AWWA C652.

B. Use potable water for chlorination.

C. Submit request for use of water from waterlines of AGENCY 48 hours in advance.

D. Coordinate disinfection and testing with the AGENCY’s Water Distribution Supervisor or Water Division Manager.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 LIQUID CHLORINE

A. Inject with a solution feed chlorinator and a water booster pump. Follow the instructions of the chlorinator manufacturer.

2.2 CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE (DRY)

A. Dissolve in water to a known concentration in a drum and pump into the pipeline at a metered rate.

2.3 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (SOLUTION)

A. Further dilute in water to desired concentration and pump into the pipeline at a metered rate.

2.4 CHLORINE RESIDUAL TEST KIT

A. For measuring chlorine concentration, supply and use a medium range, drop count, DPD drop dilution method kit per AWWA C651, Appendix A.1. Maintain kits in good working order available for immediate test of residuals at point of sampling.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15041-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS DISINFECTION OF RESERVOIRS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15041 – DISINFECTION OF RESERVOIRS

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DISINFECTION OF RESERVOIRS

A. Disinfect per AWWA C652, Method 1, 2, or 3.

B. Disinfect the interior of the following reservoirs:

1. Henie Hills

2. John Paul Steiger

C. The AGENCY will provide potable water at no cost to the CONTRACTOR for the first disinfection effort. If bacteriological testing shows that the first disinfection effort was not successful, the CONTRACTOR will be charged the cost of additional water at the AGENCY’S current rates.

3.2 SAMPLING AND BACTERIOLOGIC TESTING

A. All samples shall be collected by a certified City of Oceanside Water Utilities Department employee and shall be delivered to the City of Oceanside State Certified Laboratory under the chain of custody criteria for analysis.

3.3 REPETITION OF PROCEDURE

A. If the initial chlorination fails to produce required residuals and bacteriologic tests, repeat the chlorination and retesting until satisfactory results are obtained.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15041-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS DISINFECTION OF RESERVOIRS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15057 – COPPER TUBING, BRASS AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes materials and installation of copper, brass, and bronze pipe, fittings and appurtenances.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. The Work of the following Sections applies to the Work of this Section. Work of other Sections of the Specification, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work. 1. Section 01300, Record Drawings and Submittals.

2. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, Recycled Water and Design Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual) Approved Materials List.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer’s data on materials furnished by the AGENCY in accordance with the requirements in Section 01300, and as indicated in the individual sections.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information containing the following:

1. Manufacturer’s product data.

2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.

3. Manufacturer’s certification of compliance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials shall be the appropriate model number specified in the AGENCY Specifications, as specified in the City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual), latest edition, as manufactured by the companies listed herein, or approved equal.

B. Buried copper tubing shall be per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.7.13 and encased per section 2.12.

C. Above ground copper tubing shall be Type “K” hard per ASTM B-188.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15057 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COPPER TUBING, BRASS 908754600712 AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS October 2020 SECTION 15057 – COPPER TUBING, BRASS AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS

D. All tubing fittings used with copper tubing shall be silver solder type. Fittings shall be NIBCO, Muller, or equal. All fittings of one type used in the installation shall be by the same manufacturer.

E. Service Saddles shall be per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

F. Corporation Stops shall be per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

G. Angle Meter Stops shall be per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

H. Insulating Pipe Bushings, Unions, or Couplings shall be per the below and in accordance with the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

1. Pipeline Coating and Engineering Company

2. Smith Blair

3. Pipe Seal and Insulator Company

I. Brass Fittings shall be per the below and conform to California AB1953 low-lead law.

1. AY McDonald

J. Fire Hydrants

1. See Oceanside Standard Drawing W-1 and Oceanside Water Utilities Manual section 2.12.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 COPPER TUBING AND FITTINGS

A. Cut tubing square and remove burrs. Clean both the inside and outside of fitting and pipe ends with steel wool and muriatic acid before soldering. Prevent annealing of fittings and tubing when making connections. Do not miter joints for elbows or notch straight runs of pipe for trees.

B. Bends in soft copper tubing shall be long sweep. Shape bends with shaping tools. Form bends without flattening, buckling, or thinning the tubing wall at any point.

C. Brazing procedures shall be in accordance with Articles XII and XIII, Section IX, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Silver solder shall be used. Solderers shall comply with ANSI B31.3, paragraph 328.

D. Buried piping shall be installed with some slack to provide flexibility in the event of a load due to settlement, expansion or contraction. A minimum cover of 36 inches below the finished street grade shall be adhered to. The

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15057 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COPPER TUBING, BRASS 908754600712 AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS October 2020 SECTION 15057 – COPPER TUBING, BRASS AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS

tubing is to be bedded and covered with sand or select material as determined by the AGENCY Representative.

E. All 2-inch copper tubing shall be installed with straight lengths of hard copper water tube Type K. All couplings and adapters shall be silver soldered.

F. All buried copper tubing shall be encased in one layer Polywrap-C (6-mil) as manufactured by Northtown products and encased with a minimum of 6” neutral sand or approved equivalent material by the Water Utilities Department.

3.2 SERVICE SADDLE

A. The service saddle shall be no closer than 18 inches to a valve, coupling, joint, or fitting unless it is at the end of the main and a minimum of 24 inches apart from another saddle when tapping C-900 PVC pipe. The installation of a service saddle on any machined section of ACP will not be permitted.

B. The surface of the pipe shall be filed to remove all loose material and to provide a hard, clean surface before placing the service saddle.

C. The service saddle shall be tightened firmly to ensure a tight seal; however, care shall be used to prevent damage or distortion of either the corporation stop or service saddle by over tightening. A torque wrench shall be used per manufacturer’s recommendation to avoid damage.

D. The tap into the pipe shall be made in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendation.

3.3 INSULATING BUSHING AND UNIONS

A. Pipe or fittings made of nonferrous metal shall be isolated from ferrous metals by nylon insulating pipe bushings, unions, or couplings.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15057 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS COPPER TUBING, BRASS 908754600712 AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes materials, fabrication, and testing of:

a. Cement-mortar lined and coated welded steel pipe with fittings and special pieces, fabricated in accordance with AWWA C200. Size range is 6 inches through 24 inches. 2. Carbon steel pipe and fittings 4 inches in diameter and smaller for water service.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 09800 – Painting and Coating.

C. Section 09811 – Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating.

D. Section 09905 – Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating.

E. Section 15000 – Piping Components.

F. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water and Design Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. Submittals shall include, as a minimum, the following information:

1. Submit materials list showing material of pipe and fittings with ASTM reference and grade. Submit manufacturer's certification of compliance with referenced standards, e.g., ASTM A53, A135, and A587 and AWWA C200. Provide recertification by an independent domestic testing laboratory for materials originating outside of the United States. Show piping service (, gasoline, water, air, etc.).

2. For piping 6 inches and larger, submit piping layout drawings showing location and dimensions of pipe and fittings. Include laying lengths of valves, meters, in-line pumps, and other equipment determining piping dimensions. Label or number each fitting or piece of pipe and provide the following information for each item:

a. Material of construction, with ASTM or API reference and grade.

b. Wall thickness of steel cylinder.

c. Mortar lining thickness (if pipe has been specified to have a mortar lining).

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

d. Mortar coating thickness, where mortar coating is required.

e. Paint prime coating, where prime coat is required.

f. Show weld sizes and dimensions of grooved-end collars, flanges, reinforcing collars, wrapper plates, and crotch plates.

3. Manufacturer's certificates of compliance with referenced pipe standards, e.g., ASTM A53, ASTM A135, API 5L, AWWA C200.

4. Submit coating application test records for field measuring paint coating thickness and holiday detection for each pipe section and fitting. Describe repair procedures used.

5. Submit calculations for pipe design and fittings reinforcement and test data.

6. Submit certified original copies of mill test reports on each heat from which steel is rolled. Tests shall include physical and chemical properties. Submit certified original copies of mill test reports for flanges including details of stress relief used. Manufacturer's certificates of compliance with referenced pipe standards, e.g., ASTM A53, ASTM A135, API 5L. Provide recertification by an independent domestic testing laboratory for materials originating outside of the United States.

7. Submit welding procedure specifications (WPS) and procedure qualification records (PQR) for each welding process and welder qualification records (WQR) for each welder and welding operator.

1.5 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Personnel performing NDT shall meet the requirements of AWWA C200, Section 5 or shall be qualified as an AWS Certified Welding Inspector (CWI or SCWI) or shall hold a current AWS Radiographic Interpreter Certification.

B. Pipe lining and coating, whether factory applied or field applied, is an element of the completed pipe. Only manufacturers who provide completed lined and coated pipe are considered qualified for project work.

C. Supervisors of cement-mortar coating operations shall have at least two years of continuous recent experience in the application of cement-mortar coating systems for steel pipe.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. The supplier shall warranty the material for a period of 12 months (from acceptance by AGENCY) against material/fabrication defects.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 STEEL PIPE CYLINDERS

A. The yield strength of the steel for pipe and fabricated fittings shall be minimum 35,000 psi.

B. Straight runs of pipe upstream of flowmeters shall be smooth. The inside diameters of such pipes shall match the inside diameters of the flowmeters.

C. Provide seamless pipe or pipe having straight longitudinal weld seams where pipe passes through rubber annular sealing devices. Alternatively, grind the exterior weld seams of spiral welded pipe flush with the exterior pipe surface where the pipe passes through the rubber annular sealing devices.

D. Minimum wall thickness of steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall be 0.25 inch.

2.2 STEEL PIPE 6 INCHES AND SMALLER

A. Pipe shall be black carbon steel conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B, ASTM A106, Grade B; ASTM A135, Grade B; or ASTM A587 with Supplementary Requirement S1 "Hydrostatic Testing." A nondestructive electric test per the previously cited ASTM pipe specifications may be substituted for the hydrostatic test.

B. Pipe 6 inches and smaller shall be Schedule 80 per ASME B36.10.

2.3 JOINTS

A. Provide plain-end pipe where flexible pipe couplings or butt straps are to be provided.

B. Joints for pipes 4 inches and smaller shall be threaded steel conforming to ASTM A865 (black), flanged, or grooved end.

C. Joints for aboveground, exposed, or submerged pipe larger than 6 inches shall be grooved end, flanged, or butt-welded.

D. Where piping connects to wall pipes, meters, valves, or other equipment, the pipe ends shall match the ends of the wall pipes, meters, valves, or equipment.

E. Do not field weld to join pipe and fittings that have been factory coated or lined with epoxy or polyurethane. If connections in addition to those shown in the drawings are required to field joint pieces, use either flanged or grooved-end joints.

2.4 FITTINGS AND SPECIALS

A. A special is defined as any piece of pipe other than a normal full length of straight section. This includes elbows, manhole sections, short pieces, reducers, adapter sections with special ends, sections with outlets, etc.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

B. A fitting is defined as a special piece of pipe other than a normal straight section. Elbows, tees, crosses, manhole sections, reducers, and sections with outlets are fittings.

C. Provide cement-mortar lined fabricated steel fittings for pipes 6 inches. Coating shall match the adjacent pipe.

D. Ends of the fittings shall be compatible with the pipe joint for the particular type of pipe to which the steel fittings or specials connect.

E. Fittings shall conform to the dimensions of AWWA C208 and shall be made of segmentally welded sections of hydrostatically tested pipe (same material and thickness), with ends compatible for type of joints shown. The minimum radius of elbows shall be 2.5 times the pipe diameter and the maximum miter angle on each section of elbow shall not exceed 11.25 degrees. Fittings shall be equal in pressure design strength and shall have the same lining and coating as the abutting pipe.

F. For mitered elbows 42 inches and smaller, provide a minimum radius of 2.5 times the pipe diameter (2.5D) unless otherwise indicated. Provide the number of pieces as tabulated below:

Class A (degrees) Class B (degrees) No. of Pieces 0 to 30 0 to 22.5 2 31 to 60 22.5 to 45 3 61 to 90 45 to 67.5 4 67.5 to 90 5

2.5 OUTLETS AND NOZZLES

A. Outlets of size 3 inches and smaller shall be of the thredolet type, per MSS SP-97 and AWWA Manual M11 (2004 edition), Figure 13-26. Outlets shall be 3,000-pound WOG forged steel per ASTM A105 or ASTM A216, Grade WCB. Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. Outlets shall be Bonney Forge Co. "Thredolet," Allied Piping Products Co. "Branchlet," or equal.

B. Alternatively, threaded openings not less than 2 inches or more than 3 inches in nominal size shall be a flat-bottom half-coupling conforming to ASME B16.11, Class 3000 and AWWA Manual M11 (2004 edition), Figure 13-25. Where the mounting surface is curved to a diameter of 36 inches or less, the mounting diameter shall be the same as that of the surface upon which it is to be mounted. Forge the threaded outlet and its plug from steel conforming to ASTM A105 or ASTM A181, Class 70.

C. For outlets 3 inches and smaller in piping smaller than 4 inches, use a tee with a threaded outlet.

D. For outlets larger than 3 inches, use a tee with a flanged outlet.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

2.6 FLANGES

A. Forged flange material shall conform to ASTM A105, A 181, or A 182. Steel flange material shall conform to ASTM A283 (Grade C or D), A285 (Grade C), or A36.

B. Flanges shall be Class 150 and shall comply with AWWA C207, Class E. Use welding neck flanges conforming to ASME B16.5 in piping 10 inches and smaller where connecting to lug or wafer-style valves and in all sizes. where connecting to wrought steel elbows and tees. Flanges shall be flat faced.

C. Blind flanges shall comply with AWWA C207, Table 7.

2.7 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS FOR FLANGES

A. See Section 15000.

2.8 GROOVED-END COUPLINGS

A. Couplings shall be rigid type, square cut groove, per AWWA C606. Couplings shall be Victaulic Style W07, or equal.

2.9 CEMENT MORTAR LINING AND COATING

A. Cement shall be in accordance with ASTM C150, Type II or Type V for mortar lining and mortar coating.

B. Select and process materials and place the mortar while the pipe is spun in a centrifugal machine.

C. Cement lining shall conform to the following:

1. Cement mortar lining shall conform to AWWA C205. Mortar lining thickness and inside diameter dimensions for piping larger than 10 inches shall be such that the lining inside diameter matches the nominal pipe size.

2. Except as otherwise provided in AWWA C205, the interior of all steel pipe, fittings and specials, shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with cement mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformance with AWWA C205. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining. If lining is damaged or found faulty at the construction site, the damage or unsatisfactory portions shall be replaced with lining conforming to these specifications.

3. The pipe ends shall be left bare where field joints occur. Ends of the lining shall be left square and uniform. Feathered or uneven edges will not be permitted.

4. Defective linings as identified in AWWA C205 shall be removed from the pipe wall and shall be replaced to the full thickness required. Defective

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

linings shall be cut back to a square shoulder in order to avoid feather- edged joints.

5. Hand holes shall be as required to facilitate interior lining repairs at inaccessible joints.

D. Cement coating shall conform to the following:

1. Cement mortar coating shall conform to AWWA C205 and be a minimum of 3/4-inch thick. The coating shall be reinforced with spirally wound No. 14 gauge steel wire spaced at 1-1/2 inch centers positioned approximately at the center of the mortar coating. In lieu of a spirally wound wire, a wire mesh or wire fabric may be used. The mesh or fabric shall be fastened with welded wire clips or strips of metal so as to hold the wire approximately at the center of the mortar coating. Splices shall be lapped four inches and the free ends tied or looped to ensure continuity.

2. After the welding is completed, the outside annular spaces between pipe sections shall be completely filled with grout. The grout shall be poured in such a manner that all exposed portions of the metal joint shall be completely protected with cement mortar. Grout used on the outside of joints shall be non-shrink grout, sufficiently fluid to permit it to be poured down one side of the pipe and allowed to flow up the other side. The outside mortar joints shall be properly formed by the use of heavy-duty diapers or grout bands.

2.10 MORTAR FOR REPAIRING MORTAR-LINED AND -COATED STEEL PIPE

A. Mortar shall be a two-component, polymer-modified, portland cement, fast-setting, nonsag mortar that can be used for horizontal, vertical, and overhead surfaces. The mortar shall incorporate a penetrating corrosion inhibitor. Mortar shall be ANSI/NSF 61 approved for potable water service. Material shall meet the following requirements:

ASTM Parameter Specification Value Flexural strength (28 days) C293 2,000 psi minimum Splitting tensile strength (28 days) C496 900 psi minimum Bond strength (28 days) C882 2,200 psi minimum Compressive strength (28 days) C109 7,000 psi minimum

B. Products: SikaTop 123 Plus with FerroGard 901 corrosion inhibitor and Sika Armatec 110 EpoChem primer or equal.

2.11 THREAD LUBRICANT

A. Use Teflon thread lubricating compound or Teflon tape.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY, AND ERECTION

A. Beveled ends for butt-welding shall conform to ASME B16.25. Remove slag by chipping or grinding. Surfaces shall be clean of paint, oil, rust, scale, slag, and other material detrimental to welding. When welding the reverse side, chip out slag before welding.

B. Fabrication shall comply with ASME B31.3, Chapter V. Welding procedure and performance qualifications shall be in accordance with Section IX, Articles II and III, respectively, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

C. The minimum number of passes for welded joints shall be as follows:

Steel Cylinder Thickness Minimum Number of (inch) Passes for Welds Less than 0.1875 1 0.1875 through 0.25 2 Greater than 0.25 3 Welds shall be full penetration.

D. Use the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) submerged arc welding (SAW), gas- shielded flux-cored arc welding (FCAW), or gas-metal arc welding (GMAW) process for shop welding. Use the SMAW process for field welding.

E. Welding preparation shall comply with ASME B31.3, paragraph 328.4. Limitations on imperfections in welds shall conform to the requirements in ASME B31.3, Table 341.3.2 and paragraph 341.4 for visual examination.

F. Identify welds in accordance with ASME B31.3, paragraph 328.5.

G. Clean each layer of deposited weld metal prior to depositing the next layer of weld metal, including the final pass, by a power-driven wire brush.

H. Welding electrodes for carbon steel piping shall comply with AWS A5.1, A5.17, A5.18, A5.20, or A5.23. Carbon steel flux cored wire shall have a maximum boron content of 0.006%.

3.2 REINFORCEMENT FOR FITTINGS

A. The requirement for additional reinforcement of fabricated fittings at branches and openings shall be determined by the procedure given in ASME B31.3, paragraph 304.3 and Appendix H. If additional reinforcement is required, it shall be accomplished as described below.

B. Select the type of reinforcement for fittings with outlets from the following table:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

ID outlet R = ID main run x sinB

where B = Angle between the longitudinal axis of the main run and the branch

R Type of Reinforcement Maximum of 0.5 Collar Maximum of 0.7 Wrapper Plate No limit Crotch Plate C. When outlets are located opposite each other in a special (i.e., a cross), the limiting values of "R" shall be 0.25 and 0.35, respectively.

D. For collar reinforcement, select an effective shoulder width "W" of a collar from the inside surface of the steel outlet to the outside edge of the collar, measured on the surface of the cylinder of the main run, such that:

ID outlet W =(1/3 to 1/2) x sinB

E. For collar reinforcement of tangential outlets, use

OD outlet SinB  OD main run

F. The minimum thickness "T" of the collar is determined by:

P x ID main run x ID outlet x (2 - sinB) T = 4 x F x W x sinB

where:

P = Design pressure F = Allowable design stress = 40% of minimum yield stress B = As in Part 2 above

G. Collars may be oval in shape or rectangular with rounded corners.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

3.3 SHOP TESTING OF FABRICATED OR WELDED COMPONENTS

A. After completion of fabrication and welding in the shop and prior to the application of any lining or coating, test each component according to the referenced standards. Test fabricated fittings per AWWA C200. Test the seams in fittings that have not been previously shop hydrostatically tested by the dye penetrant method as described in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII, Appendix 8 and Section V, Article 6. In lieu of the dye penetrant method of testing, completed fittings may be hydrostatically tested. Use the field hydrostatic test pressure or 125% of the design pressure, whichever is higher.

3.4 PRODUCT MARKING

A. Plainly mark each length of straight pipe and each special and fitting at the bell end to identify the design pressure or head, the steel wall thickness, the date of manufacture, and the proper location of the pipe item by reference to the layout schedule. For beveled pipe, show the degree of bevel and the point on the circumference to be laid uppermost.

3.5 INSTALLING FLANGED PIPING

A. See Section 15000.

3.6. INSTALLING GROOVED-END PIPING

A. See Section 15000.

3.7 INSTALLING THREADED PIPING

A. Ream, clean, and remove burrs from threaded piping before making up joints. Apply thread lubricant to threaded ends before installing fittings, couplings, unions, or joints.

3.8 APPLICATION OF MORTAR FOR REPAIRING MORTAR-LINED AND -COATED STEEL PIPE

A. Remove deteriorated mortar surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, and bond-inhibiting materials. Repair area shall be at least 1/8-inch deep. The exposed aggregate surface shall have a minimum surface profile of ±1/16 inch. Clean surface by saturating with clean water. Then allow to dry such that there is no standing water during mortar application. Apply primer.

B. Scrub repair mortar into the substrate, filling pores and voids. Apply mortar material against the edge of the area to be repaired, working toward the center. After filling repair, consolidate and then screed. Apply mortar in multiple lifts to the thickness necessary to match the thickness of the mortar lining or coating. Where multiple lifts are required, score the top surface of each lift to produce a roughened surface for the next lift. Allow the preceding lift to reach final set per the mortar manufacturer’s recommended minimum time before applying additional mortar material. Saturate surface of the lift with clean water. Scrub fresh mortar into the preceding lift. Allow mortar to set and then finish for a smooth surface.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

C. Moist cure with wet burlap and polyethylene, a fine mist of water, or water-based curing compound. Commence curing immediately after finishing the final mortar lift. Protect mortar from direct sunlight, wind, rain, and frost.

3.9 PAINTING AND COATING

A. Line and coat buried and exposed piping 2 through 4 inches in diameter with fusion bonded epoxy per Section 09811.

B. Coat buried pipe 6 inches and larger with cement mortar, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings.

C. Coat pipe 6 inches and larger located above ground or in vaults and structures per Section 09800, System No. 15. Prime coat shall be shop applied.

D. Line and coat pipe 6 inches and larger in submerged service with fusion bonded epoxy per Section 09811.

E. Pipe with an exterior epoxy coating that is buried shall be wrapped with a petrolatum wax tape coating per Section 09905.

F. Pipe that is to be encased in concrete shall have no coating, unless shown otherwise in the drawings.

G. Coat the ends of plain-end buried pipe where flexible pipe couplings are to be installed per Section 09900, System No. 15. Apply coating in shop.

H. The coating thickness on pipe ends having grooved-end joints (gasket seating surface and the entire groove) and on the coupling key, shoulder, gasket pocket, and bolt pad mating surfaces of the groove-end couplings shall be 8 to 10 mils.

I. Coat exposed grooved-end couplings the same as the adjacent pipe.

J. Coat the interior metal surfaces of blind flanges per Section 09800, System No. 7.

3.10 SHIPPING AND STORAGE

A. Pipe shall be shipped on padded bunks with nylon belt tie-down straps or padded banding located approximately over supports. Store pipe on padded skids, sand or dirt berms, sandbags or old tires. Handle pipe with wide belt slings. Chains, cables or other equipment likely to damage the pipe or coating shall not be used.

3.11 INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and install all required piping and accessories in accordance with the contract documents and manufacturer’s recommendations. Pipe installation as specified in this section supplements AWWA M11. Only approved certified Welders shall weld joints.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

1. Inspect each pipe and fitting before lowering into the trench. Inspect the interior and exterior protective coatings. Patch damaged areas in the field with material similar to the original. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside the pipe and keep it clean during and after laying.

2. Handle pipe in a manner to avoid any damage to the pipe. Do not roll or drop the pipe into trenches under any circumstances.

3. Grade the bottom of the trench and place a 4-inch layer of select or scarified material under pipe. Before laying each section of pipe, check the grade and correct any irregularities found. The trench bottom shall be a uniform bearing and support for the pipe.

4. At the location of each joint, dig bell holes in the bottom of the trench and at the sides to permit completion and visual inspection of the entire joint.

5. Interior and exterior joint surfaces shall be completed in accordance with the appropriate lining and coating requirements.

6. Keep the trench in a dewatered condition during pipe laying.

7. When the pipe laying is not in progress, close the open ends of the pipe. Do not permit trench water, animals, or foreign objects to enter the pipe.

3.12 PIPELINE CLOSURE ASSEMBLIES

B. Field trimming of pipe when approved by the AGENCY’s Representative shall be normal to the axis of the pipe only.

C. Employ pipeline closure assemblies to connect sections of pipeline laid from opposite directions and to adjust the field length of the pipeline to meet structures, other pipelines, and points established by design stations. Select either follower ring design or butt strap design. Install follower ring closures as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

D. Center the shaped steel butt straps over the ends of the pipe sections they are to join. Weld the butt straps to the outside of the pipes with complete circumferential fillet welds equal in size to the thinnest part being joined. Refer to the details shown in the drawings when joining larger pipes.

E. Cement-mortar line closure assemblies to a mortar thickness at least equal to the adjoining standard pipe sections. Clean the steel with wire brushes and apply a cement and water wash coat prior to applying the cement mortar. Where more than a 4-inch joint strip of mortar is required, place welded wire mesh reinforcement in 2-inch by 4-inch pattern of No. 13 gauge over the exposed steel.

F. Install the mesh so that the wires on the 2-inch spacing run circumferentially around the pipe. Crimp the wires on the 4-inch spacing to support the mesh 3/8 inch from the metal pipe surface. Steel-trowel finish the interior mortar to match adjoining mortar-lined pipe sections.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-11 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15061 – STEEL PIPING

G. Coat the exterior of closure assemblies with mortar, or pour a concrete encasement, to cover all steel by at least 1 1/2 inches. Protect exterior mortar to retard drying while curing.

3.13 PRESSURE TESTING AND DISINFECTION

A. See Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Appendix for pressure testing and disinfection requirements.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15061-12 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS STEEL PIPING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15062 – WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: This section includes materials, installation, and testing of steel, cast- iron, and ductile-iron wall pipes and sleeves (including wall collars and seepage rings) and penetrations.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 15100 – Valves – General.

C. Section 15101 – Valve and Gate Operators.

D. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS

A. This section references the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. 1. NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects 2. NSF-372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330. Submittals shall include, as a minimum, the following information: 1. Submit detail drawings for fabricated steel or cast-iron wall and floor pipes and sleeves, wall flanges, seep rings, and sealing materials. Show dimensions and wall thicknesses. 2. Show flange sizes and the appropriate ANSI or AWWA flange dimensional standard where flanged end wall pipes or penetrations are used. 3. Show grooved-end dimensions and AWWA grooved-end dimensional standard where grooved-end wall pipes or penetrations are used. 4. List coating systems to be applied, manufacturer, and dry thickness of coatings. Call out coatings where coatings are to be applied. 5. List materials of construction, with ASTM material reference and grade. 6. Submit manufacturer's instructions for installing rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15062-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, 908754600712 AND PENETRATIONS October 2020 SECTION 15062 – WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRATIONS

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Use cast-iron, ductile-iron, or fabricated steel wall sleeves when containing rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices through which piping passes.

B. Use only cast-iron or ductile-iron wall pipes when connecting to cast-iron and ductile-iron pipe. Use only fabricated steel wall pipes when connecting to pipe, respectively.

C. Cast-iron flanges shall conform to ASME B16.1, Class 125 or 250, to match the flange on the connecting pipe.

D. Class 150 steel flanges shall conform to AWWA C207, Class D. Flanges shall be flat face. Flanges shall match the flange on the connecting pipe.

E. See Section 15000 for flange bolts and gaskets.

2.2 DUCTILE-IRON WALL PIPES AND SLEEVES

A. Provide cast- or ductile-iron wall pipes with ends as shown in the drawings for connection to adjacent cast-iron and ductile-iron pipe or for containing pipes where they pass through concrete walls, ceilings, and floor slabs. Provide seepage ring on wall pipes and sleeves passing through concrete walls and slabs that are to be watertight. Locate collars such that the collar is at the center of the wall or floor slab, unless otherwise shown in the drawings.

B. Wall pipes and sleeves shall be of the following types:

1. Pipe or sleeve with integrally cast seep ring.

2. Pipe or sleeve with shrink-fit steel collar attached.

3. Pipe or sleeve with steel collar halves bottomed in a groove provided in the pipe or sleeve.

C. Minimum wall thickness for pipes and sleeves having integrally cast seep rings shall be as shown in the following table:

Pipe or Sleeve Size (inches) Minimum Wall Thickness (inches) 3 0.48 4 0.52 6 0.55 8 0.60 10 0.68 12 0.75

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15062-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, 908754600712 AND PENETRATIONS October 2020 SECTION 15062 – WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRATIONS

Pipe or Sleeve Size (inches) Minimum Wall Thickness (inches) 14 0.66 16 0.70 18 0.75 20 0.80 24 0.89

D. Minimum wall thickness of pipes or sleeves having shrink-fit collars shall be special Class 52. Cut shrink-fit collars from a 1/4-inch-thick steel ring. Attach the collar to a cast-iron or ductile-iron pipe or sleeve by heating the steel collar and allowing it to shrink over the pipe at the necessary location. Provide an epoxy bond (Keysite 740 or 742 or Scotchkote 302) between the pipe and collar. Sandblast the area of the pipe to be epoxy coated per SSPC SP-10.

E. Wall pipes or sleeves having steel collar halves bottomed in a groove shall be ductile iron Special Class 54 minimum unless otherwise shown. Wall flanges shall consist of 1/4-inch-thick steel seep ring halves for pipes through 24-inch and 3/8-inch-thick halves for pipe 30 inches and larger, bottomed in a groove provided on the pipe. The pipe groove shall be machine cut to a depth of 1/16 to 5/64 inch to provide a press fit for the seep ring. Seep ring halves shall be welded together after fit into groove but shall not be welded to pipe. Seep rings shall be sealed completely around the pipe with silicon sealant manufactured by Dow-Corning No. 790, General Electric Silpruf, or equal.

F. The material used in ductile-iron wall flanges, wall sleeves, and wall penetrations shall conform to ASTM A395, A436, A536, A48 (Class 35), or A126 (Class B).

2.3 FABRICATED STEEL WALL PIPES AND SLEEVES

A. Provide fabricated steel wall pipes and sleeves with ends as shown in the drawings for connection to adjacent steel pipes, or for containing pipes, where they pass through concrete walls. Provide seepage ring or wall flange on wall pipes and sleeves passing through concrete walls and slabs that are to be watertight or where shown on the Drawings. Wall thickness shall be the same as the pipe wall thickness when connecting to steel pipe. Minimum wall thickness for sleeves containing pipes shall be standard weight per ASME B36.10 for sleeves 72 inches and smaller and 1/2 inch for sleeves greater than 72 inches through 96 inches.

B. Wall flanges shall be in the form of a steel wall collar welded to the steel sleeve or penetration. Cut welded wall collars from a 1/4-inch steel ring. Attach the collar to a steel wall pipe or sleeve with full circle, 3/16-inch fillet welds. Welding procedures shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3, Chapter V.

C. Steel pipe used in fabricating wall sleeves containing pipes shall comply with ASTM A53 (Type E or S), Grade B; ASTM A135, Grade B; ASTM A139, Grade B; or API 5L or 5LX. Wall pipes connecting to steel pipe shall be of the same

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15062-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, 908754600712 AND PENETRATIONS October 2020 SECTION 15062 – WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRATIONS

material as the connecting pipe. Wall collar material shall comply with ASTM A36, A105, A181, or A182.

2.4 RUBBER ANNULAR HYDROSTATIC SEALING DEVICES

A. Rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices shall be of the modular mechanical type, utilizing interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe sleeve and the passing pipe. Assemble links to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe, with a pressure plate under each bolthead and nut.

B. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Compound Material Pressure plate Delrin plastic or reinforced nylon polymer Bolts and nuts for links Type 316 stainless steel Sealing element EPDM rubber

C. The size of the wall sleeve needed to accommodate the passing pipe shall be as recommended by the rubber annular seal manufacturer.

D. Provide centering blocks in 25% of the sealing elements on pipelines larger than 12 inches in diameter.

E. The rubber annular hydrostatic sealing devices shall be Link Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation; Innerlynx as manufactured by Advance Products & Systems, Inc.; or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 LOCATION OF PIPES AND SLEEVES

A. Provide a wall or floor pipe where shown in the drawings.

B. Provide a floor sleeve where shown in the drawings and wherever plastic pipe, steel, or stainless steel pipe 3 inches and smaller or stainless steel or copper tubing passes through a floor or slab. Provide a rubber annular sealing device in the annular space between the sleeve and the passing pipe or tubing.

C. Provide wall sleeves where shown in the drawings and wherever plastic, steel or stainless steel pipe 3 inches and smaller, or stainless steel or copper tubing passes through a wall. Provide a single rubber annular seal when the wall is 8 inches thick or less. Provide two rubber annular seals (one at each end of the sleeve) when the wall is more than 8 inches thick.

D. Where pipes pass through walls or slabs and no sleeves or wall or floor pipe with seep ring is provided, pack the annular space with polyethylene foam filler and fill

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15062-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, 908754600712 AND PENETRATIONS October 2020 SECTION 15062 – WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, AND PENETRATIONS

the ends of the penetration with 2 inches of elastomeric sealant on both sides of the structure.

3.2 INSTALLATION IN NEW CONCRETE WALLS AND SLABS

A. Install wall pipes and sleeves in walls before placing concrete. Do not allow any portion of the pipe or sleeve to touch any of the reinforcing steel. Install wall pipe or sleeve and collar assembly axially aligned with the piping to which it will be attached or will contain. Provide supports to prevent the pipe or sleeve from displacing or deforming while the concrete is being poured and is curing.

3.3 INSTALLATION IN DRY FLOORS AND SLABS

A. Install pipe sleeves and spools in concrete floors and slabs which do not have water over them such that the sleeve or pipe extends from the bottom of the floor or slab to 2 inches above the floor or slab unless shown otherwise in the drawings.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF WALL PIPES HAVING FLANGED END CONNECTIONS

A. Check alignment before grouting in place or pouring concrete. Realign if the sleeve is not properly aligned.

B. Install flanged end wall sleeves or penetrations with bolt holes of the end flanges straddling the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the sleeve.

3.5 QUALIFICATOINS OF WELDERS

A. Welder qualifications shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF RUBBER ANNULAR HYDROSTATIC SEALING DEVICES

A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15062-5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WALL PIPES, SEEP RINGS, 908754600712 AND PENETRATIONS October 2020 SECTION 15090 - PIPE SUPPORTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The work of this Section includes designing and providing pipe supports, hangers, guides, and anchors. Pipe support indicated by the contract documents are not intended to illustrate all required pipe supports. Contractor shall furnish pipe supports per the requirements of this section, regardless of whether or not such supports are shown, at no additional cost to Agency.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 02010 – Subsurface Investigation.

1.3 SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

A. Except as otherwise indicated, the current editions of the following apply to the work of this Section:

ANSI/MSS SP-58 Standard Pipe Support Components

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall comply with Section 01300 and shall include shop drawings for all pipe supports including details of concrete inserts.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS

A. Products listed in this section refer to products manufactured by Anvil International (formerly Grinnell). Equivalent units manufactured by Tolco, or equal, may be substituted. Model callouts that reference Grinnell shall be understood to pertain to products currently manufactured by Anvil International.

B. Pipe Supports, Wall Brackets, and Anchors: Shall be Type 316/316L stainless steel for all exposure conditions.

C. Contact between dissimilar metals shall be prevented by the use of rubber- coated or vinyl-coated supports, or by use of an elastomeric sheet that is wrapped around the pipe (at the support location) to insulate against contact with the ferrous pipe support.

D. Vertical Pipe Supports:

1. At base of riser

2. Lateral movement: Clamps or brackets

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15090 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PIPE SUPPORTS 908754600712 December 2020 SECTION 15090 - PIPE SUPPORTS

E. Pipe Support:

1. For pipe located 3 feet or less from floor:

2. Standon Model S-89 (for indicated pipe size), as manufactured by Material Resources (Hillsboro, Oregon), or approved equal.

F. Pipe Support Risers:

1. Type 316/316L stainless steel.

2. As recommended by saddle manufacturer

G. Pipe Support Base Plate: Comply with base plate details per the contract drawings.

H. Wall Brackets:

1. For pipe located near walls and 8 feet or more above floor elevation or as otherwise shown.

2. Anvil Figure 103, or approved equal.

I. Modular Framing Strut Systems and Accessories for Pipe Support:

1. General:

a. Stainless steel strut

b. 12-gauge channels

c. Unistrut, Globestrut, Speedstrut, Powerstrut, or equal

2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Design Requirements:

1. Pipe Support System Components:

a. Withstand deadload and seismic forces

b. Factor of Safety: 5 minimum

c. Dead Load: Weight of pipe filled with water plus any insulation

2. Pipe Restraint System Components:

a. Withstand thrusts created by fluid pressure within pipes and seismic forces

b. Factor of safety: 5 minimum

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15090 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PIPE SUPPORTS 908754600712 December 2020 SECTION 15090 - PIPE SUPPORTS

3. Seismic Forces: Zone 4, UBC

4. Custom Supports: Fabricated per Drawings and/or approved shop drawings

5. All hangers and supports shall be capable of adjustment after placement of piping

B. Supports shall be capable of supporting the pipe for all service and testing conditions.

C. Supports shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping throughout the full operating temperature range to prevent excessive stress.

D. Supports and hangers shall be designed to allow for proper pitch of pipes.

E. All physical clearances between piping, support system and structure shall be checked and the supports shall allow for vertical adjustment after erection.

F. Vertical pipe runs in pipe chases shall be supported at base of riser. Pipes shall be supported for lateral movement with clamps or brackets.

G. Galvanized 20-gauge steel pipe saddle shall be provided for plastic support points to ensure minimum contact width of 4 inches.

H. Pipe Support Spacing:

1. Pipe supports shall be designed by the Contractor. In all cases pipe supports shall not exceed the support spacing indicated on the Drawings. Contractor shall provide closer spacing as may be required to comply with requirements of this Specification Section..

2. All piping shall be supported to prevent undue strain on any valve, fitting or piece of equipment.

3. Locations:

a. All changes in direction

b. All changes in elevation

c. Adjacent to flexible couplings

d. At least one support shall be provided for each length of pipe and each valve

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15090 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PIPE SUPPORTS 908754600712 December 2020 SECTION 15090 - PIPE SUPPORTS

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Piping systems exhibiting pulsation, vibration, swaying, or impact shall be provided with suitable restraints to correct the condition. Included in this requirement are movements from:

1. Trap discharge

2. Water hammer

3. Similar internal forces

B. Piping and pipe supports shall be located so as to not interfere with open accesses, walkways, platforms, and with maintenance or disassembly of equipment.

C. Welding:

1. Welding Rods: ASTM and AWS standards

2. Integral Attachments:

a. Welded-on ears, shoes, plates and angle clips shall be included

b. Material for integral attachments shall be of good weldable quality

3. Preheating, Welding and Post Heat-Treating: ANSI B31.3, Chapter V

D. All piping shall be braced for seismic Zone 4 forces in accordance with UBC, 10- foot maximum centers or where shown and specified, whichever is less.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15090 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PIPE SUPPORTS 908754600712 December 2020 SECTION 15100 – VALVES - GENERAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes general requirements for all valves to be used on the project.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 15000 – Piping Components.

C. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual) Approved Materials List.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Except as otherwise indicated, the current editions of the following standards apply to the work of this section:

ANSI/ASME B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ANSI/ASME B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads (Inch), General Purpose

ANSI/ASME B31.1 Power Piping

ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings

ASTM A126 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings

ASTM A395 Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures

ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings

ASTM A743 Standard Specification for Castings, Iron Chromium, Iron- Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General Purposes

ASTM B61 Standard Specification for Stream or Valve Bronze Castings

ASTM B62 Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15100 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS VALVES - GENERAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15100 – VALVES - GENERAL

ASTM B148 Standard Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings

ASTM B584 Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications

ANSI/AWWA C504 Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves

ANSI/AWWA C512 Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks Service

ANSI/AWWA C540 Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates

ANSI/AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants

SSPC SP 2 Hand Tool Cleaning

SSPC SP 5 Joint Surface Preparation White Metal Blast Cleaning

MSS SP25 Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions

1.4 SUBMITTALS

CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300. The following submittals are required:

A. Submit Shop Drawings, manufacturer's catalog data and detail construction sheets showing all valve parts and describing material of construction by material and specification (such as AISI, ASTM, SAE, or CDA). Submittal shall include valve dimensions including laying lengths and dimensions and orientation of valve operators. Information shall be submitted on valve handles, handwheels, position indicators, limit switches, integral control systems, needle valves, and control systems. Submittals shall also indicate valve linings and coatings with manufacturer's and paint numbers listed. CONTRACTOR shall indicate the size, quantity and pressure rating of valves, including the class and drilling pattern of the flanges where applicable.

B. Manufacturer’s certification that products comply with the requirements set forth in the Contract Documents.

C. Manufacturer’s certification that all linings and coatings have been factory tested and comply with the indicated requirements.

D. A schedule of valves to be labeled, indicating in each case the valve location and the proposed wording for the label.

E. All valves require certified tests. Submit certified test results to the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15100 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS VALVES - GENERAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15100 – VALVES - GENERAL

F. Operation and maintenance data shall be submitted, and shall include, but not be limited to, the following information:

1. Manufacturer's installation and operating instructions.

2. Manufacturer's maintenance procedures.

3. List of special tools.

4. Schedule of valves indicating valve identification and location.

5. Spare Parts List: A spare parts list shall be provided with information for each valve assembly.

6. Factory Test Data: Where indicated, signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each valve requiring certification shall be submitted before shipment of the valve. The data shall also include certification of quality and test results for factory-applied coatings.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Valves shall be per the City of Oceanside Water, Sewer, and Recycled Water Design & Construction Manual Section 2.5 and Section 2.12, the project Drawings, and these specifications.

B. All valves shall be new and of current manufacture. Valves shall be furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR at the location and in accordance with the type of ends as shown on the Plans and as herein specified.

C. The manufacturer shall have manufactured tight-closing valves of the valve type intended for use for a period of at least five years.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install each specific type of valve from a single manufacturer and use it throughout the work.

E. All valves shall have a rated working pressure per the City of Oceanside Water, Sewer, and Recycled Water Design & Construction Manual Section 2.5 and Section 2.12. All valves shall be certified to meet the test pressure as specified and shall have a rated working pressure that exceeds the full working pressure specified.

F. Connections: Valves shall have flanged or special connector ends as shown on the Plans. Where not indicated, the valves shall have the same type of connection as the pipeline in which valves are to be installed and conform to the Specifications.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15100 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS VALVES - GENERAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15100 – VALVES - GENERAL

2.2 PACKING, O-RINGS, AND GASKETS

A. Packing, O-Rings, and Gaskets shall be provided per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

2.3 BOLTS, NUTS AND GASKETS FOR FLANGES

A. Nuts and Bolts shall be provided per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

B. Provide washers for each nut. Washers shall be of the same material as the nuts.

C. Gaskets shall be provided per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

2.4 VALVE BOXES

A. Provide a valve box for each buried valve consisting of a frame, lid, and one piece extension pipe. Construct frame and lid of cast iron and design for traffic loading. Castings shall be smooth, clean, and free from blisters, blowholes, and shrinkage. Machine bearing surfaces of frame and lid to provide a close fit without rocking. Valve box shall be per City of Oceanside Standard Drawing W- 23.

2.5 EXTENSION STEMS

A. Provide valve stem extensions at the request of the AGENCY. See also Oceanside Standard Drawing W-24. Valve extensions shall not be pinned to the valve operating nut.

2.6 WAX TAPE COATING

A. Wax tape primer, wax tape and plastic wrapper: All valve flanges for underground installation shall be coated with wax tape primer, wax tape and plastic wrapper in accordance with the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

2.7 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

A. Polyethylene Encasement: All valves for underground installation shall be encased in two layers of 8 mil polyethylene wrap in accordance with the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

2.8 ANCHORS

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15100 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS VALVES - GENERAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15100 – VALVES - GENERAL

A. Provide anchors on buried valves. Anchor type depends on valve size and working pressure as shown in the Standard Drawings and shall be one of the following installations.

1. Provide steel anchor straps and bolts, or reinforcing steel. Hot dip galvanize steel straps and bolts after fabrication. Completely encase in concrete after placing on valve.

2. Provide reinforced concrete anchor and adapter with thrust collar. Design and sizing of the anchor will be based on the highest pressure the main will be subjected to, such as test or surge.

2.9 MANUAL OPERATORS

A. General:

1. Furnish all operators complete and operable with gears, extensions, and other necessary appurtenances as applicable.

2. Furnish all operators complete and operable with mounting hardware, motors, gears, controls, wiring, enclosures, solenoids, handwheels, levers, chains, extensions, and other necessary appurtenances as applicable.

3. All above ground valves shall have operators with position indicators. All operators shall be capable of holding the valve in any intermediate position between fully-open and fully-closed without creeping or fluttering.

B. Manufacturers: Where indicated, certain valves and gates may be provided with operators manufactured by the valve or gate manufacturer.

C. Materials: All operators shall be current models of the best commercial quality materials and liberally sized for the maximum expected torque. All materials shall be suitable for the environment in which the valve or gate is to be installed.

D. Unless otherwise indicated and where applicable, all operators shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C540.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Operate the valve from closed to fully open, then close again before installing. Check for broken, cracked, or missing parts; malfunctioning stem; scored surfaces on interior lining; and faulty operation.

B. Flanges shall be cleaned by wire brushing before installing flanged valves. Flange bolts and nuts shall be cleaned by wire brushing, and threads coated with

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15100 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS VALVES - GENERAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15100 – VALVES - GENERAL

anti-seize. Nuts shall be tightened uniformly and progressively. If flanges leak under pressure testing, nuts and bolts shall be loosened or removed, the gasket reseated or replaced, the bolts and nuts reinstalled or retightened, and joints retested. Joints shall be watertight.

C. All aboveground bolt threads shall be lubricated with graphite and oil.

D. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound or Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight.

E. Unless otherwise indicated in the drawings, install valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above the floor with their operating stems vertical. Install valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations between 4 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches above the floor with their operating stems horizontal.

F. Install valves on vertical runs of pipe that are next to walls with their stems horizontal, away from the wall. Valves on vertical runs of pipe that are not located next to walls shall be installed with their stems horizontal, oriented to facilitate valve operation.

3.2 INSTALLING BURIED VALVES

A. Connect the valve, coat the flanges, and place and compact the backfill to the height of the valve stem.

B. Place block pads under the extension pipe to maintain the valve box vertical during backfilling and repaving and to prevent the extension pipe from contacting the valve bonnet.

C. Backfill placed within 24 inches of the valve shall be imported sand per Section 02223.

D. Mount the upper slip pipe of the extension in the midposition and secure with backfill around the extension pipe. Pour the concrete ring allowing a depression so the valve box cap will be flush with the pavement surface.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15100 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS VALVES - GENERAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15100 – VALVES - GENERAL

3.3 INSTALLING WAX TAPE COATING

A. See Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

3.4 INSTALLING POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

A. See Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

3.5 INSTALLING ANCHORS

A. Install concrete anchors under valves after completion of the polyethylene encasement. Place concrete per Section 03300.

3.6 INSTALLING VALVE BOXES

A. Valve box and cover for buried valves shall be installed per Drawing W-23 of the most recently adopted edition of the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Appendix.

3.7 PAINTING AND COATING

A. Coat valves located aboveground, or in vaults and structures, the same as the adjacent pipes and per Section 09800. Do not apply flame spray coating to fusion-bonded epoxy coated valves. Apply finish coats in the field. Color of finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping. Coat handwheels and operating nuts the same as the valves.

3.8. VALVE PRESSURE TESTING

A. Hydrostatic pressure testing against closed valves is not permitted. All valves shall by hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline in which it is connected in accordance with City of Oceanside Water, Sewer, and Recycled Water Design & Construction Manual.

3.9 VALVE DISINFECTION

See Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Appendix.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15100 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS VALVES - GENERAL 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15102 – RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes materials, installation, and testing of manually operated, resilient wedge gate valves including accessories, linings, coatings, valve boxes, extension stems, and anchors.

B. Resilient wedge gate valves shall be in accordance with the latest adopted edition of the City of Oceanside Water, Sewer, and Recycled Water Design & Construction Manual.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 - Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 02223 - Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.

C. Section 03300 – Cast in Place Concrete.

D. Section 09800 - Painting and Coating.

E. Section 15100 – Valves – General.

F. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.

B. Submit valve manufacturer's catalog data, descriptive literature, and assembly drawings. Show dimensions, materials of construction by specification reference and grade, linings, and coatings.

C. Submit manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with referenced standards.

D. Submit valve box manufacturer's catalog data. Show dimensions and materials of construction.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Provide valves complete with operating handwheel or operating nut, linings, coatings, valve box, extension stem, anchor, and marker post.

B. Cast or mold onto the valve body or bonnet the name of the manufacturer and the valve size. Do not attach identification plates to the valve body or bonnet.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15102 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15102 – RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES

C. Provide valves with the same type ends as the pipe or fittings, or with ends that have been designed for use on the pipe being installed.

D. Unless otherwise indicated, valves shall be the same size as the pipe in which they are installed.

E. Unless otherwise indicated, valves shall have a working pressure rating not less than the pipe in which they are installed.

2.2 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES, LESS THAN 14-INCHES

A. Valves shall be provided per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

B. Unless otherwise noted, for working pressures from zero to 200 psi, valves shall be resilient wedge, non-rising stem and conform to AWWA C509. Provide valves with resilient wedge disc, unobstructed waterway, counter- clockwise opening and designed for a working pressure of 200 psi. Construct valves of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395 or A 536. Bronze for internal working parts, including stems, shall not contain more than 2% aluminum nor more than 7% zinc, bronze shall be ASTM B 62 (85-5-5-5) bronze, except that stem bronze shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi, and a minimum of 10% elongation in 2 inches. Provide O-ring seals. Provide Type 316 stainless steel body bolts conforming to ASTM F 593. Provide 2-inch AWWA operating nut for buried and vault installations. Provide handwheel for aboveground rising stem gate valves. Gate valves shall be Clow, Muller, or American Flow Control Series 2500 resilient wedge gate valve per AWWA C509.

2.3 LINING AND COATING

A. Lining shall be provided per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and Section 15100.

3.2 FIELD TESTING

A. Operate gate valves through 10 full cycles of opening and closing. Valves shall operate from full open to full close without sticking or binding. If valves stick or bind, repair or replace the valve and repeat the tests.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15102 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15103 – RESILIENT-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: This section specifies butterfly valves for flow shutoff service.

B. Type: Valves shall be rubber seated and stub or through shaft type, with flanged or mechanical pipe couplings.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 02223 - Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.

C. Section 09800 - Painting and Coating.

D. Section 15100 – Valves – General.

E. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS

A. This section references the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. 1. ANSI B16.1, Cat Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings 2. ASTM 126, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings 3. ASTM A276, Specification for Stainless and Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes 4. ASTM A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings 5. AWWA C504, Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 6. AWWA C550, Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 7. NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects 8. NSF-372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330. Submittals shall include, as a minimum, the following information: 1. Valve manufacturer’s catalog data, descriptive literature, and assembly drawings. Show dimensions, materials of construction by specification reference and grade, linings, and coatings.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15103-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RESILIENT-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15103 – RESILIENT-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES

2. Valve box manufacturer’s catalog data. Show dimensions and materials of construction. 3. Manufacturer affidavit of compliance with referenced standards. 4. Coating application factory test records for measuring coating thickness and holiday detection for the valve interior linings and exterior coatings and repair procedure. 5. Manufacturer’s compliance to NSF61 for complete valve as well as NSF61 approval for the lining and coating. 6. Calculations for valve torque requirements to Engineer as part of Shop Drawing submittal package. Velocity for dynamic torque must be 16 fps.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Valves shall be provided at the locations and shall be of the sizes shown. The valves shall be designed for the operating and testing pressure of the associated pipeline as specified.

B. Test each valve body under test pressure equal to twice its design water-working pressure, unless specified otherwise. Leak test each valve at 150 PSI for class 150B Valves in both directions. Provide signed and dated leak and hydro test results for project valves to AGENCY.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Unless otherwise specified, materials for components shall be as follows:

Material Component Shafts Stainless steel ASTM A276 Type 304 or Type 316 Discs Ductile iron ASTM A536 with stainless steel seating edge for valves 24” and larger Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B for valves 8” to 20” Stainless steel ASTM A351, CF8N for valves 3” to 6” Disc seating edge Stainless steel ASTM A276, Type 316 Seats Synthetic rubber/Peroxide Cure EPDM Bodies Cast iron ASTM A-126 Class B Bearings Reinforced TFE or Nylon Thrust bearings Stainless steel ASTM A276, Type 316 Pins and interior threaded Stainless steel ASTM A276, Type 316 parts

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15103-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RESILIENT-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15103 – RESILIENT-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES

2.2 DESIGN

A. Valves shall be the short-body type, designed in accordance with AWWA C504, Class 150B. Minimum working differential pressure across the valve disk shall be 150 psi.

B. Valve ends shall be flat faced flanged conforming to ANSI B16.1, Class 125.

C. Valves shall be certified to NSF-61 and NSF-372.

D. Seats: 1. For valves 20-inch in diameter and smaller, Rubber body seats shall be of one piece construction, simultaneously molded and bonded into a recessed cavity in the valve body. Seats may not be located on the disc or be retained by segments and/or screws. 2. For valves 24-inch in diameter and larger, seats shall be retained in the valve body by mechanical means without retaining rings, screws, segments or hardware of any kind in the flow stream. Seats shall be a full 360-degree without interruption and have a plurality of grooves mating with the spherical edge of the disc. Valve seats shall be field adjustable around the full 360˚ circumference and replaceable without dismantling the actuator, disc or shaft and without removing the valve from the line.

E. Shaft seals shall be standard self-adjusting split V packing. Shaft seals shall be of a design allowing replacement without removing the valve shaft.

F. Valve bearings shall be sleeve type, corrosion resistant and self-lubricating.

2.3 OPERATORS

A. Manual actuators shall be of the traveling nut, self-locking type and shall be designed to hold the valve in any intermediate position between fully open and fully closed without creeping or fluttering. Actuators shall be equipped with mechanical stop-limiting devices to prevent overtravel of the disc in the open and closed positions. Actuator components shall withstand an input torque of 450 Lb. Ft. at extreme operator position without damage. Manual actuators shall conform to AWWA C504 and shall be Pratt MDT.

B. Actuators shall be fully enclosed and designed to produce the specified torque with a maximum input of: 1. 80 lbs for hand wheels. 2. 150 ft-lbs for operating nuts.

C. Install valves with valve shaft in horizontal position unless otherwise specified. Hand wheels shall have a maximum diameter of 24”.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15103-3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RESILIENT-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15103 – RESILIENT-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES

D. Provide buried valves or valve in vaults with a buried service operator and 2-inch square AWWA operating nut and no position indicator unless otherwise specified.

2.4 MANUFACTURERS

A. Butterfly valves shall be manufactured Henry Pratt Company (AGENCY standard, no substitutions). 1. Aboveground valves 20 inches in diameter and smaller shall be Pratt 2FII valves. 2. Aboveground valves greater than 20 inches in diameter shall be Pratt Trition XR-70 valves. 3. Buried valves or valves in vaults shall be Pratt Groundhog valves.

2.5 LINING AND COATING

A. The valve interior and exterior, except for disc edge, rubber seat and finished portions shall be evenly coated with an NSF61 approved 2-part liquid epoxy. Minimum dry film thickness shall be 8 Mils minimum.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and Section 15100.

3.2 FIELD TESTING

A. Valves shall be hydrostatically tested above grade in the field in the presence of the District’s inspector. Each side of the valve shall be tested independently. 1. Valves shall have a pressure rating higher than or equal to the test pressure. 2. Valves shall show zero leakage. Repair or replace any leaking valves and retest.

B. Operate manual valves through three full cycles of opening and closing. Valve shall operate from full open to full close without sticking or binding. Do not backfill buried valves until after verifying that valves operate from full open to full closed. If valves stick or bind, or do not operate from full open to full closed, repair or replace the valve and repeat the tests.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15103-4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RESILIENT-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15104 – MISCELLANEOUS BRONZE VALVES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: This section specifies bronze ball valves 2 inches and smaller.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 15100 – Valves – General.

C. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS

A. This section references the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. 1. NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects 2. NSF-372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330. Submittals shall include, as a minimum, the following information: 1. Valve manufacturer’s catalog data, descriptive literature, and assembly drawings. Show dimensions, materials of construction by specification reference and grade, linings, and coatings. 2. Manufacturer affidavit of compliance with referenced standards. 3. Manufacturer’s compliance to NSF61 for complete valve as well as NSF61 approval for the lining and coating.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Valves shall be provided at the locations and shall be of the sizes shown. The valves shall be designed for the operating and testing pressure of the associated pipeline as specified.

B. Test each valve body under test pressure equal to twice its design water-working pressure, unless specified otherwise.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15104-1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 908754600712 2 INCHES AND SMALLER October 2020 SECTION 15104 – MISCELLANEOUS BRONZE VALVES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Full Port Threaded Bronze Ball Valves 2 Inches and Smaller (Low Lead):

Ball valves, 2 inches and smaller, for water service shall have a pressure rating of at least 600 psi WOG at a temperature of 100°F. Provide full port ball and body design. Valves shall comply with MSS SP-110. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material Specification Body Bronze C89836 Lead Free Bronze Ball Bronze C27451 Lead Free Brass, chromium plated Ball retainer Bronze C89836 Lead Free Bronze Stem Bronze C27451 Lead Free Brass Seats Reinforced Teflon —

Bronze alloys having a maximum lead content of 0.25%, a maximum zinc content of 7.0%, and a minimum copper content of 80% may be substituted for the bronze alloys specified above. Valves shall have solder joint or threaded ends (as shown on drawings), non-blowout stems, and have plastic-coated lever actuators. Valves shall be Apollo 77LF Series or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and Section 15100.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15104-2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 908754600712 2 INCHES AND SMALLER October 2020 SECTION 15120 – CONTROL VALVES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes materials, installation, and testing of altitude control valves for reservoir level control.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 - Record Drawings and Submittals.

B. Section 02223 - Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.

C. Section 09800 - Painting and Coating.

D. Section 15100 – Valves – General.

E. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.

B. Submit valve manufacturer's catalog data, descriptive literature, and assembly drawings. Show dimensions, materials of construction by specification reference and grade, linings, and coatings.

C. Submit manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with referenced standards.

D. Manufacturer’s warranty.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. The valve manufacturer shall warrant the valve to be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from date of shipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Altitude valves shall be hydraulically operated and pilot controlled globe pattern valves designed for one-way flow.

B. The pilot control shall be of a diaphragm-actuated, three-way type that operates on the differential force between the height of water in the reservoir and an adjustable spring-load.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15120 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONTROL VALVES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15120 – CONTROL VALVES

C. Valve shall be equipped with a 4-20 mA position indicator, pressure gauge, pilot system ball valves, and ‘Y’ strainer.

D. Valve ends shall be 150 lb flanged.

E. Adjustment range: 5 – 40 ft.

F. Valves shall be as manufactured by Cla-Val Company (no exceptions).

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Body and Cover: Ductile iron

B. Disc Retainer and Diaphragm Washer: Cast iron

C. Trim: Stainless steel

D. Disc: Buna-N rubber

E. Diaphragm: Nylon reinforced Buna-N rubber

F. Stem, Nut and Spring: Stainless steel

G. Tubes and Fittings: Copper/brass

2.3 LINING AND COATING

A. Fusion bonded epoxy lining and coating of valve body and cover.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and Section 15100.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15120 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONTROL VALVES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. If directed by the Engineer, the CONTRACTOR shall provide for the rehabilitation of inlet, outlet, and drain pipelines for an existing water storage reservoir through the installation of a Cured-In-Place Pipe (CIPP) of epoxy resin-impregnated fiberglass reinforced fabric tube (referred to as CIPP throughout this specification), tightly formed to the original conduit. The resin shall be cured using steam under pressure within the tube between the termination of the pipe inside the reservoir and the valve vault, as shown on the Plans. The CIPP will be continuous and tight fitting.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials for cured-in-place pipe (CIPP), in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents.

C. Neither the CIPP system, nor its installation, shall cause adverse effects to any of the AGENCY’S or facilities. The use of the product shall not result in the formation or production of any detrimental compounds or by-products in the water distribution system. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the AGENCY and identify any by-products produced as a result of the installation operations, test and monitor the levels, and comply with any and all local waste discharge requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall cleanup, restore existing surface conditions, and repair any of the CIPP system determined to be defective.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK AND PRODUCT DELIVERY

A. These Specifications cover all Work necessary to furnish and install the CIPP liner. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials, labor, equipment, and services necessary for cleaning and television inspection of the pipe to be lined, liner installation, including end seals and pipe closures, all quality controls, provide samples for performance of required material tests, final television inspection, testing of lined pipe system and warranty Work, all as specified herein.

B. The product furnished shall be a complete CIPP system including all materials, applicable equipment and installation procedures.

C. The CIPP shall be continuous and jointless from access point to access point and shall be free of all defects that will affect the long term life and operation of the pipe.

D. The CIPP shall fit sufficiently tight within the existing pipe so as to not leak at the terminations or through the wall of the installed pipe. If leakage occurs at the terminations, the CONTRACTOR shall seal these areas to stop all leakage at no additional cost to the AGENCY. If leakage occurs through the wall of the pipe, the liner shall be repaired or removed as recommended by the CIPP manufacturer. Final approval of the liner installation will be based on a leak tight pipe.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

E. The CIPP shall be designed as a full structural stand-alone pipe-within-a-pipe. The installed CIPP shall be a structurally designed pipe within a pipe, shall meet or exceed all Contract specified physical properties, fitting tightly within the existing pipe all within the tolerances specified. The installed CIPP shall withstand all applicable surcharge loads including soil overburden, live loads, etc., external hydrostatic groundwater pressure to ground surface, whether groundwater is present or not, and internal operating pressure.

F. All materials furnished, as part of this Contract shall be marked with detailed product information, stored in a manner specified by the manufacturer and tested to the requirement of this contract.

G. Testing and warranty inspections shall be executed by the AGENCY. The AGENCY intends to inspect the CIPP installation prior to the end of the warranty period. Any defects found shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

H. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all samples for product testing at the request of the AGENCY. The AGENCY shall take possession of the samples for testing and shall maintain the chain of custody, deliver the samples to an approved laboratory and pay for all material and product testing performed under this Contract.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Regional Standard Specs: Greenbook Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition, Part 5, System Rehabilitation Section 500 – Pipeline and other more general sections, as determined appropriate by SFID.

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM - F1216 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Inversion and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube ASTM – F2019 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by Pulled in Place Installation of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP) ASTM - D543 Standard Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM - D638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics ASTM - D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Un- reinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM - D792 Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity of Plastics by displacement.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

ASTM-02122-98(2004) Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM - D2990 Standard Test Methods for Tensile, Compressive, and Flexural Creep and Creep-Rupture of Plastics ASTM-D3567-97(2002) Standard Practice for Determining Dimensions of Fiberglass (Glass – Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe and Fittings ASTM - D3681 Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of "Fiberglass (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition ASTM – D5813 Standard Specification for Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Sewer Pipe

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit certification showing the CONTRACTOR is currently licensed by the submitted liner manufacturer to perform CIPP installation and has been certified continuously for a minimum of two (2) years. Certification shall be given to the Engineer before any materials are ordered.

B. Shop drawings detailing short and long-term properties, including supporting test data, of all component materials and composite materials. Submittal shall include 10,000-hour third party, 50-year Flexural and Tensile Creep test data. If approved 10,000-hour tests are not available, CONTRACTOR shall use the minimum retention values provided herein for all calculations.

C. Liner design calculations based on the manufacturer’s specifications. Physical properties greater than the minimum values provided herein shall be substantiated by independent lab testing. Calculations shall include the volume of resin required per unit length to fill the volume of air voids in the tube plus the additional allowance for polymerization shrinkage and to meet the finished liner strength requirements.

D. Infrared spectrum analysis chart for the resin to be supplied.

E. Proof that the CIPP liner system conforms to the chemical resistance requirements of Greenbook 211-2 and to the weight change requirements of Table 210-2.4.1(A).

F. Manufacturers' shipping, storage, and handling recommendations for all components of the CIPP System.

G. All MSDS sheets for all materials to be furnished for the Project.

H. Tube wet-out & cure method including: 1. A complete description of the proposed wet-out procedure for the proposed technology.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

2. The Manufacturer's recommended cure schedule and a detailed curing procedure detailing the curing medium and the method of application.

I. Repair or replacement procedures for potential defects that may occur in the installed CIPP, as recommended by the CIPP system manufacturer. Information shall include: 1. Defects in the installed CIPP that will not affect the operation and long term life of the product shall be identified and defined. 2. Repairable defects that may occur in the installed CIPP shall be specifically defined by the CONTRACTOR based on manufacturer's recommendations, including a detailed step-by-step repair procedure, resulting in a finished product meeting the requirements of these Contract Specifications. 3. Un-repairable defects that may occur to the CIPP shall be clearly defined by the CONTRACTOR based on the manufacturer's recommendations, including a recommended procedure for the removal and replacement of the CIPP at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

J. Manufacturer’s data for mechanical end seals and external closure couplings, including materials of construction, dimensional information, and recommended storage, handling, and installation procedures.

K. CIPP system manufacturer’s warranty information.

L. After each impregnation of a tube for an installation, submit a process record that verifies that the resin impregnation yield matches the required quantity for the diameter and thickness.

1.5 SAFETY

A. The CONTRACTOR shall conform to all Work safety requirements of pertinent regulatory agencies, and shall secure the site for the Working conditions in compliance with the same. The CONTRACTOR shall erect such signs and other devices as are necessary for the safety of the Work site.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all of the Work in accordance with applicable OSHA standards at a minimum. Emphasis shall be placed upon the requirements for entering confined spaces and with the equipment being utilized for pipe renewal,

C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a proposed Safety Plan to the AGENCY as a part of the Shop Drawing submittal, identifying all competent persons. The plan shall include a description of a daily safety program for the job site and all emergency procedures to be implemented in the event of a safety incident. All Work shall be conducted in accordance with the CONTRACTOR's submitted Safety Plan.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

1.6 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (QCP)

A. A detailed quality control plan (QCP) shall be submitted to the AGENCY, as a part of the Shop Drawing submittal, which fully represents and conforms to the requirements of these Specifications. At a minimum the QCP shall include the following: 1. A detailed discussion of the proposed quality controls to be performed by the CONTRACTOR. 2. Defined responsibilities, of the CONTRACTOR's personnel, for assuring that all quality requirements, for this contract, are met. These shall be assigned, by the CONTRACTOR, to specific personnel. 3. Proposed methods for product performance controls including method of product sampling and testing both in raw material form and cured product form.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. The materials used for the Project shall be certified by the manufacturer for the specified purpose. The manufacturer shall warrant the liner to be free from defects in raw materials for one (1) year from the date of acceptance by the AGENCY. The CONTRACTOR shall warrant the liner installation for a period of one (1) year. During the CONTRACTOR warranty period any defect, including leakage, which may materially affect the integrity, strength, function and/or operation of the pipe, shall be repaired at the CONTRACTOR's expense in accordance with the CIPP Repair/Replacement procedures.

B. After a pipe section has been lined and for a period of time up to one (1) year following completion of the Project, the AGENCY may inspect all or portions of the lined pipe with the CONTRACTOR present at the discretion of the CONTRACTOR. If it is found that any of the CIPP has developed abnormalities since the time of "Post Construction Television Inspection," the abnormalities shall be repaired and/or replaced as defined in the CIPP Repair/Replacement procedures and per the original Specifications, all at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials, shipped to the Project site, shall be accompanied by test reports certifying that the material conforms to the ASTM standards listed herein. Materials shall be shipped, stored, and handled in a manner consistent with written recommendations of the CIPP system manufacturer to avoid damage. Damage includes, but is not limited to, gouging, abrasion, flattening, cutting, puncturing, or ultra-violet (UV) degradation. All damaged materials shall be promptly removed from the Project site at the CONTRACTOR's expense and disposed of in accordance with all current applicable agency regulations

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

B. The CIPP liner system furnished shall be tested in accordance with the chemical resistance and other requirements of Greenbook 211-2 and conform to the weight change requirements of Table 210-2.4.1(A).

2.2 FABRIC TUBE

A. The fabric tube shall consist of flexible fiberglass materials formed into a tubular shape meeting the requirements of all applicable sections of ASTM F1216 and ASTM F2019. The fabric tube shall be capable of absorbing and carrying resins, constructed to withstand installation pressures and curing temperatures and have sufficient strength to bridge missing pipe segments, and stretch to fit irregular pipe sections.

B. The wet-out fabric tube shall have a uniform thickness and excess resin distribution that when compressed at installation pressures will meet or exceed the design thickness after cure.

C. The fabric tube shall be manufactured to a size and length that when installed will tightly fit the internal circumference, meeting applicable ASTM standards or better, of the original pipe. Allowance shall be made for circumferential stretching during installation. The tube shall be properly sized to the diameter of the existing pipe and the length to be rehabilitated and be able to stretch to fit irregular pipe sections and negotiate bends and fittings as shown on the Plans. The CONTRACTOR shall determine the minimum tube length necessary to effectively span the designated run between access points. The CONTRACTOR shall verify the lengths in the field prior to ordering and prior to impregnation of the tube with resin, to ensure that the tube will have sufficient length to extend the entire length of the run. The CONTRACTOR shall also measure the inside diameter of the existing ACP pipeline at both ends of the lining segment in the field prior to ordering liner so that the liner can be installed in a tight-fitted condition.

D. The outside and/or inside layer of the fabric tube (before inversion/pull-in, as applicable) shall be coated with an impermeable, flexible membrane that will contain the resin and facilitate, if applicable, vacuum impregnation and monitoring of the resin saturation during the resin impregnation (wetout) procedure.

E. No material shall be included in the fabric tube that may cause de-lamination in the cured CIPP. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be acceptable upon visual inspection as evident by color contrast between the fabric tube and the activated resin containing a colorant.

F. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective color so that a clear detailed examination with closed circuit television inspection equipment may be made. The hue of the color shall be dark enough to distinguish a contrast between the fully resin saturated fabric and dry or resin lean areas.

G. Seams in the fabric tube, if applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM D5813.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

H. The outside of the fabric tube shall be marked every 5-feet with the name of the manufacturer or CIPP system, manufacturing lot and production footage.

I. The minimum length of the fabric tube shall be that deemed necessary by the installer to effectively span the distance from the starting access point to the terminating access point, plus that amount required to run-in and run-out for the installation process.

J. The nominal fabric tube wall thickness shall be constructed, as a minimum, to the nearest 0.5 mm increment, rounded up from the design thickness. Wall thickness transitions, in 0.5 mm increments or greater as appropriate, may be fabricated into the fabric tube between installation entrance and exit access points. The quantity of resin used in the impregnation shall be sufficient to fill all of the felt voids for the nominal felt thickness.

2.3 RESIN

A. The resin shall be an NSF61 epoxy resin and hardener that when properly installed and cured in locations as required on the plans and within the tube composite shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1216 and ASTM F2019, the physical properties herein, and those, which are to be utilized in the design of the CIPP for this Project. The resin shall produce CIPP which will comply with or exceed the structural and chemical resistance requirements of this specification.

2.4 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The physical properties and characteristics of the finished liner will vary considerably, depending on the types and mixing proportions of the materials used, and the degree of cure executed. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to control these variables and to provide a CIPP system which meets or exceeds the minimum properties specified herein.

B. The CIPP shall be designed as per ASTM standards. The CIPP design shall assume no bonding to the original pipe wall.

C. The CIPP shall, at a minimum, meet or exceed the structural properties, as listed below.

2.5 MINIMUM PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Cured Composite Per ASTM F2019 – Minimum Property Test Method Initial Per Test Method Flexural Modulus of Elasticity – Short Term ASTM D790 350,000 psi Flexural Strength – Short Term ASTM D790 6,500 psi Tensile Strength ASTM D3039/3039M 6,000psi

A. The required structural CIPP wall thickness shall be based on the physical properties of the cured composite and in accordance with the Design Equations

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

contained in the appendix of the ASTM standards, and the following design parameters.

Parameter Factor Design Safety Factor 2.0 Retention Factor for Long-Term Flexural Modulus 50% Retention Factor for Long-Term Tensile Strength 33% Ovality 2% or as measured by field inspection Groundwater Depth -2 feet above top of pipe Soil Depth – above the crown 10 feet Live Load H20 Highway Soil Density 120 pounds per cubic foot Soil Modulus 750 psi Internal Pressure 20 psi Design Condition Fully deteriorated host pipe condition

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit certification of compliance with these Specifications and/or the requirements of the pre-approved CIPP system, as part of the Shop Drawing submittal. Certified material test results shall be included that confirm that all materials conform to these specification and/or the pre approved system. Materials not complying with these requirements will be rejected.

2.6 END SEALS

A. Mechanical end seals shall be installed at all CIPP terminations within pipe runs. End seals are not require where the CIPP liner terminates at a pipe termination. The end seals shall be designed to seal the raw end of the CIPP liner to the interior surface of the pipe being lined. 1. The end seal shall be constructed of flexible rubber leak clamp that ensures a non-corrodible, bottle-tight seal around the full inside circumference of the joint area. The end seals shall be designed to handle operating pressures from 0 to 40 psi. The end seal shall accommodate normal pipe movement from ground shifting, thermal expansion or contraction, and vibration. The end seal shall incorporate a positive mechanical locking design to set the rubber seal in permanent position. 2. Rubber components shall be EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) rubber seal and Type 316 stainless steel retaining bands. 3. End seals meeting the performance and materials requirements above and manufactured by Miller Pipeline Corp. Weko, Seal; Link-Pipe; NPC; or equal shall be submitted for review and approval.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Construction requirements include field measurements, preparation, cleaning, and inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall clean the interior of the existing host pipe prior to installation of the CIPP liner.

B. The CIPP liner shall be constructed of materials and methods, that when installed, shall provide a jointless and continuous structurally sound liner able to withstand all imposed static, and dynamic loads on a long-term basis.

C. Cleaning of Pipe Lines - The CONTRACTOR shall remove all internal debris from the pipe line that will interfere with the installation and the final product delivery of the CIPP as required in these Specifications. 1. Cleaning water and solids from the cleaning shall be captured and disposed of in conformance with NPDES requirements. 2. Precaution shall be taken by the CONTRACTOR in the use of cleaning equipment to avoid damage to the existing pipe. The repair of any damage, caused by the cleaning equipment, shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 3. Any remaining standing water in existing sags or other locations in the line shall be removed by pulling a foam pig through the pipe, or by other means acceptable to the AGENCY, immediately prior to inversion of the CIPP.

D. CONTRACTOR shall perform post-cleaning video inspections of the pipelines in accordance with Section 01170.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF LINER

A. CIPP installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s Specifications as submitted and ASTM F1216 or F2019, and with the following modifications:

B. Resin Impregnation: The quantity of resin used for tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of air voids in the tube with additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin during installation through irregularities in the original pipe wall. 1. A vacuum impregnation process shall be used. The point of vacuum shall be no further than 25-feet from the point of initial resin introduction. After vacuum in the tube is established, a vacuum point shall be no further than 75-feet from the leading edge of the resin. The leading edge of the resin slug shall be as near to perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tube as possible. A roller system shall be used to uniformly distribute the resin throughout the tube. 2. After each impregnation of a tube for an installation, submit a process record that verifies that the resin impregnation yield matches the required

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

quantity for the diameter and thickness submitted during the shop drawing review stage.

C. The wet-out tube shall be positioned in the pipeline using the method specified by the manufacturer. Care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of installation. The tube should be pulled-in or inverted through an approved access point and fully extend to the termination point.

D. Prior to installation and as recommended by the manufacturer remote temperature gauges or sensors shall be placed inside the host pipe at the invert to monitor the temperatures during the cure cycle. Liner and/or host pipe interface temperature shall be monitored and logged during curing of the liner.

E. Curing shall be accomplished by utilizing the appropriate medium in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended cure schedule. The curing source or in and output temperatures shall be monitored by thermo couple gauges installed prior to CIPP installation and logged during the cure cycles. The manufacturer's recommended cure schedule shall be used for each line segment installed, and the liner wall thickness and the existing ground conditions with regard to temperature, moisture level, and thermal conductivity of soil, per ASTM as applicable, shall be taken into account by the CONTRACTOR.

3.3 COOL DOWN

A. The CONTRACTOR shall cool the CIPP in accordance with the approved CIPP manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Temperatures and curing data shall be monitored and recorded, by the CONTRACTOR, throughout the installation process to ensure that each phase of the process is achieved as approved in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer's recommendations.

C. Condensate generated from steam curing of the CIPP liner shall be collected and disposed of legally by the CONTRACTOR. Disposal to the RSFCSD wastewater collection system is subject to review and approval by RSFCSD. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all coordination, testing, and work necessary to gain approval for discharge of condensate.

3.4 FINISH

A. The installed CIPP shall be continuous over the entire length of the pipe section and be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, major wrinkles and de-lamination. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to inside the lined pipe.

B. Any defect, which will or could affect the structural integrity or strength of the linings, shall be repaired at the CONTRACTOR's expense, in accordance with the submitted CIPP Repair/Replacement procedures.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

C. The beginning and end of the CIPP shall be sealed with mechanical seals. Mechanical seals shall be installed as recommended by the seal manufacturer and the manufacturer of the CIPP system.

D. If the wall of the CIPP leaks, it shall be repaired or removed and replaced with a watertight pipe as recommended by the manufacturer of the CIPP system.

3.5 TESTING OF INSTALLED CIPP

A. Quality control shall include provisions by the CONTRACTOR of an infrared spectrum analysis sample kit (Chemtron / NeoPoxie, or equal) to sample the uncured resin from the wet-out CIPP liner to verify that the submitted and approved resin is provided. Each sample, as determined by the AGENCY, shall be submitted to an independent laboratory for spectrum analysis comparison testing. This test result shall be compared against the infrared spectrum analysis chart, which shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR as part shop drawing submittals prior to start of any field work. All costs for failed tests and all CONTRACTOR and AGENCY costs related to the removal and replacement of installed CIPP failing this testing shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR.

B. The physical properties of the installed CIPP shall be verified through field sampling and laboratory testing. All materials for testing shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR to the AGENCY for testing. All materials testing shall be performed at the AGENCY’s expense, by an independent third party laboratory selected by the AGENCY as recommended by the CIPP manufacturer. All tests shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM test methods to confirm compliance with the requirements specified in these Contract Documents.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide samples for testing to the AGENCY from the actual installed CIPP liner. One restrained sample and one plate sample shall be provided for each inversion. All curing, cutting and identification of samples shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR and will be witnessed by AGENCY. Samples will be transmitted by AGENCY to the testing laboratory. 1. The 2-foot long restrained sample shall be cut from a section of cured CIPP that has been inverted or pulled through a like diameter pipe (steel pipe would be suitable) provided by the CONTRACTOR which has been held in place by a suitable heat sink, such as sandbags. 2. The plate sample shall be cured with the CIPP in an approved location. 3. The AGENCY may, at its discretion, require that the CONTRACTOR remove a sample from the installed CIPP at a location designated by the AGENCY. The opening produced from the sample shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures.

D. Payment retention for the Project shall be withheld pending receipt and approval of the test results. If properties tested do not meet minimum requirements, the CIPP shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR, at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 11 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15121 – FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP)

E. The installed CIPP thickness shall be measured for each liner section installed. If the CIPP thickness does not meet that specified in the Contract and submitted as the approved design by the CONTRACTOR, then acceptance will be determined based on recalculation of minimum thickness based on actual physical properties tested for this project. If measured liner thickness versus recalculated thickness requirement remains deficient, then the liner shall be repaired or removed. The liner thickness shall have tolerance of minus 5% and plus 10%. As an alternative, the CONTRACTOR may submit for the AGENCY’s review and approval, industry proven non- destructive methods for confirming the thickness of the installed CIPP.

3.6 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. All CIPP sample testing and repairs to the installed CIPP as applicable, shall be completed, before Final Acceptance, meeting the requirements of these Specifications and documented in written form.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall perform a detailed closed-circuit television inspection in accordance with ASTM standards and Specification 01170, Paragraph 1.10 in the presence of the AGENCY immediately after installation of the CIPP liner. A radial view (pan and tilt) TV camera shall be used. The camera shall be panned 360 degrees around the circumference of the pipe and along the wall of the finished pipe at 10 foot intervals. The finished liner shall be continuous over the entire length of the installation and shall be free of significant visual defects, damage, deflection, holes, leaks and other defects. Unedited digital documentation of the inspection shall be provided to the AGENCY within one (1) Working day of the liner installation. The data shall note the inspection date, debris, as well as any other defects in the liner, including, but not limited to, gouges, cracks, bumps, or bulges.

C. Where leakage is observed through the wall of the pipe, the CONTRACTOR shall institute additional testing including but not limited to air testing, localized testing and any other testing that will verify the leak-proof integrity of the installed CIPP to the satisfaction of the AGENCY.

3.7 CLEAN-UP

A. Upon acceptance of the installation Work and testing, the CONTRACTOR shall restore the Project area affected by the operations to a condition at least equal to that existing prior to the Work at no additional expense to the AGENCY.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15121 - 12 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED CIPP 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, installation, and testing of PVC pressure pipe conforming to ASTM D1785 and AWWA C900.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01047 – Connection to Existing Facilities

B. Section 01300 – Record Drawings and Submittals

C. Section 02223 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction

D. Section 09800 – Painting and Coating

E. Section 15000 – General Piping System and Appurtenances

F. Section 15056 – Ductile Iron Fittings

G. Section 15300 – Tracer Wire for Nonmetallic Pipe

H. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, and Recycled Water Design and Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual)

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.

B. Submit certificates of compliance with applicable referenced standards.

C. Submit fully dimensioned cross section of the bell and barrel of the pipe. Show the bell maximum outside diameter in the pressurized area and its minimum wall thickness at the same location.

D. Submit copies of the following manufacturer required tests conducted on the project pipe:

1. Quick-burst strength of pipe and couplings. 2. Flattening resistance of pipe. 3. Impact resistance of pipe 4. Acetone-immersion test of pipe material 5. Internal pressure and vacuum tests of joints per ASTM D 3139 6. Laboratory tests of gaskets per ASTM F 477 7. Record of additional tests after test sample failure.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

E. Submit manufacturer's literature on ductile iron fittings including dimensions, thickness, weight, coating, lining, and a statement of inspection and compliance with the acceptance tests of AWWA C110 or C153. Submit copy of report of pressure tests for qualifying the designs of all sizes and types of AWWA C153 fittings that are being used in the project. The pressure test shall demonstrate a minimum safety factor of three times the rated working pressure as described in AWWA C153, Section 5.5.

F. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature for high deflection couplings, repair couplings, service saddles, restrained joints, tracer wire, marking tape, and miscellaneous piping materials.

1.4 INSPECTION AND FIELD VERIFICATION

A. Where new pipelines are to be connected to existing pipelines of the AGENCY, the CONTRACTOR shall verify in the field the location, elevation, pipe material, pipe outside diameter, and any other characteristics of the existing pipeline before proceeding with the pipe installation. This field verification shall be performed in the presence of the AGENCY's Representative. Adjust and align the new piping as necessary to meet the field conditions and provide all required material, labor, and equipment to make the connection.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 PVC PIPE

A. PVC pipe shall be provided per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12 and these specifications.

B. Pipe shall be made from unplasticized PVC compounds having a minimum cell classification of 12454 as defined in ASTM D1784. The compound shall qualify for Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of 4000 psi for water at 73.4-degrees Fahrenheit, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2837.

C. PVC pressure pipe of size 4 through 8 inches for use in above ground or otherwise exposed locations having a maximum design pressure of 50 psi shall be Schedule 80, Type I, Grade 1 (Class 12454-B), conforming to ASTM D1784 and D1785

D. PVC pressure pipe of size 4 inches through 60 inches for use in below ground locations having a maximum design pressure of 235 psi shall be AWWA C900 with an integral bell joint system using Rieber Gasket System technology and a single rubber gasket conforming to ASTM F477. Joints shall be designed to meet the zero leakage test requirements of ASTM D3139. Pipe shall be DR18 unless otherwise specifically noted.

E. Provide pipe in standard 20-foot laying lengths, unless noted otherwise. Straight pipe sections with plain ends for use with high deflection couplings are not available. Random lengths will not be permitted.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

F. Pipe shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 61 Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects.

2.2 HIGH DEFLECTION COUPLINGS

A. For C900 PVC pipe, PVC couplings shall be per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

B. Provide CertainTeed High Deflection (HD) Stop Couplings, or AGENCY approved equal.

2.3 CLOSURE/REPAIR COUPLINGS

A. For C900 PVC pipe, PVC couplings shall be per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

B. Provide couplings for cast iron equivalent outside diameter with working pressure rating to match adjoining pipe.

C. Provide CertainTeed High Deflection (HD) Closure/Repair Couplings, or AGENCY approved equal.

2.4 FITTINGS

A. For AWWA C900 PVC pipe, Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, ductile iron (DI) fittings shall be provided per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12, Section 15056, and this specification section.

1. All DI fittings shall have the interior lined with double cement mortar, or as specified in these specifications.

2. All DI fittings have the exterior coated with Tnemec Series 431 Perma-Shield PL to a DFT of 40 mils.

3. All DI fittings shall have concrete thrust blocks as shown on the Drawings.

4. All DI fittings shall be Tyler Grip-Title, Nappco, or equal push-on fittings conforming to AWWA C-110 or C-153 with a minimum rated working pressure of 250 psi.

B. For non-pressure ring drain piping, fittings shall be made of PVC compound meeting ASTM D1784 with gasketed push-on joints and compatible with AWWA C900 PVC pipe. Minimum pressure class shall be DR18.

C. For Schedule 80 PVC pipe, fittings shall be socket type, Schedule 80, and shall conform to ASTM D2467.

2.5 RESTRAINTS

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

A. Push on pipe joint restraints shall be EBAA Iron 1500TD Tru-Dual, or equal. Hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel.

2.6 FLANGES

A. Flanges on ductile iron fittings shall be per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

B. PVC flanges shall be of the one-piece solid socket design and shall be made of the same material as the pipe. Pressure rating shall be at least 150 psi at a temperature of 73°F. Minimum burst pressure shall be 500 psi. Flanges shall match the dimensions of ASME B16.5, Class 150 steel flanges for outside diameter, bolt circle, and bolt holes. Do not use Van Stone flanges.

2.7 BOLTS, NUTS AND GASKETS FOR FLANGES

A. Bolts, nuts, and gaskets shall be per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12, except that gaskets for sewer force main DI flanges shall be Garlock 3000, or equal.

2.8 SOLVENT CEMENT

A. Solvent cement for socket joints shall comply with ASTM D2564 and F656.

2.9 POLYETHYLENE (PE) ENCASEMENT AND WAX TAPE COATING

A. PE encasement and wax tape coating shall be per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

2.10 TRACER WIRE

A. Tracer wire shall be per the Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12 and Section 15300.

2.11 MARKING TAPE

A. Marking tape shall be per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PRODUCT MARKING

A. Legibly mark pipe in blue at 5-foot intervals and each coupling to identify the nominal pipe size, OD base, PVC, dimension ratio number and pressure class, AWWA C900 or C905, manufacturer’s name or trademark and production record code, and the seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for potable water service where applicable.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

3.2 DELIVERY AND TEMPORARY STORAGE OF PIPE

A. Ship, store, and place pipe at the storage yard or installation site, supporting the pipe uniformly. Avoid scratching the pipe surface. Do not stack higher than 4 feet nor stack with weight on bells. Cover to protect from sunlight.

B. Do not install pipe that is gouged or scratched forming a clear depression.

C. Do not install pipe contaminated with a petroleum product (inside or outside).

D. Do not install any pipe that shows evidence of exposure to sunlight, age, surface deterioration, or other physical damage. The decision of the AGENCY shall be final as to the acceptability of the pipe to be installed.

3.3 HANDLING OF PIPE

A. Lift pipes with mechanical equipment using wide belt slings or a continuous fiber rope which avoids scratching the pipe. Do not use cable slings or chains. Pipes up to 12 inches in diameter may be lowered by rolling on two ropes controlled by snubbing. Pipes up to 6 inches in diameter can be lifted by hand.

3.4 SOLVENT-WELDED AND HOT-GAS WELDED JOINTS

A. Bonding requirements shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3 (2006 edition), Chapter VII, Part 9. Bonding shall include both solvent welding or cementing and hot-gas welding.

B. Prior to solvent welding, remove fittings and couplings from their cartons and expose them to the air at the same temperature conditions as the pipe for at least one hour.

C. Cut pipe ends square and remove burrs, chips, and filings before joining pipe or fittings. Bevel pipe ends as recommended by the pipe manufacturer in the BPS.

D. Wipe away loose dirt and moisture from the inside and outside diameters of the pipe end and the inside diameter of the fitting before applying solvent cement. Clean the surfaces of both pipes and fittings that are to be solvent welded with a clean cloth moistened with acetone or methylethyl ketone. Do not apply solvent cement to wet surfaces.

E. The pipe and fitting socket shall have an interference fit. Perform a dry fit test at each joint before applying solvent cement. The pipe shall enter the fitting socket between one-third and two-thirds of the full socket depth when assembled by hand.

F. Make field solvent-welded and hot-gas welded joints only in the presence of the pipe manufacturer's representative who shall instruct and advise the Contractor's personnel in the assembly of the joints. Joint bonding shall be done in

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

accordance with a BPS established by the pipe manufacturer. Qualification of the BPS shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3, Chapter VII, Part 9, paragraphs A328.2 through A328.5. Each person who will perform bonding shall be qualified in executing the BPS per paragraph A328.2.5.

G. Make up solvent-welded joints per ASTM D2855 and the BPS. Application of cement to both surfaces to be joined and assembly of these surfaces shall produce a continuous bond between them with visual evidence of cement at least flush with the outer end of the fitting bore around the entire joint perimeter.

H. Allow at least eight hours of drying time before moving solvent-welded joints or subjecting the joints to any internal or external loads or pressures.

I. The hot-gas welding method shall produce a continuous seal at the fillet formed by the junction of the fitting socket entrance and the pipe. Use a hot-gas welding procedure per the BPS and the following to melt a plastic filler rod and the surfaces of the pipe in the fillet area. Force the softened rod into the softened fillet. Provide the hot-gas weld around the entire circumference of the solvent- welded joint.

J. Terminate a hot-gas weld by lapping the bead on top of itself for a distance of 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch. Do not terminate a hot-gas weld by overlapping the bead side by side.

K. Provide three weld passes on each hot-gas welded joint. Deposit the first bead at the bottom of the fillet. Deposit the second and third beads on each side of the first bead. Stagger the starting point for each bead and allow each weld pass to cool before proceeding with the next pass.

L. Upon completion of each hot-gas welded bead, check that the filler rod has completely fused into the base pipe. If the filler rod can be removed or pulled back from the base material, then reject the entire hot-gas weld. Reject any hot- gas welds showing brown or black discoloration.

M. Upon completion (including cooling) of the solvent-welded or hot-gas welded joints, subject the piping system to a test pressure of 75 psi in accordance with Oceanside Water Utilities Manual. Solvent-welded joints that show minor weeping at isolated points around the circumference of the joint may be repaired by the hot-gas welding method. There shall be no more than one point of weeping for every 12 inches of circumference of the pipe. Remove solvent- welded joints that show excessive leakage and assemble new joints. Cut out, remove, and replace any hot-gas welded joints that are leaking. No rework of leaking hot-gas welded joints will be permitted.

N. Acceptance criteria for solvent-welded and hot-gas welded joints shall be as follows:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

Solvent Kind of Imperfection Hot-Gas Welded Cemented Cracks None permitted Not applicable Unfilled areas in joint None permitted None permitted Unbonded areas in joint Not applicable None permitted Inclusions of charred material None permitted Not applicable Unfused filler material inclusions None permitted Not applicable Protrusion of material into pipe bore, % Not applicable Cement, 50% of pipe wall thickness

3.5 SANITATION OF PIPE INTERIOR

A. During laying operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe.

B. When pipe laying is not in progress, including the noon hour, close the ends of the installed pipe with a plug to deter entry of vermin, persons, dirt, storm water, or foreign material.

3.6 PIPE LAYOUT FOR STRAIGHT AND CURVED ALIGNMENTS

A. Deflections at the joint are not allowed. Deflections shall be made only with the use of high deflection couplings per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12 and this specification section.

3.7 INSTALLING PIPE IN TRENCH

A. See Section 02223 for trenching, backfilling, and compaction requirements.

B. Inspect each pipe and fitting before lowering into the trench. Clean ends of pipe thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of pipe and keep clean during and after laying.

C. Handle pipe in a manner to avoid any damage to the pipe. Do not drag pipe over the ground, drop it onto the ground, or drop objects on it. Do not drop or allow pipe to fall into trenches.

D. Laying tolerances for the installed pipe shall not vary greater than 0.1-foot horizontally, or greater than 0.1-foot vertically from the alignment and elevations shown on the Drawings.

E. Grade the bottom of the trench to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid. Remove hard spots that would prevent a uniform thickness of pipe base material (imported sand). Before laying each section of the pipe, check the grade and correct any irregularities found. The trench bottom shall form a continuous

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

and uniform bearing and support for the pipe at every point between bell holes, except that the grade may be disturbed for the removal of pipe handling slings.

F. At the location of each joint, dig bell holes in the bottom of the trench and at the sides to permit visual inspection of the entire joint and to prevent the pipe from being supported by the bell end or fitting.

G. Keep the trench in a dewatered condition during pipelaying.

3.8 ASSEMBLING PIPE JOINTS

A. The spigot and integral bell or coupling shall be dirt free and slide together without displacing the rubber ring gasket. Lay the pipe section with the integral bell facing upstream.

B. Clean the groove of the bell or coupling of all foreign materials. If the gasket groove is dirty or contains debris, carefully remove the gasket and clean the groove. Insert the gasket back into the groove of the bell or coupling prior to installation. Observe the correct direction of the shaped gasket. Feel that the gasket is completely and evenly seated in the groove.

C. Mark the full insertion depth on the spigot end of the pipe. This mark indicates when the pipe is fully inserted into the bell or coupling. Lubricate the exposed gasket surface and the beveled spigot up to the full insertion mark with the lubricant supplied by the pipe manufacturer. For repair couplings, lubricate pipe for the entire distance the coupling will travel on the pipe. If the lubricated pipe end touches dirt, clean the pipe end and reapply lubricant.

D. Insert the spigot into the bell or coupling and force it slowly into position. DO NOT OVER INSERT the spigot into the bell.

E. Check that the rubber ring gasket has not left the groove during assembly by passing a feeler gage around the completed joint.

3.9 INSTALLING BURIED FITTINGS

A. The AGENCY’s Representative will inspect all fittings prior to installation for damage to the interior protective coatings. Coating shall be holiday free on interior surfaces. Patch damaged areas in the field with material similar to the original.

B. For push-on joint fittings, clean the bell ends of the fitting of all foreign material and dirt. Insert the gasket in the groove of the bell and make sure the gasket faces the correct direction. Feel that the gasket is completely and evenly seated in the groove. When pipe is cut in the field, bevel the plain end prior to installation. Lubricate the exposed gasket surface and the beveled pipe spigot with the same lubricant supplied by the pipe manufacturer.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

Insert the spigot into the bell and force it slowly into position. Keep the joint straight while pushing the spigot into the bell.

C. When necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the horizontal or vertical plane, use a high deflection coupling per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12 and this specification section.

3.10 INSTALLING FLANGED JOINTS

A. See Section 15000 for installation requirements.

3.11 INSTALLING RESTRAINED JOINTS

A. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions for the restrained joint system. Tighten the clamping bolts on the restraint rings to the recommended torque. Do not over-tighten the retaining nuts behind the restrainer ears.

B. Wrap restrained joint including bolts and nuts with wax tape coating per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual Section 2.12.

3.12 INSTALLING FLANGE COUPLING ADAPTERS

A. Install flange coupling adapters per Section 15000.

3.13 INSTALLING POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT AND WAX TAPE COATING

A. Wrap buried service saddles, fittings, flanged joints, and restrained joints with two layers of polyethylene (PE) material per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual 2.12. Apply wax tape coating per WUM 2.12.

3.14 INSTALLING TRACER WIRE

A. Prior to backfill, install tracer wire on top of pipe and secure in place with ties or hitches at maximum 10-foot intervals in accordance with Oceanside Water Utilities Manual 2.12. Run tracer wire continuously along pipe and terminate in adjacent valve boxes for buried assemblies or buried valves. Where buried splices occur, use an electrical splicing kit consisting of a split bolt connector, mold, and a two part encapsulating epoxy resin such as Scotchcast, or AGENCY approved equal. Provide 24 inches of coiled wire at access points for attachment of pipe locating equipment. Each installed run of pipe shall be capable of being located using the tracer wire. Protect wire insulation from damage during installation and backfilling. Wire insulation that is broken, cut, or damaged shall be replaced.

3.15 INSTALLING MARKING TAPE

A. Install per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual 2.12. Run tape continuously along the trench and tie ends of tape together.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15292 – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

3.16 PRESSURE TESTING

A. Upon completion of accepted backfill and temporary pavement placement, but prior to permanent pavement placement, perform hydrostatic pressure test for potable water mains per Oceanside Water Utilities Manual, Appendix F, Sections 1 and 2, except that hydrostatic test pressure shall be 200 psi and there shall be no leakage allowance.

3.16 CONNECTIONSTO EXISTING FACILITIES

A. Connections to existing facilities shall be per Section 01047,

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15292 - 10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15300 – TRACER WIRE

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install a conductive tracer wire with all buried plastic mains, laterals, services and appurtenances as specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. All materials and installation shall be in accordance with the standards and specifications of the City of Oceanside Water Utilities Department.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. The Work of the following Sections applies to the Work of this Section. Work of other Sections of the Specification, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work.

1. General Conditions.

2. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.

3. Section 01300 - Record Drawings and Submittals.

4. Section 15292 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe for Potable Water (C900 and C905).

5. City of Oceanside Water, Wastewater, Recycled Water and Design Construction Manual (Oceanside Water Utilities Manual) Approved Materials List.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Uniform Mechanical Code

B. Uniform Plumbing Code

C. Uniform Fire Code

D. Commercial Standards: All equipment, products, and their installation shall be in accordance with the following standards, as applicable, and as indicated in each Section:

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

4. American Water Works Association (AWWA)

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15300 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRACER WIRE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15300 – TRACER WIRE

5. American Welding Society (AWS)

6. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)

7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

E. The following standards have been referenced in this Section:

ANSI B910/B190M Standard Specifications for Annealed Copper- Clad Steel Wire ANSI B170 Standard Specifications for Oxygen-Free Electrolytic Copper ASTM D1238 Standard Test Method for Melt Flow Rates of Thermoplastics by Extrusion Plastometer

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer’s data on materials furnished by the AGENCY in accordance with the requirements in Section 01300, and as indicated in the individual sections.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information containing the following:

1. Manufacturer’s product data.

2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.

3. Manufacturer’s certification of compliance.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Inspection: All tracer wire shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture. Defective, damaged or unsound tracer wire will be rejected.

B. Tests: Except where otherwise indicated, all materials used in the manufacture tracer wire shall be tested in accordance with the applicable specifications and standards. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all tests at no additional cost to the AGENCY. Copies of all test reports shall be submitted to the AGENCY.

1.6 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE

A. Where the assistance of a manufacturer's service representative is advisable in order to obtain proper wire placement and connections, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish such assistance at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15300 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRACER WIRE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15300 – TRACER WIRE

1.7 CLEANUP

A. After completion of the work, all remaining tracer wire materials, and other scattered debris, shall be removed from the site by the CONTRACTOR.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Open-Trench Installation: direct burial #12 AWG Solid (0.0808” diameter), steel core soft drawn tracer wire, 250# average tensile break load, 30 mil high molecular-high density polyethylene jacket complying with ASTM-D-1248, 30 volt rating.

Color shall be “blue” for domestic water (potable) pipelines, “green” for sewer pipelines and “purple” for raw and recycled water (non-potable) pipelines. Manufactured by Copperhead Industries part number 1230-SF, or approved equal.

2.2 CONNECTORS

A. Splices along the continuous run of tracer wire for repair of a wire break or replacement of failed segment of wire shall use 3M Brand DBR Direct Bury Splice Kit or approved equal. Approved alternatives must securely connect two or more wires, effectively moisture seal by means of a dielectric non-hardening silicone sealant, manufacturer approved for direct burial and rated for a minimum of 50V.

B. Branch connections for laterals, turnouts, services and appurtenances shall use DryConn Direct Bury Lug Aqua, or approved equal. Approved alternatives must securely connect one or two wires to the main tracer wire without cutting the main tracer wire, effectively moisture seal by means of a dielectric non- hardening silicone sealant, manufacturer approved for direct burial and rated for a minimum of 50V.

2.3 TEST STATIONS

A. Tracer wire shall be brought to the surface at the edge of the right-of-way or easement at 600 feet maximum on centers in a Brooks No. 1-RT Traffic Valve Box, or equal. Valve box lids shall be the same color as the tracer wire they house. Valve boxes shall be placed within two feet of fire hydrants when fire hydrants are available at 600 feet or less on center. Where no fire hydrants are available, a two inch diameter hot-dipped galvanized marker post shall be placed within two feet of the valve box. The marker post shall be set in concrete 24-inches deep into the ground and 36-inches exposed and painted. The marker post shall be filled with concrete and crowned on top prior to

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15300 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRACER WIRE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15300 – TRACER WIRE

painting. Two feet of tracer wire shall be looped in valve box.

2.4 GROUNDING

A. Tracer wire shall be properly grounded at all dead ends and stubs. Grounding of tracer wire shall be achieved by use of a drive-in magnesium grounding anode rod with a minimum of 20 feet of #14 HDPE copper clad wire connected to anode (minimum weight of 1.0 pound) specifically manufactured for this purpose and buried at the same elevation as the utility. The grounding rod shall be Copperhead 1 Lb., Drive-In Magnesium anode (Part #ANO-1005 with Part #SCB-01SR Connector), or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Tracer wire shall be installed on all plastic pipes, laterals, services and appurtenances. The wire shall be installed in such a manner as to be able to properly trace all pipelines and services without loss or deterioration of signal or without the transmitted signal migrating off the tracer wire.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Tracer wire shall be installed in the same trench and inside bored holes and casing with pipe during pipe installation. It shall be secured to the pipe as required to insure that the wire remains adjacent to the pipe. The tracer wire shall be securely bonded together at all wire joints with an approved watertight connector to provide electrical continuity, and it shall be accessible at all tracer wire access points.

B. Except for approved spliced-in repair or replacement connections, tracer wire shall be continuous and without splices from each tracer wire access point.

C. The tracer wire system shall be installed as a continuous single wire. No looping or coiling of wire is allowed.

D. Tracer wire access points shall be accessible at all new water valve boxes, water meter boxes, blowoffs, ARVs, fire hydrants, irrigation turnouts and access manholes. Concentrations of multiple proposed valves near pipe intersections, i.e. tees or crosses, may require more than one access point assembly in each concrete valve box collar. Tracer wire access points shall be within public right- of- way or public utility easements.

E. At the point of connection between existing conductive pipes, the tracer wire shall not be connected to the iron pipe. This circumstance shall be treated as a mainline dead-end grounded using an approved waterproof connection to a grounding anode, buried at the same depth as the tracer wire. All such connection points shall be grounded.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15300 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRACER WIRE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15300 – TRACER WIRE

F. Where existing tracer wire is encountered on an existing utility that is being extended or tied into, the new and existing tracer wire shall be connected using approved splice connectors, shall be properly grounded at the splice location as specified, and shall be completely waterproof to prohibit corrosion and loss of conductivity.

G. Tracer wire shall be laid flat and securely affixed to the pipe at 10 foot max intervals at the three o’clock position. The wire shall be protected from damage during the execution of the works. No breaks or cuts in the tracer wire or tracer wire insulation shall be permitted. At service saddles, the tracer wire shall not be allowed to be placed between the saddle and the main.

H. At all main end caps, a minimum of 6 feet of tracer wire shall be extended beyond the end of the pipe, coiled and secured to the cap for future connections. The end of the tracer wire shall be spliced to the wire of a six pound zinc anode and is to be buried at the same elevations as the main. The tracer wire from the end cap shall be brought to a surface into test station box within the public right-of-way for future access.

I. Access valve boxes shall be placed within two feet of fire hydrants when fire hydrants are available or at 600 feet or less on center. Where no fire hydrants are available, a two inch diameter hot-dipped galvanized marker post shall be placed within two feet of the valve box. The marker post shall be set in concrete 24-inches deep into the ground and 36-inches exposed and painted. The marker post shall be filled with concrete and crowned on top prior to painting. Two feet of tracer wire shall be looped in access valve box.

J. If the pipeline requiring tracer wire is over eight (8) feet deep, special circumstances exist and the installation method must be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

K. Provide as-built stations and offsets from the main line for all tracer wire valve box locations.

3.3 BRANCHED CONNECTION

A. Connections between the main line tracer wire and branch connection tracer wire shall only be allowed at services, ARVs, blowoffs, irrigation turnouts and laterals.

B. The branch connection tracer wire shall be a single tracer wire properly spliced to the main line tracer wire. DryConn Direct Bury Lug Aqua water tight connectors, or approved equal, shall be used to provide electrical continuity.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15300 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRACER WIRE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 15300 – TRACER WIRE

3.4 TESTING REQUIREMENTS

A. After all of the trench backfill operations are successfully completed, and prior to the final paving, the CONTRACTOR shall perform continuity and trace tests on all tracer wire in the presence of the AGENCY. If the tracer wirer is found to be not continuous after testing, the CONTRACTOR shall repair or replace the failed segment of the wire. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all costs to confirm, locate, and repair any breaks in the tracer wire identified in the continuity test. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the AGENCY for all costs incurred by the AGENCY in relation to retesting the tracer wire continuity including, but not limited to, inspection and observation. The CONTRACTOR is advised to use care in the installation and backfilling operations to prevent damage to the wire. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the AGENCY a minimum of two (2) working days in writing prior to installation of paving over the pipelines.

3.5 REPAIR AND RESTORATION

A. At all repair locations where there is existing tracer wire, the tracer wire shall be properly reconnected and spliced as outlined above.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 15300 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS TRACER WIRE 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16050 – GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes materials, installation, and testing of the electrical system and lighting components for the Morro Hills No.1 and No. 2 Reservoir Repairs.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. One-Year Guarantee: General Provisions B. Permits and Licenses: General Provisions C. Submittals: 01300

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.

B. In submitted catalog cuts, cross out items shown that are not pertinent to this project. Where catalog cuts list manufacturer’s standard options, cross out those options not intended to be provided and clearly highlight those options that are to be provided.

1.4 REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS

A. Electrical work shall comply with the NEC as amended by the CEC and local city code where applicable.

1.5 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Materials, appliances, equipment, and devices shall conform to the applicable UL standards. The label of, or listing by, UL is required for all electrical equipment.

1.6 POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide for or purchase power for construction in accordance with Section 01500.

1.7 LOCATIONS

A. General: Use equipment, materials, and wiring methods suitable for the types of locations in which they are located as defined below.

B. Definitions of Types of Locations: 1. Wet Locations: Locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or not, unless otherwise designated in the drawings. Pump Room shall be an indoor wet location.

2. Corrosive Locations: As defined on the Drawings.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16050 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16050 – GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Similar materials and equipment shall be the product of a single manufacturer. B. Provide only products which are new, undamaged, and in the original cartons or containers. C. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current design. D. Materials and equipment shall be suitable for storage, installation, and operation at an ambient temperature of 0°C to 40°C except where more stringent conditions are stated in individual equipment specifications. E. Electrical equipment and panels shall be factory finished with manufacturer's standard primer and enamel topcoats, unless stated otherwise in the individual equipment specifications. Provide 1 pint of the equipment manufacturer's touchup paint per 500 square feet of painted surface for repair of damaged enamel topcoats.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide modifications nfor a safe and properly operating installation in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Contract Documents indicate the desired locations. Field determine exact location based on physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and obstructions. C. Work or equipment not indicated or specified which is necessary for the complete and proper operation of the electrical systems shall be accomplished without additional cost to the AGENCY. D. Accomplish work required to pierce any waterproofing after the part piercing the waterproofing has been set in place. Seal and make watertight the openings made for this purpose. E. Install equipment and material piercing fire walls and fire-resistant or fire-stopped walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors in a manner so the rating remains equivalent. F. Seal weathertight equipment or components exposed to the weather. G. Protect equipment outlets and conduit openings with factory-made plugs or caps whenever work is not in progress at that point.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16050 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16055 – OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes computer-based, arc flash hazard study, fault-current and overcurrent protective device coordination studies, and the setting of these devices.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For computer software program to be used for studies.

B. Qualification Data: 1. For arc flash study, short circuit and coordination-study specialist; qualification data shall demonstrate a minimum of five years of experience producing studies for similar scope of work projects. 2. For testing agency; qualification data shall demonstrate a minimum of five years of experience testing circuits breaker for similar scope of work projects.

C. Other Action Submittals: 1. Short Circuit and Coordination-study input data, including completed computer program input data sheets and single line diagram of existing services and new distribution. 2. Short Circuit and Coordination-study report. 3. Equipment evaluation report. 4. Arc flash hazard study report. 5. Setting report. 6. Recommendations 7. Final approved study in PDF format on CD

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Studies shall use computer programs that are distributed nationally and are in wide use. Software algorithms shall comply with requirements of standards and guides specified in this Section. Manual calculations are not acceptable.

B. Coordination-Study Specialist Qualifications: An organization experienced in the application of computer software used for studies, having performed successful studies of similar magnitude on electrical distribution systems using similar devices.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESEROIR REPAIRS OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE 908754600712 DEVICE COORDINATION October 2020 SECTION 16055 – OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An organization experienced in the setting of adjustable trip circuit breakers and testing of circuit breaker trip functions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS

A. Computer Software Developers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide computer software programs developed by one of the following: 1. EDSA Micro Corporation. 2. Electrical Systems Analysis, Inc. 3. SKM Systems Analysis, Inc.

2.2 COMPUTER SOFTWARE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with IEEE 399.

B. Analytical features of fault-current-study computer software program shall include "mandatory," "very desirable," and "desirable" features as listed in IEEE 399, Table 7-4.

C. Computer software program shall be capable of plotting and diagramming time- current-characteristic curves as part of its output. Computer software program shall report device settings and ratings of all overcurrent protective devices. 1. Optional Features: a. Arcing faults. b. Simultaneous faults. c. Explicit negative sequence. d. Mutual coupling in zero sequence.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine Project overcurrent protective device submittals for compliance with electrical distribution system coordination requirements and other conditions affecting performance. All adjustable trip circuit breaker are to be coordinated.

B. Proceed with coordination study only after relevant equipment submittals have been assembled. Overcurrent protective devices not submitted for approval may not be used in study.

3.2 FAULT-CURRENT STUDY

A. Source Impedance: Utility company's fault-current contribution as indicated.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESEROIR REPAIRS OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE 908754600712 DEVICE COORDINATION October 2020 SECTION 16055 – OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION

B. Study electrical distribution system from normal and alternate power sources throughout electrical distribution system for Project and use approved computer software program to calculate values. Include studies of system- switching configurations and alternate operations that could result in maximum fault conditions.

C. Calculate interrupting duties on the basis of maximum available fault current.

D. Calculations to verify interrupting ratings of overcurrent protective devices shall comply with the following: 1. Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers: IEEE 1015 and IEEE C37.50. 2. Low-Voltage Fuses: IEEE C37.46. 3. Circuit Breakers: IEEE C37.13.

E. Study Report: Enter calculated X/R ratios and interrupting (5-cycle) fault currents on electrical distribution system diagram of the report.

F. Equipment Evaluation Report: Prepare a report on the adequacy of overcurrent protective devices and conductors by comparing fault-current ratings of these devices with calculated fault-current momentary and interrupting duties.

3.3 COORDINATION STUDY

A. Gather and tabulate the following input data to support coordination study: 1. Product Data for overcurrent protective devices specified in other Division 16 Sections and involved in overcurrent protective device coordination studies. Use equipment designation tags that are consistent with electrical distribution system diagrams, overcurrent protective device submittals, input and output data, and recommended device settings. 2. Impedance of utility service entrance. 3. Electrical distribution system diagram showing the following: a. Circuit-breaker and fuse-current ratings and types. b. Transformer kilovolt amperes, primary and secondary voltages, connection type, impedance, and X/R ratios. c. Generator kilovolt amperes, size, voltage, and source impedance. d. Cables. Indicate conduit material, sizes of conductors, conductor insulation, and length. e. Busway ampacity and impedance. f. Motor horsepower designation.

B. Perform coordination study and prepare a written report using the results of fault- current study and approved computer software program. Comply with IEEE 399.

C. Comply with NFPA 70 for overcurrent protection of circuit elements and devices.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 3 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESEROIR REPAIRS OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE 908754600712 DEVICE COORDINATION October 2020 SECTION 16055 – OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION

D. Transformer Primary Overcurrent Protective Devices: 1. Device shall not operate in response to the following: a. Self-cooled, full-load current or forced-air-cooled, full-load current, whichever is specified for that transformer. b. Permissible transformer overloads according to IEEE C57.96 if required by unusual loading or emergency conditions. 2. Device shall protect transformer according to IEEE C57.12.00, for fault currents.

E. Conductor Protection: Protect cables against damage from fault currents according to ICEA P-32-382, ICEA P-45-482, and conductor melting curves in IEEE 242. Verify adequacy of phase conductors at maximum three-phase bolted fault currents, equipment grounding conductors, and grounding electrode conductors at maximum ground-fault currents.

F. Coordination-Study Report: Prepare a written report indicating the following results of coordination study: 1. Tabular Format of Settings Selected for Overcurrent Protective Devices: a. Device tag. b. Circuit-breaker sensor rating; and long-time, short-time, and instantaneous settings. c. Fuse-current rating and type. 2. Coordination Curves: Prepared to determine settings of overcurrent protective devices to achieve selective coordination. Graphically illustrate that adequate time separation exists between series devices, including power utility company's upstream devices. Show the following specific information: a. Device tag. b. Voltage and current ratio for curves. c. Three-phase and single-phase damage points for each transformer. d. No damage, melting, and clearing curves for fuses. e. Cable damage curves. f. Transformer inrush points. g. Maximum fault-current cutoff point. 3. Completed data sheets for setting of overcurrent protective devices.

3.4 ARC FLASH HAZARD STUDY

A. Perform an arc flash hazard study after the short circuit and protective device coordination study has been completed based upon IEEE standard 1584 "IEEE Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculation".

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 4 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESEROIR REPAIRS OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE 908754600712 DEVICE COORDINATION October 2020 SECTION 16055 – OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION

B. The study shall be calculated by means of the computer software package. Pertinent data, rationale employed, and assumptions in developing the calculations shall be incorporated in the introductory remarks of the study.

C. The study shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA 70E, OSHA 29-CFR, part 1910 Sub part S and IEEE 1584 Standards.

D. Determine the following: 1. Flash Hazard Protection Boundary in inches. 2. Limited Approach Boundary. 3. Restricted Boundary. 4. Prohibited Boundary. 5. Incident Energy Level. 6. Required Personal Protective Equipment Class. 7. Type of Fire Rating Clothing.

E. Produce an Arc Flash Warning label based on the results of the incident energy study. Install a warning label (orange ≤40 cal/cm²) or danger label (red > 40 cal/cm²) approximately 3”X4” (Brady multi color or equal) for every point in the system as specified in accordance with ANSI Z535.4-2002. The label must be suitable for indoor or outdoor environments for at least 3 years and contain listing items 1 - 7 above. Also include the large “Warning” or “Danger” on the top; “Arc Flash and Shock Hazard” appropriate PPE required; equipment/bus name, system operating voltage, and date of issue.

F. Produce Bus Detail sheets that listed the items D 1 - 7 from above and the following traditional items: 1. Bus Name. 2. Upstream Protective Device Name, Type and Settings. 3. Bus Line to Line Voltage.

G. Produce Arc Flash Evaluation Summary Sheet listing the following additional items: 1. Bus Name. 2. Upstream Protective Device Name, Type and Settings. 3. Bus Line to Line Voltage. 4. Bus Bolted Fault 5. Protective Device Bolted Fault Current. 6. Arcing Fault Current. 7. Protective Device Trip/Delay Time. 8. Breaker Opening Time.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 5 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESEROIR REPAIRS OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE 908754600712 DEVICE COORDINATION October 2020 SECTION 16055 – OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION

9. Solidly Grounded Column. 10. Equipment Type. 11. Gap. 12. Arc Flash Boundary. 13. Working Distance. 14. Incident Energy. 15. Required Protective Fire Rated Clothing Type and Class.

3.5 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE SETTING

A. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following device setting and to prepare test reports. 1. After installing overcurrent protective devices and during energizing process of electrical distribution system, perform the following: a. Verify that overcurrent protective devices meet parameters used in studies. b. Adjust devices to values listed in study results.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 6 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESEROIR REPAIRS OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE 908754600712 DEVICE COORDINATION October 2020 SECTION 16060 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment.

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. As-Built Data: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Ground rods.

C. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor.

D. Field quality-control reports.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

C. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUNDING AND BONDING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16060 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

2.02 CONDUCTORS

A. Insulated Conductors: wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor.

2.03 CONNECTORS

A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.

B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy.

C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions.

D. Bus-Bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression-type wire terminals, and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bus bar.

2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODES

A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATIONS

A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated.

B. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUNDING AND BONDING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16060 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

3.02 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE

A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses.

3.03 GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS

A. Generator: Install grounding electrode(s) at the generator location. The electrode shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor and to the frame of the generator.

3.04 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.

B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Flexible raceway runs.

3.05 INSTALLATION

A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor.

C. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes are specified in Section 02584 "Underground Ducts and Utility Structures," and shall be at least 12 inches deep, with cover. 1. Test Wells: Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 3 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUNDING AND BONDING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16060 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

D. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect- type connection is required, use a bolted clamp.

E. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug-type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections.

B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal[, at ground test wells][, and at individual ground rods]. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground-rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 4 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUNDING AND BONDING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16060 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

C. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

E. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.

F. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.

END OF SECTION

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16060 - 5 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS GROUNDING AND BONDING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16075 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Warning labels and signs. 5. Equipment identification labels. 6. Miscellaneous identification products.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.

B. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products.

C. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Retain IEEE C2 in first paragraph below for projects with electrical utility work, including underground and overhead distribution and medium-voltage cabling. By reference, IEEE C2 requires compliance with ANSI Z531.1 through ANSI Z531.5. See Evaluations for additional description of the scope of these standards.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145.

D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels.

E. Retain paragraph below if retaining self-adhesive products in Part 2. See Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations.

F. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16075 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16075 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project.

B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 POWER AND CONTROL RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size.

B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type.

C. Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

D. Snap-Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

E. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

2.2 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each cable size.

B. Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16075 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16075 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

C. Self-Adhesive, Self-Laminating Polyester Labels: Preprinted, 3-mils thick flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that provides a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant, self-laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the cable diameter such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend.

D. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

2.3 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide.

B. Self-Adhesive, Self-Laminating Polyester Labels: Preprinted, 3-mils thick flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that provides a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant, self-laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the conductor diameter such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend.

C. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.

2.4 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS

A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145.

B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated.

2.5 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS

A. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.

2.6 CABLE TIES

A. UV-Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F , According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi . 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F . 4. Color: Black.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16075 - 3 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16075 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS

A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior).

B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless- steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.

B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.

D. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.

E. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate.

F. Attach plastic raceway and cable labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate.

3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE

A. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30 A, and 120 V to ground: Identify with self-adhesive vinyl label. Install labels at 10-foot maximum intervals.

B. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. Power.

C. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color-coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service feeder and branch-circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG, if authorities having jurisdiction permit.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16075 - 4 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16075 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

b. Colors for 240/120-V Circuits: (1) Phase A: Black. (2) Phase B: Red. c. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings.

D. Control-Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive vinyl labels with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination.

E. Control-Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations provide self-adhesive vinyl labels with the conductor designation.

F. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self-adhesive warning labels. 1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.

G. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation.

H. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2- inch high letters on 1-1/2-inch high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. b. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment, fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16075 - 5 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16075 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

2. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Identification labeling of some items listed below may be required by individual Sections or by NFPA 70. b. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. d. Motor-control centers. e. Enclosed switches. f. Enclosed controllers. g. Monitoring and control equipment. h. UPS equipment.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16075 - 6 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16080 – ELECTRICAL TESTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes general requirements for electrical field testing and inspecting. Detailed requirements are specified in each Section containing components that require testing. General requirements include the following: 1. Qualifications of testing agencies and their personnel. 2. Suitability of test equipment. 3. Calibration of test instruments. 4. Coordination requirements for testing and inspecting. 5. Reporting requirements for testing and inspecting.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: As specified in each Section containing electrical testing requirements and in subparagraph and associated subparagraph below. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor for Power Component Testing: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Division 16 power component Sections.

B. Test Equipment Suitability: Comply with NETA ATS, Section 5.2.

C. Test Equipment Calibration: Comply with NETA ATS, Section 5.3.

PART 2 - NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. If a group of tests are specified to be performed by an independent testing agency, prepare systems, equipment, and components for tests and inspections, and perform preliminary tests to ensure that systems, equipment, and components are ready for independent agency testing. Include the following minimum preparations as appropriate: 1. Perform insulation-resistance tests. 2. Perform continuity tests. 3. Perform rotation test (for motors to be tested).

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16080 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ELECTRICAL TESTING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16080 – ELECTRICAL TESTING

4. Provide a stable source of single-phase, 208/120-V electrical power for test instrumentation at each test location.

B. Test and Inspection Reports: In addition to requirements specified elsewhere, report the following: 1. Manufacturer's written testing and inspecting instructions. 2. Calibration and adjustment settings of adjustable and interchangeable devices involved in tests. 3. Tabulation of expected measurement results made before measurements. 4. Tabulation of "as-found" and "as-left" measurement and observation results.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16080 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS ELECTRICAL TESTING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16120 –CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 16123 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems communications cables and Classes 1, 2 and 3 control cables.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control reports.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658.

B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THHN-2-THWN-2.

2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES

A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16120 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16120 –CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

2.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS

A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.

B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger, except VFC cable, which shall be extra flexible stranded.

3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS

A. Service Entrance: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.

B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 16130 "Raceways and Boxes" prior to pulling conductors and cables.

C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.

E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible.

3.4 CONNECTIONS

A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16120 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16120 –CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors.

C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack.

3.5 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 16075 "Electrical Identification."

B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Performing NETA tests on all conductors and cables can be expensive. Consider limiting testing to a certain group of conductors, such as service entrance and feeder conductors, or to those conductors feeding critical equipment and services. To require all conductors and cables to be tested, delete options in first subparagraph below. 2. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 3. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.

B. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements.

C. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16120 - 3 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16130 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit.

B. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.

C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged- cover enclosures, and cabinets.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS

A. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.

C. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch minimum.

D. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360.

E. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16130 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RACEWAYS AND BOXES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16130 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES

F. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity.

2.2 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS

A. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations.

B. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover.

C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C.

D. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight.

E. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box.

F. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches by 2-1/8 inches by 2-1/8 inches deep.

G. Gangable boxes are prohibited.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION

A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 3. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 4.

B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed: GRC. 2. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 3. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC. 4. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel in institutional and commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations.

C. Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2-inch trade size.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16130 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RACEWAYS AND BOXES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16130 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES

D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20.

E. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors.

B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.

C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.

D. .Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction.

E. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached.

F. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions.

G. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a corrosion-preventing conductive compound prior to assembly.

H. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG.

I. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16130 - 3 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RACEWAYS AND BOXES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16130 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES

J. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more.

K. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path.

L. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length.

M. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use.

N. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70.

O. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.

P. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.

Q. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated.

R. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes.

S. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose.

T. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16130 - 4 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RACEWAYS AND BOXES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16130 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16130 - 5 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS RACEWAYS AND BOXES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16140 –WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Weather-resistant receptacles. 3. Snap switches.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

C. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor.

D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control reports.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing-label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Provide products from one of the following Manufacturers or equal:

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16140 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WIRING DEVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16140 –WIRING DEVICES

1. Hubbell 2. Leviton

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer.

2.2 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS

A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

2.3 STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES

A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596.

2.4 GFCI RECEPTACLES

A. General Description: 1. Straight blade, non-feed-through type. 2. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. 3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper GFCI protection.

B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:

2.5 TOGGLE SWITCHES

A. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896.

B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Single Pole:

2.6 WALL PLATES

A. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Type 302 stainless steel 0.04-inch- (1-mm-) thick,

B. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather-resistant, die-cast aluminum.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16140 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WIRING DEVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16140 –WIRING DEVICES

2.7 FINISHES

A. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Stainless Steel.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.

C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails.

D. Device Installation: 1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16140 - 3 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WIRING DEVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16140 –WIRING DEVICES

5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three- fourths of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device-mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to- metal contact.

E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right.

F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.

3.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES

A. Install non-feed-through-type GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not required.

3.3 IDENTIFICATION

A. Comply with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

B. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16140 - 4 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WIRING DEVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16140 –WIRING DEVICES

current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above.

B. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

C. Prepare test and inspection reports.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16140 - 5 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS WIRING DEVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16442 – PANELBOARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Seismic Performance: Panelboards shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7.

1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, switching and overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 7. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16442 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PANELBOARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16442 – PANELBOARDS

D. Seismic Qualification Certificates: Submit certification that panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces. Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

E. Field Quality-Control Reports: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.

F. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards.

G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. B. Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories from single source from single manufacturer. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with NEMA PB 1. E. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards; install temporary electric heating (250 W per panelboard) to prevent condensation. B. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NECA 407.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16442 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PANELBOARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16442 – PANELBOARDS

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete. 2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 23 deg F to plus 104 deg F. b. Altitude: Not exceeding 1000 feet. B. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by AGENCY or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Construction Manager's written permission. 3. Comply with NFPA 70E.

1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16442 - 3 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PANELBOARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16442 – PANELBOARDS

B. Enclosures: Surface-mounted cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X Stainless Steel. 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 3. Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for overcurrent protective devices and other components. 4. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder. C. Incoming Mains Location: Top and bottom. D. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. E. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Compression type. F. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. G. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully Rated for fault duty indicated.

2.2 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type. C. Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16442 - 4 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PANELBOARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16442 – PANELBOARDS

2.3 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with series- connected rating to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits. d. Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit-breaker handle in on or off position.

2.4 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NECA 407. B. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation. C. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16442 - 5 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PANELBOARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16442 – PANELBOARDS

B. Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. C. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. D. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. G. Comply with NECA 1.

3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads; incorporate AGENCY's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16442 - 6 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PANELBOARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16442 – PANELBOARDS

3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable component to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer.

3.6 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16442 - 7 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS PANELBOARDS 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16511 – INTERIOR LIGHTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior lighting fixtures with lamps and ballasts. 2. Lighting fixtures mounted on exterior building surfaces.

1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture scheduled, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1. Physical description of fixture, including dimensions and verification of indicated parameters. 2. LED’s and Driver B. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Source quality-control test reports. D. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for LED lighting fixtures: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for LED driver light engine, and housing: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide products per manufacturer as indicated on the drawings.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16511 - 1 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS INTERIOR LIGHTING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16511 – INTERIOR LIGHTING

2.2 FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL A. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. D. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent. E. Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 1. Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation.

a. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless different thickness is scheduled. b. UV stabilized. 2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated.

2.3 FINISHES A. Fixtures: Manufacturers' standard, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint Finish: Applied over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer, free of defects. 2. Metallic Finish: Corrosion resistant.

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory test fixtures with ballasts and lamps; certify results for electrical ratings and photometric data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16511 - 2 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS INTERIOR LIGHTING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 16511 – INTERIOR LIGHTING

B. Suspended Fixture Support: As follows: 1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches, brace to limit swinging. 2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin-stem hangers.

3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B. Verify normal operation of each fixture after installation. C. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. D. Corroded Fixtures: During warranty period, replace fixtures that show any signs of corrosion.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 16511 - 3 HENIE HILLS AND J.P. STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS INTERIOR LIGHTING 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work Included: 1. Provide all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and be responsible for all labor required to complete the installation, startup and operational testing of a complete and operable Instrumentation and Control (I&C) System as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 2. Provide all the necessary equipment components and interconnections along with the services of manufacturers' engineering representatives necessary to ensure the AGENCY receives a completely integrated and operational I&C system as herein specified. 3. Provide all terminations for wiring at field mounted instruments, equipment enclosures, alarm, and status contacts. 4. Provide all Instrumentation and Control wire required for a fully functioning Instrumentation and Controls System as shown on the Drawings except for wire specifically specified in Division 16. 5. Provide all terminations for power and control wiring, control cables, and fiber optic cables to terminate in the CP-3 at terminal blocks, switches, Ethernet connections, etc. Check and confirm continuity of field wiring control cables, and fiber optic cables between instruments and equipment controls. 6. System integration, to include the following, will be performed by the AGENCY or contractors and consultants working directly for the AGENCY. a Prepare and load SCADA programming b Perform startup of SCADA and communications portions of project

B. Work Specified in Other Divisions: 1. Process piping and other mechanical work and equipment as specified in Divisions 11, 13, or 15. 2. Instruments and controls which are not directly used for process control, i.e., those provided as part of a package systems specified in Divisions 11, 13, 15, or 16. 3. Division 16 Work, including all instrumentation and controls conduit, and only that wire specified in Division 16. Refer to Division 16 Specifications for specific requirements for wire, conduit, grounding, and other electrical equipment.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American National Standard Institute (ANSI) Publications: Y14.15a Drafting Practice C62.1 Surge Arrestors

B. Instrumentation Society of America (ISA) Publications: S5.4 Instrument Loop Diagrams S20 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, Primary Elements and Control Valves

1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Provide all engineering, documentation, labor, and materials required to resolve signal, power, or functional incompatibilities between the wiring and cable points of termination in CP-1, CP-2 and interfacing devices. This includes all interface to existing instruments and equipment.

B. As a minimum, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the following work: 1. Prepare analog and digital hardware submittals 2. Procure hardware 3. Fabricate CP-2 panel 4. Perform factory tests on CP-2 panels 5. Perform bench calibration and verify calibration after installation 6. Oversee and certify installation 7. Oversee, document, and certify loop testing 8. Oversee, document, and certify system commissioning 9. Conduct the performance test 10. Prepare AGENCY’S Manuals 11. Conduct training classes 12. Prepare record drawings

C. Integration of the SCADA system with instrumentation and control devices being provided under other sections: 1. Resolve signal, power, or functional incompatibilities between the points of termination at the CP-1 and CP-2 and interfacing devices.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: It is incumbent upon the CONTRACTOR to coordinate the work specified in these Sections so that a complete instrumentation, communication networks and control system for the facility will be provided and will be supported

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

by accurate shop and record drawings. As a part of its responsibility the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit complete and organized shop drawings, as specified herein. Interface between instruments, existing control panels, motor control centers, starters, control valves, flowmeters, chemical feeders and other equipment related to the instrumentation and control system shall be included in the shop drawing submittal. 1. In these Contract Documents all systems, meters, instruments, and other elements are represented schematically, and are designated by numbers, as derived from criteria in Instrument Society of America Standard ANSI/ISA S5.1. The CONTRACTOR shall assign nomenclature and instrument tags on their submittal drawings. ANSI nomenclature and numbers shall be employed exclusively throughout shop drawings, data sheets, computer programming and similar materials. Any other symbols, designations, and nomenclature unique to the manufacturer's standard methods shall not replace those prescribed above. 2. Should an error be found in a shop drawing during installation or startup of equipment, the correction, including any field changes found necessary, shall be noted on the drawing and submitted finally "as-built" prior to acceptance of the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall respond to all comments on shop drawing resubmittals made by the AGENCY either by making the noted correction or stating why it was not revised. Any resubmittal received by the AGENCY, which do not contain responses to the AGENCY’S previous comments, shall be returned to the CONTRACTOR marked "rejected." No further review by the AGENCY shall be performed until the CONTRACTOR responds to these comments.

B. Submittals: 1. Control System Hardware: This submittal to include instrumentation and control panels shall be included in a singular, all-inclusive submittal which shall include but not be limited to: a A complete index appearing in the front of each bound submittal volume. Labeled tags shall separate system groups. b Panel, and cabinet layout drawings shall be prepared and they shall include the following information: (1) Front, side, and plan views to scale. (2) Dimensions. (3) Arrangement (interior and exterior). (4) Mounting information, including conduit entrance locations. (5) Finish data. (6) Tag number and functional name of items mounted in and on panel, console and cabinet. (7) Nameplate legend which includes text, letter size, and colors to be used

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

c Installation, mounting, and anchoring details for all components and assemblies, including access requirements and conduit connection or entry details. d Panel wiring diagrams shall be prepared and integrate the field wiring. They shall include the following information: (1) Name of panel. (2) Wiring sizes and types. (3) Terminal strip numbers. (4) Functional name and manufacturer's designation for items to which wiring is connected. (5) Electrical control schematics in accordance with ANSI standards. e Field wiring diagrams shall be prepared and be integrated with the panel-wiring diagram. They shall include the following information: (1) Wire and piping sizes and types to existing and new field devices. (2) Conduits in which wiring is to be located. (3) Panel termination strip numbers. (4) Location, functional name, and manufacturer's designation of items to which wiring and piping are connected. f Drawings showing schematic diagrams for control circuits. Complete details on the circuit interrelationship of all devices within and outside each Control Panel shall be submitted using schematic control diagrams. The diagrams shall show numbered terminals on components together with the unique number of the wire to be connected to each terminal. The diagrams shall also show terminal assignments from all primary measurement devices, such as flowmeters, and to all final control devices, such as samplers, pumps, valves and chemical feeders. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all necessary equipment suppliers' shop drawings to facilitate inclusion of this information for the System Integrator. g Interface with existing control and monitoring system. This shall include any and all modifications made to existing measurement and control circuits, equipment and wiring, that are at the site but not indicated on the plan drawings, as applicable to this project. The plans primarily indicate new field devices and not necessarily extension of existing field wiring. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to ascertain actual field conditions of the existing circuits, equipment and wiring. The AGENCY will provide to the CONTRACTOR copies of all drawings and data the AGENCY can find showing such existing conditions. The AGENCY makes no representation as to the completeness or correctness of any such drawings and data and cannot guarantee that complete or partial data exists for any of the facilities included in this contract. Lack of

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 4 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

such drawings or detail shall not alleviate the contractual responsibility to ascertain and implement interfaces and modifications to existing measurement and control circuits, equipment and wiring. The existence of the electrical drawings reflecting existing control and monitoring functions within these contract documents are for guidance only and do not relieve the CONTRACTOR from meeting the requirements stated herein. h Complete and detailed bills of materials: A bill of material list, including quantity, description, manufacturer, and part number, shall be submitted for each field mounted device or assembly, cabinet assemblies and subassemblies. Bills of material shall include all items within an enclosure. i Data sheets for each component, together with a technical product brochure or bulletin: The data sheets shall show: (1) Component functional description used herein and on the Drawings; (2) Manufacturer's model number or other product designation; (3) Project system or loop of which the component is a part; (4) Project location or assembly at which the component is to be installed; (5) Requirements for electric supply (if any); (6) Special requirements or features, such as specifications for ambient operating conditions. (7) Features and options which are furnished. j A list of recommended spare parts covering items which are furnished under this Contract with the name, address, and phone number of manufacturer and manufacturer's local service representative of these parts. 2. Report Submittal: Six (6) sets of sample reports shall be supplied to the AGENCY’S Representative for review. The submittal shall include a short description of the methods and procedures to be performed by operators to print the reports including the automatic reporting capabilities. 3. Test Reports: The CONTRACTOR shall provide reports detailing the results of tests performed on the system including the Field Functional Test Report. Three (3) sets shall be provided of each report. 4. Start-up Test Procedure Submittal: The Start-up Test Procedure Submittal shall be included in a singular all inclusive package which shall include but not be limited to: a The proposed procedures to be followed during start-up of the Control System and its components. b The forms and checklists needed to document the completion of a successful start-up.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 5 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

5. Technical Manuals: Four (4) final sets of technical manuals shall be supplied for the AGENCY in accordance with Section 01300 and two (2) additional final sets shall be supplied for the AGENCY, as a condition of acceptance of the project. Two sets shall consist of 1 or more volumes, each of which shall be bound in a standard size, 3-ring, loose-leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binder suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 3 inches. The other four sets will be recorded on CD ROM in PDF format. a Initially, 3 sets of these manuals shall be submitted to the AGENCY’S Representative for review after return of favorably reviewed shop drawings and data required herein. Following the AGENCY’S review, one set will be returned to the CONTRACTOR with comments. The sets shall be revised and/or amended as required and the requisite final sets shall be submitted to the AGENCY 15 days prior to startup of systems. The AGENCY will distribute the copies. b In addition to updated shop drawing information reflecting actual existing conditions, each set of technical manuals shall include installation, connection, operating, calibration, set points (e.g., pressure, pump control, time delays, etc.) adjustment, test, troubleshooting, maintenance and overhaul instructions in complete detail. This shall provide the AGENCY with comprehensive information on all systems and components to enable operation, service, maintenance and repair. Exploded or other detailed views of all instruments, assemblies and accessory components shall be included together with complete parts lists and ordering instructions. c This manual shall be provided prior to project acceptance. d Security Manual: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a document identifying all security access codes (username, passwords) assigned in the as-built system. This document shall be provided as a separate item. e This manual shall be provided prior to project acceptance. f As Built Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be updated to reflect actual as-built conditions. g This manual shall be provided prior to system acceptance. 6. Record Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall keep current a set of complete schematic diagrams that shall include all field and panel wiring. These drawings shall include all of the hardwired signals shown on the P&ID drawings. One set of drawings electronically formatted in AutoCad (DWG) and two hard copies shall be submitted after completion of all field functional tasks but prior to acceptance of the completed work by the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 6 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standard of Quality: The CONTRACTOR shall provide equipment of the types and sizes specified which has been demonstrated to operate successfully. Provide equipment which is new and of recent proven design.

1.6 DRAWINGS

A. Drawings: The Instrumentation Drawings are diagrammatic; exact locations of instrumentation products shall be determined in the field by the AGENCY. Except where special details are used to illustrate the method of installation of a particular piece or type of equipment or material, the requirements or descriptions in this Specification shall take precedence in the event of conflict. 1. Locations of equipment, inserts, anchors, motors, panels, pull boxes, manholes, conduits, stub-ups, fittings, power and convenience outlets, and ground wells are approximate unless dimensioned; verify locations with the AGENCY prior to installation. Field verify scaled dimensions on Drawings. 2. Review the Drawings and Specification Divisions of other trades and perform the instrumentation work that will be required for the installations. 3. Should there be a need to deviate from the Instrumentation Drawings and Specifications, submit written details and reasons for all changes to the AGENCY for favorable review. 4. Resolution of varying interpretations of the Contract Documents shall conform to Division 1, General and Supplementary Conditions. 5. The Drawings provide details of installation and supersede the manufacturer's recommendation where a conflict exists.

1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Box, crate, or otherwise enclose and protect instruments and equipment during shipment, handling, and storage. Keep all equipment dry and covered from exposure to weather, moisture, corrosive liquids and gases or any element that could degrade the equipment. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Notify the AGENCY in writing in the event that any equipment or material is damaged. Obtain prior favorable review by the AGENCY before making repairs to damaged products

1.8 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS

A. Correction of Defects: The CONTRACTOR shall correct all defects in the CONTRACTOR-supplied Control System upon notification from the AGENCY for a period of one year from the date of Acceptance Test Completion. Mechanical corrections shall be completed within 5 days of notification. Programming issues shall be corrected within 24 hours.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 7 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

A. Provide instruments, equipment and materials suitable for service conditions and meeting standard specifications such as ANSI, ASTM, ISA, and SAMA. The intent of this Specification is to insure instruments and equipment are of a uniform quality and manufacture throughout the plant. All instruments in the plant of the same type shall be made by the same manufacturer.

2.2 NAMEPLATES

A. For each piece of equipment, provide a manufacturer's nameplate showing their name, location, the pertinent ratings and the model designation.

B. Identify each piece of equipment and related controls with a rigid laminated engraved phenolic nameplate. Engrave nameplates with the inscriptions indicated on the Drawings and, if not so indicated, with the equipment name. Securely fasten nameplates in place using two stainless steel screws or, where favorably reviewed by the AGENCY, with epoxy cement. Where no inscription is indicated on the Drawings, furnish nameplates with an appropriate inscription furnished by the AGENCY upon prior request by the CONTRACTOR.

C. Each control device, including pushbuttons, control switches, and indicating lights, shall have an integral legend plate or nameplate indicating the device function. These shall be inscribed as indicated on the Drawings or as favorably reviewed by the AGENCY.

D. Provide CAUTION or SAFETY nameplates to alert operators of special conditions that may result in faulty equipment operations. Devices containing batteries that must be replaced periodically must be clearly identified. Nameplates are not required if the device senses and displays a low battery warning.

2.3 NAME TAGS

A. All instrumentation and equipment items or systems shall be identified by name tags. Field equipment shall be tagged with the assigned instrumentation tag number listed in the Instrument Schedule.

B. Name tags shall be stainless steel with engraved or stamped black characters of 3/16-inch minimum height. Tags shall be attached to equipment with a tag holder and stainless steel band with a worm screw clamping device. Use 20-gauge stainless steel wire where banding is impractical. For field panels or large equipment cases use stainless steel screws; however, such permanent attachment shall not be on an ordinarily replaceable part.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 8 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2.4 FIELD-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

A. All instrument and control equipment mounted outside of protective structures shall be equipped with suitable surge arresting devices to protect the equipment from damage due to electrical transients induced in the interconnecting lines from lightning discharges or nearby electrical devices. Protective devices used on 120 Vac inputs to field mounted equipment shall be secondary valve surge protectors conforming to the requirements of ANSI C62.1.

2.5 EQUIPMENT OPERATING CONDITIONS

A. All equipment shall be rated for normal operating performance with varying operating conditions over the following minimum ranges: 1. Electrical Power: 120 Vac ±10%, 60 Hz, unregulated, except where specifically stated otherwise on the Drawings or in the Specifications, or when two-wire, loop-powered devices are specified. 2. Field Instruments: a Outdoor Areas: Ambient Temperature: +15°F to +120°F Ambient Relative Humidity: 5% to 100% Weather: Rain, and ice b Indoor Unheated Areas: Ambient Temperature: +40°F to +120°F Ambient Relative Humidity: 5% to 95%, non-condensing c Indoor Environmentally Controlled Areas: Ambient Temperature: +60°F to +104°F Ambient Relative Humidity: 10% to 90%, non-condensing

2.6 EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS

A. Provide equipment and materials suitable for the types of locations in which they are located as defined under Division 16. All equipment specified for field mounting shall be weatherproof and splash proof as a minimum. If electrical or electronic components are contained within the equipment, they shall be housed in NEMA 4X gasketed cases unless noted otherwise on the Drawings.

2.7 CURRENT TECHNOLOGY

A. All meters, instruments, and other components shall be the most recent field- proven models marketed by their manufacturers at the time of submittal of the shop drawings unless otherwise required to match existing equipment.

2.8 LOOP ACCURACY

A. The accuracy of each instrumentation system or loop shall be determined as a probable maximum error; this shall be the square-root of the sum of the squares of certified "accuracies" of the designated components in each system, expressed as a percentage of the actual span or value of the measured variable.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 9 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Each individual instrument shall have a minimum accuracy of plus and minus 0.5 percent of full scale and a minimum repeatability of plus and minus 0.25 percent of full scale unless otherwise indicated. Instruments which do not conform to or improve upon these criteria are not acceptable.

2.9 SIGNAL ISOLATORS, CONVERTORS, AND CONDITIONERS

A. Ensure that input-out signals of all instruments and control devices are compatible. Provide signal isolators and converters as necessary to obtain the required system performance. Mount the devices in the field at point of application. Provide items as manufactured by AGM or equal.

2.10 ANALOG SIGNAL INDICATED UNITS

A. For all instruments with local or remote indicators, provide indicators scaled in actual engineering units, i.e., gallons per minute, feet, psi, etc., rather than 0 to 100%, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings or Instrument Schedule.

2.11 SIGNAL TRANSMISSION

A. Analog: 1. Signal transmission between electric or electronic instruments shall be 4-20 mA and shall operate at 24 Vdc. Signal output from all transmitters and controllers shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by changes in load resistance within the unit's rating. 2. Nonstandard transmission systems such as impulse duration, pulse rate, and voltage regulated will not be permitted except where specifically noted in the Instrument Schedule or shown on the Drawings. When transmitters with nonstandard outputs do occur, their output shall be converted to 4-20 mA prior to transmission.

B. Discrete: All alarm and status signals shall be 120 Vac unless specified otherwise. Ethernet and fiber optic transmissions shall be allowed to the extent shown on the Drawings.

2.12 PAINTING

A. Factory paint all instruments and equipment except where installed in pipelines. Where instrument panels are installed adjacent to electrical control panels provided under Division 16, provide instrument panels of identical color to that of electrical control panels. Paint as required in Division 9 for structural supports, brackets, etc. Repair damaged factory paint to satisfaction of the AGENCY. Feathering, priming and painting shall produce a reasonable match to the surrounding paint work.

2.13 FASTENERS

A. Fasteners for securing equipment to walls, floors and the like shall be 316 stainless steel. When fastening to existing walls, floors, and the like, provide

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 10 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

capsule anchors, not expansion shields. Size capsule anchors to meet load requirements. Minimum size capsule anchor bolt is 3/8-inch.

2.14 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

A. Each field instrument shall be calibrated at 0%, 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of span using test instruments to simulate inputs and read outputs that are rated to an accuracy of at least 5 times greater than the specified accuracy of the instrument being calibrated. Such test instruments must have accuracies traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).

B. Submit a written report to the AGENCY on each instrument. This report shall include a laboratory calibration sheet or the manufacturer's standards calibration sheet on each instrument and calibration reading as finally adjusted within tolerances.

C. The CONTRACTOR may, at his option, choose to perform calibration on an instrument by acquiring the services of an independent test lab, or by obtaining the required test instruments and performing the calibration.

2.15 OUTDOOR PANELS AND INSTRUMENTS

A. All outdoor mounted control panels and instrumentation which have HMI’s for Operators use shall be installed so they face North whenever possible. If control panels and instrumentation displays cannot be installed facing North sunshades must be provided that cover the HMI to provide shade for Operators to see HMI display clearly and to protect display from deterioration. All analyzers shall have an individual sunshade. See detail in drawings. Control panels will be protected by a unistrut frame structure that has a solid roof that extends 2 inches beyond enclosure structure on all sides unless panel is wall mounted then roof shall stop at wall. Roof material must be sufficient thickness to allow District to install tap and drill to install cloth sunshades.

2.16 BINDERS

A. Submittals shall be furnished separately bound in a "D" standard size, 3-ring with gap free D-ring, loose-leaf, vinyl plastic, heavy duty, hard cover binder suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 3 inches.

2.17 ELECTRONIC MEDIA

A. Manuals and Drawings shall be provided in hardcopy and electronic format. As- built Documents shall be provided in MS Word, Adobe Acrobat (pdf) or AutoCAD (DWG) format on CD – ROMs, DVD’s or Flashdrive/portable harddrive if approved by AGENCY. The CONTRACTOR shall provide vendor manuals electronically and include these manuals as part of the electronic submittal. The electronic submittal shall be organized to simplify user browsing.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 11 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

A. Control Philosophy and Loop Functional Descriptions are described in Section 17331, which is hereby incorporated by reference.

3.2 MOUNTINGS

A. Mount and install equipment as indicated. Mount field instruments on pipe mounts or other similar means in accordance with suppliers' recommendation. Where mounted in control panels, mount according to requirements of that section.

B. Equipment specified for field mounting shall be suitable for direct pipe mounting or surface mounting, surface-mounted indicators and equipment with calibration adjustments or requiring periodic inspection shall be mounted not lower than 3 feet-6 inches nor higher than 6 feet above walkways, platforms, catwalks, and the like.

C. Note that applicable specifications require detail drawings showing seismic sway bracing design and anchorage requirements for their equipment. Seismic zone requirements are specified in Division 1.

D. All devices shall be accessible to operators for servicing, operating, reading, etc. Provide permanent platforms to assure devices are continuously accessible.

3.3 FIELD WIRING

A. Ring out signal wiring prior to termination and perform surge withstand tests where required. Verify wire number and terminations are satisfactory as designated on the Loop Diagrams. Verify all terminations are tight and shields are uniformly grounded at one location.

3.4 ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI)

A. Construction shall proceed in a manner which minimizes the introduction of noise (RFI/EMI) into the I&C System.

B. Cross signal wires and wires carrying ac power or control signals at right angles.

C. Separate signal wires from wires carrying ac power or switched ac/dc control signals within control panels, terminal cabinets, telemetry equipment, multiplexer cabinets, and data loggers as much as possible. Provide the following minimum separations within such equipment unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings:

Power Wiring Separation (Inches) 120 volts ac or 10 amps 12 240 volts ac or 50 amps 18

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 12 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

480 volts ac or 200 amps 24 4,160 volts ac or 800 amps 48

3.5 SIGNAL GROUNDING

A. Proper grounding of equipment and systems in this Division is critical, since computer and associated networks and peripherals are involved. The Drawings and Division 16 specify safety grounding for all equipment in this Division.

B. A single-point grounding system for instrument signals is required for all instrument panels. This instrument single point grounding system does not use building steel or conduit systems for its ground path. 1. Ground all signal shields, signal grounds, and power supplies at an isolated signal bus within each instrument panel, rack, or enclosure. The shields at the far ends of these signal cables must be disconnected (floated) from any ground to prevent ground loops. 2. Do not connect the rack or enclosure frames to the signal grounding buses. 3. Connect each isolated signal ground bus within each panel using a stranded, insulated copper wire of size 6 AWG or larger directly to a system ground rod installed per the Drawings.

3.6 PREPARATION

A. Ensure that installation areas are clean and that concrete or masonry operations are completed prior to installing instruments and equipment. Maintain the areas in a broom-clean condition during installation operations.

B. Panels shall be protected during construction to prevent damage to front panel devices and prevent dust accumulation in the intervals. Other protective measures (lamp, strip heaters, etc.) shall be included as weather conditions dictate.

3.7 CALIBRATION

A. General: All devices provided under Division 17 shall be calibrated according to the manufacturer's recommended procedures to verify operational readiness and ability to meet the indicated functional and tolerance requirements.

B. Calibration Points: Each instrument shall be calibrated at 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100% of span using test instruments to simulate inputs. The test instruments shall have accuracies traceable to National Institute of Testing Standards.

C. Bench Calibration: Instruments which have been bench-calibrated shall be examined in the field to determine whether any of the calibrations are in need of adjustment. Such adjustments, if required, shall be made only after consultation with the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 13 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

D. Field Calibration: Instruments which were not bench-calibrated shall be calibrated in the field to insure proper operation in accordance with the instrument loop diagrams or specification data sheets.

E. Analyzer Calibration: Each analyzer system shall be calibrated and tested as a workable system after installation. Testing procedures shall be directed by the manufacturers' technical representatives. All samples and sample gases shall be furnished by the manufacturers.

F. Calibration Sheets: Each instrument calibration sheet shall provide the following information and a space for sign-off on individual items and on the completed unit: 1. Project name 2. Loop number 3. Tag number 4. Manufacturer 5. Model number 6. Serial number 7. Calibration range 8. Calibration Data: Input, output, and error at 10 percent, 50 percent, and 90 percent of span 9. Switch setting, contact action, and deadband for discrete elements 10. Space for comments 11. Space for sign-off by System Integrator and date 12. Test equipment used and associated serial numbers 13. Space for sign-off by AGENCY I&C technician with date

G. Calibration Tags: A calibration and testing tag shall be attached to each piece of equipment or system at a location determined by the AGENCY. The CONTRACTOR shall have the System Integrator sign the tag when calibration is complete. The AGENCY will sign the tag when the calibration and testing has been accepted.

3.8 LOOP TESTING

A. General: Individual instrument loop diagrams per ISA Standard S5.4 – Instrument Loop Diagrams, expanded format, shall be submitted to the AGENCY for review prior to the loop tests. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the AGENCY of scheduled tests a minimum of 30 days prior to the estimated completion date of installation and wiring of the PCIS. After the AGENCY’S review of the submitted loop diagrams for correctness and compliance with the specifications, loop testing shall proceed. The loop check may be witnessed by the AGENCY.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 14 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

B. Control Valve Tests: All control valves, cylinders, drives and connecting linkages shall be stroked from the operator interface units as well as local control devices and adjusted to verify proper control action, hand switch action, limit switch settings, torque settings, remote control actions, and remote feedback of valve status and position. Control valve actions and positioner settings shall be checked with the valves in place to insure that no changes have occurred since the bench calibration.

C. Interlocks: All hardware and software interlocks between the instrumentation and the motor control circuits control circuits of variable-speed controllers and packaged equipment controls shall be checked to the maximum extent possible.

D. Instrument and Instrument Component Validation: Each instrument shall be field tested, inspected, and adjusted to its indicated performance requirement in accordance to its Manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Any instrument which fails to meet any Contract requirement, or, in the absence of a Contract requirement, any published manufacturer performance specification for functional and operational parameters, shall be repaired or replaced.

E. Loop Validation: Controllers and electronic function modules shall be field tested and exercised to demonstrate correct operation. All control loops shall be checked under simulated operating conditions by impressing input signals at the primary control elements and observing appropriate responses of the respective control and monitoring elements, final control elements, and the graphic displays associated with the PLC. Actual signals shall be used whenever available. Following any necessary corrections, the loops shall be restested. Specified accuracy tolerances for each analog network are defined as the root-mean- square-summation of individual component accuracy requirements. Individual component accuracy requirements shall be as indicated by Contract requirements or by published manufacturer accuracy specifications, whenever Contract accuracy requirements are not indicated. Each analog network shall be tested by applying simulated analog or discrete inputs to the first element of an analog network. For networks which incorporate analog elements, simulated sensor inputs corresponding to 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100% of span shall be applied, and the resulting element outputs monitored to verify compliance to calculated root-mean-square-summation accuracy tolerance requirements. Continuously variable analog inputs shall be applied to verify the proper operation and setting of discrete devices. Provisional settings shall be made on controllers and alarms during analog loop test. All analog loop test data shall be recorded on test forms which include calculated root-mean-square-summation system accuracy tolerance requirements for each output.

F. Loop Validation Sheets: The CONTRACTOR shall prepare loop confirmation sheets for each loop covering each active instrumentation and control device except simple hand switches and lights. Loop confirmation sheets shall form the basis for operational tests and documentation. Each loop confirmation sheet shall cite the following information and shall provide spaces for sign-off on individual items and on the complete loop by the System Integrator: 1. Project name

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 15 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2. Loop number 3. Tag number, description, manufacturer and model number for each element 4. Installation bulletin number 5. Specification sheet number 6. Loop description number 7. Adjustment check 8. Space for comments 9. Space for loop sign-off by System Integrator and data 10. Space for sign-off by System Integrator and date

G. Loop Certification: When installation tests have been successfully completed for all individual instruments and all separate analog control networks, a certified copy of all test forms shall be retained by the CONTRACTOR.

3.9 FIELD FUNCTIONAL TESTING

A. General: Field functional testing shall commence after acceptance of all wire test, calibration tests and loop tests, and all inspections have demonstrated that the instrumentation and control system complies with all Contract requirements. Field functional testing shall demonstrate proper operation of all systems with process equipment operating over full operation ranges under conditions as closely resembling actual operation conditions as possible.

B. Field functional Test Procedures and Documentation: All field functional testing activities shall follow detailed test procedures and check lists accepted by the AGENCY. All test data shall be acquired using equipment as required and shall be recorded on test forms accepted by the AGENCY, which include calculated tolerance limits for each step. Completion of all system field functional testing activities shall be documented by a certified report, including all test forms with test data entered and retained by the CONTRACTOR.

C. Operational Validation: Where feasible, system field functional testing activities shall include the use of water to establish service conditions that simulate, to the greatest extent possible, normal final control element operation conditions in terms of applied process loads, operation ranges, and environmental conditions. Final control elements, control panels, and ancillary equipment shall be tested under start-up and steady-state operation conditions to verify that proper and stable control is achieved using motor control center and local field mounted control circuits. All hardwired and software control circuit interlocks and alarms shall be operational. The control of final control element and ancillary equipment shall be tested using both manual and automatic (where provided) control circuits. The stable steady-state operation of final control elements running under the control of field mounted controllers as required eliminating oscillatory final control element operation. The transient stability of final control elements operation under the control of field mounted, and software based automatic analog controllers shall be verified by applying control signal disturbances,

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 16 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

monitoring the amplitude and decay rate of control parameter oscillations (if any) and making necessary controller adjustments as required to eliminate excessive oscillatory amplitudes and decay rates.

D. Loop Tuning: All electronic control stations incorporating proportional, integral or differential control circuits shall be optimally tuned, experimentally, by applying control signal disturbances and adjusting the gain, reset, or rate settings as required to achieve a proper response. Measured final control element variable position/speed setpoint settings shall be compared to measured final control element position/speed values at 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100 % of span and the results checked against indicated accuracy tolerances.

E. Field Functional Test Validation Sheets: Field functional testing shall be documented on a test form as follows: 1. For functions which can be demonstrated on a loop-by-loop basis, the form shall include: a Project name b Loop number c Loop description d Tag number, description, manufacturer and data sheet number for each component. e Specification page and paragraph of function demonstrated f Description of function g Space for sign-off and date by both the System Integrator and AGENCY.

F. Field Functional Test Certification: The CONTRACTOR shall submit an instrumentation and control system field functional test completion report which shall state that all Contract requirements have been met and shall include a listing of all instrumentation and control system maintenance and repair activities conducted during the field functional testing. Acceptance of the instrumentation and control system field functional testing must be provided in writing by the AGENCY before the acceptance testing may begin. Final acceptance of the control system shall be based upon plant completion as stated in the General Conditions.

3.10 ACCEPTANCE TEST

A. General: Subsequent to Field Functional Test and instrument calibration, verifying substantial completion of field installation and start-up, the system will be given a final 30-day acceptance test. The 30-day test must be successfully completed, including resolution of punch-list items generated during the test period, prior to the date of substantial completion of the entire project. The system must run continuously for 30 consecutive days. During this period, all system functions shall be exercised, and any system interruption and accompanying component, subsystem, or program failure shall be logged for

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 17 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

cause of failure, as well as time of occurrence and duration of each failure. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a competently trained technician or programmer on call during all normal working days and hours from the start of the acceptance test until final acceptance of the system.

B. Testing: The systems to be tested on-line will include general operations as well as Remote Diagnostic Software Programs, PLC Configuration and Uploading/Downloading Programs, the Report Generator and Operation as specified herein and in Section 17331. Each system function, e.g., status report- backs, logs, and displays shall be exercised several times at a minimum, and in a manner which approximates "normal" system operation. Failure of the system during the above program testing shall be considered as indicating that the programs and operating system do not meet the requirements of the specifications and corrective action shall be required before restarting the acceptance test. Only those components, subsystems, and systems covered in this specification shall be considered for this acceptance test. Problems and failures of other systems shall not be considered as part of this test (except as they display the capabilities of this system to detect failures).

C. Failures: Failures shall be classified as either major or minor. A minor failure would be a small and non-critical component failure, which can be corrected by the AGENCY operators. This occurrence shall be logged but shall not be reason enough for stopping the test and shall not be grounds for non-acceptance. However, should the same or similar component failure occur repeatedly, this may be considered as grounds for non-acceptance. A major failure shall be considered to have occurred when a component, subsystem, or program fault causes a halt in operation of the system and/or when a technician's work is required to make a repair or to re-initiate operation of the system. A major failure shall cause termination of the acceptance test. When the causes of a major failure have been corrected, a new acceptance test with a new 30-day duration shall be started.

D. Technician Report: Each time a technician is required to respond to a system malfunction, he or she must complete a report which shall include details concerning the nature of the complaint or malfunction and the resulting repair action required and taken. If a malfunction occurs which clears itself or which the operator on duty is able to correct, no report shall be required (logged as specified above). If a technician has performed work but no report is written, then a major failure shall be considered to have occurred. Each report shall be as specified above). Each report shall be submitted within 24 hours to the AGENCY’S Representative.

3.11 TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION

A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide maintenance and operator training courses by a qualified instructor as described herein. The training courses shall be given on-site during the final stages of the system checkout. All instruction, tools and training material shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.

B. Instructors: The training shall be performed by qualified representatives of the equipment manufacturers and shall be specific to each piece of equipment.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 18 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

C. Schedule: Training shall be performed during the field functional testing phase of the project. The training sessions shall be scheduled a minimum of 2 weeks in advance of when the courses are to be initiated. The AGENCY will review the course outline for suitability and provide comments that shall be incorporated.

D. Agenda: The training shall include operation and maintenance procedures, trouble shooting with necessary test equipment, and changing set points, and calibration for that specific piece of equipment.

E. Operator Training: An operator's training course shall be given for up to eight (8) designated personnel of the AGENCY. This course shall be designed to teach operations, maintenance, and supervisory personnel how to operate the instrumentation and control systems. Two separate classes shall be offered. Each class shall have duration of 8 hours offered in two 4-hour sessions. The CONTRACTOR will videotape this training and provide the AGENCY with two copies of the training on DVD. Operator training shall be completed from Tuesday to Thursday when operations staff are all on duty.

F. Hands-On Instruction: In addition to the maintenance and the operator training courses, the operating and maintenance personnel shall be given hands-on instruction in the functions and operation of the system and instruments 15 days (minimum) prior to startup. This instruction shall be scheduled for two identical sessions of 8 hours each with the AGENCY, with 3-4 hours of instruction each day, scheduled at least two weeks in advance. Qualified persons who have been made familiar in advance with the systems shall give instruction.

G. Follow-up Training: 90 days after system acceptance three separate 4 hour sessions shall be offered as follow-up training. This session shall have no formal syllabus and shall be provided to answer questions raised during normal operations. Operator training shall be completed from Tuesday to Thursday when operations staff are all on duty.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 19 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17010 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

17010 APPENDIX A. PLC IO LIST

PLC I/O LIST

This list is provided for CONTRACTOR’S convenience. CONTRACTOR is responsible for completing his own I/O take-offs and furnishing all necessary materials, labor, and equipment necessary for full integration of the pump station control system as shown on the construction documents.

PLC:

S:B /CH PID TYPE TAG LOOP DESCRIPTION

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17010 - 20 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - 908754600712 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS October 2020 SECTION 17020 - MAGNETIC FLOWMETER

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. Requirements of Division 1 and Section 17010 form a part of this Section. This Section specifies pressure measurement devices for process instrumentation, auxiliary equipment and supplies directly related to the installation of and operation of these magnetic flowmeter devices, to perform the required functions in conjunction with information and equipment specified in other sections of Division 17.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop drawings to be submitted in this section shall be made in one package under the Product Review Category of Shop Drawings.

B. Shop Drawings: In addition to the requirements of Section 17010, shop drawings shall include for each type of instrument: supply voltage and frequency, electrical load, accuracy, description of operation, operating instructions, and calibration procedure.

C. Installation Method: The proposed method of mounting sensors and instruments shall accompany all shop drawings.

D. Parts List: Submit a Parts List with current net prices and a list of recommended spares.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer: In addition to the requirements of Section 17010, pressure measurement devices furnished shall be manufactured by companies regularly and currently engaged in the design and manufacture of similar equipment. All equipment furnished shall be new and of current design.

B. Maintainability: All equipment shall be designed for ease of maintenance and repair, and access to critical parts shall not require a major disassembly. Internal field adjustments where permitted or required herein shall be easily accessible upon removal of a panel or cover.

C. Materials and Installation: Materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the current editions of referenced electrical codes and standards, and the codes and standards referred to shall be used for establishing the minimum quality of the materials and equipment supplied and installed. All equipment of the same type shall be products of the same manufacturer. Capacities of all equipment shall not be less than that indicated in the Instrument Index.

1.4 WORK PAYMENT

A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto, including all

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17020 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS MAGNETIC FLOWMETER 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 17020 - MAGNETIC FLOWMETER

Work and materials specified herein and as may be required to complete this portion of the Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS

A. Manufacturer: Magnetic Flowmeters shall be Sparling Tigermag model FM-656 (no substitutions).

B. Type: Electromagnetic-type flowtubes using Faraday’s law of induction to measure flow volume computed on basis of pipe’s diameter (i.e., Flowrate proportional to induced voltage). Factory-calibrated transmitter.

C. Operation Purpose: To measure and transmit flow for process variable monitoring and control.

D. Performance: 1. Accuracy: 0.1" - 0.25": 1% of flow (1- 33 fps) 2. Freq Out: 0.5" - 72": 0.5% of flow (1-33 fps) 3. Temp Effect: ±0.025% FS/°C 4. Full Scale Ranges: From 0-3 ft to 0-33ft/sec 5. Repeatability: ±0.1% of full scale

E. Materials of Construction: 1. Electrodes: 316 stainless steel 2. Liner: PTFE 3. Output: 4-20 mA 4. Connection: Flanged, Class 150 ANSI B16.5 5. Housing: NEMA 4X; aluminum, non-hazardous locations 6. Cable: Length as required in field plus 10-feet; coil extra cable in motor control center 7. Power Supply: 120/240 VAC 8. Human Interface Terminal: Liquid-crystal display; backlit, four lines with 16 characters per line; 3 totalizers (7-digit plus 7-digit overflow with sign and units); provide "standard software".

F. Accessories: 1. Shielded cable assemblies of sufficient length for connection between flowtube and transmitter electronics as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Type 316 SST grounding rings and straps for all services. Provide braided, 4-0 copper ground conductors and connect the unit to the ground grid as shown on the Drawings.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17020 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS MAGNETIC FLOWMETER 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 17020 - MAGNETIC FLOWMETER

3. Contractor shall provide a NEMA 4X rated SPST On/Off manual disconnect switch for 120VAC input power to transmitter and driver electronics, field mounted within 2-feet of transmitter. 4. Provide fabricated steel spool piece for replacement of each different size flowtube in all locations where no bypass piping is provided.

G. The following flow measuring systems shall be provided:

Size Range Transmitter Tag No. Description (in.) (gpm) Location Dwg. FE-01 Henie Hills Reservoir Inlet 14 0 to 6,750 Remote M-2 FE-02 Henie Hills Reservoir Outlet 20 0 to 4,500 Remote M-2 FE-03 John Paul Steiger Reservoir Inlet 16 0 to 6,750 Remote M-5 FE-04 John Paul Steiger Reservoir Outlet 24 0 to 4,500 Remote M-5

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Installation, testing, calibration, validation, startup and instruction shall be in accordance with Section 17010.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17020 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS MAGNETIC FLOWMETER 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 17050 - PRESSURE MEASURING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. Requirements of Division 1 and Section 17010 form a part of this Section. This Section specifies pressure measurement devices for process instrumentation, auxiliary equipment and supplies directly related to the installation of and operation of these pressure measurement devices, to perform the required functions in conjunction with information and equipment specified in other sections of Division 17. Refer to the Instrument Index in Section 17010 for a listing of required devices.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop drawings to be submitted in this section shall be made in one package under the Product Review Category of Shop Drawings.

B. Shop Drawings: In addition to the requirements of Section 17010, shop drawings shall include for each type of instrument: supply voltage and frequency, electrical load, accuracy, description of operation, operating instructions, and calibration procedure.

C. Installation Method: The proposed method of mounting sensors and instruments shall accompany all shop drawings.

D. Parts List: Submit a Parts List with current net prices and a list of recommended spares.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer: In addition to the requirements of Section 17010, pressure measurement devices furnished shall be manufactured by companies regularly and currently engaged in the design and manufacture of similar equipment. All equipment furnished shall be new and of current design.

B. Maintainability: All equipment shall be designed for ease of maintenance and repair, and access to critical parts shall not require a major disassembly. Internal field adjustments where permitted or required herein shall be easily accessible upon removal of a panel or cover.

C. Materials and Installation: Materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the current editions of referenced electrical codes and standards, and the codes and standards referred to shall be used for establishing the minimum quality of the materials and equipment supplied and installed. All equipment of the same type shall be products of the same manufacturer. Capacities of all equipment shall not be less than that indicated in the Instrument Index.

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17050 - 1 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS PRESSURE MEASURING DEVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 17050 - PRESSURE MEASURING DEVICES

1.4 WORK PAYMENT

A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto, including all Work and materials specified herein and as may be required to complete this portion of the Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

A. Manufacturer: Rosemount 3051C Coplanar.

B. Type: bonded strain gauge pressure transmitter; electronic; NEMA 4X case; Two-wire, 4-20mA.

C. Operation Purpose: To sense pressure or level via gauge pressure and produce a standard current output signal linear with pressure; sensing element - bonded strain gauge; circuitry - solid state.

D. Performance: Accuracy - plus or minus 0.04% of span over a 100:1 range, including combined effects of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability.

E. Power Supply: 10.5-42.4 Vdc (loop)

F. Output: 4-20 mA with digital signal based on HART protocol.

G. Indication: Rosemount 751 remote signal indicator with mounting bracket.

H. Materials of Construction: 1. Wetted parts - 316 stainless steel, Viton; electronics housing - NEMA 4X (weatherproof) 2. Electronics housing - NEMA 4X (weatherproof) 3. Process connections - 1/2-in NPT 4. Process Isolation: Provide manifold supplied by pressure transmitter manufacturer for isolation and testing.

I. The following pressure transmitters shall be provided as shown on drawings.

Tag No. Description Range Dwg. PIT-01 Henie Hills Reservoir 511 Zone Inlet -14.2 to 300 psi M-2

LIT-01 Henie Hills Reservoir Level -393 to 1000 in H2O M-2 PIT-02 John Paul Steiger Reservoir 511 Zone Inlet -14.2 to 300 psi M-5

LIT-02 John Paul Steiger Reservoir Level -393 to 1000 in H2O M-5

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17050 - 2 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS PRESSURE MEASURING DEVICES 908754600712 October 2020 SECTION 17050 - PRESSURE MEASURING DEVICES

2.3 WATER PRESSURE SENSING LINES AND ACCESSORIES

A. Water pressure sensing lines and accessories for flow and pressure transmitters: 1. Material: 316 SS tubing, ASTM A269, medium wall thickness 2. Pressure Rating: 300 psi. 3. Size: 1/2-inch O.D. for water. 4. Connections: 316 Stainless Steel Compression Type, "Swagelok" by. 5. Shut-off Valves: a. Type: Ball. b. Pressure Rating: 300 psi. c. Body, Ball and Stem: 316 SS. d. Packing: High Density TFE. e. Handle: Nylon with metal travel stops. f. Support Rings: TFE coated 316 stainless steel. g. End Connections: Removable "Swageloks". h. Model: Whitey 45 series for water, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. On systems requiring diaphragm seals, the CONTRACTOR shall order (or assemble) a completely filled system. Interconnecting piping shall be kept short. The filled system shall retain the same calibration requirements of the individual components.

B. Installation, testing, calibration, validation, startup and instruction shall be in accordance with Section 17010.

**END OF SECTION**

CITY OF OCEANSIDE 17050 - 3 HENIE HILLS & J.P. STEIGER RESEVOIR REPAIRS PRESSURE MEASURING DEVICES 908754600712 October 2020

CITY OF OCEANSIDE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

HENIE HILLS AND JOHN PAUL STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS (908754600712)

APPENDIX “A” to Technical Specifications

Referenced Standard Drawings

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

CITY OF OCEANSIDE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

HENIE HILLS AND JOHN PAUL STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS (908754600712)

APPENDIX “B” to Technical Specifications

Lead-Based Paint Testing Report (Prepared by Aurora Industrial Hygiene, October 12, 2018)

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Lead-Based Paint Testing

Oceanside Water Department Henie Hills Reservoir 2 Barnard Drive, Oceanside, CA and John Paul Steiger Reservoir 398 Rancho Del Oro Drive, Oceanside, CA

Prepared For:

Dudek 604 Third Street Encinitas, CA 92024

Prepared By:

Aurora Industrial Hygiene

San Diego, CA

Prepared By: Date: October 12, 2018 Karen G. Shockley, CIH #6766

9666 Businesspark Ave., Suite 102 ◦ San Diego, CA 92131 ◦ (619) 276-5901 ◦ Fax (619) 276-5904 TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF THIS REPORT ...... 3 1.0 Introduction ...... 4 2.0 Sampling Methodology ...... 5 Lead-Based Paint Testing ...... 5 3.0 Data – Laboratory and Direct Reading Results ...... 6 Lead-Based Paint Testing Results ...... 6 Table 2. XRF Readings – Henie Hills and John Paul Steiger Reservoirs ...... 7 4.0 Discussion and Recommendations ...... 10 Lead-Based Paint Testing Discussion ...... 10 Worker Protection ...... 10 Limitations ...... 11 Appendix One – Photographs ...... 12 Appendix Two – Diagrams ...... 22

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 2 Dudek October 2018

USE OF THIS REPORT

This report is intended to provide an understanding of the potential hazards that the property evaluated in this report may pose to human health due to lead-based paint. This report is based primarily upon data and information obtained during a single site visit by Aurora Industrial Hygiene, Inc. (Aurora) to the property identified herein on September 28, 2018, and is based solely upon the condition of the property on the date of such assessment.

Aurora has performed the work, made the findings, and proposed recommendations described in this report in accordance with generally accepted industrial hygiene and environmental science practices for lead assessments in effect in California at the time the work was performed. This warrantee stands in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied. While this report can be used as a guide by the client, it must be understood that changing circumstances in the environment and in property usage can alter radically the conclusions and information contained in this report.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 3 Dudek October 2018 1.0 Introduction

Rick Shockley, a Lead Inspector/Risk Assessor/Project Monitor (#9755) visited the sites on September 28, 2018. All work was completed under the supervision of Certified Industrial Hygienist Karen Shockley (CIH #6766, also Lead Inspector/Risk Assessor/Project Monitor (#2664)).

This report documents the findings from limited testing for lead content in paint. X-ray fluorescence (XRF) instrumentation used to determine if lead-based paint was present on structural components of the Oceanside Water Department’s Henie Hills Reservoir, located at 1541 Wilshire Road, and John Paul Steiger Reservoir, located at 398 Del Oro Drive, both in Oceanside.

The purposes of the survey were to determine the presence of lead-based paint on the accessible structural components on and around the above-ground water storage tanks that may be impacted by upcoming renovations. The assessment was limited to the exterior of the tanks and adjacent components that could be accessed from the ground, without entering any confined spaces.

The following components tested during this survey were found to have greater than 1.0 mg/cm2 of lead:  Yellow paint on two hose connection pipes, hose connections, and caps west of Henie Hills Tank;  Yellow paint on two valves on vent pipes near the pipe vault west of Henie Hills Tank;  Yellow paint on valve on vent pipes north of the fence and pipe vault west of Henie Hills Tank;  Yellow paint on hose connection and cap on pipe south of John Paul Steiger Tank.

Additionally, piping in the pipe vaults at both reservoirs was not tested because the pits were confined spaces.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 4 Dudek October 2018 2.0 Sampling Methodology

Lead-Based Paint Testing

X-ray fluorescence (XRF) instrumentation was utilized to determine if lead-based paint was present. Painted surfaces were tested using x-ray fluorescence (XRF) analysis with a NITON model XLp 300A instrument, serial number 10129. HUD and the EPA currently define lead- based paint as paint or other surface coating, which contains lead equal to or greater than 1.0 milligram of lead per square centimeter of surface area (mg/cm²), or equal to or greater than 0.5% by weight. An XRF reading of 1.0 mg/cm2 is considered positive for lead-based paint1.

1 The California-OSHA standard for lead applies at any potential exposure to lead, even at levels below the HUD Guidelines. See discussion of XRF sampling results. Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 5 Dudek October 2018 3.0 Data – Laboratory and Direct Reading Results

Lead-Based Paint Testing Results

The following data table summarizes the XRF testing data. The table columns are identified below:

Area Identifies the location within the tank farm of the tested component (See diagram in Appendix Two for locations of areas).

Location Side of the tank sampled (Side A is North and then moves clockwise).

Component Identifies the actual component tested.

Substrate The material of the tested component.

Color The visible color of the upper coatings.

Condition The condition of the paint was determined, as defined in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing:

Intact – the entire surface is intact.

Fair – less than or equal to ten percent of the total surface area of the component is deteriorated.

Poor – more than ten percent of the total surface area of the component is deteriorated.

Replications The number of like components found. Field is left blank if tested surface is the only like component.

Results Whether lead was found at greater than 1.0 mg/cm2 (Positive or Negative).

PbC The reading displayed by the XRF (lead concentration) in milligrams per square centimeter.

California law requires that CDPH Form 8552, Lead Hazard Evaluation Report, be sent to the Department of Public Health following a lead-based paint inspection or risk assessment in a public or residential area. Because the tank farms are not accessible to the public, forms 8552 were not required or completed.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 6 Dudek October 2018 Table 2. XRF Readings – Henie Hills and John Paul Steiger Reservoirs

Area Location Component Substrate Color Condition Replications Results PbC

Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 1.0 Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 0.9 Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 1.0

A Exterior wall of tank Stucco Beige Intact Negative 0.0

B Exterior wall of tank Stucco Beige Intact Negative 0.0

C Exterior wall of tank Stucco Beige Intact Negative 0.0

D Exterior wall of tank Stucco Beige Intact Negative 0.0 D 2” pipe near ladder Metal Beige Intact Negative 0.0 D 1” pipe near ladder Metal Beige Intact Negative 0.0 D Hose near ladder Rubber Beige Intact Negative 0.0 Henie Hills Reservoir D North hose connection pipe Metal Yellow Intact Positive 1.2

D North hose connection Metal Yellow Intact Positive 18.7 D North hose connection cap Metal Yellow Intact Positive 18.0 D South hose connection pipe Metal Yellow Intact Positive 1.5 D South hose connection Metal Yellow Intact Positive 2.9 D South hose connection cap Metal Yellow Intact Positive 2.9 D Pipe vault door Metal Yellow Intact Negative 0.02 D Well cover Metal Beige Intact Negative 0.0

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 7 Dudek October 2018 Area Location Component Substrate Color Condition Replications Results PbC

D Vent pipe north of pipe vault Metal Yellow Intact Negative 0.06 Valve on vent pipe north of Henie Hills D Metal Yellow Intact 4 Positive 16.5 pipe vault Reservoir D Vent pipe north of pipe vault Metal Yellow Intact Negative 0.0 Valve on vent pipe north of D Metal Yellow Intact 4 Positive 16.9 pipe vault D Vent pipe north of fence Metal Yellow Intact Negative 0.01 Valve on vent pipe north of D Metal Yellow Intact 4 Positive 17.4 fence D East pipe Metal Gray Intact Negative 0.0 D East elbow Metal Gray Intact Negative 0.0 D East valve Metal Red Intact Negative 0.0 D East valve wheel Metal Black Intact Negative 0.0 North of D East sample port Metal Blue Intact Negative 0.0 fence D West pipe Metal Gray Intact Negative 0.0 around D West elbow Metal Gray Intact Negative 0.0 Henie Hills Reservoir D West valve Metal Red Intact Negative 0.0 D West valve wheel Metal Black Intact Negative 0.0 D West sample port Metal Blue Intact Negative 0.0 D North post Metal Yellow Intact Negative 0.4 D South post Metal Yellow Intact Negative 0.17 D Well casing Metal Blue Intact Negative 0.0 D Well cover Metal Blue Intact Negative 0.0 D Well cover Metal Yellow Intact Negative 0.0

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 8 Dudek October 2018 Area Location Component Substrate Color Condition Replications Results PbC

Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 0.9

Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 1.0

Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 0.9

A Exterior wall of tank Stucco Beige Intact Negative 0.0

A Exterior wall of tank Stucco Brown Intact Negative 0.02

A Exterior wall of tank Stucco Tan Intact Negative 0.0

B Exterior wall of tank Stucco Beige Intact Negative 0.0

B Exterior wall of tank Stucco Brown Intact Negative 0.0

John Paul B Exterior wall of tank Stucco Tan Intact Negative 0.0 Steiger Reservoir C Exterior wall of tank Stucco Beige Intact Negative 0.0

C Exterior wall of tank Stucco Brown Intact Negative 0.01

C Exterior wall of tank Stucco Tan Intact Negative 0.01

D Exterior wall of tank Stucco Beige Intact Negative 0.0

D Exterior wall of tank Stucco Brown Intact Negative 0.01

D Exterior wall of tank Stucco Tan Intact Negative 0.0

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 9 Dudek October 2018 Area Location Component Substrate Color Condition Replications Results PbC

A Downspout Metal Beige Intact 2 Negative 0.05

A Downspout bracket Metal Beige Intact 12 Negative 0.1

B Downspout Metal Brown Intact 2 Negative 0.18

B Downspout bracket Metal Brown Intact 12 Negative 0.19

C Downspout Metal Beige Intact 2 Negative 0.06 John Paul Steiger C Downspout bracket Metal Beige Intact 12 Negative 0.4 Reservoir D Downspout Metal Brown Intact 2 Negative 0.07

D Downspout bracket Metal Brown Intact 12 Negative 0.2

C Hose connection pipe Metal Yellow Intact Negative 0.02

C Hose connection Metal Yellow Intact Positive 17.5

C Hose connection cap Metal Yellow Intact Positive 17.8

Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 0.9

Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 1.0

Other Other Other Other Other Calibration 3 Positive 0.9

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 10 Dudek October 2018 4.0 Discussion and Recommendations

Lead-Based Paint Testing Discussion

An XRF reading of 1.0 mg/cm2 is considered positive for lead-based paint.

The following components tested during this survey were found to have greater than 1.0 mg/cm2 of lead:

 Yellow paint on two hose connection pipes, hose connections, and caps west of Henie Hills Tank;

 Yellow paint on two valves on vent pipes near the pipe vault west of Henie Hills Tank;

 Yellow paint on valve on vent pipes north of the fence and pipe vault west of Henie Hills Tank;

 Yellow paint on hose connection and cap on pipe south of John Paul Steiger Tank.

Additionally, piping in the pipe vaults in both tank farms was not tested because the pits were confined spaces.

Worker Protection

California regulations (8 CCR 1532.1) define lead-related construction work as, “Construction, alteration, painting, demolition, salvage, renovation, repair, or maintenance of any residential, public or commercial building, including preparation and clean-up, that, by using or disturbing lead containing material or soil, may result in significant exposure of individuals to lead”. As such, Cal/OSHA does not distinguish between lead-based paint as defined by HUD (1.0 mg/cm2) and paint which contains lead at a lower concentration. The presence of lead at any level requires compliance with the OSHA standard if that paint is disturbed. There are many other materials which may contain lead in the average building. When conducting construction activities which disturb lead in any amount or create an exposure to workers, the employer is required to provide training, worker protection, and conduct exposure assessments. Other provisions of 8 CCR 1532.1 may apply, based on the results of the exposure assessments. These include, but are not limited to additional training, notification, medical evaluations, and personal protective equipment. All employers should consult Federal OSHA Regulations at 29 CFR 1926.62 and Cal-OSHA Regulations at Title 8, 1532.1, “Lead in Construction” standards for complete requirements.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 10 Dudek October 2018 Limitations

The assessment was limited to the exterior of the two tanks and adjacent components that could be accessed from the ground, without entering any confined spaces.

The data and observations collected during the course of this work have been gathered to provide the Client with information pertaining to the areas of the subject property identified in this report. Although Aurora believes that the findings and conclusions provided in this report are reasonable, the assessment is limited to the conditions observed and to the information available at the time of the work. Due to the nature of the work, there is a possibility that conditions may exist which could not be identified within the scope of the assessment or which were not apparent at the time of our site work. The assessment is also limited to information available from the client at the time it was conducted. It is also possible that the testing methods employed at the time of the report may later be superceded by other methods. Aurora does not accept responsibility for changes in the state of the art.

We hope that this information is helpful. Please feel free to contact us at (619) 276-5901 if you have any questions.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 11 Dudek October 2018 Appendix One – Photographs

Rancho del Oro Drive Route 76 I-5

Oceanside Boulevard

Route 78

Photo One: Satellite photo of the area around the Henie Hills reservoir (red box) and the John Paul Steiger reservoir (blue box).

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 12 Dudek October 2018 Mira Costa College

Barnard Drive

College Boulevard Rancho del Oro Drive

Route 78

Photo Two: Another satellite photo of the area around the Henie Hills reservoir. The red square indicates the location of the tank that was assessed, located at 2 Barnard Drive on the Mira Costa College campus.

Photo Three: Close-up satellite photo of the Henie Hills reservoir. Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 13 Dudek October 2018

Photo Four: Ground level photo of Henie Hills tank. The blue arrows point to the two hose connections and pipes on the west side of the tank that tested between 1.2 and 18.7 mg/cm2 lead. The black arrow points toward the pit located west of the tank that was not entered because it was a confined space.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 14 Dudek October 2018

Photo Five: Close-up photo of the two hose connections, caps and pipes on the west side of the tank that tested between 1.2 and 18.7 mg/cm2 lead.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 15 Dudek October 2018

Photo Six: The blue arrows point to the two valves on the vent pipes near the pit on the west side of the tank that tested at 16.5 and 16.9 mg/cm2 lead. The black arrow points to the valve on the vent pipe north of the fence that tested at 17.4 mg/cm2 lead.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 16 Dudek October 2018

Photo Seven: The piping that was tested on the north side of the fence. The arrow points to the valve on the vent pipe north of the fence that tested at 17.4 mg/cm2 lead.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 17 Dudek October 2018

Photo Eight: Close up photo of the vent pipe north of the fence. The arrow points to the valve on the vent pipe north of the fence that tested at 17.4 mg/cm2 lead.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 18 Dudek October 2018 Via Rancho Road

El Camino High School

Rancho del Oro Drive

Photo Nine: Another satellite photo of the area around the John Paul Steiger reservoir. The red square indicates the location of the tank that was assessed, located at 398 Rancho Del Oro Drive near El Camino High School.

Rancho del Oro Drive Via Rancho Road

Photo Ten: Close-up satellite photo of the John Paul Steiger reservoir. Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 19 Dudek October 2018

Photo 11: Ground level photo of John Paul Steiger tank. The blue arrows point to the hose connection and cap on the pipe on the south side of the tank that tested 17.5 and 17.8 mg/cm2 lead. The black arrow points toward the pit located south of the tank that was not entered because it was a confined space.

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 20 Dudek October 2018

Photo 12: Close-up photo of the hose connection and cap on the pipe on the south side of the tank that tested 17.5 and 17.8 mg/cm2 lead. .

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 21 Dudek October 2018 Appendix Two – Diagrams

Side A

Tank farm fence

Henie Hills Side D Tank Side B

Side C

Key

= Pit not entered because it was a confined space North = Hose connection, cap and pipe that all contain elevated lead levels

= Vent pipe with valve near top that contains elevated lead levels

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 22 Dudek October 2018

Side A

John Paul Steiger Side B Side D Tank

Side C North Key

= Pit not entered because it was a confined space

= Pipe with hose connection and cap that both contain elevated lead levels

Henie Hills & John Paul Steiger Reservoirs Page 23 Dudek October 2018

CITY OF OCEANSIDE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

HENIE HILLS AND JOHN PAUL STEIGER RESERVOIR REPAIRS (908754600712)

APPENDIX “C” to Technical Specifications

Henie Hills Temporary Service Plan Figures 1 and 2

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

HENIE HILLS TEMPORARY SERVICE PLAN NOTES:

CONSTRUCTION LEGEND

HENIE HILLS TEMPORARY SERVICE PLAN NOTES AND LEGEND